Finacle Friendly A Handbook On Cbs

ZONAL TRAINING CENTRE
36 TEG BAHADUE ROAD DEHRADUN

TEL % 0135&2670946] FAX% 0135&2678007
CCORE BANKING SOLUTION
Lead to inspire
Lead to serve
Lead to influence
Lead to resolve Lead to facilitate

sales.
(Updated 31.01.2015)
Zonal Training Centre Dehradun [1]

TABLE OF CONTENTS
S.No. PARTICULARS PAGE NO.
1. Nevigation key an introduction 4
2. Customer ID Creation Step by Step process 4
(i) Number of customer ID required for a customer 7
(ii) Risk Classification of the customer 11
3. Flow chart for opening of SF/CA accounts 12
(i) Small account product SBSML 13
(ii) Seeding of Aadhar number in accounts 16
4. Transfer of accounts across SOLs 18
5. Transfer of accounts between Schemes 18
6. List of accounts attached with Mobile / Pan Number 19
7. Handling KYC NON compliant accounts 20
8. Transfer of accounts to inoperative category 21
9. Depositor education and awareness fund scheme 2014 (DEAF) 21
10. Transfer of accounts from inoperative to operative category 23
11. Standing Instructions maintenance 24
12. Cheque Book Maintenance 28
13. Security forms inventory management in CBS system 30
14. Clearing Operations 30
15. Transaction maintenance 36
16. Cash payment Use of menu option TOKEN 39
17. Facilities available in intersol / base branch 40
18. Proxy Posting 40
(i) Reversal of proxy posted transactioin 41
19. Quoting of permanent account number (PAN) 42
20. Pay order Issue and Payment 42
21. Inland Bills 44
22. Term deposit account Flow chart to open 52
(i) Handling preferential interest on term deposit 55
(ii) Correction of preferential interest in term deposit 56
(iii) Auto generation of form 15G/15H 61
(iv) Print TDS Certificates 61
24. Locker module in CBS 64
(i) Partial Recovery of Locker Rent 67
(iii) Capturing signature of locker holder / authorised signatory 68
(ii) Reports in locker module 69
25. Loans and Advances 70
(i) Cash Credit / Overdraft accounts 71
(a) Attaching security with Loan accounts 73
(b) Help window for interest table code 77
(c) Handling subsidy linked through running account 80
(ii) Term Loan / Demand Loan accounts 81
(a) Opening loan a/c in transfer in mode 86
(b) Reversal of Transaction in TL/DL account 89
(c) CRMS Credit rating Management 91
(d) Back ended Principal subsidy loan accounts opening 93
(d) Subsidy related transactions 95

(iii) Maintenance of Term Loan/ Demand Loan accounts 102
(a) Generation of common reminders for all irregular accounts 109
(b) Recalled account maintenance 109
(c) TL where interest parked in office account handling thereof 109
(d) Correction of wrong interest demand effective date 111
(e) Entering group codes in loan accounts 113
(f) Loan module utilities and Wilful defaulters marking in CBS 121
(g) Recovery of overdue instalment from operative account 121
(h) Limit node maintenance 125
(i) Post Dated cheque Management 130
26. Guarantee Master Maintenance 132
(i) Use of SFMS in sending and receiving Bank guarantee 133
27. Inland letter of credit ILCs through SFMS 134
28. Non Fund details use of NFDET menu 136
29. Memopad maintenance and entry in CBS 139
30. FAMS Integration with CBS 142
31. Daily monitoring system 146
32. Expenditure Monitoring system 147
33. PAN Card business 150
34. Indicative List of CBS Menu option 152
35. NPA Management in CBS 177
(i) Maintenance of restructured accounts use of RSAM Menu 192
(ii) Charges handling in NPA Accounts 192
36. Important credit related reports 196
37. Frauds identification and marking in CBS 197
38. Bio-metric Login in CBS procedure 199
39. Direct Benefit Transfer LPG 204
40. Indicative List of Scheme codes in CBS 205
41. Trouble shooting - Day end activites 212
42. Alternate Delivery Channels 214
(i) ATM Card / Debit Card 214
(ii) Credit Card 223
(iii) Internet Banking - Retail 227
(iv) Internet Banking - Corporate 233
(v) Mobile Banking 237
(vi) SMS Codes for customer facility 244
(vii) Visually impaired customers 246
43. Cash Deposit Machine functionality 248
44. Self Service Passbook printing terminal functionality 252
45. MIS codes in Loan accounts V detail 253
46. Report Generation in CBS Indicative list of menu options 274
47. NEFT and RTGS 279

NAVIGATION KEY AN INTRODUCTION
For the purpose of navigation the important function keys are as under-
PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION

KEY KEY
F1 Field Level Help DOWN Next Record
F2 List UP Previous Record
F3 Quit CTRL+D Page Down on a List
F4 Accept CTRL+ E Explode
F5 Back Ground menu CTRL+F Clear Field
F6 Next Block (page) CTRL+U Page up on a List
F9 View Signatures (F4 & F3 to
Close)
F10 Commit SHIFT+F4 Select the current item from the list
F11 Next Field/Next Page on same SHIFT+F11 Transmit (Background Menu)
Screen
F12 Previous Block (previous page) SHIFT+TAB Go to the Previous Field
TAB Go to the Next field ENTER Go to the Next Field
Most of the function keys are also available on the last line of first page which can be used with mouse .
CUSTOMER ID CREATION STEP BY STEP PROCESS CCCCCCUSTOMER ID OF CUSTOMER ID EP

BSTEP GUIE
CUSTOMER ID CREATION STEP BY STEP PROCESS
STEP DESCRIPTION
1 Invoke CUMM menu
2 Enter A in function block and F4
3 Customer Title F2 and SHIFT + F4 required code and <ENTER>
4 Name Enter the Full name of the Customer and <ENTER>
5 Short name Enter Short Name and <ENTER>. Go to Gender field by <ENTER>
6 Gender Enter the required value and <ENTER>. Go to Staff field by <ENTER>
7 Staff Enter N and <ENTER>. If staff, enter Y then for Staff No enter Employee PF
No. or simply "Staff" and <ENTER>
8 Minor Enter N and <ENTER>
9 Non-Resident Enter N and <ENTER>
10 Trade Finance Customer Enter N and <ENTER>
11 Marital Status Enter appropriate Value and <ENTER>
12 Introducer Details Title F2 and SHIFT +F4 appropriate value and <ENTER>
13 Name Enter the name of the Introducer and <ENTER>
14 Introducer Status F2 and SHIFT + F4 appropriate value and <ENTER>
15 Frequency of Statement (Please skip this) Press F6
16 Address Type Enter C and <ENTER>.
17 Communication Address Enter the full address of the customer in two fields and
<ENTER>
18 City Code F2 and SHIFT + F4 appropriate city code and <ENTER>
19 State F2 and SHIFT + F4 appropriate State code and <ENTER>
20 Postal Code Enter the PIN code of the city and <ENTER>
21 Country F2 and SHIFT + F4 appropriate Country code and <ENTER> For India IN
22 Phone Number Enter the telephone number and <ENTER> and go to Next Address
23 Repeat steps 17 to 22 and <NEXT PAGE> for Next Address You can also fill up
permanent address & Employer address
24 Repeat steps 17 to 22 and <ENTER> and go to field Combined Statement
25 If Customer wants Combined Statement Enter Y (This will enable to print a combined
statement for all types of accounts for this customer.) press <NEXT PAGE> and go to
field Tax Slab
26 Tax Slab Enter TDSGE and <NEXT PAGE> and <NEXT PAGE> and go to field Purge
Allowed
27 Purge Allowed Enter N and <ENTER> and go to field Allow Sweeps
28 Allow Sweeps Enter N and <NEXT PAGE> and F4 For Sweep type account Y
29 The cursor will be at the Option Block. Here at option block enter E and F4
30 Enter INR and EXPLODE
31 Enter 0.00 and F4 and F4 and
32 The cursor will be again at the Option Block. Here at Option block enter # and press
F4 twice. Fill here, State code, District Code, Sub district/Tehsil code and village code
by taking help from F2. Also fill up details of KYC Documents and SBSML code which
is shifted from 7th page of CUMM to # details(refer details below)
34 Press now F4 and F10. Note down the customer ID.
Capturing of KYC details:
To handle the revised KYC guidelines and to facilitate F2 (help) facility, functionality to capture KYC
data has been shifted to CUMM (#) sub option. (Branches are already using CUMM # sub option to
capture village details of the customer). The existing data filled in CUMM (G) details 7th page earlier
has been migrated to respective data fields in CUMM (#) sub option.
Process guidelines to capture KYC data is as under:

a) Menu option CUMM
b) Option - M- to modify and A- Add
c) In sub option check box: branch user has to enter # and press F4 twice.
d) After entering the mandatory details, branch user has to enter Y in Cont.(Y/N) field to save the
details or vice versa and complete the existing process of CUMM menu option.
Important Note:
i) F2 (Help) functionality has been provided. Now branch user can use F2 button to select appropriate
value related to KYC details.
ii) Either of the Husband/father name can be captured as per customer request.
iii) SBSML code is to be filled in case of Small accounts deposit product only
iv) In case Identity Proof is PAN card (PANCD), system will not populate the same at CUMM G
4th page in PAN/GIR field but system will validate the entered PAN no. at Identification no. field in

# option with the PAN no. entered in PAN/GIR field at CUMM G 4th page. Hence, user has to
enter the same PAN no. in both the fields.
v) The detailed list of document codes and related document type are mentioned in Annexure A.
Handling of KYC in Small Accounts:
Continuation to the ITD/CBS/Circular No. 23/2013 dated 15-04-2013, the validations on KYC compliant
documents with respect to SBSML codes have also been accordingly customized in CUMM (#) sub option.
The details of the same are mentioned are as under:
a. Small accounts can only be opened under scheme code SBSML if valid values are entered in SBSML
code in CUMM (#).
b. Valid SBSML Codes are:
i) 000 - customer opens account by giving self-attested photograph and complete account opening
form along with self-declaration.
ii) 001 - Applied for ID Proof
iii) 002 - Applied for Address proof
iv) 888 - Applied for both Identity & address proof
v) 003 - Submits Identity proof
vi) 004 - Submits address proof
vii) 999 - Submits both & address proof
c. Applicable documents for above mentioned SBSML codes are mentioned in Annexure- B. Branches are
advised to enter valid codes in KYC fields along with Small a/c codes.
ALLOTMENT OF UNIQUE CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION CODE [UCIC] FOR BANKS CUSTOMERS
1) Existing Cust ID of a customer for opening his / her account is to be used and not to create a
fresh Cust ID for an exisisting customer.
2) Menu options CRV / MOPACINQ may be used, as a tool, to ascertain the existing Cust-ID of
the customer and menu option CCA may be used for clubbing multiple Cust-IDs of an existing
customer.
3) In order to check multiple Cust-IDs of a customer, necessary changes is made in CBS system
that as and when branch user enters Aadhaar Number / PAN Number / Mobile Number /
Passport Number of the proposed customer for creating a new Cust- ID at the time of opening
an account , system will display a list of existing Cust-IDs on the screen of the computer, if
Cust-ID is already been created with the same Aadhaar Number / PAN Number / Mobile
Number / Passport Number and branches were advised to use the existing Cust-ID only.
Ensure:
To use the Cust ID of an existing customer for opening his / her new account .
i) CRV / MOPACINQ menu options may be used as a tool to ascertain the existing Cust ID of a customer.
ii) Wherever fresh cust ID is required to be created, it must be created in a prescribed manner.
iii) To generate report on Multiple Cust IDs of a customer based on PAN No and take corrective action.
iv) To ensure that correct PAN No is fed in the system at appropriate place and take corrective steps,
wherever required.
CREATION OF CUST ID FOR OPENING OF ACCOUNT
Applicable for all type of customers:
i. All other details/relevant fields in CBS system to be filled in

ii. PAN number be recorded in the field PAN/GIR No. under Customer Tax Details in CUMM
iii. Selection of proper customer wise code for TDS

iv. The branches will not suspend valid customer IDs (belongs to trustee authorized/ partners
authorized/joint account holder customer ID/ Proprietor) belongs to S. No. 2,5,6,7,8 till accounts are
in open state.
CREATION OF CUSTOMER ID NUMBER OF CUSTOMER ID FOR SINGLE ACCOUNT:
S.No. Type of customer

Guidelines for maintaining CUST ID
1 Individual One Cust ID for each individual
2 Joint a/c of
i) Cust. ID to be created separately for each individual if not an existing
individuals customer
ii) At the time of a/c opening CUST IDs are to be entered in related party
details to open joint account (A-details)
3 Minor Create cust ID for minor only
4 HUF Create Cust ID for Karta only
5 Sole-Proprietor i) Create Cust ID for sole-prop. Firm
ii) Create Cust ID for proprietor and entered in A-detail.
iii) The details of proprietor is to be entered in related party details i.e.
A-Detail. Details of authorized person/POA (If any) to be entered in
A-detail only and need not to create a separate Cust ID.
6 Partnership firm i) Create Cust ID of Partnership Firm
ii) Create Cust ID of all the partners authorized to operate the account and
entered all the information in A-details
iii) The details of authorized person/POA (If any) to be entered in A-detail
only and need not to create a separate Cust ID.
7 Trust i) Create Cust ID of Trust
ii) Create Cust ID of trustee authorized to operate the account and entered
all the information in A-details
iii) If any person other than trustee is authorized to operate the account, the
details of authorized person/POA (If any) to be entered in A-detail only
and need not to create a separate Cust ID.
8 Company i) Create Cust ID of the Company
ii) Create Cust ID of authorized persons to operate the account and entered
all the information in A-details
iii) The details of POA (If any) to be entered in A-detail only and need not
to create a separate Cust ID.
VALIDATIONS/CHECKS CUSTOMIZED:
Apart from above modifications, few logical checks & validations have been put in place in CUMM to ease
operations in CUMM and capturing of qualitative data.
The details of the same as under:
S.
No. Data Field Validations
1. Customer Name/ System will not accept any special character in Customer name/ short name
Short Name field.
2. Minor Cust. Details: Check incorporated to accept only 6 digit postal numeric code incase
Postal Code country code is 'IN'
3. Postal Code in Check incorporated to accept only 6 digit postal numeric code incase
Communication/ country code is 'IN'
Permanent Address In case country code other than IN INDIA and customer NRE flag as Y,
system will allow to enter ALPHA / ALPHA NUMERIC PIN CODE.
Help for entering valid PIN CODE
After entry of city code and state code, press F2 button and then system
displays list of valid PIN codes available in CBS for the combination of
entered city & state code. In case non availability user should enter pin
code as provided by customer.
ENTRY OF BENEFICIAL OWNER DETAILS P DETAILS
As per HO KYC cell capturing of Beneficial Owners details are required, hence necessary check has been put
in place in CUMM to enter said details using sub-option P in CUMM menu option. Following two codes are
created in CBS:
a. 026 in case of Beneficial Owner

b. 027- in case there is no Beneficial Owner
Note: At least one record with 026 or 027 code should be entered otherwise system will not allow new
account opening using the customer ID. Capturing of details of Beneficial Owners is mandatory for following
constitution codes:
Code Description Code Description

003 Co-op society 018 Micro finance institutions
004 Association 019 NBFC
005 Recreational club 020 NBFC-IFC
006 Trusts 021 NBFC-NDSI
007 Pvt. LTd. Company 022 PSU
008 Public Ltd. Company 024 Foreign Sovereign
012 Registered Society 025 Foreign PSE
013 Banking Company 026 AFC Asset Finance Company
016 Self help group 028 CCP- Corporate
017 Joint Liability Group 029 LLP-Limited Liability Partnership
Ensure that Beneficial Owner(s) is identified invariably in all above category of accounts (ie. Pvt. Ltd. Co. /
Partnership firm / Unincorporated association or body of individuals / Clubs / Societies / Trust) and Cust ID
of the Beneficial Owner(s) is entered in menu option CUMM ( P ) details of the above said accounts with
relation code as 026.
ANNEXURE-A
List of Valid KYC Documents for accounts of Individuals (Except SBSML accounts):
Valid Identity proof documents:

Codes Document Description
CRCRD PHOTO CREDIT CARD WITH STATEMENT
DRVG DRIVING LICENSE
ESIC EMPLOYEE STATE INSURANCE CARD WITH PHOTOGRAPH
FFPAS FREEDOM FIGHTER PASS ISSUED BY MINISTRY OF HOME AFFAIRS, GOVT. OF INDIA WITH
PHOTOGRAPH
IDCRD IDENTITY CARD ISSUED BY RECOGNISED AUTHORITIES
LOCAL LOCAL GOVT. AUTHORITY
MRDWM MARRIED WOMEN IDENTITY PROOF (SUPPORTED BY MARRIAGE CERTIFICATE)
NREGA NREGA JOB CARD
PAIDT LETTER FROM A RECOGNIZED PUBLIC AUTHORITY OR PUBLIC SERVANT VERIFYING THE
IDENTITY AND RESIDENCE OF THE CUSTOMER TO THE SATISFACTION OF BANK
PANCD PAN CARD
PROPD REGISTERED PROPERTY DOCUMENTS WITH PHOTO
PSPRT PASSPORT
UIDAI AADHAR CARD

VOTER VOTER ID CARD
Valid address proof documents:
Codes Document Description

BNKST BANK ACCOUNT STATEMENT
CRCRD CREDIT CARD WITH STATEMENT
DEED COPIES OF REGISTERED LEASE AND LICENSE AGREEMENT/SALE DEED/LEASE AGREEMENT
DOMCL DOMICILE CERTIFICATE WITH COMMUNICATION ADDRESS AND PHOTOGRAPH
DVORC COURT DIVORCE ORDER. MARRIAGE ANNULMENT ORDER ISSUED BY COURT
ELBIL ELECTRICITY BILL
EMPLT LETTER FROM EMPLOYER
GASCD CONSUMER GAS CONNECTION CARD/BOOK/PIPE GAS BILL
OFFICIALS OF CENTRAL/STATE GOVERNMENTS AND PUBLIC SECTOR UNDERTAKINGS, WHO
GZPSU ARE LOW RISK CUSTOMERS FOR BANK
HOSTL CERTIFICATE ISSUED BY HOSTEL WARDEN/PRINCIPAL/DEAN OF STUDENT COLLEGE
ITWAO INCOME/ WEALTH TAX ASSESMENT ORDER
POPBP POST OFFICE SAVINGS PASS BOOK
PPO PENSION PAYMENT ORDER
PSLTT LETTER FROM PUBLIC AUTHORITY
LETTER FROM ANY RECOGNISED PUBLIC AUTHORITY HAVING PROPER AND VERIFIABLE
PSOTH RECORD OF ISSUANCE OF SUCH CERTIFICATE
PSUEM LETTER FROM PUBLIC SECTOR EMPLOYER
RCARD RATION CARD
STUDENTs RESIDING WITH RELATIVES, ADDRESS PROOF OF RELATIVES, ALONG WITH
RLTVE THEIR IDENTITY PROOF
A RENT AGREEMENT INDICATING THE ADDRESS OF THE CUSTOMER DULY REGISTERED
RNTAG WITH STATE GOVERNMENT OR SIMILAR REGISTRATION AUTHORITY
TLBIL TELEPHONE BILL
TLMBL TELEPHONE BILLS FROM ANY TSPs AND MSP NOT MORE THAN 2 MONTHS OLD, POSTPAID.
THE LETTER ISSUED BY UIDAI CONTAINING DETAILS OF NAME, ADDRESS AND AADHAAR
NUMBER. IN CASE THE ADDRESS PROVIDED BY THE ACCOUNT IS THE SAME AS THAT OF
UIDAI AADHAAR LETTER
CERTIFICATE BY VILLAGE EXTENSION OFFICER (VEO) / VILLAGE HEAD OR EQUAL OR
VLGHD HIGHER RANK OFFICER
VOTER VOTER ID CARD
CERTIFICATE FROM WARD/EQUIVALENT RANK OFFICER, MAINTAINING ELECTION ROLL
WRDCR CERTIFYING ADDRESS OF THE APPLICANT
ANNEXURE B
Valid documents for applicable SBSML codes are as under:
SBSML ID proof Documents/ID proof Field Address Proof Documents/ Address Proof
Code Field
000 Blank (Not to be filled) Blank (Not to be filled)
001 AARMLC APPL. FOR ARMED Blank (Not to be filled)

LICENSE ISSUED
BY GOVT.

ADRVG APPL. FOR
DRIVING LICENSE
AMRDWM APPL. FOR
MARRIED WOMEN
IDENTITY PROOF
ANREGA APPL. FOR NREGA

JOB CARD
APANCD APPL. FOR PAN
CARD
APSPRT APPL. FOR
PASSPORT
ARMLC ARMED LICENSE
ISSUED BY GOVT.
AUIDAI APPL. FOR AADHAR
CARD
AVOTER APPL. FOR VOTER
ID CARD
002 Blank (Not to be filled) ADOMCL APPL. FOR DOMICILE
CERTIFICATE WITH ADDRESS
AND PHOTOGRAPH
AELBIL APPL. FOR ELECTRICITY BILL
AGASCD APPL. FOR CONSUMER GAS
CONNECTION CARD/BOOK/PIPE
GAS BILL
ARCARD APPL. FOR RATION CARD
ATLBIL APPL. FOR TELEPHONE BILL
AVOTER APPL. FOR VOTER ID CARD
003 Any of the valid ID proof code mentioned in Blank (Not to be filled)
Annexure A
004 Blank (Not to be filled) Any of the valid address proof code mentioned
in Annexure A
888 Any of the valid ID proof code mentioned Any of the valid ID proof code mentioned for
for SBSML code 001 above. SBSML code 002 above.
999 Any of the valid ID proof code mentioned in Any of the valid address proof code mentioned
Annexure A in Annexure A
CAPTURE AREA CODE DETAILS OF THE CUSTOMERS
Ministry Of Finance (MoF), India has mandated the Banks to provide functionality in CBS to capture the
village/ town code (as per Census Code) details as part of capturing the customer details. The village/town
code details which need to be incorporated consists of a combination of State Code, District Code,
Taluk/Sub-district code and Town/Village code
codes provided by RBI/Census data are incorporated in CBS to comply with this directive. This code will be a
16 character/digit format comprising of State Code(2) + District Code(3) + Sub District Code(5) +
Town/Village Code (6)
USER GUIDE
1. Branch user has to invoke menu option CUMM.

2. In CUMM, Branch user has to enter the function code as per requirement and then press F4.
A- To Add
M- To modify
3. To capture village/town code details, an additional custom tab is proposed (# - details). Branch user
has to enter # in Enter option Field. Screenshot for reference is attached.
4. Branch user has to select following codes, by pressing F2 button
- State
- District
- Sub District
- Town/village
5. After entering the same, branch user has to press F4 mandatory to exit from this additional details
form.
6. Then continue with the normal process of CUMM menu option.
7. As per maker checker concept, another branch user has to verify the same.
8. The state code and other codes in this form will be given as per details captured in the address field
which is meant for communication purpose. While entering the address if the use has chosen P or
E i.e. permanent address or employer address as mandatory which will be printed in the passbook,
the village/town code should be selected according to this mandatory address.
VERIFICATION OF CUSTOMER MASTER CREATION
MENU OPTION -- "CUMM - V"
Check all the relevant details from AOF and verify it.
SUSPENSION OF CUSTOMER WITHOUT ANY ACCOUNT NUMBER
Can be handled in two ways :

1) Invoke menu option CUMM use option D for suspension of Customer ID and use option
U to unsuspend the Customer ID.
2) System will not allow suspending the customer ID using CUMM or CUMMSUSP menu option, if
there is an active account/locker existing in the system. Further, customer IDs created for
opening of Joint Account cannot be suspended till Joint account exists (Active) in the system.
3) Invoke menu option CUMMSUSP
There is facility of single customer ID suspension as well as Bulk Customer ID Suspension
SINGLE CUSTOMER ID
Enter S in the field then press F4, Give customer ID and continue flag Y. On pressing F4
system will suspend the customer ID.
BULK CUSTOMER ID
Branch to prepare a text file with list of Customer IDs which are required to be suspend
Enter B in the field then press F4 give file name in Capital letters e.g. UPLOAD.TXT
Continue Y. On pressing F4 system will suspend all customer IDs of the text file.
CAUTION
i) CUMMSUSP menu to be used only for customer IDs which have no account in system.
ii) Customer IDs suspended through this menu cannot be unsuspended even using CUMM.
iii) Customer IDs for Locker customer cannot be suspended through this menu.
iv) No verification required for this activity and can be used by GU work class of 030.
RISK CLASSIFICATION OF THE CUSTOMER AND UPDATION OF CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION

INFORMATION / DATA :
Risk Categorization of Customers in which they have informed that RISK category field in CUMM is not
required to be filled by the branches at the time of creating fresh/Modification of Cust-ID. It should be
automatically populated by the system based on profession / activity codes. Profession / activity codes in
the field profession / activity in # detail of customer master (CUMM) has been created by Data centre .
User has to select appropriate activity code from help key (F2) and system will automatically populate the
risk category based upon the selection of Profession /Activity codes.
With regard to updation of Customer Identification Information/Data and review of Risk Categorization
necessary customization has been done in the system. The detail procedure to be followed by branches is
given below:
a) Reports for generating pending records needs to be updated:

b) The following two reports has been customized in the system to know the pending records due
for necessary updation which can be available through menu option: PNBRPT- 9/143a & b
c) 9/143a: Report for Cust Id due for Updation for Low Risk Category Customers.
d) 9/143b. Report for Cust Id due for Updation for Medium and High Risk category Customers.
Branches may generate the above two reports and follow-up with customers for obtaining fresh documents
and enter the date of updation of KYC data submitted by customer in # details of CUMM.
RISK CATEGORY CHANGE UPLOADING
Bulk option to enter or modify the risk category of customers based on his/her profession without using
CUMM menu option, a new menu option RISKUPL has been customized in CBS. Process to use the said
customized menu option is as under:
Menu option: RISKUPL
Said menu option will change the risk category of the customer IDs based on the entered business nature
code and same can be checked using CUMI/CUMM menu option # Details.
Steps to use the same are as under:
a. A text file to be created with following data:

- Customer ID
- Business Nature Codes
(Data should be | separated i.e AXF003310| UNUSL
b. File name should in capital letter including file extension like RISK.TXT
c. File should be saved in C:\upload directory
d. Execute menu option RISKUPL. Enter File name and press F4.
e. Use PR menu option for success/failure reports.
(Verification process is inbuilt)
FLOW CHART FOR OPENING OF SF/CA ACCOUNT
STEP OPENING OF SF/CA - STEP BY STEP PROCESS

1 Write OAAC at menu option and press enter
2 At Customer ID field type Customer ID for which a/c will be opened, press TAB
3 At Scheme Code type "SBGEN" or "CAGEN" or "SBSAL" and Press F4
4 Mode of Operation : Press F2 and select appropriate one by Shift+F4, press TAB
5 Location Code : Press F2 and select appropriate one by Shift+F4, then press F6
6 Pass Book/ Statement : Enter "P" for pass book or "S" for stt. of a/c and press TAB
7 If statement of a/c is chosen, enter frequency of statement as :
M in first field and in 4th Filed any number between 1 to 31 and in the 5th field "N" and
then press <TAB>, at Despatch Mode : enter "C" (You may select appropriate despatch
mode by pressing F1)
8 Interest Cr A/c : Enter "S" and Interest Dr A/c Flag : Enter "S", press F6 for next page
9 At this page enter contact phone no. if any, then press F4
10 The cursor will be at option : Change G to "S" for scheme details and press F4
11 If nomination is to be regd. go to "Availing Nomination Facility?" and change it to "Y" and
then press F4. If no cheque book is to be allowed for some reason, at the field "cheque
book allowed?" change Y to N.
12 Change the Option "S" to "N" and press F4
13 Nominee Name : Type Name of the Nominee, then address etc. and then press F4
14 If it is a joint a/c or an a/c of a firm/society/club then change the option to "A" and press
F4 to allow you to enter the joint a/c holder's name or authorised signatory's name etc. If
the joint holder or authorised signatory has some customer id, mention the same and
press transmit key the name and address will automatically appear. In the absence of
customer id you have to skip customer id field and enter name and address.
15 Press down arrow key to enter the 2nd and subsequent names, then press F4 finally.
16 Now at the option block press F10, the account number will be displayed.
FOR--Passbook/Statement Valid values are P-Passbook, S-Statement, R-Deposit Receipt, B-

Both P & S, N-None.
Statement If previous field is set to S (Statement), frequency for statement must be entered. There
are five fields in statement.
Field 1: DDaily, WWeekly, MMonthly, FFortnightly, QQuarterly, HHalf yearly, Y Yearly
Field 2: 1-First, 2-Second, 3-Third, 4-Fourth week, M-Mid week, LLast Week
Field 3: 1-Sunday, 2- Monday 7- Saturday & 8 - No weekly off
Field 4: Date of issue - 1 to 31
Field 5: For Holiday N Next, P Previous, S Skip
Fields 2 & 3 are not required if frequency (field 1) is monthly, quarterly, half yearly and yearly
Fields 2 ,3 & 4 are not required if frequency (field 1) is daily and fortnightly
Fields 2 & 4 are not required if frequency (field 1) is weekly
VERIFICATION OF ACCOUNT OPENING MENU OPTION -- "OAACAU"
STEP PARTICULARS
S
1 At function Block type "V" and press <TAB> and enter the A/c No. to be verified, then press
F4
2 Press F11 to visit next pages and at the 3rd page Press F4
3 Change the option to "S" and Press F4, see the values entered and again press F4
4 Change the option to "N" and Press F4, see the values entered and again press F4
5 Change option to "A" (for joint a/c or partnership etc. a/c only) and Press F4, see the values
entered and again press F4
6 Press F10 finally. If the system displays any warning / exception, accept them by pressing
F4. The a/c is verified. Press F3 to come back to main menu
The full 16 digits of an a/c number need not be remembered . Whenever this account
is to be accessed, simply enter the scheme code and last 4/5 digits , system will
automatically expand it to 16 digits. This facility is provided only when the customers
accounts of same own branch are accessed. All 16 digits in account no must entered
while accessing customers of other branches.
SMALL ACCOUNT PRODUCT OPENING OF ACCOUNT SCHEME SBSML

Find below the details of the functionalities introduced in CBS
1. In CUMM: # Details
Case SBSML CODE Remarks
If customer opens account by 000 Branch user has to capture the said
giving self attested photograph code in Free text field 10.
and complete account opening Account will remain active for 12
form in the branch. months only.
If customer opens account under If customer applied for ID Account will remain active for 24
small account scheme and also proof: 001 months only.
submits documentary proof that
he/she applied for valid KYC If customer applied for Also, branch user has to enter:
document. Address Proof: 002 1. Valid value in ID proof field for
code 001.
2. Valid value in Add. Proof field
If customer applied for both ID for code 002.
proof and Address Proof : 888 3. Valid values in both fields ID
proof and address proof for
code 888.
4. Identification details field is
also be filled. e.g. Applied
voter card
If customer opens account under If customer submits ID proof: Branch user has to enter:
small account scheme and also 003 1. Valid value in ID proof field for
submits valid KYC document. code 003.
If customer submits Address 2. Valid value in Add. Proof field
Proof: 004 for code 004.
3. Valid values in both fields ID
proof and address proof for
If customer submits both ID code 999.
proof and Address Proof : 999 4. Identification details field is
also be filled as per extant
guidelines.
Note: If customer full fills KYC
requirements, branch is advised to
open account in normal saving
scheme.
If existing small account holder full fills

KYC norms, account should be
transferred to normal saving product
using ACXFRSC menu option.
System will not allow to complete the

ABH without transferring such
accounts.
2. ACCOUNT OPENING:
A new scheme code SBSML has been introduced for opening of customer account under Small Account
Deposit Product. Branches are advised to use menu option OOAC and OAACAU for the account opening.
3. Transaction Maintenance TM:

As per product features, following checks has been implemented in TM menu option in the system:
1. The aggregate of all credits in a Financial System will not allow to credit the customer account
Year does not exceed rupees one lakh under SBSML, if aggregate of all credits reaches value of
Rs. 1, 00,000/- within the financial year.
2. The aggregate of all withdrawals and System will not allow to debit the customer account
transfers in a month does not exceed under SBSML, if aggregate of all withdrawals and
rupees ten thousand; and transfers in a month reaches value of Rs. 10,000 in a
month.
3. The balance at any point of time does not System will not allow to credit the customer account
exceed rupees fifty thousand. under SBSML, if aggregate of all credits reaches value of

Rs. 50,000/- at any point of time.
System will allow to credit only if account balance in the
account is less than Rs. 50,000/.
4. Issuance of ATM cards and Cheque book:
As per FI Division circular, no cheque book and ATM card should be provided till the account
becomes full KYC compliant. Necessary check has been put in the system to restrict issuance of
cheque book and ATM card in SBSML scheme.
As already mentioned that if customer account under SBSML scheme becomes FULL KYC, said
account is to be transferred to normal saving product scheme, then branch user can issue cheque
book and ATM cards as per extant banking guidelines related to that saving product.
WORK FLOW FOR ACCOUNT OPENING (ACOPN)
Account opening process as mentioned above involves creation of customer master (for new customers
using the option CUMM) followed by account opening (using OAAC menu option). Instead of using CUMM
and OAAC separately, a workflow ACOPN can be invoked. ACOPN is a combination of the two menus. The
workflow involves the following steps:-
On invoking the menu ACOPN, the user(CTO) shall enter the cust-id (for existing customers) or type
New (for new customers) in the customer id field.
Enter the authorised official's User-Id in the authorizer id field and F4
If the customer is new, the system brings up a parameter acceptance screen for capturing the
mandatory fields of customer master like customer details, introducer details, communication address,
minor details, NRI details, staff details, TDS table etc.
Fill the relevant details and press F4.
After all mandatory fields are entered, the system takes to another parameter acceptance screen for
capturing account-opening details. On the other hand if the customer is an existing customer (i.e Cust Id
available) system directly takes to account opening screen.
In account opening screen, enter the scheme code in which a/c is to be opened and then press F4.
Enter the transaction amount, mode of payment, debit a/c number (in case the a/c is opened by
transfer of funds from some other a/c of the customer) and press F4.
In this screen, specify the mode of operation, Cheque allowed (by default Y) and account preferential
(Cr/Dr) and press F4.
The system creates customer master, opens account, puts transaction to the account and displays the
Cust-Id, account number, Tran-Id and Work Flow Id and queues the workflow for the authorised official
(authorizer id) for verification.
Note the Cust-Id, a/c number, Tran-Id and the workflow id on the AOF and pass on the AOF to the
authorised official for verification.
The authorised official for whom the workflow has been queued shall invoke menu option DSPWFQ to
display the pending workflows. The menu will display the list of workflows in queue.
The authorised official shall explode (Ctrl+E) on the Workflow Id. If the customer is new, the system
will display the customer master screen. The authorised official shall then visit each page of the screen
(including E details) like normal customer master verification.
At the option block, commit. On committing the system displays the account verification screen. The
authorised official shall verify account opening like normal account verification.
Alternatively, the official can verify customer master creation through CUMM option and account opening
through OAACAU option.
The authorised official shall then verify the transaction through TM option.
IMPORTANT
IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO CAPTURE NOMINATION DETAILS, JOINT HOLDER, AUTHORIZED
PERSON, POWER OF ATTORNEY ETC THROUGH ACOPN. THE USER SHALL CAPTURE THESE
DETAILS BY MODIFYING CUSTOMER A/C THROUGH ACM OPTION AND THEN GET IT VERIFIED
FROM THE AUTHORISED OFFICIAL.

SEEDING AADHAR NUMBER - NEW FUNCTIONALITIES IN UIDNUM MENU OPTION
Keeping in view the recent guidelines related to Aadhaar payment bridge system (APBS), DBT and to
streamline the process of linking of Aadhaar number with primary account number, following new
functionalities has been added in the menu option UIDNUM:
Now, branch user can capture details of the Aadhaar based as well as non Aadhaar base beneficiaries along
with scheme code. Branch user to use following options
A : Add D : Delete M : Modify V : Verify I : Inquiry

1. A: Add functionality is to add new mapping in the CBS. Branch user has to enter all the mandatory
details and same is to be verified by another branch user.
User has to enter/ capture following information:
- Aadhaar/Non Aadhaar ( If A put Aadhar No., If N Fill other details)
- Customer ID
- Aadhaar Number
- Primary Account number (user can only add the account number linked to the entered
customer ID only)
- Scheme code: (Said field is non mandatory): Branch user can select upto 5 different
schemes by pressing F2 button for a particular beneficiary. (List of scheme codes is given
below)
- Add (Y/N)- Y to continue otherwise N
2. V: Verify: Now, in UIDNUM, maker- checker concept has been introduced. Branches are required
to verify using V function of the UIDNUM menu option.
3. M: Modify: This function is to be used when customer requests to change his/her account number.
For the same branch user has to use M function and change the account number (account number
should belong to the entered customer ID) and same is to be verified by another branch user.
4. D: Delete: This function can be used for following two cases:
- Customer ID changes: If customer request to change the customer ID. Then branch user has
to use the said function and delete the existing entry. After deletion, branch user has to use A:
Add function to add new entry.
- Aadhaar number change: If branch observed any mismatch in the Aadhaar number or
observed that Aadhaar number entered wrongly. Then Branch user has to use the said function
(D: Delete) to delete the existing entry. After deletion, branch user has to use A: Add function
to add new entry with correct Aadhaar number.
- Customer wants to enter Aadhaar number: If customers data is already captured as Non
Aadhaar based customer and now customer requests to enter the Aadhaar number. Then
Branch user has to use the said function (D: Delete) to delete the existing entry. After deletion,
branch user has to use A: Add function to add new entry with Aadhaar number.
Branches are advised to use D option judiciously.
I- Inquiry function can be used by the user to inquire the entered Aadhaar number, customer ID
and linked account number.
Note: Inquiry can be done by entering customer ID or Aadhaar number.
C for customer ID based inquiry
A for Aadhaar number based inquiry
Following type of accounts cannot be linked using UIDNUM as well as UIDUPL menu options:
1. Closed accounts
2. Inoperative accounts
3. Accounts of scheme other than saving and Current account.
4. Account with Credit or Total freeze
5. LIST OF SCHEME CODES TO BE ENTERED IN UIDNUM AADHAR ENABLED A/C
Sr.
Ministry/Department Name of the Scheme Code
No
1 M/o Social Justice & Post Matric Scholarship for SC Students. C00001
Empowerment
Pre-Matric Scholarship for SC Students. C00002
Pre-Matric Scholarship for Children of those engaged in
C00003
unclean occupations.
Up gradation of merit of SC Students. C00004
Post Matric Scholarship for OBCs. C00005
Top Class Education Scheme. C00006
Rajiv Gandhi National Fellowship C00007
2 M/o Human Scholarship to Universities/College Students. C00008
Resources
Development, D/o Fellowship Schemes of UGC. C00009
Higher Education Fellowship Schemes of AICTE. C00010
3 M/o Human National Means cum Merit Scholarship. C00011
Resources National Scheme for Incentive for the girl child for
Development, D/o secondary education.
School Education & C00012
Literacy
4 M/o Tribal Affairs Post Matric Scholarship Scheme. C00013
Top Class Education System. C00014
Rajiv Gandhi National Fellowship. C00015
5 M/o Minority Affairs Matric Scholarship Scheme. C00016
Maulana Azad National Fellowship. C00017
Merit cum Means Scholarship Scheme. C00018
6 M/o Women and Indira Gandhi Matritva Sahyog Yojana (IGMSY). C00019
Child Development
Dhanalakshmi Scheme. C00020
7 M/o Health & Family Janani Suraksha Yojana.
C00021
Welfare
8 M/o Labour and Scholarship to the Children of beedi workers. C00022
Employment
Housing subsidy to beedi workers. C00023
Stipend to children in the special schools under the
Child Labour Project. C00024
Stipend to trainees- Welfare of SC/ST through Coaching

cum Guidance & Vocational Training C00025
Stipend to trainees in LWE districts C00026

MGNREGS Scheme C00028
9 M/o Petroleum Subsidy of LPG C00027
Linking of Aadhaar number with primary account number should be done using menu options UIDNUM or
UIDUPL- for bulk upload only.

TRANSFER OF ACCOUNTS ACROSS SOLS - MENU OPTION -- ACXFRSOL
A customers account, belonging to SB/CA/CC and OD scheme types, is allowed for transfer across Sol.
The account number will remain unchanged for the transferred account.
Customers will be able to use the same account for their ECS (electronic clearing services), standing
instructions and chequebook purposes.
While entering the account number in any of the menu option full 16 digit account number is required
to be entered.
As part of the transfer, all the account related standing instructions, FFDs, linked sweeps/Liens will get
carried over.
If the subject account is referred to as the operative account/applicant account/party account in
Bills module, documentary credits, forward contracts, and the same relationship will also be carried over.
- THE PROCESS
Function code values T Transfer, V - Verify, X Cancel.

When Function code T is selected the source SOL ID and destination sol id is mandatory. Help Message
is available for the same.
The account ID is mandatory.
During verification of request, the system will carry out the validations such as same person verification,
work class check.
The effects of transfer and the report of transfer will take place only after the transfer request has been
verified.
The system will generate a report of all such accounts, which have been transferred as part of this
process along with any errors or exceptions due to which the transfer could not take place.
The menu option will check/validate for the following conditions before the actual transfer of account
takes effect:--
Check for any transaction that may have happened on the account on the day of transfer.
Check for any transactions that may be in entered status.
Check for any cheque that may be logged in Inward Clearing.
Validate for Unauthorized records for the account
There wont be any history available prior to the transfer date in the new SOL. Audit trial will be available for
the account and the menu option activities. This includes the transfer enterer id, verified person id, the old
record, the new record, time stamp of such change. And when inquired on the transferred customer account
itself, the audit trail will contain the information of old record, new record, who entered, who verified with
time stamp will be available. Remarks for the audit written will be SOL ID TRANSFER.
ACCOUNT TRANSFER ACROSS SCHEME CODE MENU OPTION- ACXFRSC

A customer account is allowed for transfer across Scheme for the accounts belonging to SB/CA/CC and
OD.
This is done through a new menu option ACXFRSC, which will accept the values Transfer, X-cancel,
Verify (verification of the request of transfer).
The effects of transfer and the report of transfer will take place only after the request of transfer has
been verified.
The execution may be in actual mode or in trial mode. Either one account or all accounts belonging to
one scheme to another scheme can be transferred.
In this case, GL sub-head is a mandatory criteria.
System will generate Success and Failure reports.
The transfer will not result in change in the account number to include the new scheme code and the GL
subhead.
System will not keep history for Charges/interest under old scheme and new scheme separately after
such account transfer.
Transfer of accounts between scheme are restricted for the same currency schemes

Irrespective of the scheme change the account status will continue. (Dormant, inactive, frozen). The
account status will be printed in the Success/Failure Report if the account is not active/dormant or
frozen.
The menu option will check/validate for the following conditions before the actual transfer of account to new
scheme takes effect:--
Check if Account is valid.
Check if account is closed.
Check if any non authorized audit records are pending for the account.
Check if the account falls under the schemes SB/CA/CC/OD/TD.
No transaction should exist in entered status.
Check if the staff flag is modified in CUMM when the account is moving from Non Staff scheme to Staff
scheme.
Check for future dated transactions
Check if TDS calc is up-to-date.
Check if the target scheme belongs to the same scheme type as the source scheme.
Check if the target scheme code currency is the same as source scheme code.
Check for future dated account open effective date.
Check for any cheque that may be logged in Inward/ Outward Clearing.
Check for Income /Expense account in Home Currency.
Check if the NRE flag is modified in CUMM menu option when the transfer is from NRE to Non NRE
Scheme and Vice Versa.
The Account will be locked once the transfer is initiated through ACXFRSC menu option. During this period
no transactions will be allowed on the Account/Accounts.
Limitations
The account number will remain same, and will not include the product code of the transferee scheme.
Charges (Batch charges): When the Account is moving from a scheme where charges are defined to a
scheme where charges are not defined then the user has to ensure that the charges are collected before
transfer.
Interest treatment: If the Account is moving from a Scheme where Interest method is different then the
Interest calculation will differ.
ACCOUNT ATTACHED WITH MOBILE/PAN NUMBER
A new menu option MOPACINQ has been provided. The menu will list a maximum of 10 account numbers
maintained by the customer which is either attached with a Mobile number or PAN Card Number.
Menu option: MOPACINQ

Function :
1. M Mobile number based search for accounts
2. P - PAN CARD based search for accounts
1) MOBILE NUMBER BASED SEARCH

a. Enter M in function and press F4
b. Enter valid mobile no of 10 digit in next screen and Press F4
The system will then display all Account Numbers with Account Name attached with the Mobile Number
entered by the user. Enter Y in Inquire Other(Y/N) option to continue inquiring list of accounts for another
mobile number.
Note- Only 10 accounts can be viewed in the menu. If Number of accounts attached with
mobile no is more than 10 then it will prompt for a message only.
2) PAN NUMBER BASED SEARCH

a) Enter P and Press F4
Enter valid PAN no and Press F4
Same procedure here also to inquire for other PAN numbers. Input option Y
and press F4
HANDLING KYC NON COMPLIANT ACCOUNTS
RINGFENC in CBS for Ring Fencing the KYC non-compliant accounts.
Problems are being faced that while Ring Fencing KYC non compliant accounts in CUMM (# details) menu in
the CBS system, since different information(s) relating to customer is required to be uploaded at the time of
Ring Fencing, which at times is not available with the branches. As a result, branches are also freezing KYC
non-compliant accounts .
2. In view of the above, a new menu option RINGFENC has been customized in CBS. Therefore,
branches are advised that all the KYC non-compliant accounts should be Ring Fenced which
means that such accounts may be placed under close watch and non-compliant customers may be
deprived of certain additional facilities such as issuance of cheque book; issuance of
ATM/Debit Card; providing Internet banking services; account transfer using ACXFRSOL;
scheme transfer using ACXFRSC menu options and no payment through withdrawal slip
at the base branch, till the customer complies with such requirements.
This exercise, however, should not extend beyond a period of three months. In case the customer d
espite such measures, shows unwillingness to comply with KYC/AML/CFT requirements, branches are
free to proceed further and close the accounts after giving due notice to him/her. In no case the
account should be freezed due to KYC non-compliance.
The procedure for Ring Fencing the account is given hereunder:
(a) Use menu option RINGFENC

(b) Enter S in Function code field, then press F4.
(c )User has to enter customer id and Y to confirm. Then press F4
(d) can be used by Manager & above having work class 060 or above in CBS
(e) Does not require verification.
(f) On obtaining ID and address proof document from the customer, user has to enter ID proof
and address proof document through CUMM menu, function code M , enter cust ID, press F4, ( # )
in enter option , press F4 twice. Also ensure that all the mandatory fields such as ID proof, address
proof, total annual income, Profession /Activity and total annual turnover, are entered correctly.
Enter N in the Ring Fenced (Y) field. Then, the account will be treated as KYC compliant. In any
case NA should not be selected and used in any field of (#) details of CUMM menu, otherwise the
system will treat it as KYC non compliant account.
On the basis of Profession / Activity system will classify the risk category (High /
medium / low) automatically.
SOME ISSUES IN SF / CA ACCOUNTS
Customer accounts of other SOLs can not be modified.

The system prints the name of joint a/c holder only if the name has been added in "A" option by
specifying the relation field as "J".
Credit Transactions can be done even before verification of the account opening. Debit transactions are
not allowed on unverified accounts,
Operative account to which interest credit or debit can be done can be specified which can belong to a
different Service outlet also.
In OAAC, select SBSTF as scheme code for staff SF A/c. The system will pick up interest rate code
applicable for staff members. Dont open the staff SF A/c in SBGEN scheme code and then give

additional benefit of interest in A/c Preferential Interest (Cr) field (General Details of OAAC) as system
may not give other benefits to the staff accounts opened in SBGEN scheme code.
Accounts can be opened in backdate
TRANSFER OF ACCOUNTS TO INOPERATIVE CATEGORY
A Savings Fund as well as a Current Account would be treated as Inoperative Account if there is no
Customer Induced Transaction for a continuous period of 24 months.
The process for classification of an account as Inoperative Others and transfer to Inoperative Others Head
is customized in FINACLE Application. The activity for classification and transfer of accounts as per above
would be performed on quarterly basis in the month of January, April, July and October every year. The
process of transferring account to Inoperative Category is centralized in which status of account, GL
Sub-head Code are changed and signatures are transferred from AL Category to IN Category
In-operative heads in many Branches are not tallied. The reason for non-tallying of the in-operative heads in
CBS is due to mismatch of account status maintained with that of GL subhead code. Some accounts marked
as Inactive have GL Subhead Code of main operative account where as in some ACTIVE accounts, the GL
Subhead Code is that of in-operative.
In order to identify accounts with a mismatch in account status and GL Subhead code, A report is
customized. The report is available in MIS under PNBRPT/ 9. Misc. reports- 107. Report of Active and
Inoperative Account shown in wrong GL heads which identifies accounts with the following
mismatches
a. Dormant (inoperative accounts) with wrong GL subhead

b. Active accounts under inoperative GL Subheads.
Branches are advised to generate the report for their SOL and change the GL subheads of Inoperative
accounts with wrong GL subhead and Active accounts having inoperative GL subheads through menu
option TACBSH- (Transfer Accounts between Subheads). Thereafter tally this account wise balance with GL
subhead and ensure its correctness
DEPOSITOR EDUCATION AND AWARENESS FUND SCHEME, 2014 (DEAF)
Balances in all accounts (Inoperative Accounts 10 years & above and amount remained unclaimed for more
than 10 years) along with interest accrued should be transferred to the Depositor Education and Awareness
Fund. Subsequently, banks shall transfer to the Fund the amounts becoming due in each calendar month
(i.e. proceeds of the inoperative accounts and balances remaining unclaimed for ten years or more) as
specified in the Scheme and the interest accrued thereon on the last working day of the subsequent month.
Amounts to be credited to the Fund shall be the credit balance in any deposit account maintained with bank
which have not been operated upon for 10 years or more, or any amount remaining unclaimed for 10 years
or more which include:
(a) Savings bank deposit accounts;

(b) Fixed or term deposit accounts;
(c) Cumulative/recurring deposit accounts;
(d) Current deposit accounts;
(e) other deposit accounts in any form or with any name;
(f) cash credit accounts;
(g) loan accounts after due appropriation by the banks;
(h) marin money against issue of Letter of Credit/Guarantee etc., or any security deposit;
(i) outstanding telegraphic transfers, mail transfers, demand drafts, pay orders, bankers cheques,
sundry deposit accounts, vostro accounts, inter-bank clearing adjustments, unadjusted National Electronic

Funds Transfer (NEFT) credit balances and other such transitory accounts, un-reconciled credit balances on
account of Automated Teller Machine (ATM) transactions, etc.;
(j) undrawn balance amounts remaining in any prepaid card issued by banks but not amounts
outstanding against travellers cheques or other similar instruments, which have no maturity period;
(k) rupee proceeds of foreign currency deposits held by banks after conversion of foreign currency to
rupees in accordance with extant foreign exchange regulations; and
(l) such other amounts as may be specified by the Reserve Bank from time to time.
Accounts which are frozen by order of Court, Income Tax Deptt. or any other statutory
authorities will not be transferred to DEAF fund.
The activity for classification and transfer of accounts in Inoperative category (10 years & Above) would
henceforth be performed on monthly basis from July, 2014 onwards as against quarterly earlier. A
report has been customized in PNBRPT 9/169 in the system which will provide list of Inoperative accounts
which are likely to slip into Inoperative Accounts (10 years & above) in next quarter.
On the date of transferring the amount to the Fund, the branch will maintain separately customer-wise
details verified by the concurrent auditors, including payment of up-to-date interest accrued, that has
been credited to the deposit account till the date of transfer to the Fund, with respect to interest bearing
deposits, non-interest bearing deposits and other credits transferred to the Fund as detailed in Form-I. A
report has been customized PNBRPT 9/171 to generate details of such accounts at branch/circle office
level. The branch will preserve the above audited report at their level for the purpose of annual audit.
REFUND AND CLAIM
If after transfer of funds to DEAF, customer demands, branch should make payment to customer with up
to date interest and lodge claim through Circle office to RMD HO. Branch to lodge the claim on monthly
basis up to 5th day of the next month to Circle Office and CO by 8th to FGMO and FGMO consolidated claim
to RMD HO by 10th day of the next month.
PROCEDURE FOR CLAIM OF INOPERATIVE (10 YRS & ABOVE) TRANSFERRED TO DEAF, RBI
1. User has to enter menu option DEAFC.

2. User has to enter the type of account and add the same using option A and press F4 to add the record
3. User will be navigated to separate screens for deposit account or Draft/Cash Order as the case may be.
i) For SB/CA/TD accounts, screen shall be displayed. User has to enter the account
number and press F4. All other account related details will be displayed by the system and user
has to enter Y/N only and press F4.
ii) For Draft/ Cash Order screen shall be displayed. User has to enter the DD or CO
Number along with the issuing branch ad issue date and press F4. All other DD/CO related details
will be displayed by the system and user has to enter Y/N only and press F4.
4. After adding the account, same has to be verified in the same manner by using V option in DEAFC
menu option. After verification of the same, in case of SB/CA/TD accounts, system will credit the
amount in the customers account with current date, by debiting the Suspense DEAF account of
the SOL (solid<5711370>).
In case of DD/CO, system will credit the amount in the account number provided by the customer as
entered in the Credit Acc No field. However, if customer account number is not available; sundry
account for sol should be entered in Credit Acc No field and the same shall be credited.
5. PNBRPT-9/177 DEAF Form III (Monthly Return Claiming Refund from Deaf)
(for refund procedure refer RMD Circular 55/2014)

TRANSFER OF ACCOUNTS FROM INOPERATIVE TO OPERATIVE CATEGORY
The transfer of inoperative accounts to operative accounts is done at branch level based on the request of
the customer. Menu option OPACTF is available with Incumbent In charge of the base branch and the
menu option performs following three activities:
1. Changes the account status from D-DORMANT to A-ACTIVE.
2. Transfers Inoperative (Others & Over 10 years) GL-Sub-head code to operative GL-Sub-Head-code.
3. Changes the image access code from IN-Inoperative to AL-ALL
On entering the account no. and pressing F4, the system will populate the details of the customer for
crosschecking with the request given by customer. In case the details match with the request, user will have
to enter Y in Continue(Y/N/) field and press F4
As a policy decision, debit inter sol transactions to inoperative accounts are not allowed.
DUPLICATE PB / STATEMENT CHARGES
While closing of an account, system is charging duplicate passbook/statement charges. In some cases these
charges have been levied 5-6 times. After migration to Finacle since application of these charges, the pass
sheet in the a/c might have been printed in ad-hoc mode and the system is keeping trail of all such ad-hoc
print outs. When the a/c comes for closure, system is calculating and recovering ad-hoc pass sheet printing
charges as deferred charges. The branch can reverse the charges to the customer, if required through TM
menu.
MENU OPTIONS AT A GLANCE {FOR CUST-ID & A/C OPENING}
MENU DESCRIPTION PURPOSE
CUMM Customer Master Maintenance To Add a new Customer
OAAC Accounts Opening For opening new accounts
OAACAU Accounts Authorization For Verification / Modification / Cancellation of
Unverified Accounts
ACM Accounts Maintenance For Modification of Verified Accounts And Other
Inquiries/Maintenance
CACC Closure Charges Collection To calculate/apply Account Closure Charges
CAAC Accounts Closing For closing accounts
CAACAU Accounts Closure auth. Auth For Verification/Cancellation of Closed A/C
ALM A/C Lien Maintenance To Mark/Release Lien on Accounts
JTHOLDER List Joint Holders To view Joint Holders/ All Related Parties
INTTM Interest Table Maintenance To view/modify Interest Table Code (Rates)
PSP Pass Sheet print To Print Statement Of Accounts
PBP Pass Book print To Print Passbooks
HACS A/C Selection To make inquiries on criteria-based selected
accounts
HCUS Customer Selection To make inquiries on criteria-based selected
customers
ACCBAL Components of Account Balance To view break-up of an account balance
Inquiry
ACLI A/C Ledger Inquiry To view transactions in Account Ledger
ACTI A/C Turnover Inquiry To view Turnover in account
ADVC Print Dr/Cr. Advice To Customer To Print Advices based on selected criteria
VCHR Print Dr/Cr. Voucher To Print Vouchers based on selected criteria
ABMR A/Cs Below Minimum Balance-Report To print list of accounts below minimum balance
AFSM Account Freeze Status Maintenance To maintain freeze status in account
CBM Customer Becoming Major To inquire / update status of minor a/c
ACLPCA Customer A/C Ledger Print To print Ledger Printout of criteria-based
selected accounts
CUIR Customer Interest Report To print Interest Application Report for a
Customers Accounts
CUMP Customer Master Print To print Master Details for Customers Accounts
based on Selected Criteria
TACBSH Transfer Accounts Between To transfer GL Subhead code of Accounts From
Subheads Inoperative to Operative Category
INTRUN Interest run on account Application of interest on accounts
OPACTF Inoperative to operative To Transfer of accounts from Inoperative to
Operative category
STANDING INSTRUCTIONS MAINTENANCE
This menu option can be used for creating credit Transactions in loans account. If Charges are
not to be recovered then Transaction TYPE should be BI instead of CI. For Loans recovery thru
SI after filling information go to next page by pressing F6 for accepting FLOWID.
RELATED MENU OPTIONS
SIM SI Maintenance To Add, Modify, Cancel, Verify SIs
SIE Standing Instructions Execution For Adhoc Execution Of Sis

SIETR SIs Executed Today Report To Print Report Of SIs Executed Today
SIRP S I Register Printing To Print SI Register
SIADVC Print SI Advice To Customer To Print Advices For Executed SIs
CFLM Carry-Forward List Maintenance To Maintain Failed SIs, Carried Forward For
Next Day
SII Standing Instructions Inquiry To Make Inquiries On Standing instruction
CCCCREATION
In Finacle, Standing Instructions can be defined through the menu Option SIM i.e. Standing Instructions
Maintenance. Functions which can be performed are Add, Copy, Inquire, List, Modify, Undelete, Verify &
Cancel.
How to enter SI?
Menu option SIM (Standing Instruction Maintenance)

Lets take an example Enter an SI which is requested by the customer (D10000411) to debit his SB A/c
(01725) by a fixed amount of Rs.5000/-to credit his CC A/c (87433) which are being maintained at our SOL
i.e. 417700. The SI should be executed on 20th day of every month. The SI should be executed till
20.12.2008.
Steps -
1. Function Enter A (Add) and press F4. The cursor will appear in SI Class field.
2. SI Class Default value is C (Customer Induced). Press Tab or F11.
3. Cust ID D10000411
4. SOL Id 417700 (default populated)
5. SI Frequency As the above SI should be executed on 20th day of every month, the valid values in
SI frequency are M-Blank-Blank-20-N.
6. Execution Time Valid values are B (Day beginning), D (Anytime during day), A (After Business
Hours), E (Every Time). B means, SI will be automatically executed during Begin of day process. D
means, SI will be executed only once during the day whenever we run SIE (Standing Instruction
Execution) menu option first time, A means, SI will be executed during ABH process, E means, SI will

be executed every time whenever we run SIE menu option. In our case we will take it as D i.e. Anytime
during day.
7. Next Execution Date Enter the date on which the SI will be executed first time. Press Ctrl+X to
bring todays date.
8. Auto Post - Value is default Y, which means, whenever SI is executed, the system will post the
transactions automatically and user need not go to TM (Transaction Maint.) menu option to post these
transactions. If this is N, then the transactions created during execution of this SI will remain in Entered
state. User has to go into TM and post them.
9. End Date Enter the date on which SI to be ended.

10. Suspended Upto Enter the date upto which SI will not be executed. Means, suppose, if the starting
date is 20.12.2007 and End date is 20.11.2008 and on 01.02.2008, customer comes and request to
suspend the SI till 20.04.2008, then this date can be entered in this field. This means, SI will not be
executed on 20.02.2008 and 20.03.2008.
11. Accept Event Press F2. Select the event by pressing Shift+F4. This field is used to select the
charges to be levied on customer for requesting the SI.
12. Fail Event Press F2. Select the event id by pressing Shift+F4. This field is used to select the
charges to be levied on customer for if the SI fails.
13. Exec Event - Press F2. Select the event id by pressing Shift+F4. This field is used to select the
charges to be levied on customer for execution of SI.
14. Chrg Rate Default is NOR (i.e. Notional Rate).
15. Dr. Acct If any or all the above three events are entered, then give the account number from
where the charges will be deducted by the system automatically.
16. Delete tran if not posted Default is N. If the transaction is not posted due to any reason and if this
field is kept as N, the system will keep the transaction in Entered state, otherwise, the transaction
will be automatically deleted by the system on unsuccessful execution of the SI.
17. Carry Forward Default is Y.
18. Max times enter number of days. If the Carry Forward field is kept as Y and value for Max times
field is entered, the system will carry forward the SI for the number of days entered in Max times
field, if not successfully executed.
19. Remarks free text.
20. Closure Remarks free text. Press F4.
The system will bring Sub Instruction screen. The cursor is in Option field. At the right-top side Sub
Instruction Serial No. 1 is displayed.
Debit part of SI
21. Option Enter E. Press F4.
22. Amount Ind Valid values are F-Fixed, V-Variable, C-Contra Balancing, T-Table Code. In our example
we have to debit SB A/c 01725 by Rs.5000/- i.e. we have to debit the a/c by fixed amount, so in this
field enter F.
23. Part Tran Type Valid values are C-Credit and D-Debit. In our example we have to debit the a/c, so
make it D.
24. Create Memo Pad Y.
25. Currency INR.
26. Fixed Amount This field will be mandatory as we have made Amount Ind field as F. Enter Rs.5000/-.
Press F4. System will bring part tran details screen.
27. Account Number Enter the account, which you want to debit. In our example its 01725. Press Tab.
28. Amount Indicator Enter P (Percentage). Press Tab.
29. Percentage to be applied Enter 100. This is because, we want to debit full amount of Rs.5000/- from
only one account no. 01725. (In case, we want to debit 30% of Rs.5000/- from one account and rest
70% (of Rs.5000/-) from another account, we need to enter 30 in this field and press Down arrow,
enter account no, press tab, enter P, press Tab and enter 70 in the percentage field).
30. Press F4.
31. The cursor will come back to Option field. We have only completed Debit part of SI. To enter Credit part
of SI, Enter E (which is already there in the field) and press F4.
Credit part of SI
32. Amount Ind C (Contra balancing). This is because; we are entering contra part of the SI.
33. Part tran Type C (Credit), because we want to credit Rs.5000/- to A/c No. 87433.
34. Create Memo Pad Y.
35. Currency INR. Press F4.
36. Account Number Enter the account, which you want to credit. In our example its 87433. Press
Tab.
37. Amount Indicator Enter P (Percentage). Press Tab.
38. Percentage to be applied Enter 100. This is because, we want to credit full amount of Rs.5000/- to
only one account no. 87433. (In case, we want to credit 30% of Rs.5000/- to one account and rest
70% (of Rs.5000/-) to another account, we need to enter 30 in this field and press Down arrow, enter
account no, press tab, enter P, press Tab and enter 70 in the percentage field).
39. Press F4.
40. The cursor will come back to Option field. Now that we have completed debit and credit parts of SI, we
can save the SI. Press F10 to Commit/Save.
41. Note down the SI Serial No. and press F3 twice. You back in the main menu.
VERIFICATION OF SI
Menu Option SIM (Standing Instruction Maintenance)
Steps
1. Function V (Verify). Press Tab.
2. SI Srl.No. Enter SI Serila No. which you wish to verify. If you forgot to note the SI Serial No., you
can press F2 to get the list of unverified SIs, select the one which you wish to verify. Press F4. The
general details will appear on the screen. Check the details. Press F4. The cursor will appear on
Option field with the Debit part of the SI on your screen. Check it.
3. Option Enter P. Press F4. Check the account and other details. Press F3.
4. Option Press Down Arrow. The system will display credit details of SI. Press P (which is already
displayed in the field) and F4. Check the account and other information. Press F3.
5. Option Press F10 to commit/save. The SI is verified. Press F3 to come out of the menu
option.
How to enter SI for Draft?

Menu Option SIM
Example Enter SI, to prepare a draft of Rs.500/- (drawn on BO: Bhagya Nagar, Aurangabad, favoring
Anant Jadhav) on the 1st day of every month, by debiting A/c 01725 (customer ID D10000411).
Steps
1. Function A (Add). Press F4.
2. SI Class C (Customer Induced)
3. Cust id D10000411
4. SI Frequency M-Blank-Blank-1-N
5. Execution time D (Anytime During Day)
6. Next Execution Date 10-12-2007 (enter appropriate date). Press F4.
To Enter DD related transaction details -
7. Option E (Enter). Press F4.

8. Amount Ind F (Fixed)
9. Part tran Type C (Credit)
10.Create Memo Pad Y
11.Currency INR
12.Fixed Amount 500. Press F4.
13.Account Number DD. Press F4.
14.Amount Ind P (Percentage)
15.Percentage 100. Press F6. The system will bring Issue of DD screen. Leave City Name as blank.
16.Drawn on Bank Code 024. Branch Code 1005.
17.Payee Name Anant Jadhav
18.Purchase A/c No. 01725.
19.Purchaser Name This will automatically appear.
20.Print Option I (Immediate). Press F4. The cursor will appear in the A/c No. field of previous screen.
Press F4. The cursor will appear in Option field.
To enter commission on DD related transaction

21.Option E(Enter). Press F4.
22.Amount Ind T (Table Code)
23.Part tran type C (Credit)
25.Currency INR
26.Fixed Amount 500. Go to the Amount Table Code field by pressing Tab.
27.Amount Table Code Press F2. Go to list item DDCOM (Commision on DD/MT/TT). Select it by
pressing Shift+F4.Press F4.
28.Account No. Type COMM, press F2. Go to INC COMM ON DRAFTS & TRANSFERS, select it by
pressing Shift+F4.
30. Percentage to be applied 100. Press F4 . The cursor will appear in Option field.
To enter debit account details
31.Option E (Enter). Press F4.
32.Amount Ind C (Contra Balancing)
33.Part tran type D (Debit)
35.Currency INR. Press F4.
36.Account No. 01725
38.Percentage 100. Press F4 .
The cursor will come back to option field. Press F10 to Commit/Save the SI.
Verify the SI as explained in How to verify SI paragraph.

When do SIs get executed ?
a. SIs which have been marked as B (Day Beginning) in Execution Time will be automatically
executed during BOD process.
b. SIs which have been marked as A (After Business Hours) in Execution Time will be automatically
executed during EOD process.
c. SIs which have been marked as D (Anytime During day) will be executed when when we run SIE
(Standing Instruction Execution) menu option first time during the day.
d. SIs which have been marked as E (Every Time) will be executed as many times as we run SIE
menu option.
EXECUTION OF STANDING INSTRUCTIONS

Menu option SIE
1. Execution Time Enter D or E. Press F4.
2. System will bring Print parameter acceptance form.

3. Fore/Background Enter F.
4. Print Required N. Press F10. Wait till until progress indicator (which is on the bottom-right corner
of the screen) comes back to green. Press F3. The system generates execution report for all the SIs
selected of the type mentioned in steps 1. Please see the report.
Reports & Inquiries
SII Standing Instruction Inquir y,

SIETR SIs Executed Today Report
SIRP Standing Instruction Register Printing.
CHEQUE BOOKS MAINTENANCE
PERSONALIZED CHEQUE BOOKS
At present request for personalized cheque books are being sent to Printing and Stationary Department
through menu option CBSCHQBK. Cheque books are being sent by P&S Deptt. HO in verified stage.
Some of the PCBs are received back and to avoid misue following procedure be adopted :
1) PCBs will continue to be sent to customers directly at 275 identified centres in verified stage
whereas the PCBs being sent to base branch other than the specified centres for onward delivery to
customers will be sent by P&S Department HO in I status I.e. Issued but not acknowledged.
Branches have to obtain proper acknowledgement from the customer, feed the same in system so
that the chque status is changed to U (unused) status.
2) A menu option CHQSTAT has been customized for the branches to change the status of cheque
from U to I ( issued but not acknowledged) for the situations where personalized cheque book
sent to customers address, is returned to the base branch due to unavailability of customer ( or any
other reason). Once the status is changed system gives message Record updated successfully.
(TBD 52/2013)
CHEQUE BOOK ISSUE
Issuer or Verifier of Cheque book Issue Process must hold the physical stock of Cheque Books.
System will have this information through Inventory Movement Process.
Menu Option ICHB, Function I, Enter A/C No. In the field Cheque book Ack. Obtained?
Type Y, if acknowledgement has been obtained, else type N. Press F4.
Enter Cheque Type (select by pressing F2, say SB20 or CA100 or ANU-10) & press F4.
System will list the available Cheque books with the issuer, if any.
Select the Cheque book(s) to be issued with Shift+F4 & Commit with F10.
VERIFICATION / CANCELLATION OF THE ISSUE OF CHEQUE BOOKS
Menu Option ICHBAU Function V/X, Enter A/C No. or F2 to List Unverified Cheque Books, select
with Shift+F4. Press F4.
While verifying, Enter Y in Collect MICR charge field to recover Cheque book charges.
Press F4 & Commit with F10.
Another Chequebook cannot be issued in an a/c with unverified Cheque books.
ON RECEIPT OF ACKNOWLEDGEMENT FORM (PNB 119) FROM CUSTOMER
If N was given at the field Cheque book Ack. Obtained? while issuing Cheque book, then on receipt
of acknowledgement (PNB 119) from the customer the same is to be marked & verified in the system.
System will not mark Stop Payments for unacknowledged Cheque leaves.
Menu Option CHBM, Function A, Enter A/C No. Press F4.
Select the Cheque books for which acknowledgement is to be marked
Commit by F10.
Verification/Cancellation has to be done with CHBM-V/X function.
"CHBM" MENU -- C FUNCTION MARKING OF CAUTION
Caution can be marked on the Cheque the status of which is UNUSED.

That is to say that caution cannot be marked on a Cheque which has not been acknowledged
Invoke menu option CHBM: Enter C in the Function Field, Press Tab, Enter Account No.,
Press Tab, Enter Begin Ch. No., Press Tab, Enter No. of Leave & Press F4,
System will display equal number of Cheque as entered in No. of Leave column starting from the
Begin Ch. NO.
The system will also display the Current Status of Cheque and New Status of Cheque
Caution can be unmarked by UNDO function through the same menu option i.e. CHBM
It is to be noted that system allows payment of caution marked cheques.
However, an exception Cheque Cautioned <Manager> is raised at the time of its posting/verification
INQUIRY ON CHEQUE BOOKS ISSUED IN AN A/C
Menu Option CHBI

Give a/c number in which cheque book inquiry is to be done
Name will be displayed automatically
Purpose to view - User has to mention the details for which the cheque book
Enquiry is required.
INQUIRY OF ACCOUNT NO. FOR A GIVEN CHEQUE NUMBER
Menu Option INQACHQ. Enter Cheque No & Sol-ID. Press F4. Quit with F3
CHEQUE INQUIRY
Cheque Book inquiry can also be made while working in any screen or any menu option without quitting
from it. press F5 or click on Background at the menu option bar, the system will display the Background
Menu.
At the Background menu select the appropriate option, delete the number appearing in the Make your
Choice field and enter the same again before pressing F4.
CHBM screen will be displayed. Enter I (for inquire) & A/c No. & Press F4.
System shall display the same screen under the title Menu Option CHBM. The Cheque book record can
be exploded here too, for looking at status of Chequebook leaves.
DO YOU KNOW THAT A MOBILE BANKING CUSTOMER CAN MAKE STOP PAYMENT OF HIS
CHEQUES USING SMS MESSAGE SENT TO 5607040
MENU OPTIONS AT A GLANCE { CHEQUE-BOOK)

ICHB Issue Cheque books For Issue, Verification, Cancellation And Printing Of Cheque
books
CHBM Cheque Book For Marking Acknowledgement, Caution, Revoking Caution,
Maintenance Destroying Unused Cheque Leaves, Verification And Inquiry
INQACHQ Inquire A/C Number For Inquiring Account Number From Cheque Number
For A Cheque
CHBIR Cheque Book Issued For Printing Cheque book Issue Register
Register
SPP/SPPAU Stop Payment To enter/cancel Stop Payments
Processing
PNBPRPT (Daily Report Part I / 5)

SECURITY FORMS INVENTORY MANAGEMENT IN CBS SYSTEM
If any IMC entry (created by Ptg. & Sty. Dept.) remains outstanding beyond 15 days from the date of IMC,
concerned branch(es) will get an alert at the time of Day End for next 5 days but on thje 20th day of IMC
entry remaining outstanding branch will not be able to proceed with the day-end process unless the relative
IMC entry is dealt with.
In case new branch (yet to be opened), uptill now security forms where being sent by the Stationary
Department to the concerned Circle Office without creation of IMC entry. Now IT CBS has created one more
inventory class/code CO/CO valid for department i.e. 399600. Before dispatch of inventory HO will create
dummy IMC movement from 399600, DL/DL to 399600, CO/CO and only thereafter physical stock will be
sent. On operationalisation of IMAUM of the branch HO will transfer the stock to new branch by using
IMC option.
IMPORTANT
AT BRANCH LEVEL SYSTEM WILL NOT ALLOW TO BRING THE INVENTORY FROM EXTERNAL
LOCATION ( I.E. ZZ/EXT) SINCE PRINTING AND STATIONARY DEPARTMENT IS DIRECTLY
ENTERING THE SECURITY FORMS IN THE LOCATIONS OF BRANCHES. (ITD CBS 80/2013)
RELATED MENU OPTIONS

IMC INVENTORY MOVEMENT BETWEEN LOCATIONS
IMI INVENTORY MOVEMENT INQUIRY
IMR INVENTORY MOVEMENT REPORT
ISIA INVENTORY INQUIRY, SPLIT AND MERGE (ALL) (other than the user location)
ISI INVENTORY INQUIRY, SPLIT AND MERGE (AT USER LOCATION)
ISR INVENTORY STATUS REPORT AT EMPLOYEE LOCATION
ISRA INVENTORY STATUS REPORT (ALL)
IMAUM UPDATE WORK CLASS AND USER OF DOUBLE LOCK
CLEARING OPERATIONS
OUTWARD CLEARING
1. In CBS all cheques sent to clearing house are sent after opening a zone each day and entering all
the cheques under that zone.
2. All cheques are lodged by opening a Zone of specific latency period each day.
3. Latency means the number of days from the date of opening after which the system would allow
to release the zone to shadow balance i.e. day when cheque amount credited to customer account.
4. Shadow balance reflects the amount which has been credited in the account but can not be
withdrawn since it is under clearing.
FLOW CHARTS OUTWARD CLEARING:

Open Zone : MCLZOH (O)
Lodge cheques : OCTM (A)
Verification : OCTM (V)
Generate Reports : PCLSO, PNBRPT
Suspend Zone : MCLZOH (S)
Revoke suspension of Zone : MCLZOH (V)
Release cheques to shadow : MCLZOH (R)
Regularize Zone : MCLZOH (G)
Mark Pending cheques not to be regularized : MARKPEND
Revoke cheques marked pending earlier : REVPEND
Transfer of sets from a zone to other : TROFSETS
Inquiry on clearing sets : IOCLS
Inquiry on shadow balance : ACSBIO
THE PROCESS FOR OPENING THE OUTWARD CLEARING ZONE
1. Menu MCLZOH, function O for Zone Open
2. Press TAB give date of zone, Press TAB & press F2 (it will show list of zones)
3. Bring arrow to the zone to be selected and press shift key & F4
4. Respective Zopne will be selected. Press F4 & than F10
Date of zone can be BOD or any future date. Now the cheques can be lodged. It is possible that more than
one user can lodge instruments in a single zone or separate zones can be opened for different users as per
requirement in the branch.
5. To lodge the instruments invoke menu option, OCTM FUNCTION A

6. Press tab BOD will be shown, change it if required and press tab, give desired zone name and
Press F4
LODGEMENT OF INSTRUMENTS CAN BE OF 3 TYPES
1. One instrument with one account number to be credited.

2. Multiple instruments with & one account number to be credited.
3. Multiple account number to be credited with one instrument.
FOR TYPE 1
MENU : OCTM Function A
1. Give date & name of zone press F4 A set number is generated. Note set no on the face of voucher
2. Put account number press <TAB> Put amount press F6
3. Put instrument number press tab key.
4. Put sort code from the instrument i.e. combination of bank code & branch code press tab
For LDD zone bank code is always 024 and sort code give branch distinctive number.
5. Amount is already populated there, press tab press F2 & select appropriate code (optional)
6. Press down arrow key (key board)
7. check if credit amount & instrument amount same.
8. Press F10 and go for another set. Continue the process till all instruments are lodged.
FOR TYPE 2
1. Give date & name of zone pressF4. A set number is generated. Note the number on the
Face of the voucher.
2. Put account number and press TAB put amount press F6
4. Put sort code from the instrument i.e. combination of bank code & branch code press tab.
5. Put amount of the instrument by altering the amount shown on the field, press down arrow key
(key board) enter instrument number press tab sort code, amount of the instrument as before and
continue with down arrow, if there are further cheques until all cheques are entered. Check if
credit amount & instrument amount are same.
6. Now press F10 and go for another set. Continue the process till all instruments are lodged.
FOR TYPE 3
1. Give date & name of zone press F4. A set number is generated. Note the number on the
Face of the voucher.
2. Put account number and press TAB
3. Put amount press down arrow cursor will come to account number. Repeat as above and
Continue until all account numbers are entered. Than press F6
5. Put sort code from the instrument i.e. combination of bank code & branch code press tab.
6. Put amount, press down arrow key ( key board)
7. Check if credit amount and instrument amount tallies. Press F10
After all cheques have been lodged
1. Invoke menu MCLZOH Function I

2. Give zone name and date & press F4 & press F6 twice
3. Total value of cheques, number of instruments and vouchers will be shown.
4. Prepare the imprest voucher accordingly.
5. Modification before verification may be made through menu OCTM function M giving zone
name, date and set number.
6. Modification after verification may be made by transferring the set to new zone by menu
TROFSETS and then doing the modification process and retransfer of the set to the old zone by
TROFSETS again.
7. Once the set is transferred to new zone set number will change.
VERIFICATION OF THE LODGED INSTRUMENTS

MENU : OCTM Function V
1. Press TAB & zone date BOD will be default populated. Change if required & press TAB
2. Give zone name & press TAB and give set number Press F4
3. If there are more than one account number for single instrument press down arrow (key board)
and view all the vouchers amount. Then press F6. View the instrument detail Press F10.
4. If one account number as multiple cheques, after viewing account number entry press F6. To
view more than 2 instruments press down arrow key. Press F10 to commit.
5. Each set will be verified individually.
6. Use menu IOCLS giving zone name & date to check if all instruments are verified.
7. If no more instruments is to be lodged SUSPEND the zone through menu option MCLZOH (S)
8. Subsequently, if there is any requirement of addition of further instrument or modification of any
entry the zone may be un-suspend through menu option MCLZOH (U).
9. If zone is ZERO latency i.e. same day credit is to be given to customers a/c than release to
shadow balance menu MCLZOH (R).
10.In case of 1 day latency zone do this function next day morning after day being.
11.After release of shadow balance, the account will show higher balance, but effective balance
available will be only the amount of clear balance.
12.If there are returns, after marking the same incase of ZERO latency regularize the zone i.e. menu
Option MCLZOH (G)
13. For one day latency do it day after tomorrow, Once regularized the outward clearing zone will
automatically be closed.
ENQUIRIES REGARDING OUTWARD CLEARING CHEQUES - MENU OIQ
INWARD CLEARING
Inward clearing cheques are also required to be lodged in a new zone every day.
FLOW CHART - INWARD CLEARING
Open Zone : MICZ (O)

Lodge cheques : ICTM (A)
Verification : ICTM (V)
Tallying with BAR Amount : ICTM (I) S sub option
Suspension of zone : MICZ (S)
Revoke suspension : MICZ (R)
Validation of instruments : MICZ (V)
Posting of zone : MICZ (P)
Close zone : MICZ (Z)

PROCEDURE FOR OPENING INWARD CLEARING ZONE
MENU MICZ (O)
1. Press TAB twice and press F2 and select zone & then press F4
2. Enter the bar amount i.e. total amount of cheques received from clearing house.
3. Enter the number of instruments
4. Enter the number, if any and date
5. Press F4 & F10.
ENTRY OF INWARD CLEARING CHEQUES

MENU ICTM A
1. Press Tab Twice & specify t he zone name that you have opened & press F4 Fill up the details
2. The moment account number is filled up press transmit key and see whether the available
amount permits passing of cheques ( this is indicated in the lower block of the screen). If
available amount is less than cheque amount enter the cheque but keep it separately, so that
return can be marked.
3. At carving required ? flag put Y
4. At rejection flag put N. If it is to be returned put this flag as I
5. Press down arrow key for each cheque entry, After all cheques are entered press F10
6. Get back to menu MICZ function I
7. Put the zone name press F4 put S in option block & press F4. It will show whether all cheques have been
entered. If there is short / excess claim then check the entries. Please handover the cheques to the
clearing incharge for verification.
ENTRY OF CASH ORDER IN INWARD CLEARING
For cash order received in clearing in the block for instrument number put branch serial number e.g. 103
and not 103/06 after putting the instrument date press F6. It will go to next page. Put in alpha number
and the printed cash order number i.e. alpha number and numerical number in the field for reference
number and press F4.
VERIFICATION OF INWARD CLEARING ENTRY
1. First of all check if total number of instruments and total amount of cheques received from
clearing house is entered correctly or not.
2. This can be done through menu option MICZ, Function I specify the zone name press F4
3. Put S in the option block press F4. Check if the bar credit amount tallies with clearing figure
and customer/ office debit amount.
4. If not ensure all cheques have been posted and no cheque has been posted more than once.
5. If it is found correct, go for verification of individual entries through menu option ICTM,
Function V press F4 twice all entries are displayed in selection mode.
6. Use down arrow key to check all the entries and finally Press F10 for verification of all cheques
together. If the balance available in the corresponding accounts in which cheques have been
received is to be checked use Menu option ICTM function I for inquiry.
7. Specify zone name and date, Press F4 twice. The entries will be displayed.
8. By pressing down arrow key the >indicator moves down. Corresponding accounts available
balance is displayed.
9. In case of insufficiency of balance press down arrow and see through the cheques details.
10.Accordingly decide which cheques are to be returned. Handover the cheques to CTO for making
necessary modification for returning the cheque i.e. carving as N and rejection as I in menu ICTM
function M.
RETURN OF CHEQUE FROM INWARD CLEARING
1. While entering the cheque in ICTM option, mark a cheque returned by putting the Rejection
flag as I and Carving flag as N
2. If not done subsequently also a cheque can be returned through Menu ption ICTM function M
3. Specify zone name press F4 give cheque number press F4. The entry page will appear, Press
TAB key and move to carving boock make it N & rejection I and press F4.
4. Selection rejection code Press F4.
5. Modify charges if required. Accept by pressing F4.
6. Specify the presenting bank code (select from list available) Press F10
7. This requires verification by authorized official by menu option ICTM, Function V.
RETURN CHEQUES FROM OUTWARD CLEARING
1. Open a zone NMICR in menu option MICZ

2. At BAR amount mention total amount of cheques received back as return from other banks.
3. Enter number of instruments received back and press F4 and F10.
4. Enter the cheques with menu option ICTM function A zone name NMICR.
5. Make all entries as before only carving box tobe made N and rejection O press F4.
6. Next page will ask for rejection code.
7. select from list press F4.
8. Next page will show the charges select the charge by down arrow and rectify the charge amount
If required press F4 and F10.
9. This requires verification by authorized official by menu option ICTM, Function V
INQUIRY ON CLEARING RETURN BOTH INWARD AND OUTWARD
Use menu REJREP . Give the clearing type as I for inward and O for outward and ill up the other details.
INWARD CLEARING OPERATIONS OTHER STEPS
1. After verification of all entries in inward clearing SUSPEND the zone Menu MICZ (S)
After suspending the zone you cannot further add any instrument to the zone. Function R may
be used for revoking suspension if required.
2. Run the validation run before posting the menu MICZ, function V, it will ask for report file
name mention it as iclg_Val.mrt The validation report will show which cheques will not be
posted in the normal course. Take necessary steps for posting of these cheques.
3. Post the zone with menu option MICZ, Function P , if all entries are not posted from here it will
give Transaction Id and give message that posting failed. Note the Transaction Id and post the
left over entries through TM menu. Again post the zone and check if all entries are posted.
4. Finally close the inward clearing zone by menu MICZ function Z.
LOCAL CHEQUES FOR ODD IN CLEARING
1. Best option is to collect the cheque in sundry- Bills through clearing. When zone is cleared,
realize the bill from BM R function but change the realization account to the sundry bills
account.
2. If ODD is credited directly then it requires portioning details which may not be available to the
clearing In charge. Also the ODD will outstand in BM unnecessarily.
IF MEMBER BANK/BRANCH DOES NOT PARTICIPATE IN CLEARING HOUSE
1. If the information is received before the zone is released to shadow balance, the sets pertaining to
concerned Bank/Branch can be transferred to a new zone opened for next date (With same
Home clearing flag) through KMCLZOH-T option (also by TROFSETS option) verify again.
2. If information is received after the Zone is released to shadow balance, the instruments pertaining
to concerned Bank/Branch should be marked pending with MARKPEND menu option. On
regularization of Zone remaining instruments will be cleared and zone status shall remain
partially regularised.
3. On clearance, use REVPEND menu option to revoke status of instruments marked as pending
and run regularization process again (MCLZOH-G)
CLEARING LOCALITY REFERENCE CODE ENHANCEMENT
1. The application provides a link between the branches and the clearing centre in which
they participate.
2. In the present version the listing of branches is done, irrespective of whether they
participate in clearing or not.
3. There is a provision for entering the clearing locality code while opening the outward
clearing zone.
4. While entering any outward clearing instrument data, user will get only those branch
lists whose clearing code matches with code in BRTM.
MODIFICATION IN OCTM AFTER VERIFICATION
Instrument lodged and verified in OCTM can be modified before release to shadow balance. System makes
a check that even if a single modification is done in the set, the entire set needs to be verified again.
MICR CODE MAINTENANCE IN THE SYSTEM
MICR Code is a unique 9 digit number assigned by RBI to the branches of banks across India. The
constitution of MICR Code is as under:
Ist three digits - City code of the branch

Mid three digits - denote the bank code
Last three digits - denotes the reference branch code
Circle office ZC user or Data centre DC user has been given the powers to modify / enter MICR
code through menu option BRTM
PNB Branches as well as other banks MICR can be updated by ZC/DC user as per procedure
laid down in ITD CBS Circular no. 10/2014 dated 21.03.2014
SOME RELATED MENU OPTIONS FOR CLEARING OPERATIONS

OPTION
MCLZOH Maintain Outward Clearing Zones For all Zone related Operations in Outward Clearing
OCTM Outward Clearing Transaction For lodging,modifying,verification of O/W Clearing
Maintenance Cheques.
IOCLS Inquire on O/W Clearing Sets To know status of OW Clearing Sets
Verified/Unverified/Unbalanced
PCLSO Print OW Clearing Schedule To print O/W Clearing Schedule
DAYRPT Reports Main Menu Use Option 3 for Clearing Reports
MARKPEND Mark Pending Instruments For marking instruments pending for regularisation
REVPEND Revoke Pending Instruments For revoking instruments marked as pending for
regularisation
TROFSETS Transfer of Sets To transfer OW Clearing Sets from one Open Zone to
Another
OIQ OW Clearing Instruments Instrument base Inquiry
Inquiry

OPQ OW Clearing Part Tran Inquiry Voucher Based Inquiry
UNLKZ Unlock OW Clearing Zone To unlock a locked zone due to abnormal
logout
TM Transaction Maintenance To Post Transactions in the Accounts
REJREP Rejected Instruments/ Reports To print Returning Schedules / Reports
Advice
MICZ Maintain Inward Clearing Zones For all Zone related Operations in Inward Clearing
ICTM Inward Clearing Transactions For lodging,modifying,verification of I/W Clearing
Maintenance Cheques.
UNIZ Unlock IW Clearing Zone To unlock a locked zone due to abnormal
logout
DTCS Display Transaction Code Summary To view Transaction-Code wise summary of
Inward Clearing Cheques
TRANSACTION MAINTENANCE
AVAILABLE SUB OPTIONS: MENU OPTION "TM"
OPT OPT DETAILS OPT DETAILS

DETAILS
D Delete a Part Tran A Additional Details P Post Transaction
T Copy Part Tran N Grant/view TOD R Reset the Request
Summary * Details.
C Copy Entire Part Tran Y Proxy Post Part V Verify
Tran
E Enter entire Part Tran H Purchase/Sale B Show Components of
Details Available Balance
K Check Part Tran G Partitioning Details O Other Details of Part
Tran. E.g. Who entered
and posted the
transaction.
L List Part Tran. J User Additional W Release Lien Details
Details
I Inquire on all the part Z Print Voucher on 8 Swift Details
Tran Entry
M Modification of Part U Show Part Tran F Foreign currency Details
Tran Totals
SOME FIELDS ARE NOT MODIFIABLE
A/c Number field if after filling in details of transaction F4 (accept) has been pressed the a/c
number in the transaction cannot be changed.
Instrument type - cannot be changed in case of debit transactions.
Instrument date - cannot be changed in case of debit transactions. The date is validated by the system
for staleness
TM --OTHER FUNCTIONS
TO SEE THE JOINT HOLDER IN THE ACCOUNT WHILE POSTING THE VOUCHER.

In the Account number field in TM- enter the account number and explode (Ctrl + E) to open the ACI
inquiry for the account. Use A option and down arrows to see the joint holders.
Explode (Ctrl + E) in account number field in any Menu in the system will open the ACI menu. From this
menu open the ACLI ledger Inquiry menu with G option.
CHECKING BALANCE AVAILABLE IN THE ACCOUNT WHILE POSTING A VOUCHER
TM-M/I FUNCTION B OPTION. GIVES SAME SCREEN AS ACCBAL. IN ACCBAL THE SHADOW BALANCE
IS THE POSTED OUTWARD CLEARING AND THE FLOAT BALANCE ARE THE CHEQUES ENTERED IN TODAYS
CLEARING BUT NOT RELEASED TO SHADOW BALANCE.
THE SYSTEM RESERVED AMOUNT GIVES THE INWARD CLEARING CHEQUES CARVED (ENTERED BUT NOT
POSTED) BY THE SYSTEM.
CREATION OF TRANSACTION TEMPLATE -- 'TTM'
For a transaction of repetitive in nature, a template should be created so that it can be used every time
to avoid creation of transaction again and again through TM.
Menu option TTM (Transaction Template Maintenance)
Function A (Add) to create a new template. Other functions are D-Delete, U-Undelete, M-Modify, I-
Inquire & L-List of Templates.
Temp. Id (Mandatory) Enter id to be allotted to this template. Its a free text field of 9 chars long.
Particulars Enter the particulars of template. Its a free text field. Press F4.
Type/Subtype (Mandatory)- Enter the type of transaction similar to TM. Enter C for cash or T for
transfer. In the subtype field, enter the subtype similar to TM ; Press F4. The cursor will appear in
Specify option field.
If a new part tran is to be added, enter E in this field (which appears by default) and press F4.
A/c No Enter the account no. and press F11 twice.
Enter the transactions details like amount, type of part tran (C-Credit or D-Debit), which is mandatory,
Instrument type etc. similar to TM. Press F4.
The cursor will appear in Specify option field. Fill up details of all the part trans as desired.
Once all the part trans are entered, press F10 to commit/save the template.
Press F3 to quit from menu option.
After the template is saved, it can be used any number of times.
USING TEMPLATE
Menu option TM (Transactions Maintenance) Function C (Copy)

Tran Id Enter the template ID, which is already created through menu option TTM. Press F4.
The system will display 1st part tran and cursor will be placed in Specify Option field.
Specify Option - If the part tran is to be modified, enter M in this field and press F4; except a/c no, all
the details of the part tran can be modified.
Follow the procedure of TM for posting / verifying.
SOME OPTIONS AVAILABLE IN 'SPECIFY OPTION' FIELD
1) OPTION A (ADDITIONAL PART TRAN DETAILS)

Some transactions need additional details to be entered. During addition/posting/verification/inquiry,
enter A and press F4 in this field to know additional details, some examples -
i. While issuing DD, system asks details like branch D.No on which DD is to be issued, Payee
name, purchase a/c No/name, commission etc. These details are captured by the system as a
part of additional details.

ii. While crediting Term Deposit A/Cs, system asks flow code like Principal Inflow, Installment
Inflow etc. These details are captured as a part of additional details.
2) OPTION K (CHECK PART TRAN)
This option can be visited during addition of a new transaction. After entering necessary fields, press F4
key to come to Specify options field, system may display a message at the status bar as Warning:
Exceptions Encountered. visit the list of warning/exceptions by entering K and pressing F4 in this field.
3) OPTION L (LIST PART TRANS)
This option can be used to see the list of all part trans. The lists displayed on the screen contain various
details of every part tran like srl. No of the part train in the transaction, A/c No, Inst No. (if entered),
Status of the part tran (like P for posted and V for verified & blank for entered but not posted/verified),
Tran Dr. Amount, Tran Cr. Amount & Currency.
In the bottom part of the screen, system also displays information like how many part trans are entered,
posted & deleted.
4) OPTION O (OTHER PART TRAN DETAILS)
This option can be used to inquire about the details like users who have entered, posted and verified the
part tran along with the date and time of the activity.
5) OPTION B (SHOW COMPONENTS OF BALANCE)
This option internally activates menu option ACCBAL. Can be used to know the details about the a/c
entered in the part tran; like Clear Balance, Available Amount, Funds in Outward Clearing, total of
amounts of cheques lodged in inward clearing, Drawing Power, Adhoc limit, Lien marked, Overdue
liability etc.
6) OPTION U (SHOW PART TRAN TOTALS)

Can be used to know the total of all the Debit & Credit part trans.
7) OPTION W (RELEASE LIEN DETAILS)
Can release lien(s) if they are already marked on the accounts opened under scheme types SBA, CAA,
ODA, CCA, BIA, FBA & TDA. Release of Lien can be accessed only for debit part transactions.
If the option is invoked, system may display all the active liens on the account. Select any record from
the list o mark off the liens against the debit amount of the part tran. If the liens amount is grater than
the debit amount, then lien is released partially. If the debit amount is greater than or equal to the lien
amount then the entire lien will be marked off.
TM RELATED MENU OPTIONS

TM TRANSACTION MAINTAINENCE TO PUT THROUGH TRANSACTIONS IN
ACCOUNTS
TTM TEMPLATE MAINTENANCE TO PREPARE TEMPLATE OF VOUCHERS FOR
FUTURE USE
TEA TRANSACTION EXCEPTION FOR APPROVAL OF EXCEPTIONAL
APPROVAL TRANSACTIONS
TV TRANSACTION POSTING / FOR MASS POSTING /VERIFICATION OF
VERIFICATION TRANSACTIONS
ACLI LEDGER INQUIRY TO DISPLAY ACCOUNT LEDGER
ACCBAL COMPONENTS OF BALANCE TO DISPLAY DETAILED BALANCE DETAILS
FTI FINANCIAL TRANSACTION INQUIRY TO INQUIRE ON ANY TYPE OF
TRANSACTIONS. ALSO TO LOCATE TRAN-ID
FTR FINANCIAL TRANSACTION REPORT TO PRINT OUTPUT OF FTI
VCHR Voucher Printing Can also be done through TM sub option Z)
ADVC Advice printing (for customers)
The SWO can generate the Cash payment long book by invoking menu option DAYRPT
option no.2 sub option no.2 and 3A. The long book will have record of all payments
made by him during the day and 3A report shows details of cash receipts through
CASHRCP menu option.

CASH PAYMENT THROUGH TOKEN SYSTEM - CBS Menu TOKEN
The salient features of CBS Menu Token are as under:
After running Token Menu in CBS Cashier shall enter the Transaction ID from the instrument presented to
him/her for cash payment . The screen will populate the details such as Account Number, Instrument Type,
Instrument Number, Amount, Tran Particular, User ID of maker (Entered User) & User ID of Checker
(Posted User) and Status.
After entering Transaction ID in the Token Menu, If the Tranasction is not found posted in the system, a
message will be displayed that The Transaction is not posted . Please post it first .
After posting all the details , the system allows user to enter token number. Token Number will be filled by
the user which will be saved in the system and a massage will pop up Do you want to submit more records
(Yes/No). In case any other token is to be entered in the system, user has to press Yes or otherwise
press No.
Token menu in CBS system has been enabled with the following functionalities:
1) Physical cash is to be opened as per existing procedure.

2) Cash menu option OCST/OXFT is to be opened by the cash custodian in the branch.
3) Cash distribution and related activities are to be carried out as per existing guidelines.
4) All Cash receipts are to be entered in the system and system generated cash receipt is
invariably to be issued to customer as per existing guidelines.
5) Cash payments at SWO to be made as per existing guidelines.
6) Cash payment at cashier counter based on token to be made by the designated person
but they are required to capture the token on the system after tallying the cash payment
details entered against the respective transaction number.
7) At the end of day, empty the CDM bin, wherever provided and pass necessary voucher in
the system as per guidelines. ABH will be allowed only if balance of CDM imprest account
is made NIL.
8) The branch has to execute CASHD option for feeding the closing cash balance of the
branch. Close the cash in CBS and tally the physical cash with Cashier long book
generated by the system and close the cash menu through CASHD.
Each Cashier will print his/her Cashiers long book through a report available in DAYRPT 1/21.
TRANSFER OF FUNDS BETWEEN CBS BRANCHES IN NON-CUSTOMER ACCOUNTS.
For transferring funds between CBS branches in Non-customer accounts (Office Accounts), a new menu
option ÌSTRF - Inter-Sol Transfer of Funds' is available where the funds on account of Non-Customer
accounts in CBS branches can be transferred to other CBS branches without involving TPOs/Advices.
Only Transfer, Bank Induced (T/BI) type of transactions are allowed into the account opened for the
specific purpose of transfer of funds between CBS branches for non-customer accounts through this
menu option.
The Branch Remitting the Funds to another CBS branch to the credit of a Non-customer Account should
follow the procedure as under:
All the transactions relating to transfer of funds to a CBS branch for the credit to a Non-Customer
account should be routed through an account bearing number <beneficiary sol Id>3171160 - NON-
CUSTOMER INTER BRANCH FUNDS TRANSFER.
(1) In order to put the transactions into this account invoke menu option ÌSTRF - Inter-Sol Transfer
Transaction Menu'.
(2) The system will display following details needed to be entered:
i) Debit Account no: Enter the account number, which is to be debited.
ii) Transaction Amount: Enter the amount of transaction in this field.
iii) Credit Sol Id: This is the Sol-Id of the branch to which the funds are required to be remitted.
iv) Tran Particulars: Enter the details of remittance in this field.
v) On entering all the aforesaid particulars press F4.
vi) The system will create a transaction in entered stage and show the `TM - Transaction
Maintenance' screen interface where post the transaction and note down the Tran Id.
VERIFICATION OF THE TRANSACTION:

The authorized officer is required to verify the transaction using menu option `TM - Transaction
Maintenance' and giving function code as `V' followed by Tran Id.
For modifying any transaction, invoke menu option `TM - Transaction Maintenance' and enter the Tran
Id and press F4 and modify the transaction.
i) On modification, the user is required to commit the transaction.
ii) To make inquiry, invoke menu `TM - Transaction Maintenance' and the Tran Id and press
F4.
iii) The system will display the transaction.
The Branch Receiving the Funds from another CBS branch to the credit of a Non-customer Account
should follow the procedure as under:
At the ABH of each day the system will automatically generate a report - Outstanding in Transfer of
Funds Between CBS Br in Non-Cust A/c's where the details of all the outstanding transactions made by
different sols into the account no: <sol Id>3171160- NON-CUSTOMER INTER BRANCH FUNDS
TRANSFER are available.
i) Print this report every day and pass necessary transactions to the debit of account no: <sol
Id>3171160 - NON-CUSTOMER INTER BRANCH FUNDS TRANSFER which is an exact
pointing type of an account and credit the Non-customer account as per the particulars
mentioned in the report.
The branches can also generate this report on any day using menu option `PNBRPT - 2/ 17' as per their
requirements.
FACILITIES AVAILABLE IN INTERSOL / BASE BRANCH ONLY - CCC 08/2014
S.No. Facility available in Inter-sol Facility non available in inter-sol

1 Issue of Pass Book Issue of cheque Book
2 Issue of Statement of account Change in name of customer master CUMM
3 Confirmation of deposit CDR Creation of Security Register maintenance
4 Issue of Debit Card Marking Lien (ALM)
5 Issue of IBS User Freeze / Unfreeze account (AFSM)
6 Feeding of standing instructions Feeding of standing instructions in PPF
7 Deposit in PPF in all branches Adding / modification in nomination
8 Feeding in 15G/15H, change in address Transfer of Scheme code (ACXFRSC)
etc. in customer master
9 Issue of demand draft Transfer of a/c from one sol to other(ACXFRSOL)
10 Issue of TDS Certificate Premature cancellation of FDR
11 RTGS/NEFT with Incumbents permission
after due diligence
12 Submission of Life certificate
PROXY POSTING
While doing the End of day operations, system validates for any unposted or part posted transactions. If
any unposted or part posted transactions are found then End of day operations cannot be carried out
until the transactions are posted.
The ends of day operations are done by the Data Base Administrator who may not be a part of regular
branch operations. If any transaction is in unposted/part posted status, then it will be difficult for the
Data base administrator to continue with the day end operations.
In such scenario, he may have to either postpone the process, which may affect normal working next
day, or he may have to initiate posting of transaction as a general user. Some times posting may
involve granting of temporary overdrafts, which may not be within his discretion.

In order to overcome such a situation and to enable the Data Base Administrator to continue with his
work, a feature Proxy Posting has been provided in Finacle.
Proxy posting process will post the unposted/part posted transaction to an identified different account,
and if the transaction is a debit transaction for a customer account that transaction will also place a lien
on the original customer account. The next day, the general user can look into those transactions and
reverse the proxy posted transactions.
In UPM set up an user is authorised to proxy post a transaction.
HOW TO POST PROXY TRANSACTION?

If a debit part transaction to customer account is proxy posted, lien will be put for transaction amount
on original account. To calculate the available amount of an account, total lien amount on the account
will be subtracted. Total lien amount to be subtracted includes lien put by other modules also.
Transactions to proxy account need additional details. After entering the normal details of the
transaction in TM , invoke sub option Y in TM proxy posting which brings up the following screen:
At the time of proxy posting the following details are to be filled up:--
Proxy account account to which the transaction should be posted. System populates by default an
account number based on the SCFM set up. Which can be over ridden.
Event id Event id based on which the charges if any to be collected
Value date The value date the system should put while reversing the transaction
Single reversal Whether system should try for only one reversal or multiple reversal can happen for
this proxy posting. If multiple reversal are permitted, the system will recover the amount whenever
there is available funds in the account to the extent of amount recovered, the lien will be removed.
Ref Account If some account reference is indicated here, in SPTM menu, the record can be selected
by indicating this account as one of the criteria selection or even generate a report.
On F4 and F10 transaction main screen will proxy post the transaction.
On commit the system will first try to post normally. In case posting does not go through only then
system will try proxy posting.
In case proxy posting also did not go through (say because of sufficient debits not posted) proxy details
entered will be lost.
Copy of part transactions, which is proxy-posted, is not allowed.
Copy of transactions in which any part transaction has been proxy posted is also not allowed.
The reference account accepted in proxy details can be used to inquire and take reports.
REVERSAL OF PROXY POSTED TRANSACTION
In order to reverse the transaction online invoke the menu SPTM System Pointing type transaction
maintenance - R . Using this option following activities can be done:
-- Reverse transaction
-- Verify reversal
-- Generate reports
-- Inquire
There are various criteria for selecting record for reversal of proxy posted transaction.
Once the criteria and F4 is given selected records based on the criteria shall be displayed.
The following options are available at this point:--
-- <select> or <de select> for reversal

-- <explode> for viewing original transaction details
-- <accept> to see full details of record
-- <commit> to create transaction
-- <quit> to go back
If the details of the record are to be seen, first <select> and then <accept>. the transaction details can
also be seen by <next page> key
The screen displays information on various transactions that have resulted in reversal of the original
transaction. From here <explode> and go to transaction maintenance screen to view further details, if
required.
QUOTING OF PERMANENT ACCOUNT NUMBER (PAN)
As per guidelines quoting of permanent account number (PAN) may not be insisted upon for each
transaction for purchase of demand draft, etc. of Rs.50000/- and above by debit to customers
accounts if a customer has furnished PAN at the time of opening the account or subsequently.
To meet above requirement of Reserve Bank of India and to enable to inquire before issuance of a
demand draft, traveler cheque, mail transfer or telegraphic transfer etc of Rs.50000/- and above
whether the customer has furnished PAN number in his account or not, a new menu option
PANINQ (PAN Inquiry) has been enabled.
Each time a customer comes with the request for issuance of a demand draft, traveler cheque,
mail transfer or telegraphic transfer of Rs.50000/- and above, invoke PANINQ option, enter the
account number of the customer against the a/c number field and press F4.
If the customer has already furnished his PAN number and the branch has captured it against the
PAN/GIR number field in his CUMM and has verified CUMM, the system would display message at
the bottom of the screen: -
A/c No ____________ PAN / GIR No: ______________
If the system displays above message, do not insist for quoting of PAN number and issue the
demand draft, traveler cheque, mail transfer or telegraphic transfer.
If the customer has not already furnished the PAN number or he has furnished but the branch has
not captured the PAN number against appropriate column in CUMM, the system would display
following message at the bottom of the screen: -
PAN/GIR number not found for this account number
In such case, insist the customer for quoting of PAN number. After obtaining the PAN number,
capture the same against PAN/GIR number field through menu option CUMM in modify mode and
verify modification.
PANINQ menu option only enables to know if the customer requesting for purchase of demand
draft, traveler cheque or for issuance of mail transfer / telegraphic transfer has furnished his PAN
number and the same is available in the system.
It does not restrict issuance of draft, traveler cheque, mail transfer or telegraphic transfer in case
the PAN number of the customer is not available in the system.
PAY ORDERISSUE AND PAYMENT

Sr. NO ISSUE ACTION POINT
01. Issue of Pay Order Always credit PO A/c (3161101) prefixed by sol id.
02. Transaction Type T/CI or T/BI where pay order amount => Rs.50000/-
03. Modify commission amt as displayed by the system, when
COMMISSION
required.
04 Initialize Ilinkweb before initiating print option.
PRINTING OF PAY
Ensure inventory is available at employee location initiating
ORDER print option and printed serial number of PO as on
the leaflet is same as is appearing on screen.
If print is OK, press F10 followed by F3.
If print is not OK, take 2nd print of the PO and move
the PO earlier consumed to destroyed location through
IMC.

06. DDC to debit PO a/c to cancel PO issued after migration to
CANCEL PAY ORDER
Finacle.
If PO is cancelled in cash, attach a cash receipt voucher for
collecting cancellation charges alongwith the cash payment
voucher.
07. DDLOST option to mark PO as lost and DDD to issue a
DUPLICATE ISSUE OF
duplicate PO where date of issue is after the date of
migration to Finacle.
Pay order.
Collect duplicate issue charges and prepare/print related
voucher.
S.NO CATEGORY ORIGINATING RESPONDING TRAN
DESCRIPTION
CODE TRANSACTIO TRANSACTIO TYPE
N N ALLWD
ALLOWED ALLOWED
01. DD Demand Draft Credit Debit C/T
02. TT Telegraphic Transfer Credit Debit C/T
03. FEO FEO Tran Advice Credit Debit T
04. BCADV BC/FOBC Realisation Credit Debit C/T
Advice
05. BPADV BP/BD Realisation Advice Credit Debit T
06. CLADV Clg. Imprest Adjustment Credit Debit T
Advice
07. MISC Miscellaneous Advice Credit Debit T
08. PRMDD Pre Migration DD Credit Debit T
09. P/L Profit/Loss transfer to HO Both Credit & Both Credit & T
Debit Debit
10. UPLD Upload code for HO Both Credit & Both Credit & T
balance Debit Debit
ISSUE OF DRAFTS ON CTS2010 FORMAT
Following functionality is one time process
Before issuing the draft through menu option <TM> user has to invoke the menu option <DDCTS>. This
menu option will select the type of inventory available with the branches. Type A in the function field, the
sol-id will be auto populated by the system. To make a selection, user needs to type NEW for printing the
DD on CTS-2010 format or type OLD to print the DD on the non-CTS 2010 compatible (existing) format.
Press F10 to commit , system will save the selection made.
After selecting the proper inventory the user has to issue & print the draft using the menu options already
available with them.
The system will print the draft on the inventory type selected by the user till the user again executes the
menu option DDCTS for changing the selection of inventory type.
The user doesnt needs to make the selection again at the time of printing of draft on next working day if
the available inventory is same as selected by the user on the previous working day. However, if the
inventory type is changed, user has to execute the menu option DDCTS again to select the available
inventory.
REMITTANCE OF FUNDS FOR VALUE RS.50,000/- AND ABOVE
ISSUANCE OF DEMAND DRAFT / CASH ORDER ETC.MECHANISM IN CBSFOR ISSUANCE OF DD

THROUGH CASH

1.A check has been provided in the system to cease the issuance of DDs through Cash aggregating to or
more than Rs. 50,000/- to the same purchaser on a given day.
2.The system performs the check based on the data entered in the field Purchaser Name while issuing a
Demand Draft.
3. Some of the changes made are as under:
i) While a DD is being issued through cash, the system will not allow to enter any spaces in between the
characters in purchasers name. It will allow running character only.
ii) While issuing multiple DDs to the same purchaser in a day, irrespective of the SOL (Service Outlet), the
system will calculate the sum of amount of DDs already issued (if any) and the one to be issued and if the
sum aggregates to or more than Rs. 50,000/- in a day, (including the current DD which is being issued) the
system will not allow to issue the DD thro ugh cash.
MIS on DD THROUGH CASH:
a) A report (DAYRPT 10/58) which will contain the record of DDs issued through cash on present day.
The input to the report will be the purchaser name which was originally fed into TM menu while
issuing the DD.
b) For backdated data, report (PNBRPT 10/24) which will contain the record of DDs through cash on a
given day. The input to the report will be the date and the purchaser name which was originally fed
into the TM Menu while issuing the DD.
INLAND BILLS
Bills are the integral part of the Banking Activities irrespective of the fact whether they are Inland Bills or
Foreign Bills.
The Bills can be classified in following two categories:

i. Bills for Collection, whether clean or documentary, sight or usance, (where the lodgers account is
credited on realization of proceeds of bills) &
ii. Bills for Purchase or Discounted, clean or documentary, sight or usance, (where the lodgers account
is credited before the realization of proceeds of bills)
Further, the above mentioned bill types can be Outward or Inward. Finacle supports all types of bills
mentioned above. The following activities relating to bills can be undertaken through Finacle.
The Bills can be lodged for Collection/Purchase/Discounted.

The Bills can be Purchased/Discounted subsequently, they are lodged.
The Bills can be transferred from collection to purchase or vice versa.
The Bills can be Realised, already sent for collection or purchased or discounted.
The Bills can be marked protested, if the same has been returned unpaid.
As regards charging of commission, Bank/Other charges & Interest calculation (in case of purchase of Bills)
is concerned, system automatically prepares the related transactions which can be modified in case of need.
Various types of Bills Registers depending upon the type of bills have been defined in the system. While
lodging a bills a user has to select a Register type and then sub register type under which the bill is to be
lodged.

Using registers and sub registers user can handle Inward as well as Outward bills like Clean Bills
(Cheques/DD), Documentary Bills, Sight or Usance. All Bills are required to be lodged and then depending
upon the type of bills they can be purchased, discounted or negotiated.
1. Invoking the Option
Type BM in the menu option field and press Enter,

Press F2 to see the different functions that can be carried out through this menu option. The list will display
the various functions that can be performed through this menu option.
LODGE A BILL
1. Invoke menu option BM and press Enter key.
2. Enter Function. Select a function i.e. G for lodging a bill and press Tab key three times, the
cursor will appear at the Reg. Type field.
3. Enter Register Type in which the bill is to be lodged. Or select the Register Type from the list
which appears by pressing F2 and then press Shift+F4 key for selection. Here let
us select Reg. Type as ODBC. Press Tab or Enter key to go on to next field i.e. Reg Sub Type.
4. Enter Reg Sub Type as DBILL or select the Reg. Sub Type from the list & Press F4 to go on to
next block.
5. As soon as F4 key is pressed the cursor will go on to Lodger A/c field and system shall also
display Bill id No. duly generated. If at this stage if Bills detail has not been entered and the user
comes out of the screen this Bill id shall go waste. System shall generate a new Bill id no. if the
user again starts to lodge the bill. Enter Lodger A/c number (in which the proceeds of the bill
shall be credited on realization of ODBC) and press F11. The system shall display the customer
id and the name of account holder and the cursor will appear at the Bill Amt.
If the account number is not available or a new account shall be opened after realization of
ODBC proceeds, then Lodger A/c field and next field can be left blank and in third field shown
against the Lodger A/c, the name of the customer can be entered which the system shall accept.
6. Enter Bill Amt and press Tab to go on to the Date field.
7. Enter date of the bill being lodged and press Tab, the cursor will go on Drawee field.
8. Enter the drawee name in the last field and address in the fields provided and press Tab to go to
the next field i.e. Coll. Br.
9. Coll. Br. This is the field where the Bank, Branch & Name of the Bank where the bill is being
sent for collection is to be entered. Enter Banks Code as 024 for PNB, 001 for RBI, 002 for SBI
etc. and Branch Distinctive Number of the branch where the bill is being sent for collection.
The detail of the Bank Code & Branch Code can be selected from the list which is available by
press F2. Further, if such detail is not available then the name of the
bank can be entered in the last field. Press Tab and enter the Address of the collecting Bank,
Branch. Press F4 to go to the field Drawer.
10. Generally, the drawers name shall be picked by the system from the Lodger A/c, but in case the
drawer of the bill is different from the said account name then name & address of the drawer
can be entered in the fields provided. Press Tab, the cursor will appear at the Lodger Ref.
Field.
11. Enter Lodger Ref. i.e. customer reference number, if any, in the Lodger Ref. Field & press Tab
to go on to the Field Carrier Code.
12. Enter Transporter Operator Code in Carrier Code field, from the list which can be seen by
pressing F2. Carrier Code is the Goods Transport Co. Code, through which the drawer has sent
the goods to the drawee. Press F6 to go on to next page & the cursor will appear at the field on
Transit Period.
13. Transit Period: this is the normal transit period within which the proceeds should be realized if
the period is more, then the same can be modified. Press Tab to go on to the next field i.e.
Grace Period.
14. By default the grace period is given 3 days if the same is required to be modified that can be
done. Press Tab to go on to the next field.
15. Tenor Desc is the field for displaying the usance period if the bill not otherwise payable than on
demand, then sight is tenor which will appear here. Press Tab the cursor will move on to the
Due Date field.
16. Due Date is the date within which the bill should be realized. This is calculated on the basis of
number of days of Transit Period plus Grace Period added to the Lodge Date. In case of Usance
Bill this date shall be the date of tenor plus grace period. Press Tab to go on to the next field i.e.
DC/DPG/Co-Acpt?
17. DC/DPG/Co-Acpt? This field is applicable in case the documents are presented under
Documentary Credited of which the detail has been captured under IDCM in case of outward
bill. In such case L can be entered for the documents presented under LC otherwise N is to
remain. Press Tab for next field.
18. Bill Group Code: select the appropriate code from the list if the bill is Clean, Documentary, for
ATM entries, Cheques for RCC. Press Tab to go on to next field.
19. Comm. Tbl. Code: Select the appropriate table code for charging the commission from the list
which is available by pressing F2 Key & press Tab to go on to the next field TBR?
20. TBR? Enter Y if the bill is under Trade Bill Rediscounting scheme which is not relevant here.
Press Tab to on to the field Non Pay/Acpt Dt.
21. Non Pay/Acpt Dt.: this field is applicable in case of usance bills only when the bill not
accepted or has not been paid then the date of non acceptance or non payment is entered here
under modification mode under the menu option BM only. Press Tab to go to the next field i.e.
Invoice Dt.
22. Invoice Dt.: Enter the date of Invoice if submitted with the bill. Press Tab for the next field
Transport Dt.
23. Transport Dt.: Enter the date of GR or RR i.e. the date on which the goods have been
transported to the Drawee. Press F6 to go on to the next page, the cursor will appear at the Doc
List Field.
24. Doc. List: Enter the detail of documents. If the documents are more which require more space
to enter then Press Ctrl E the system will display 6 more lines to enter the detail. Press F4 and
then Tab, the cursor will appear at OD Intr % field.
25. OD Intr.% : Enter OD interest chargeable to the party, if any. Press Tab, the cursor will
appear at the next field i.e. Free Code 1
26. Free Code 1, 2 & 3 fields can be entered if applicable from the list available by pressing F2.
Press Tab to go the field Rebate Date
27. Rebate Date enter the date upto which the rebate is to be allowed. Press Tab to go to Rebate
% field.
28. Rebate % Enter the %of which the rebate is to be allowed. Press Tab to go to Rebate Amount
Field.
29. Rebate Amount : Enter the amount if the rebate amount is absolute instead of percentage as
explained in the previous field. Press Tab to go to Health Code field.
30. Health Code: Enter the applicable code from the list. The next two fields are not required to be
entered in case of ODBC. Press F6 to come on to the first page of General Details of Bill.
Press F4 to go to the Option Field.
31. Press F10 to commit & note down the Bill id no. in full.
32. Verify the Bill.
VERIFICATION OF ODBC (BILL LODGED)
Verification of Bill Lodged can also be done through the menu option BM by the user other than
who has lodged it.
1. Invoke menu option BM.

2. Enter V in the Function Field and press Tab 3 times to go to the Bill Id Field.
3. Enter Bill Id number & Press F4, the cursor will appear at the Option Field as shown below.
4. Enter M in the Option field and Press F4, the cursor will appear above the name of the Lodger
A/c field.
5. Press F6 three times to visit the other screens of General Details of Bill & then Press F4 to come
on to the Option field. Finally Press F10 to save/commit the verification.
6. Press F3 to come out of the BM screen.
LODGING OF CHEQUE IN ODBC
To describe the procedure please look at the steps described above under the head HOW TO LODGE AN
ODBC BILL above. The applicable steps have been described hereunder.
Repeat steps 1,2,3
4. Enter Reg Sub Type as C-OTH or select the Reg. Sub Type from the list & Press F4 to go on
to next block.
5. Follow the procedure as described at Step No. 5 above. However, in place of Bill amount we
have to enter the Cheque Amount.
6. Repeat procedure as described at Step No. 6 however in place of Date of Bill, here it will be the
date of cheque.
7. Repeat procedure as described at Step No. 7 above.
8. Repeat procedure as described at Step No. 8, however, in place of Drawee, the name shall be the
Banks name on which the cheque is drawn.
Follow the procedure as described at no. 9, 10, 11 under the head HOW TO LODGE AN ODBC BILL.
12. Field for Carrier Code. This is not applicable here.
13. Normal Transit Period in which the proceeds should be realized is displayed by the system. If
required, this period can be changed.
24. Go to step no. 24 and enter the cheque no. and other details of cheque.
30. Press F6 to come on to the first page of General Detail & press F4 to come on to the Field.
31. & 32. Repeat steps.
REALISATION OF ODBC BILL (Realisation proceeds received from our Banks Branch)
For realizing a bill, we have to execute menu option BM.

1. Execute menu option BM.
2. Enter R in the Function field and Press Tab key three times or Press F4 once, the cursor will
appear on Bill ID field.
3. Enter Bill ID of the bill to be realized & Press F4, a new screen will appear and the cursor will
appear on the Tran Type field
System by default will show the Bill Amount and Transaction Amount. Press Tab key 3 times
to bring the cursor on the Other Bank Charge field. This field is applicable in case the
proceeds have been received from other bank and they have deducted some charges, then the
amount of charges can be entered here. This field is having (-) Minus Sign so System will
automatically deduct charges, entered in this field, from the proceeds to be credited to the
lodgers account. Press Tab to go on the field Rebate.
4. Like Other Bank Charge, Rebate is also minus field, that means any amount entered here will
be deducted from the proceeds of ODBC Bill to be credited to the Lodgers Account. So if
Rebate has been allowed to the Drawee of the Bill then that amount can be entered here. Press
Tab key to go to OD Int Charged/Recd field.
5. In both the cases whether OD Int Charged or Received from the partys party that will be an
additional amount of bill. So system adds the amount charged/received on account of OD
Interest. A Plus (+) sign is predefined before this field. Press Tab to go to the next field.
6. C Form Amount: Enter any amount received on account of non submission of C Form and in
lieu there of some amount (as per drawers instructions) has been paid by the partys party. This
is a Plus field. Any amount entered in this field will be added to the Bills Amount. Press Tab to
go to the next field.
7. Misc Amount: This is the field provided for the amount, if any, either less or more received then
the Bills Amount, for any reason. Enter that amount which can be either added to the Bills
Amount or deducted from the bills amount, by modifying the Minus or Plus Sign displayed in
the field, as shown below, to be credited to the Lodgers Account.
Press F4, the system will display the transaction screen displaying the system generated
Transaction ID , as shown below: Note down this Transaction Id.
8. Enter L in the Option field and Press F4, the system shall display list of all the Part Trans it has
generated Press F3 to come out of this page, the cursor will blink at Option Field. Press Down
Arrow Key 9 times, the part tran screen will keep on changing and new screen for Debit part
tran of Balance with Head Office (PNB) will appear.
9. Modify this part tran by inserting M in the Option Field and Press F4, the cursor will appear at
the Account field. Mention here Non customer account where proceeds of the cheque has been
parked i.e. 3171160 or 3171158 and press F4.
10. Enter S (for Additional Detail) in the Option Field and Press F4. The screen will show the
amount of bill to be selected for reversal from office account number 3171160 or 3171158.
Press shift+F4 on the appropriate correct amount for selection of the entry.
11 .Enter A in the Option Field for Accept & Quit, & Press F4.
12.The cursor will appear at the Option field of General Details of Bill. Press F10 to commit or
save.
19.Verify this Realisation through other user.
VERIFICATION OF BILLS REALISATION
1. Execute menu option BM.

2. Enter V in Function Field and Press F4 once or Tab key 3 times the cursor will appear at
BILL ID field.
3. Enter Bill Id . Of the bill REALISATION OF which is to be verified and Press F4 . All the
particulars entered in General Detail of the bill will appear and cursor will appear at the Option
Field.
4. Enter R in Option Field and Press F4, the system shall display the screen of Transaction Type
and Bill Amount, Transaction Amt, Charges etc. Press F4 again the Transaction Part Tran screen
will appear and cursor at the Option Field. If you want to visit all the part trans then press down
arrow key and go to next part tran. Keep on doing that the user can visit all the part trans. Also
he can see the list of transactions on entering L in the Option field and by pressing F4.
5. Having seen all the part trans the user can Accept the transactions by inserting A in the Option
Field and pressing F4, the system shall display the cursor in the Option Field on the First Screen
of General Details of Bill.
6. Press F10, to commit. The Bill stands verified.
NOTE: THE SYSTEM SHALL NOT POST THE TRANSACTION IN CASE IT ENCOUNTERS ANY
EXCEPTION IN THE ACCOUNT IN SUCH SCENERIO THE LODGERS ACCOUNT WILL NOT BE
POSTED WITH THE PROCEEDS OF THE BILL.
LODGE MASS INLAND BILLS (Outward or Inward)
1. Menu option BM function G Mass flag Y

2. Choose the right Register Type and sub-type Note Mass-ID & First Bill-ID
3. Enter lodger a/c for first bill F11. Enter Bill Amount, Date, Drawee details & collecting
Bank Branch details, carrier code, documents list & other relevant field on the 3 pages & press
F4 to come to Option Block.
4.Press Down Arrow Note next Bill ID, Option M-F4 enter details of the next bill.
5. Repeat the process till all bills are lodged in the register
6. Press F10 to commit.
VERIFY MASS INLAND BILL ( Outward or Inward)

1. Menu Option BM Function V Enter Mass ID, Register Type, Sub-Type, Press F4
2. Choose Option M & Press F4, visit all 3 pages with F6 to view first Bill Press F4
3. Down-Arrow and Repeat Process till all bills are verified

PURCHASE SINGLE INLAND BILLS (Odd)
1. First lodge the bills with BM-G using Register Type as ODD and proper sub-type (BILLS,
CHEQUES, INSCR/LDD)
2. A Bill lodged in ODBC can be purchased only after transferring it to ODD Register-type (BM-T)
3. After lodging the bill, enter function P and press F4 to purchase the Bill
4. Enter Margin percentage to be kept in Sundry-Margin Money A/C if any & press F4. System
Will create Transaction Note Tran_ID
5. Option L- Press F4 to view all transactions, Press F3 to be back
6. If desired, modify the generated transaction for charges with Down-Arrow and M option
REALISE / DISHONOUR SINGLE INLAND BILL (Outward or Inward)
1. Menu Option BM Function R/N Enter Bill ID and Press F4

2. Enter other Bank charges, if any or modify any other applicable charges and Press F4
3. System shall create Transaction Note Tran ID
4. Option L, Press F4 to view all transactions, Press F3 to go back
5. If required, modify the generated transaction for charges with Down-Arrow and M option
6. to Accept Transactions and Quit enter Option A Press F4
7. If non customer account is involved press S in option and Press F4 to select / dselect
the record
8. Option A F4 to accept and quit
VERIFY PURCHASE / REALISATION / DISHONOUR OF SINGLE INLAND BILL
1. Menu Option BM function V Enter Bill ID and Press F4

2. Option P/R/N-F4 to verify purchase/Realization/ Dishonour of bill
3. Option L- Press F4 to view all transactions, Press F3 to go back
4. If Non customer account is involved use Option S and press F4 to view additional
Details
5. Press F10 to commit
6. Verify transaction status in TM.
REALISE / DISHONOUR MASS INLAND BILLS ( OUTWARD / INWARD)
1. Menu option BM function R/N Mass flag Y Register type, sub type press F4
2. Enter selection criteria to pick up outstanding bills. Press F4
3. Select Bill(s) to be realized .Dishonored (N) and shift F4 Press F4
4. Enter Option R/N-F4 to enter realization / dishonor details for first selected bill. Enter other bank
Charges, if any or modify an y other applicable charges & press F4
5. System will create Transaction Note Tran-ID
6. Enter Option L Press F4 to view all transactions, Press F3 to be back
7. If required, modify the generated transactions for charges with Down-Arrow & M option
8. Enter option A Press F4 to accept transactions and quit
9. If non customer account is involved use option S and press F4 to select entries
BILL TRANSFER FROM COLLECTION TO PURCHASE
When a bill is sent for collection and later on request of the customer that it is to be purchased,
the bill is required to be transferred from the existing register to the purchase register:
1. Invoke function T in BM menu option
2. Enter bill ID the bill to be purchased and F4
3. The purchase screen is displayed by default the system shows margin as 100% and entire amount
of the bill in the margin field which can be modified if desired.
4. ON acceptance and commit the bill is purchased and transferred and a new number is allotted to
the bill as purchase type
5. The process require verification.
TALLYING OF BALANCES OF BILLS
(1) BILLS FOR COLLECTION
1. Generate the report for all register types and sub register types through menu option
BRCR (Balance report collection)
2. This report should be tallied with GL figures.
3. GL balances can be generated through menu option ACLI by giving account no. (say
For ODBC- 3231201 etc.)
4. If there is any difference the same should be located through menu option PARTINQ/
PHINQ
5. The system displays bill wise debit and credit entries.
(2) BILLS PURCHASED AND DISCOUNTED.
1. Generate report through menu option BRBPR

2. This report should be tallied with GL balances generated through BR. In case of
any difference bills purchased under office accounts can be checked through menu
option PHINQ.
3. For bills purchased under customer bill purchase account the individual bill entry can be
Enquired ACLI by giving the relevant customers bill purchase account.
BILLS MENU OPTIONS AT A GLANCE
OPTION DESCRIPTIONS
BM Bills Maintenance
BICN Bills Interest Calculation (non bill by bill)
BRV Bills Reversal
i) To reverse the status of the bill , in case a wrong bill is selected for further processes to
lodging and verification is also over.
ii) If the bill has undergone more than one process, then also the status can be brought
back to lodge process and then it can be even cancelled.
BMCM Bill Message Code Maintenance
BIDUMP Bill Dump
MENU OPTIONS FOR SCHEDULES / REPORTS
OPTION DESCRIPTION
BCSI Bills / Cheques Covering schedule Inter Branch

BCSO Bills / Cheques covering schedule - Inter Bank
INWBI Inward Bill Intimation
NPA Non Payment Advice
BDTR Bill due today but unpaid
BDR Bills pending or dishonoured bills
LCDDR Large amount cheques discounted
BICR Bills interest collected report
IPDCR Interest paid on Delayed collection of cheques
BRRBPR Bill Register Report Bills Purchased

BRCR Balancing Report Collection
BRBPR Balancing Report Bills Purchased
BRRCR Bills Register Report Collection
LCDMR LargeAmt Cheque discounted Monthly reporting
BP Bills Printing
UBDTR Usance Bill Discounted Report
LBDR Local bill Discounting Report
IBADVP Advice generation for Inland Bill
BIAIL Acceptance Intimation to Lodging Branch
BICS Bill Collection Schedule
BIID Bill Intimation to drawee
BIIDU Bill Intimation to Drawee (Usance Bill)
BINAL Non Payment Advice to Lodging branch
BINRD Non Payment Reminder to Drawee
BIPAD Payment Advice to Drawee
BIRAL Realisation Advice to Lodging Branches
BIRCL Bill Return Covering Letter
BIRPC Realisation Proceeds covering letter
CHCS Cheques Collection Schedule
INQUIRIES RELATING TO BILLS
OPTIONS DESCRIPTION
BEHI All events that happen on a bill are stored in the system and is available for
enquiry at any point of time and can be viewed by giving a Bill Id. Enter E or C
Bills Events and do an explode - to view transaction details for a particular event or
History Inquiry contingent liability transaction
BI To inquire on any of the bills lodged in the system. Press Enter in the output
screen to view next screen. User can go to Bill Maintenance screen in Inquiry
Bills Inquiry mode by using Explode.
BLRTI Bill Register Type Inquiry : For parameter inquiry of registers
BPMI Bills Parameter Master Inquiry
FI Fate Inquiry
GENERATION OF FORWARDING SCHEDULE

FOR BILLS/CHEQUES LODGED UNDER ODBC, OUBC AND ODD DURING THE DAY.
A customized report in menu option 'DAYRPT'-8 (Inland Bills Report) is available:--
17. Forwarding of ODBC OUBC - lodged during the day

18. Forwarding Schedule For ODD - lodged during the day, which generates the forwarding
schedule for bills/cheques, lodged under ODBC, OUBC and ODD during the day.

TERM DEPOSIT A/C - FLOW CHART TO OPEN
STEP OPENING OF FD/RD ACCOUNT - STEP BY STEP GUIDE

1 Write OAAC at menu option and press enter
2 At Customer ID field type Customer ID for which a/c will be opened, press <TAB>
3 At Scheme Code type appropriate code and Press F4
4 At Function type "O" if it is a new a/c or "R" if this is to be opened for renewal or "T" if
this a/c is transferred from some other branch. If "R" is given at function press TAB and
at A/c No. type the previous a/c to be renewed else Press F4.
5 Mode of Operation: Press F2 and select appropriate one by Shift+F4, press <TAB>
6 Location Code: Press F2 and select appropriate one by Shift+F4, press F6
7 If any preferential interest (like additional interest to Senior Citizen or Staff be given)
mention it at the field : Account Pref. Interest (Cr) then press F6 to go to next page
8 At this page enter contact phone no. if any, then press F4
9 The cursor will be at option: Change G to "S" for scheme details and press F4
10 Enter Principal Amount of FDR (Monthly Installment for RD) and press TAB. Enter Period
in Months/Days and press TAB. At value date it is automatically today's date. If any
back-date effect is to be given, it can be given here press <TAB>
11 If nomination is to be regd. go to "Availing Nomination Facility?" and change it to "Y"
and then press F4,
12 Change the Option "S" to "N" and press F4
13 Nominee Name: Type Name of the Nominee, then address etc. and then press F4
14 If it is a joint a/c or a partnership a/c or Company A/c then change the option to "A" and
press F4 to allow you to enter the joint a/c holder's name or authorised signatory's name
15 Press down arrow key to enter the 2nd and subsequent names, then press F4
16 At option change it to "F" and press F4. Press Explode (Ctrl+E) to see the details of flow
of interest. Press F4 twice.
17 If it is a interest is to be paid at regular intervals to his SF or any other a/c, change the
option to "C" and press F4. Now it will allow you to enter the a/c number to be credited
at regular intervals. Lastly press F4 to come to the option block.
18 Now at the option block press F10, the account number will be displayed.
FLOW CHART FOR VERIFICATION OF A/C OPENING
STEPS INVOKE MENU OPTION OAACAU AND PRESS <ENTER>

1 At function Block type "V" and press <TAB> and enter the A/c No. to be verified, F4
2 Press F11 to visit next pages and at the 3rd page Press F4
3 Change the option to "S" and Press F4, see the values entered and again press F4
4 Change the option to "N" and Press F4, see the values entered and again press F4
5 Change option to "A" (for joint a/c or partnership etc. a/c only) and Press F4, again
press F4
6 Change the option to "F" press F4, see the values entered and then F4 twice.
7 Change the option to "C" and press F4. Check the values entered then press F3
8 Press F10 finally. If the system displays any warning / exception, accept them by
pressing F4. The a/c is verified. Press F3 to come back to main menu.
TERM DEPOSIT RELATED MENU OPTIONS AT A GLANCE
MENU OPTIONS PURPOSE
CUMM CREATE CUSTOMER MASTER
OAAC OPENING OF AN ACCOUNT
OAACAU VERIFICATION OF AN ACCOUNT

TM TRANSACTION MAINTAINENCE
DRP DEPOSITS RECEIPT PRINT
INTRUN DEPOSITS INTEREST CALCULATION
TDSCALC TDS CALCULATION
HTDSIP ISSUE OF TDS CERTIFICATE
RMTDS REMITTANCE OF TDS
RFTDS REFUND OF TDS
CAAC CLOSING OF AN ACCOUNT
CAACAU VERIFICATION OF AN ACCOUNT
ACM ACCOUNT MAINTENANCE
ACDET ACCOUNT BALANCE DETAILS
DN DUE NOTICE
DUDRP DEPOSITS RECEIPT PRINT [DUPLICATE]
FDOCD FIXED DEPOSITS OPENING CLOSURE DETAILS
MDD MATURITY PERIOD WISE LIST OF DEPOSITS
TDRCL TD RENEWAL CONFIRMATION LETTER
HTDSPROJ CRV OPTION FOR PROJECTED TDS
REDRP REPRINT DEPOSITS RECEIPT
RELACI RELATED ACCOUNTS LOOKUP FOR DEPOSITS
SDD SCHEME WISE DISTRIBUTION OF DEPOSITS
TDEXT EXTENSION OF TERM DEPOSIT
FOAAC OPENING OF FLEXI RD
TDREN RENEWAL OF TDS
TDCLS CLOSURE OF TDS - WORK FLOW
PRFUPD CORRECTION OF PREFERENCE INTEREST IN TD
RENEWAL OF MATURED FIXED DEPOSIT ACCOUNT
MENU OPTION 'TDREN'

Renewal of Account with the same Account id
Simple interface for Renewal of an a/c
Automatic Account Renewal - Maturity Amount, Principal amount, Fixed amount, Interest, Maturity
amount + Additional amount, Residual amount remaining after taking care of customer instructions
Default population of TD a/c data to the renewed a/c during renewal
Auto Renewal grace period
A new Flow RF has been introduced for specifying Renewal instructions
Renewal history inquiry through multiple menus ACM/ACI 8/ CRV/ RENHIST
Facility for printing Renewal Confirmation letter for renewals TDRCL.
In case it is required to issue a fresh FDR, the user will use menu option ACM(S) and make the print
flag as Y. After verification of ACM a fresh FDR can be issued using DRP.
Renewal of TD a/c in the same currency Same account id is retained. Each renewal is assigned with a
unique serial number. The maximum number of renewals under the same account number is 999.
Renewal parameters captured at the scheme level gets defaulted to the account which can be
changed during tenure of the deposit.
Renewal can be made for the M - Maturity value, F-Fixed amount, P -Principal component only, I-
Interest component only, A- Additional amount +Maturity value.
A new column Renewal Option has been introduced to capture the appropriate value for this in the
scheme details of the account. This column is also available in the TDREN menu.
A new column Source for Additional Amount has been introduced to capture at the A/c level in
Scheme details/TDREN menu to specify the funding account for Additional amount. In case of
Renewal for (Maturity value + additional amount) or Fixed amount (less than the amount required
for renewal), the funding for the differential amount can be through an operative account/cash.
Renewal confirmation letter can be printed in lieu of Deposit receipt online or using TDRCL menu. A
new column Print Renewal Confirmation has been introduced for the user to specify the option for
immediate print/printing later.
Renewal Grace period can be specified. (i.e., batch renewal should consider the accounts for
renewal after completion of grace period specified at the scheme level. For instance, if the deposit
matures on 31st May 2005 and the scheme level grace period is 5 days, then the deposit will be
considered for Auto renewal during batch process on 6th June 2005. During the grace period the
customer has an option to close the deposit.
For renewals with additional amount and fixed amount which is greater than the maturity value for
the account, it is mandatory to enter the source (Funding) account for the additional funds
If the renewal is for the maturity value and there are no payment instructions, lien regularisation or
TDS shortfall recovery then no transaction will be created during renewal process. However, as part
of maturity renewal if the GL sub head changes, then transaction will be created for the GL subhead
effect
The history record of the original account will have:
o Part closure history, Transaction history, A/c open date, Open effective date, Date of
closure, Maturity date, Interest Table code, Original deposit period, Original deposit amount,
maturity amount, Renewal option, Amount of Overdue interest paid, Interest amount, TDS
amount, Tran id & tran date of Renewal transaction, additional amount added/Fixed amount
renewed from this account, the scheme under which the account is renewed.
During renewal under a different scheme code, the following values are default populated from the
new scheme:
Int Paid, Int coll, Serv Chrgs, account turnover details, deposit type, and value for break in steps of
defaulted from the new scheme
The W/tax percent is defaulted from the customer master,
The values for the following fields are defaulted from the original account.
Allow_Sweeps flag interest on TDS reqd ? = (if SRGPM

Acct Location Code flg = 'Y' then 'Y' else copy from
Emp Id orig a/c)
rpt code spl category indicator.
short name close on maturity flag.
name Repayment A/c.
mode of operation Print Nominee flag.
Sector Code Print Deposit Receipt flg.
chrg level Code interest accrual
nomination details Regularize overdraft during trf to OD
w/tax flag a/c.
Native language details Cash/Transfer/Clearing Limits
Freeze Code auto renew flg, auto scheme code,
Freeze Reason Code auto renew gl subhead, auto renew
last freeze Date int table code.
Last unfreeze Date
Balance as on freeze date
In the Renewed A/c. the Auto Renew option will be set to M Maturity value renewal
Batch renewal of TD accounts is enabled through TDBATCH option 1. Automatic Renewal. This will
consider those accounts for which auto renewal is enabled
The Renewal related parameters can be specified under Scheme Details tab of OAAC and ACM.
During auto renewal, if the specified renewal option could not be executed due to insufficient funds
or lien on the TD account, then renewal will happen for the net maturity value. For all renewal
failures, the system generates a failure report.
Only T & R type of Deposits can be renewed.
Notice Deposits and Certificate of Deposits cannot be renewed
Deposits cannot be renewed under R type of deposit schemes,
All operations on the account should be up to date including interest and TDS calculations,
The renewal transactions are created during verification process. Hence, during online renewal if
sufficient funds are not available in the source account during verification , the renewal will fail. In
case of batch mode, if sufficient funds are not available the renewal will fail and a failure report with
reason for failure will be generated
In case of Fixed Amount Renewal, the shortfall amount, if any will be taken from the funding
account and hence mandatory in such cases. There is no validation on the Renewal Deposit amount.
In case of Maturity amount renewal, if there are no Payment instructions, lien regularisation or
TDS/shortfall recovery no transactions will be created.
TDREN can be processed for a single account at any time. As part of renewal it is possible to renew
confirmation letter or defer it for printing later.
As a consequence of this, the Renew function R has been De Supported in Account opening and
Account closure menus.
HANDLING PREFERENTIAL INTEREST ( CR) IN TERM DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS.

(ITD CBS 77/2013)
As per new process, the system will check the eligibility of additional interest for Sr. citizen, Staff,
Army/Navy/ air force group Insurance customers on the basis of customer data entered in the system and
appropriate interest table code will be automatically populated while opening the term deposit account and
branch user will not be able to enter any account preferential at the time of account opening/modification in
the account
For new term deposit account while opening new term deposit account, interest table code will be
automatically populated in the system as described hereunder
S. No. Cases for additional Eligibility for additional interest

Interest
1 Fixed deposit for Senior Appropriate interest table code for Sr.Citizen customers will be
Citizen automatically populated on the basis of date of birth entered
in customer master and the customer type as <SRCTN>.
2 Fixed deposit account for Appropriate interest table code for staff schemes will be
Staff Members populated automatically on the basis of employee id in
customer master.
3 Fixed deposit accounts for Appropriate interest table code for staff + Sr.Citizen will be
Staff and Sr.Citizen automatically populated on the basis of date of birth entered
in customer master and employee id in the customer master.
4 Additional interest for Appropriate interest table code for Army/Navy/air force group
Army/Navy/ air force group Insurance accounts will be automatically populated on the

Insurance accounts basis of respective code (AFGIS,ARGID, NAGIF) entered in
remarks column while opening the account.
Ensure correctness of customer data entered in the system ( Date of Birth, Customer Type, Employee Id,
Army/Navy/Air Force Insurance Group code)
For existing Term Deposit Accounts
The existing account will have interest preferential till its maturity date. Necessary modifications have been
done in the system so that on maturity, at the time of auto renewal, interest rate codes of all these accounts
will be modified/updated automatically as per the new created interest table codes before the renewal of the
accounts and on the date of renewal the account preferential will be made Nil by the system.
The modification / updation of newly created interest table codes in these accounts at the time of auto-
renewal will be based on customer profile i.e. whether the account is of Senior citizen, Staff, Staff in Sr.
citizen category, Army/Navy/ air force group etc. (as eligibility criteria described above for new accounts)
PROCEDURE FOR CORRECTION OF PREFERENTIAL INTEREST

FOR TERM DEPOSIT A/C_- MENU OPTION PRFUPD
To facilitate the correction of preferential rate codes and interest to be given to the senior citizen and staff
members, a new menu option PRFUPD has been customized in the CBS system.
Detailed process is illustrated hereunder:
1. User has to enter menu option PRFUPD.

2. User has to enter the account number for which the preferential interest is to be corrected.
After pressing F4, the system shall make the necessary modifications as per the category of customer,
and the correct interest table code and the preferential interest shall be corrected as per the guidelines.
For the accounts where the interest table code, and preferential shall be corrected from open effective date,
a message shall pop up on the screen confirming that the INTTM has been modified and advising the user
to verify the INTTM for the account. INTTM must be verified for the account
For the accounts where change in the new interest table code as per the applicability shall be applicable
after renewal, the system shall pass a message on the screen Run PRFUPD after renewal of account. For
such accounts, the menu option PRFUPD must be run again after their renewal. At the time of ABH, the
system will force the user to run PRFUPD for correcting the Intt table code and preferential.
(ITD CBS 55/2014 dated 30.09.2014)
TD RENEWAL CONFIRMATION LETTERS 'TDRCL'
TDRCL menu option is introduced to bulk print Renewal Confirmation letters.

It will print Renewal confirmation letters only for accounts where the Print Renewal Confirmation
Letter is chosen as L Later.
As part of this process, a hard copy can be generated.
The Renewal date range is mandatory. All accounts that were initiated for renewal (Renewal BOD
date) during the specified period will be processed.
The Renewal confirmation letter can be generated for the accounts belonging to a SOL .
Selection criteria available are Customer id, Currency code, range of Scheme codes, GL Subhead
codes, Account range, date of renewal.

AUTO RENEWAL
The new scheme has the facility by which, the customer can opt for the auto renewal facility in the account.
For enabling the auto renewal facility, after the original account has been opened and Deposit Receipt
printed, invoke ACM (M) mode, sub option S (Scheme details) and fill the following details:-
Print Receipt flag : N,
Press F6 from here and fill in the following particulars
U (Unlimited) ; N (No auto Renewal)
Here select U (Unlimited option), which will auto renew the FD for unlimited number of times. If customer
does not want auto renewal here select N only.
Max Renewal Allowed: This field will be applicable when Limited Auto Renewal option is being used.
Here user can mentioned number of times auto renewal desired.
In the field Max Renewal Allowed / Done, the max Renewal Allowed figure displays the number of
times Renewal is allowed whereas Done field gives the number of times the FD has been renewed.
Here, if the customers demand an auto renewal facility for limited no of times, fill in the number of
times the auto renewal facility is required.
If customer desires renewal option with principal + Interest mention M and if customer desires
auto renewal with Principal amount mention P.
Renewal scheme code: Valid term deposit scheme code.
Renewal GL Subhead code: 10100
Renewal Period: Mention renewal period for which customer desires Auto renewal
Renewal Intt. Table code: TDGEN
On pressing F4, the system will give a warning that the default scheme parameters have been
changed.
On the maturity date, the system will execute a batch job, which will renew the account automatically. As
per guidelines, in case of Auto Renewal, no fresh FDR will be issued but a communication will be sent to the
customer informing him about the details of the renewed FD.
DAMODARANCOMMITTEE RECOMMENDATIONS-AUTORENEWAL OF TERM DEPOSIT
(1) Where customer does not opt for auto renewal of FDR in the account opening form: If
customer does not opt for auto-renewal of FDR, user has to enter (N) in the field auto-renewal in
scheme detail on second page.
(2) Where customer Opt for renewal of FDR for Principal and Interest amount only: If
customer opt for auto-renewal of FDR for both principal and interest, user has to enter (M-
Maturity value) in the field renewal option in scheme detail on second page and U in the field
Auto-renewal.
(3) Where customer Opt for renewal of FDR for Principal amount only: If customer opt for
renewal of FDR for principal amount only than user has to enter (P- Principal only) in the field
renewal option in the scheme detail.
(4) Period for which Auto Renewal required(Months/Days): Period of which auto-renewal can
be defined in the field renewal period in scheme detail.
(5) Number of times renewal required: The same can be entered in the field Max renewal allowed
in scheme.
PREMATURE RENEWAL (EXTENSION)
The extension of the existing account can be done using the menu OAAC (E) mode. In extension, the
system will close the original account and open a new account. The extension shall be done from the BOD
date and not with any retrospective date.
EXTENSION OF DEPOSITS 'TDEXT'
Currently, the Extension of Deposit is being handled by premature closure of the existing deposit a/c
without penalty and opening the account in Extension mode.

This process has been simplified through a new menu TDEXT. All other existing validations for
extension continues
Additional amount can be added during extension of deposits. Funding account of this additional amount
can be in any currency. If the currency of funding code is different from the account currency, then rate
code has to be specified.
The scheme code and the interest table code can be changed during extension of deposits,
As a consequence of this new functionality, the Extension Functions which are hither to available in
Account opening (OAAC) and Account closure (CAAC) have been De Supported.
The transaction relating to Extension of deposits is made during verification process.
LIMITATIONS
If the extended deposit is closed before maturity date of original deposit, interest penal interest is
calculated only for the run period of the extended deposit and not from the open effective date of
the original account.
If TDS calculation is pending for the account it cannot be extended.
PART CLOSURE OF TERM DEPOSIT
Spectrum deposit scheme provides for part closure of the FDR opened under the maturity option
(FDMPB, FDMSB, FDSUP, FDSUS) in the multiples of Rs. 1000/-.
In case a customer demands the part payment of FDR, use CAAC menu and give the amount (in
the multiple of Rs. 1000/-) that needs to be withdrawn in the amount field.
The process will generate a report giving the details of the transaction and the interest applied on
the amount part withdrawn.
The process needs verification by an authorized official.
In case part closure is sought for a deposit against which loan/OD has been provided.
In such case shall first delete the SRM, make the part closure and recreate the SRM for the balance
amount.
The DP in the related Loan / OD account may also be suitably modified
CREDIT OF MATURITY PROCEEDS AS PER MANDATE AUTO CLOSURE OF FDR
1) Specify the Repayment A/c. ID i.e customer account to which the proceeds Of FDR are to
be credited on maturity while entering data in OAAC/ACM option(S)
2) Set Auto Closure flag to Y in scheme detail( 2nd page) in OAAC/ACM option(S)
3) Modify Auto-renewal flag as (N) in scheme detail (2nd page)in OAAC/ACM option(S)
4) Run option 2 & 3 of menu option TDBATCH daily at any time without entering
the account no.
System will automatically credit the proceeds of FDR on maturity date to the operative account
with the above mentioned steps.
DEPOSIT RECEIPT PRINTING
The Deposit receipt will be printed on a new format. As such the person who is printing the deposit receipt
shall ensure that the inventory related to deposit receipt has been transferred to the said user.
DEPOSIT RECEIPT PRINTING - PROCESS
Ensure Ilinkweb is running and security forms have been transferred print the Receipts,
Menu DRP. Enter Selection Criteria for FDRs to be printed and press F4.
System displays all records in select mode. Deselect a record with Shift-F4, which is not to be
printed. Press explode to see more details.
Otherwise, press F4 to go to print parameter screen. The system will show the field Dr Print Ind?
Default is S for system. (Replace M with S ). Press F4 again.

After printing of receipt, system seeks confirmation Whether Print OK? Default value is Y. If yes,
press F10. Else enter D (destroyed) and/or P (print again) and press F10.
D moves the used inventory to the destroyed location (not working at present) and makes available
the next inventory for printing. P is used to print again.
REDRP to Re-print and DUDRP to print duplicate receipt.
CORRECTION OF TDS RATE CODE AND PAN NUMBER
To ease the capturing of correct TDS rate code and PAN Number for the Customer Ids where no TDS Rate
code is present or TDS rate code is present as TDSGE but pan number if blank a new menu option
TDSCODE has been customized. List of customer Ids identified for the following cases:
a) Customer Ids where PAN No. Is blank but TDS Rate Code is filled as TDSGE
b) Customer Ids where both PAN No. & TDS Rate code are blank.
Process to use this menu:
1) Enter menu option TDSCODE

2) System will display first record on the above identification criteria
3) Customer ID (Protected)
4) OLD TDS rate code Already present in the system or blank, if not present
5) New TDS Code default it will appear as TDSPN
(Branch user has to enter correct TDS rate code and PAN Number otherwise same
should be entered as TDSPN
Case 1 - If customer has not provided PAN Number then TDS Rate code =TDSPN
Case 2 If PAN Number has been provided than appropriate TDS rate code should
be entered.
6) PAN/TAN Number : PAN Number or TAN Number of customer be captured.

7) Update = Y
List of valid TDS Rate code
TDS RATE CODE TDS RATE CODE DESCRIPTION

TDSCF TDS Cooperative society
TDSCR TDS Corporate body
TDSF1 TDS Firm
TDSGE TDS on resident individual /HUF/BOI/AOP
TDSPN TDS no pan card
TDSZR NO TDS deduction without PAN Number
TDNRC TDS Non resident Non domestic company
TDNRF TDS Non resident firm
TDNRS TDS Non resident cooperative society
TDSNR TDS on Non resident individual/HUF/BOI/AOP
TDS CALCULATION Menu-TDSCALC-
Enter a/c no. in BOTH Account No. From & Account No. To fields
N in Adhoc Run field.
Report To is a mandatory field. Press F4.
Enter F in the Foreground/Background Menu, N in Print Required. Press F10.
Menu - PR. Type T in option block and press F10. Note Tran-id. Type Q to quit and press F4.
Check with TM, whether TDS transaction has been posted successfully. Check TDS success/failure
report in PR or DAYRPT 4-12.

CLOSURE OF A/C
Menu CAAC-Enter Account no. & press F4.

System should show Intt Calculation up-to-date. Press F4 twice.
Give the repayment account number if not already given and Press F10 to commit
Closure Transaction Creation will now happen during verification of closure instead of closure itself.
Verify Closure of a FD/RD ACCOUNT: Menu CAACAU- Enter Account no. Closed with CAAC & press
F4 twice & Press F10.
CLOSURE OF TERM DEPOSIT A/Cs - SOME POINTS
The Potential Closure Transactions can be viewed during both Trial Closure and Closure on the last
page of the screen displayed after committing the Closure.
The transactions will consist of the Interest, TDS, Booking and Closure Part trans. including CI
(Customer Instruction) payment distribution. This replaces the Repayment Acct/Amt field literal
which displayed CI payment distribution.
A new field "Use Repayment A/c Only" has been added in the application. The value Y for this field
indicates that the Customer Instruction should be ignored and entire maturity proceeds after any
lien/TDS/penalty recovery should be paid into the repayment a/c.
If this field is N then customer instruction, if any will be paid out first and the rest would go to the
repayment a/c or sundry a/c.
The Closure report will display the Actual Tran Ids only during Verification. If Interest/TDS is up to
date then no Tran Ids will be displayed in the report.
System verification of Closure which marks the A/c Closed flag of a/cs with Zero balance and all
transactions posted to Z for closed.
The literals Penalty for Full Period? is removed. The penalty during pre-part closure will always be
for the full period.
Whenever any interest is credited to the account either at the time of renewal or closure, total
amount is credited to Sundry before TDS ac.
After verification of Renewal/closure first run TDSCALC. It will check the TDS and then credit the
proceeds to the specified account.
Transactions during INTRUN and TDSCALC
INTRUN = DRIntt Accrued on Term deposit Etc.CRSundry before TDS (3171118)
TDSCALC = Dr-Sundry Before TDS.; Cr Sundry TDS (3171108) Cr.- MBFD/SF
TDS HANDLING IN FINACLE
In Finacle, TDS deduction is automatic. All FD Accounts with common customer-ID, are clubbed Branch-wise
to compute TDS eligibility. Deducted TDS for every account is credited in Sundry-TDS Account and only net
interest is credited to FD accounts.
INQUIRE ON DEDUCTED TDS
Menu-ACM, Function-I, Option-2. System will show record for TDS deducted, if any. Explode (Ctrl-
E) to see complete Transaction in TM. For TDS details of previous years use Menu option IARM
A new sub-option I has been introduced in the menu option CUMM which gives the Customer
level TDS details which was available only at the account opening level sub-option 2.
Also Available In CRV ( Customer Relationship View)
TDS DEDUCTION WITH PAN OR NO PAN
Two tax slabs have been created.

1) TDSPN for customers who have not submitted the PAN NO.
2) TDSGE for customer where PAN no. has been submitted.
3) On receiving the PAN No. the same may be entered on the 4th page of CUMM in the field PAN/GIR
No, system will automatically modify the tax slab from TDSPN to TDSGE.
4) System will not allow to enter 15G/15H in the field tax exemption date in case where tax slab is
TDSPN.
5) If a customer submits the PAN No. in between the financial year the system will recalculate the TDS
already deducted at higher rate and the future TDS will be appropriated accordingly.
AUTOMATIC-GENERATION OF FORM 15H/G WITH PARTICULAR FROM CBS
Functionality has been developed in CBS to generate15H/G as under:
Menu option: PNBRPT

Option: 4 (TERM DEPOSIT REPORTS)
Sub option: 43 (Download 15-G Form)
44 (Download 15-H Form)
Enter: Cust_id
Enter: Financial year:
Enter start date: e.g. 01/04/2013
Enter end date : e.g. 31/03/2014
System will show Form 15H/G in menu option : PR
The same can be printed for necessary action.
REFUND THE DEDUCTED TDS
Menu-RFTDS-Enter criteria for selecting accounts for refund of TDS, Transaction type and Press F4.
System will display the records in Select mode for refund.
De-select the a/c with Shift-F4 for which refund is not intended.
Enter the SB A/C no in TDS Operative A/c field for credit of refund amount.
Press F10. Note the transaction Id for further action.
ALLOWING REFUND OF TDS IN OFFICE A/C
By using the above option, the system generates a transaction debiting the Sundry-TDS account and
crediting the operative account of the customer.
It was necessary to mention operative account of the customer in case refund of TDS is sought.
Finacle now supports refund of TDS (RFTDS) in Office A/c also. It can be made use of where
Depositor do not have a savings account and Cash Refund cannot be made.
For the purpose a new office account 31711332 - SUNDRY FD - REFUNDED TDS A/c opened. This
account number can be used during the execution of menu option RFTDS.
REMIT THE DEDUCTED TDS
Menu-RMTDS-Select criteria for remitting TDS and go to Remit Option (G/C) field and select G-
The system generates a report about the remittance to be done for the selected records.
C- The system will accept a field as Common Remittance Details. This field is free text.
Enter all information, which needs to store regarding remittance (like challan no., remittance date
etc.) separated by a delimiter. Press F10.
System will generate remittance report with Customer-wise TDS Details & Totals.
To remit TDS, use Menu TM to debit the Sundry-TDS A/c - <Sol-ID>3171106 & issue Cash Order.
PRINT TDS CERTIFICATES.
Menu-HTDSIP-Enter criteria for selecting customers/accounts for inquiry on TDS or printing of appropriate
certificates, Choose the relevant option from 1-8 & Press F4.

OVERDUE FD ACCOUNTS
In Finacle, transfer of accounts to overdue category happens automatically on due dates as part of
BOD process.
Subsequent renewal or closure transactions happen from the relevant GL heads.
Overdue Interest Rates codes are being defined and Interest Accrual on Overdue FD will take place.
ACCOUNT INTEREST DETAILS INQUIRY MENU - AITINQ
The above menu shows the details of interest run/booking in the account. It can also be viewed
through menu ACM with sub-option ?.
Further navigation has been provided in above screen to ascertain the position of normal, penal,
additional and other interests. Explode the screen.
RELATED ACCOUNT LOOKUP FOR RENEWED DEPOSITS
The menu option for related accounts lookup is RELACI and is useful to know what are the all links
to an existing account.
If an account is renewed 5 times and the customer is interested to know the details of all the 5
renewals, specify any one account (the existing or the renewed ones) and make a search for 'F'
(forward), 'B' (backward), 'A' (both forward and backward) and 'M' (multiple links).
The system will display all the linked accounts and furnish information like account number, a/c
opened date, a/c closed date and deposit status.
Alternatively, inquire the related a/c list by invoking ACM option - sub option '8'.
REPRINT (REDRP) / PRINT DUPLICATE FIXED DEPOSIT RECEIPT (DUDRP)
The menu option for reprinting a receipt is REDRP and for duplicate printing is DUDRP.
Reprinting/duplicate printing is possible only if the receipt has been printed at least once.
In REDRP / DUDRP options, system displays the records listed for printing in de-select mode. Select
the appropriate record (shift + F4) that is required to be re-printed.
While printing duplicate FDR through DUDRP option, if any remarks in the Remarks column have
been made, the same gets printed on the fixed deposit receipt. Therefore, when duplicate FDR is
issued through above option, enter following remarks in the Remarks column: -
Issued in lieu of original FD no._______ reported lost.
When a deposit receipt is printed from the system, system creates a record of the inventory
number used, which can be inquired using ACM menu K (denomination /receipt) details.
For duplicate receipt printing, system keeps history of the earlier receipts. While printing duplicate
receipt, the system creates a new record as a copy of the old record except the serial number and
the lien amount.
PENDING DEPOSIT RECEIPTS FOR PRINTING
The menu option to inquire and print the pending deposit receipts for printing is PENDDRP.
Before ABH every day, invoke this option to inquire the pending deposit receipts for printing.
The system brings up selection criteria screen. Enter the a/c open date from/to as selection criteria
and accept.
The system brings up all deposit receipts that are pending for printing by default in select mode. On
accept from here, the system brings up the print parameter screen.
Take the printout. To see more details on the FD account, explode on any record. On explode the
system takes to ACM screen for making further inquiry.

MARKING FIXED DEPOSIT RECEIPT AS LOST
The status of a deposit receipt can be marked as lost by the status field in K (denomination)
details in ACM.
REVERSAL OF ENTRY IN FD / RD ACCOUNTS
Users are making reversal transaction with TO flow_id, which is not correct procedure for reversing any
wrong entry in FD/RD account as it creates problem in the proper behavior of the account after the
transaction.
IN CASE OF RD ACCOUNTS : Wrong installment either debit or credit can be reversed by creating a
reversal transaction entry with the value date and same flow id (NI) which was used at the time of
wrong credit/debit entry by entering flow id in A details.
User may use PLIST menu option for checking the status of the installments.
IN CASE OF FD ACCOUNTS: if a wrong credit/debit entry is made in the FD account, the same may be
reversed manually by creating a reversal transaction with same value date and same flow id. System will
credit the interest at the next interest application date.
CLOSURE OF FLEXI RD- MAKER AND CHECKER CONCEPT
1) Closure of Flexi RD (By Operator)

Menu option: FCAAC
Function C/X/V - Use C to close the account
Account No: Enter the Flexi RD a/c no to be closed.
Account Name: press F4 system will display the name of account holder automatically.
Confirm : Enter Y to continue and press F4
2) Verification of closure of Flexi RD ( By Officer)
Menu Option: FCAAC
Function: V- To verify the a/c and press F4
Account No: Enter Flexi RD a/c no which needs to be verified
Customer Name: Press F4, system will automatically populate the name of the account Holder.
Mode: C -For cash payment
T -For transferring the credit proceeds to operative a/c
Repayment Acct: If mode is T than user has to specify repayment a/c id where proceeds
needs to be credited.
Confirm : Y and press F4 the following screen will appear.
Now the accounts will be verified and system will display the transaction_id, please note and
check the same.
3) Cancellation of closure of Flexi RD before verification:
User can cancel the closure of Flexi RD if wrongly closed but before verification through menu
option FCAAC. Enter function X to cancel the closure and press F4.
Account No: Enter the account no. which needs to be cancelled.

Name : On pressing F4 system will display the name automatically
Confirm : Y to cancel the closure and press F4, system will cancel the closure process
4) Debit Transactions in Flexi RD:
A check has been put in the system not to allow debit transactions in the system except work-
class 100 only for rectifications of wrong entries if any with due care. System will display the
following error message while doing debit transactions in Flexi RD accounts.

LOCKER MODULE IN FINACLE
The Locker Module has been developed for handling the following locker
activities
1) Maintenance of lockers
2) Issue of lockers
3) Surrender of lockers
4) Migration of existing data for issued lockers
5) Rent-collection (both regular and irregular)
6) Reports generation.
The above functionalities have been provided through different menu-options.

This module is almost independent of Finacle as it uses just one menu-option
(TM) of Finacle. The whole module has been developed through scripting and
hence it does not give a look and feel similar to Finacle, e.g., the accept-key and commit-key are the same
in scripting.
Hence the user should be careful while working on this module.
MENU OPTIONS
MENU DESCRIPTION USER LEVEL
LKPM LOCKER PLACEHOLDER MAINTENANCE DATA CENTRE
LKTRM LOCKER TYPES AND RENT MAINTENANCE DATA CENTRE
LKKM LOCKER KEY MAINTENANCE BRANCH
LKCM LOCKER CUSTOMER MAINTENANCE BRANCH
LKCHM LOCKER TRANSACTION HISTORY MAINTENANCE BRANCH
LKRCM LOCKER RENT CHARGE COLLECTION MAINTENANCE BRANCH
LKCPM LOCKER TYPE CHARGES MAINTENANCE BRANCH
LKREPM LOCKER REPORTS BRANCH
LKCMRPT LOCKER REPORTS BRANCH
INQUIRE LOCKER TYPES
Locker type inquiry can be done. List of rent versions applicable to a locker
type can be inquired from this option.
LKKM ( LOCKER KEY MAINTENANCE )

Activity to be done through this menu :
(1) Assigning keys to locker number

(2) Exchange keys between two unoccupied lockers
(3) Freeze a locker
Assigning keys to locker
Each cabinet in the branch is be assigned a two digit alpha code. The locker number is a 7 digit number with
first two digits alpha and the next five digits as numeric whereas the minimum length key number is 3.
Example of Locker No. AA00001 Key Number -AA21.
CBS FILED DESCRIPTION
Function Valid values are A-add, M-Modify, I-Inquire, D-Delete

Sol id This identify the Service outlet of the user

Locker Type To identify the type of the locker
Locker Number To identify the particular locker
Key No. Key number corresponding to the locker
While adding a locker number the values for locker number and key number may be prefixed with a
two character cabinet code.
The locker can be frozen by modify the value of freeze to Y either for official purpose (Purpose :O) or
for customer related reason (Purpose :C), Freeze reason becomes mandatory then.
Exchange keys between two unoccupied lockers
The user shall invoke the option in modify mode and replace the old key number with the new key number.
LKCM - (LOCKER CUSTOMER MAINTENANCE)
Following activities can be done through this menu :
(1) Capturing data for existing lockers

(2) Issue of new lockers
(3) Surrender of Locker
(4) Modification in locker
(5) Inquiry of a locker
(6) Marking risk classification & Joint account holder
(7) Break Opening of locker
(1) Capturing data for existing lockers
Invoke the menu option LKCM (Existing) mode. On invoking the option, the following screen shall
be displayed. Here most of the fields are similar to the menu for issuance of a new locker.
The additional field here is Amount in Arrear Field, where the user shall enter the amount
(Rent+Penalty+Charges) in arrear as on the date of capturing the data. On filling in all the
information and confirming its correctness, the user shall enter the confirm flag as Y and
pressing F4 from here, a message will be displayed that Record added successfully. In case
the advance rent has been deposited by the locker customer then a ve (negative) value shall
be filled in the Amount in Arrear filed.
(2) Issue of new lockers

A new locker can be issued to the customer using the menu option LKCM (Add) mode.
Here the user shall enter Locker type, Locker No, operative account of the customer (for rent
collection) and staff flag. On pressing F4 from here the above screen will display some additional fields.
The field description for the above screen is as follows:-
Term : YR (default populated)

Percent Rent : 100% (default populated) can be modified for privileged
customers.
Privileged Flag : Y/N (in case privilege flag is Y then percent rate is to be
modified and privilege date becomes mandatory.
Code Word : Code word for operations
Issue Date : Date of issue of locker
Nominee (Y/N) : If Y then nominee details become mandatory.
Remarks :
Payment Mode (C/T) : C for cash, T for transfer
Cust Id : Cust Id default populated from the operative account (needs
to be modified if the Locker Holders cust id is different from
Operative a/c holders cust id)
In case suspense account number is entered in the operative
account, then user has to enter the Customer Id here.
Cust Name : Name of the customer (default populated)
Joint Holder : Name of the joint holders.
Privilege date : It should be the last Privilege date.
Privilege End Date: System will populate automatically five years later date
from the date of privilege
After entering all the required information, the user shall ensure the correctness of data and make the
Confirm flag Y and press F4 and the system will display the message that record added successfully
Nomination Details
Func (I/A/M/D): Function code. Valid values are A, I, M, D. detail of nominee can be added in A
mode, nominee details can be viewed in I mode, nominee details can be modified in M mode and
nominee details can be deleted in D mode. Under D mode nominee can be deleted or all
the nominees can be deleted at once, with the corresponding field values (delete all (Y/N) and
delete(Y/N))
3) Surrender / Modification / Inquiry of Locker
Surrender, Modification and Inquiry in a locker are handled through the same menu option
LKCM (S), (M) and (I) mode.
4) Marking Risk Classification operations to the impaired persons, and display the name of
the Joint holder names & Custid
In case of existing locker holders modify the locker details through LKCM M Option and
enter the proper risk classification, Joint holder cust ID, Joint holder Name and Impaired
witness 1,2,3 as required.
5) Lockers closed by way of Break Opening
New field is introduced for handling the lockers closed by way of Break Opening. Such lockers are
to be surrendered by the menu option LKCM and set the Break Open flag to Y.
6) Handling Discount/ Rebate in Locker Module
Invoke menu option LKCM give Privileged as Y and then entering the Privilege date and
Privilege end date. Thereafter the percent Rent can be modified to the appropriate
percentage. For the new customers the function code is A and for the existing
customers the percentage rent is to be modified using function code M.
For Staff lockers, the staff flag is to be modified to Y. The percentage rent will be populated to
50 % by the system
LOCKER RENT COLLECTION
Branch user has the option to collect the rent for a single locker or for the SOL on a whole. Menu option for
rent recovery is given below:
LKRCM
Locker rent will be recovered at fixed date i.e. on the first day of month in which it was leased out. The
revised system will be applicable w.e.f. 01.05.2014. An automated batch job will run at branch level to
recover the rent of the lockers. Advance rent can be collected at any time before the rent due date of
locker.

FAILURE RECOVERY PROCESS For recovery of rent in lockers where balance in related a/c is not
available on Ist day of the month and deposited on 2nd day on wards, automated failover process shall be
executed daily from data centre which checks the balance in a/c and tries to recover the rent.
Menu- LKRRBAT has been withdrawn from branches.

2) Menu- LKRCM can be used for both rent recovery, advance rent, arrear recovery, advance
receipt through cash and transfers.
3) Consolidated position of Rent in arrears (including penalty & other charges ) can be viewed
and recovered from menu option LKRCM
PARTIAL RECOVERY OF LOCKER RENT
Partial amount can be recovered through menu option LKRCM in the multiple of Rs.One. Partial rent so
collected should be apportioned from the arrear amount and system will show only the amount left to be
recovered in arrear field (LKCM as well as in reports LKREPM 15,22 and 26). Rent so recovered can be
viewed in history report LKREPM 23
USE MENU OPTION LKRCM FUNCTION T User has to provide Locker Type, Locker Number and
customer ID as input. For Cust ID, after providing the input at locker type and locker No. user may press F2
at cust id field. After selecting the cust id, press F4, the system will make all the rent related calculations
internally and a POP-UP will display following information:
1. Last Due date.

2. Total Arrear
3. Advance rent paid
4. Rent To Be Paid.
Press Y to continue User has to select mode of payment (TRANSFER/CASH), by default the system will
show T (transfer) mode. User can select Cash mode C and enter the partial amount received from the
customer and press F4 to create the transaction.
FLOW CHART GENERATION OF LOCKER ARREAR STATEMENT
MENU LKREPM ->SELECT LCKSTAT-15 -> Enter branch SOLID -> Date from to date (If report is
generated on 25-09-2014 than enter 01.09.2014 to 25.09.2014)
Two reports will be generated:

1 Summary:
Categorywise Rent in arrears, Recovery during period, Locker leased,Lockers broken open etc.
2 Lockerwise Details :
Locker No., Rent in Arrears, recovery made, Mobile No. & Address of the Customer etc
Whenever the customer visits the branch to deposit the locker rent, the user can invoke the menu option
LKRCM and recover the rent.
OR
Whenever the operative account has sufficient balance, the system will automatically recover the amount on
the next execution of LKRRBAT.
iv. In case of advance rent received in the locker, system will automatically reduce the advance rent equal
to the applicable rent.
LKRCM ( Locker Rent Charges Collection )
LKRCM menu option can be used in the following cases:-

a) If customer does not have any operative account, by invoking this menu option, the due rent shall be
displayed automatically by the system and the user has the option to recover the rent by Transfer or Cash
mode.
b) For recover advance Rent from the locker holder where the due date is still a future date, zero amount
will be default populated. The user shall modify the field to the amount deposited and recover the amount in
Cash or transfer.
c) For recovery charges in the locker accounts user shall modify the Rent/Charge/Penal flag to C and fill in
the amount to be recovered .
LKOPS ( LOCKER OPERATIONS )
Whenever a customer operates the lockers, the details of the visit are recorded using the menu option
LKOPS. The menu provides for recording IN time and OUT time for locker operations. Both of these times
are to be recorded to complete the process.
While entering the IN details, the user shall enter the Locker No and press F4, the system will display all the
detail of the locker to be operated i.e. locker type, key No. Customer Id, customer name etc and will ask for
entering Customer Id of the locker holder or the authorized person that will operate the locker.
On entering Cust id, signatures attached with the cust id will be displayed.
On completion of the locker operation the user shall record the time out by entering the OUT details.
System will treat the operation completed when both IN and OUT details are entered into the
system.
CAUTION
Before Day end the locker in charge shall ensure that the entire locker operated during the day have been
marked OUT in the system. In case user fails to do so, system will not allow subsequent operations in the
locker.
CAPTURING SIGNATURES OF LOCKER HOLDER / AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY
A utility is available in the locker module of Finacle through which, the signatures of the locker holder and
authorized signatory (if required) can be captured into the system. In Finacle the locker is issued on the
basis of Customer Id issued to customer. The Customer Id shall be having the same constitution as that in
the locker.
A separate Image Access Code LK has been created in the Finacle application. The user at the branch
while scanning the signatures of the locker holder with Signcap tool shall specify the Customer ID of locker
holder / authorized signatory and shall modify the Access code to LK.
At the time of scanning the Description for Signature Column the name of the Locker holder / Authorized
signatory and Locker No. is be entered.

REPORTS IN LOCKER MODULE
LOCKER REPORTS (MENU-LKREPM)
1. KEY COFFER REGISTER

2.KEY REGISTER REPORT
3.NEW KEY INTERCHANGE REPORT
4.FREE LOCKER REPORT
5.FROZEN LOCKER REPORT
6.NOMINATION REGISTER
7.SURRENDER REPORT
8.LOCKER WITH FD DETAIL REPORT
9.LIST OF CUSTOMERS HAVING LOCKERS
10.LOCKER OPERATION DURING SPECIFIC PERIOD
11.NO. OF VISIT IN SPECIFIC PERIOD REPORT
12.LOCKER RENT RECEIVED REPORT
13.LOCKER WITH DUE DATE FALLING
14.LOCKER WITH RENT OVERDUE
15.LOCKER ARREAR STATEMENT
16.LIST OF LOCKER ENABLED BRANCHES
17.LOCKER DUE REMINDER -1
18.FREE LOCKER AT A CIRCLE
19.LOCKER SIGNATURE NOT CAPTURED
20.LOCKER SIGNATURE NOT VERIFIED
21.NO. OF LOCKER OPERATIONS IN A SET
22.LOCKER ARREAR STATEMENT FOR A SET
23.LOCKER LEDGER SHEET
24.HISTORY OF VISIT IN A LOCKER
25.LOCKER OPERATION AND CUSTOMER
26.MONTHLY STATEMENT OF LOCKER AS ON
28.LOCKER RISK
29.LOCKER DUE REPORT TWO
30.LOCKER DUE REPORT THREE
31.LIST OF CUSTOMER HAVING LOCKER IN
33.MONTHLY STATEMENT OF LOCKERS AS ON
34.LOCKERS IN OPERATIONAL STATE
35.REPORT FOR LOCKER RENT DUE IN NEXT MONTH
(LKCMRPT)
1.REPORT OF LOCKER DETAILS
NOTE: REPORTS FROM SL. NO. 1 TO 28 CAN ALSO BE GENERATED IN LIVE SERVER

LOANS & ADVANCES
FLOW CHART FOR OPENING OVERDRAFT & CASH CREDIT ACCOUNT
OPENING OF ACCOUNTS:
1. Create Customer CUMM (if customer master does not exist)
'G' General Details
'E' Currency Details
2. Verify Customer - CUMM
3. Open Account - OAAC
'G' General Details
'S' Scheme Details
'V' MIS Code
'H' Limit History Details
'A' Additional Persons Details (for Guarantor etc.)
4. Verify Account OAACAU
5. Link Security SRM
6. Verify Security SRM
7. Issue Cheque Book ICHB
8. Verify Cheque Book ICHBAU
9. Transactions / Verification TM
For Modification to Account ACM
For Modification to Sanction limit/DP ACLHM
For Modification to Interest Rate Code INTTM
For Modification to Security Details/DP SRM
For sanctioning TOD TM -- (N) Option
CLOSURE OF ACCOUNTS
Destroy unused cheque books -Menu Option CHBM/CHBD

Apply Charges /Verify Charges -Menu Option CACC
Apply Interest -Menu Option INTRUN
Delink Security -Menu Option SRM
Close Account -Menu Option CAAC
Verify Closure -Menu Option CAACAU
All the Loan accounts under the Credit Module of Centralised Banking Solutions (Finacle) application package
are handled through various Scheme Codes. The scheme codes are maintained under specific for a Scheme
Types. The following scheme types are used for various Nature of Advances as under:
LAA for Term Loan and Demand Loans

CCA for Cash Credit Accounts
ODA for Overdraft Accounts
The account number for any account in credit module contains of 16 characters. The first four characters
indicate the distinctive number of the branch to which the account pertains, followed by a two-character
product code, which is specific to the scheme code and then the a/c number.

CASH CREDIT / OVER DRAFT A/Cs
A/C OPENING
Before opening of a Cash Credit/ Overdraft account, the Customer ID of the borrower must be created
through the menu option - `CUMM.
In case the Customer-ID is already created, the same may be used for opening of the account.
Menu option for opening CC/OD account is OAAC. Give Function as O, customer ID, scheme code,
currency and GL subhead and Press F4.
System by default displays the General Details screen. Some other important fields are:
PAY INTEREST?: Enter `Y if interest is to be paid in the account, else enter `N. Although interest is
not paid in loan accounts, the system by default populates `Y value in this account, which should be
retained as this will facilitate refund of interest in the a/c by the system due to any reason
COLLECT INTEREST?: By default populates `Y in this field, it be retained.
CUSTOMER PREFERENTIAL INTEREST (Cr.) It should be left blank.
CUSTOMER PREFERENTIAL INTEREST (Dr.): In case some Debit Preferential Rate of Interest is
allowed, over or below the applicable rate for the scheme, at the Customer (CUMM-È-`Currency Details)
Level and parameter is set at the scheme level, the same differential is default populated here. The values
can be over-ridden. In case the preferential rate is over the normal rate, positive value be assigned in this
field. In case the preferential rate is below the normal rate, negative value be assigned in this field.
ACCOUNT PREFERENTIAL INTEREST (Cr.): It should be left blank while opening loan a/c.
ACCOUNT PREFERENTIAL INTEREST (Dr.): In case some Debit Preferential Rate of Interest is to be
allowed at this account-level, over or below the applicable rate for the scheme, the differential percentage
be specified here. In case the preferential rate is over the normal rate, positive value be assigned in this
field. In case the preferential rate is below the normal rate, negative value be assigned in this field.
INTEREST TABLE CODE: This is a mandatory field. The system by default populates ZERO in this field as
per scheme level set up. Modify this field and assign an appropriate Interest Rate Code. Press F2 to list the
valid codes and select the appropriate code by shift+f4.
After entering all the relevant information in the `G-General Details, press F4.
Delete G and enter S-Loan Scheme Details. Press F4 and enter the Loan Scheme Details.
`S- SCHEME DETAILS

This is a Mandatory Sub-option.
Dr. Balance Limit: The system by default populates maximum value in this field, which should be
retained.
Maximum Allowable Limit: Enter the amount of limit sanctioned in the account.
Credit File No.: Enter the credit file reference number if any, in this field.
Debt Acknowledgement Date The date on which last acknowledgement of debt (Balance-cum-
Security Confirmation Letter) was obtained. The information in this field can also be filled in subsequent
to the account opening.
Cheques Allowed: system by default populates `Y in this field, which should be retained.
Charges for Cheque Issued?: value in this field is set at `Y, which should be retained.
Availing Nomination Facility?: system by default populates `N, which should be retained.
A/c Health Code: This is a mandatory field. Enter valid health code of the account. Press F2 to
select the valid health code by Shift+F4.
FOR TRANSFERRED ACCOUNTS
In case the account being opened is a transferred account, the following two fields must be filled:
Interest Amount: Calculate the interest to be charged in the account from the date of transfer of the
account from the previous branch till the account open date manually and enter that value in this field. At
the time of next interest run, the system will calculate interest in the account from the current date of
opening and add up the value entered in this field and debit the account accordingly.
Dr./Cr.: Enter `D if the type of interest to be charged in the account is Debit.

In case the details in the above two fields i.e. Interest Amount and Dr./ Cr. fields are not filled
during opening in Transferred Account, the transaction in respect of the transferred liability
(i.e. Outstanding Balance received from the Transferring Branch) be value dated and date from
which the interest is to be calculated / charged in the account, be entered in the `Value Date
field in menu option TM.
After entering appropriate values of `S- Scheme Details, Press `F4.

Delete S and enter V-MIS Details in the Option field.
Press F4 and enter the MIS Details.
`V-`MIS CODE MAINTENANCE

It is a mandatory option. Enter various codes for MIS purposes here. The facility of listing (F2) is available
for each of the fields and appropriate code may be selected by pressing Shift+F4.
After filling up the appropriate values of V-`MIS Code Maintenance, Press `F4.
Delete V and enter `H-`Limit History Details in the Option field.
Press F4 and enter the `H-Limit History Details.
Press F6 and enter score card ID generated from PNB Score SME package in free text 6 field, Limit is
renewed / fresh sanctioned.
`H- LIMIT HISTORY DETAILS
Applicable Date: The system by default populates the current date.

Limit Level interest: This field indicates whether the interest is to be charged at the limit level or
at the account level. The default value in this field is N which indicates that the interest will be
charged as per the Interest Rate Code assigned in the field Interest Rate Code in the `G-General
Account Details of the account opening.
Sanction Limit: Enter the value of limit sanctioned in the account.
Supercede?: This field indicates whether previous limits need to be superceded. For fresh accounts
this field is not applicable and N is populated by default, which should be retained.Valid values Y
or N.
Press F4 in the functional block and enter the appropriate values in the following fields:
Sanctioned Date: Enter the date of sanction of existing limit.
Expiry Date: Enter the date of expiry of the existing limit.
Penal Int. From: Enter the number of months from the limit
expiry date after which penal interest is to be charged.
Document Date: Enter the date of documentation in the account.
Review Date: Enter the account review date, if any. This date should be prior to limit
expiry date.
Security Description: Enter the description of the security available in the account.
Remarks: Enter appropriate remarks in the account, if any.
Sanction Level: Enter the valid sanction level code. (F2)
Sanction Authority: Enter the valid sanctioning authority code. (F2)
Sanction Ref.#: Enter the sanction reference number in this field.
Status: (Display only) The valid values are:
A Active, F Future, S Superceded, D Deleted, I Inactive.
Cust. Dr Pref Int: (Display only) The debit interest preferential at the customer level.
A/c Dr Pref Int: (Display only) The debit interest preferential at the account level.
Event: (Display) The name of the event is displayed here. The details are:
Sanction limit operation & Drawing Power Operation
Press F4. The system displays the Drawing Power Details screen.
Applicable Date: (Display only) default populated.
Sanction Limit: (Display only) default populated.
Drawing Power Indicator: The valid values applicable for drawing power are:
D Derived, E Equal, M Maintained, P Parent.

If the value in this field is set to D - Derived, the drawing power shall be derived from the Value of
Security assigned in SRM.
If value of this field is set to M Maintained then the Drawing Power for the account is to be
maintained separately for the account. Further absolute value of the drawing power has to be
entered in the `Drawing Power field.
If the value in the field is set to E Equal then the system will assign the amount of sanctioned limit
as drawing power for the account.
If the value in this field is set to P- Parent then the drawing power in the account shall be derived
from the Limit Node.
Drawing Power %: It is mandatory to enter this field only if the Drawing Power Indicator field is
set to P-Parent.
Limit ID: This field is mandatory only if the Drawing Power Indicator field is set to P-Parent.
Drawing Power: If the Drawing Power Indicator is set to M Enter the value of drawing power.
DACC Limit: Absolute/Percentage: The Drawings Against Clearing Credit Limit which is
sanctioned as a part of the main limit if any is to be entered in this field. If the sanctioned limit is
an absolute amount then enter the amount in the field Absolute and if the sanctioned limit is a
percentage of the main limit then enter the percentage in the Percentage field.
A/C Recalled: (Display only) Indicates if the amount is to be recalled. valid values Y or N .
After filling up the appropriate values of `H-`Limit History Details, press `F4.
Delete H and enter À-`Related Party Details in the Option field. Press F4.
À- RELATED PARTY DETAILS
This is an optional sub-option. If the account is a joint account or more than one person is associated
by way of guarantor or in any other form the details of such persons can be captured here.
This is a multi record screen. By default the first record will be of the person whos Customer-ID is
associated with the a/c being opened. For giving information of other persons, press down arrow
key.
The information on other persons can be given by way of creating another Customer ID or by just giving
the information in the relevant fields. This is a multi record screen.
After filling up all pages Press F4 to come to option block.
After filling up all details press F10 to commit. The system generates the account number, which should be
verified through menu option-ÒAACAU.
VERIFYING CC / OD ACCOUNT OPENING

To verify a new account use OAACAU- Function V.
Modification of the account details is also possible through this menu option
but, before verification of the account. For this, invoke the function-`M-Modify
in the function block instead of `V.
Give the temporary account number and Press F4.
Use F11 to visit all pages and Press F4 to come to the Option Block.
Visit all screens of G ,S ,V, and H details.
Press F4 to come to Option Block and Press F10 to commit.
ATTACHING SECURITY WITH AN ACCOUNT
After opening a Cash Credit / OD account, the next step is to attach security available in the account, both
primary as well as collateral. These securities can be attached to the account through menu option SRM-
SECURITY REGISTER MAINTENANCE.
Menu Option to be used is SRM Function-A. Give A for account (or N for Node) ,account number
(Limit Id in case of N)and press F4.
Give option A and press F4.Fill up all the relevant details and press F4.
If Insurance details have to be given give N here in remark column mention premium amount paid with
start date and end date & press F4. After filling up the details give S and press F4.

If charge details have to be filled up give C and press f4. After filling up the details give S and press
F4. Press F10 to commit.
TO VERIFY SRM RECORD
Menu option SRM ; Function V. Give A for account (or N for Node), a/c no. and press F4.
Verify the security, insurance and charge details and press F4.
Press F10 to commit.
PROCEDURE FOR FEEDING OF STOCK STATEMENT

- Charging of penal interest in case of delay/non-submission of stock statement.
When stock statement is received by the branch, user enter the stock statement under SRM menu option
entering date of receipt of stock statement under receive date field and due date as next due date (Stock
statement is valid till due date) Now, there may be four scenarios after first due date:
1. Stock statement has been received on or before the next due date as entered in the account.
2. Stock statement not received before due date but received before month end date (Interest date).
3. Stock statement not received after due date till month end date (Interest application date.
4. Stock statement received after long delay. (received after more than say two months).
1. (Ideal condition, no Penal interest is to be charged) Stock statement is received on or

before the Due Date :-
Stock statement is received on or before the due date, user is required to substitute the existing record
with feeding receive date as date when stock statement is received. On verification due date will be
replaced with next due date by the system as per frequency fed for the account, even if due date is not
changed by the user. eg:- on receipt of Stock statement, SRM record has to be fed with receive date and
due date. (Example If due date is 10-11-2013 and if stock is received on or before 10-11-2013, then
user is required to substitute the record with feeding receive date. In this case if the receive date is 09-
11-2013, after verification system will create new record and change due date as per frequency fed.)
Interest Impact :- system will not charge penal interest in such cases.
2. Stock statement is received after the Due Date and before month end date (Interest
application date) :-
Stock statement received after the due date. In such cases user is required to first modify the receive date
of current SRM record and feed receive date as date of stock statement is received and verify the same,
thereafter user is required to substitute the newly modified record. ( Example If due date is
10-11-2013 and if customer submits the stock statement on 20-11-2013, then user is required to modify
receive date of this record as 20-11-2013 and verify same and after it substitution of modified record must
be done.)
Interest Impact :- as submission of stock statement is delayed for the period of 10-11-2013 to 19-11-
2013, on modification as stated above system will charge stock interest for the period of 10-11-
2013 to 19-11-2013 on interest application for the month of November13.
3. When stock statement is not received after the Due Date till month end date :-
Stock statement not received after due date till month end date, In this case to charge stock interest, user is
required to make receive date as blank after due date and before month end date.
IMPORTANT: In case stock statement is received after making the receive date as null/blank before month
end date, user is required to fed the receive date through modification mode under SRM and substitute as
stated the process under step 2 above. If stock statement is nor received in the month then receive date
should remain blank. (Example - If due date is 10-11-2013, and if customer does not submits the stock
statement after due date, then user is required to modify this record and make the receive date null/blank)
Interest Impact:- as stock statement is not submitted even after 10-11-2013 and receive date is blank,
system will charge stock interest for the period of 10-11-2013 to 30-11-2013 on 30-11-2013. Again, If the
stock statement is not received for long time (several months) then further no modification is required to be
done (till next submission) and system will continue charge penal stock interest every month till the receive
date remains blank.
4. When stock statement is received after long time (several months) after the Due Date :-
Stock statement received after long time (several months), user has to feed receive date in existing record
(where receive date is blank) through modification mode under SRM and after verification of such record,
user is required to substitute record as many times till due date comes as next month date (same can be
checked after verification of substitution).
FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS IN CC / OD A/CS
After opening and verification of the account, the normal cash/ transfer transactions to the account are to be
entered through the menu option `TM and the clearing transactions are to be entered through the menu
option ÒCTM and ÌCTM. The procedure for entering / posting / verification of the transactions for this
type of accounts is same as that of any other account.
VALUE DATED TRANSACTIONS

A value dated transaction in Cash Credit/ Overdraft accounts can be created through the menu
option TM. In the `Value Date field, by default the current date is populated.
Change this date with the `Value Date on which this transaction is required to be posted in the
account.
The effect of putting Value Dated transaction in the account shall be:
It will recalculate the products since the `Value Date. In case the `Value Date is prior to Last
Interest Run Date, the system shall pass an Ìnterest Adjustment entry during next interest run
with value dating as `Last Interest Run Date.
In case adequate Effective Available Amount as on `Value Date is not available, during posting, the
system shall raise an exception Ìnsufficient Available Balance Excp Manager which can be
overridden by an authorised user having minimum work class of Manager and above or an Instant
TOD can be granted by that user.
MODIFICATIONS / INQUIRY IN CC/OD A/Cs
Once the account is opened and verified many activities may be required to be performed in the account.
Illustrative list of such activities can be :-->
Modification of Account Details before Account-Verification
Modification of Account Details after Account-Verification
Modification of Interest Details
Review/ Renewal/Enhancement/ Reduction of the limits
Granting Temporary Overdrafts (TOD) in the account
Sanction of Ad-hoc Limit
Allocation of Drawing Power as a Parent Branch
Maintaining the Account where Drawing Power is allocated by other Branches
Interest Calculation before Account Closure
Earmarking drawing power.
MODIFICATION OF ACCOUNT DETAILS AFTER ACCOUNT-VERIFICATION
For any modifications in the account except Limit and Interest Details, the menu option is ÀCM-
Customer Account Maintenance is to be invoked and `M- Modify is to be entered in the option
field. Following details can be modified:
General details with sub option 0

Related party details with sub option A
Scheme details with sub option S
MIS codes with sub option V
The fields appearing in the sub options 0, A, S and V are same as those appearing in the G, A,
S and V of the menu option OAAC respectively.
The verification of any modification is to be done using the same menu option i.e. ÀCM- Customer
Account Maintenance by some other user and function will be `V-Verify.
invoke the concerned sub options where modification/changes have been done and visit those
information before giving a final commit.
In order to know which information has been modified, invoke sub option D Audit inquiry.
The audit inquiry screen gives information on the tables, which are affected because of the
modifications done. An explode from that place will show all the relevant fields with old value and
new value.
On visiting the applicable sub option accept (F4) and F10 for verifying the modification.
Through ACM following sub options are available for inquiry:
Purge Details with sub option P
Limit history inquiry with sub option H
Account ledger inquiry with sub option G
Dependent account list with sub option 6
Asset classification inquiry with sub option Y
Interest detail inquiry with sub option ?
MODIFICATION OF INTEREST DETAILS
Invoke a menu ÌNTTM for modifying any of the interest related parameters including pegging and
preferential interest rates.
Enter `M-Modify in the function field and indicate the A/c number and accept to proceed further.
1) INTEREST TABLE CODE: Enter the appropriate Interest Table Code, in case any
modification in Interest Rate is required. Press F2 for appropriate codes.
2) CUSTOMER PREFERENTIAL INTT (Cr.) & A/C PREFERENTIAL INTT (Cr.) default
populated zero values be retained.
3) CUSTOMER PREFERENTIAL INTEREST (Dr.): If any Debit Preferential Rate of Interest is
allowed to a customer over or below the applicable rate of interest, at the Customer
(CUMM-È-`Currency Details) Level, the same differential is default populated here. The
values can be modified here which will be effective at the account level. In case a reduction
is to be allowed then the value should be preceded with a minus (-) sign.
4) ACCOUNT PREFERENTIAL INTEREST (Dr.) - In case any Debit Preferential Rate of
Interest is to be allowed at the account level, over or below the applicable rate for the
account, the differential is to be entered in this field. In case a reduction is to be allowed
then the value should be preceded with a minus (-) .
5) IS INTEREST PEGGED?: Valid values for this field are `Y or `N. If Interest Pegged Flag is
set to Y then, any changes in the subsequent versions of the Interest Table Code will not
have any impact on the interest calculation from the start date till the end date. Else `N
value should be assigned in this field.
6) START DATE: Enter the date from which the above mentioned interest rate shall be
applicable.
7) END DATE: Enter the date up to, which the above mentioned interest rate shall be
applicable.
Multiple interest rates with various start / end dates can also be entered to an account by
pressing down arrow key. The system will populate the next date in the field start date in
continuation to the end date entered in the earlier interest record.
After modifying the required information commit the record.

This modification requires verification through menu ÌNTTM function - `V-Verify.

HELP WINDOW FOR INTEREST TABLE CODES DURING A/C OPENING PROCESS FOR LOANS &
ADVANCES
For the convenience of branch users for selection of appropriate interest table code certain customization
has been done in interest Rate code field under OAAC menu option and now on pressing F2 on Int Table
code system will display all active interest table codes only.
The new help window consisting of interest table codes along with its description, interest table code help
flag, Present Base rate (if linked to Base Rate), Spread and net rate of interest (as on date) of interest table
codes will be displayed.
New column has been added in the help window i.e. help flag. This field is a identifier of segment of loan for
which all the interest table code belongs. eg: for education loan related interest table code help flag is ED
This Help flag should be entered in interest table code field before pressing F2. system will display all
interest table codes related to help flag on the top of the list and remaining interest table codes will be
listed thereafter. . Eg :- if branch user feeds ED in interest table code field then system will display first
interest table code related to ED (For Education loan) and then remaining all interest table.
User can select appropriate interest table code by pressing Shift + F4 and can assign in the account.
List of help flag for interest table codes is
S.No. Circular Interest table code structure for Retail Segment Help
Sl. No.
Loans Flag
1 1 Interest Table codes for Housing Finance to Individuals HL

including NRIs / Flexible Housing scheme / Existing Fin
Basket a/c
2 2 Interest table codes for Earnest Money Deposit Scheme EM
3 3 Interest Table codes for Personal Loan to Pensioners PP
4 4 Interest Table codes for Loan against mortgage of IM
Immovable Property
5 5 Interest Table Codes For Car Loan CA
6 6 Interest Table Codes For Two-wheeler Loans (PNB SARTHI) TW
7 7 Interest Table codes for Personal Loan PR
8 8 Interest Table codes for Education Loan ED
9 9 Interest Table codes for Advance against Jewelry & JW
Ornaments
10 10 Interest Table codes for PNB BAGHBAN (Reverse Mortgage BA
Scheme)
Interest table code structure for other then Retail segment Loans
1 1A Interest Table codes for Agricultural Advances AG
2 1B Interest Table codes for Micro & Small Enterprises Advances SM
(MSE) including Trading Advances covered under MSME Act
Interest Table codes for Trading Advances not covered
3 1C under MSME Act SM
4 1D Interest Table Codes for Doctors Loan DR
5 2 Interest Table Codes for Tractor Loans TR
6 3A Interest Table Codes for Financing under Capital Investment RG
Subsidy
7 3B Scheme for construction/ renovation/ expansion of rural RG
godowns Interest Table codes for Advances for construction
of Godowns as per FCI/CWC specifications
8 4A Interest Table Codes for Financing against pledge of WR
warehouse receipts issued by CWC having forward sale
contract with members/brokers of NMCE
9 4B Interest Table Codes for Schemes for financing against WR
pledge of warehouse receipts issued by Collateral Managers
10 5A & Intrest table codes for Advances to Food and agro-based FA
5b processing units i.e. Rice Sheller units /Cold Storage Units /
Seed Processing Units / Flour
Mills/ Oil Mills, and
(b) Advances to units engaged in Food and Agro processing
activities like manufacturing/processing of Pulses, Dal, Suzi,
Besan etc. & its allied activities provided that the advances
are covered under Priority Sector in terms of PS&LB Division
circular on Priority Sector Advances Classification &
Reporting issued from time to time)
11 6A Interest Table codes for Advances under Self Help Group SH
Scheme (SHGs)
12 6B Interst Table Codes for Scheme for financing Micro-Financing SH
Institutions (MFIs) for on-lending to individual members or
SHGs/JLGs
13 6C Interest Table Code for Scheme for Portfolio Buy Out of PB
microfinance Receivables /other receivables of MFIs / NBFCs
under direct agriculture
14 8 Interest Table Codes for Advances to Film Production / FL
Entertainment Industry
15 9A Interest Table codes for Advances to Commercial Real Estate CR
16 9B Interest Table Codes for Advance against future lease rentals CR
(CRE CATEGORY)
17 9C Interest Table Codes for Advance against future lease rentals CR
(Non-CRE category)
18 10 Interest Table Codes for Financing against assured future FR
receivables (PNB Cash Flow Discounting)
19 11A Interest Table Codes for Financing under Supply Chain SC
Scheme
20 11B Interest Table Codes for Financing dealer for purchase of VL
vehicles from RMCs
21 12 Interest Table Codes for Advances to other categories of OC

borrowers including NBFCs, Sugar units, Services Sector &
advances to medium &
large enterprises
22 14 Interest Table Codes for Transport Operators TO
23 16 Interest Table codes for Bank Premises BP
24 17 Interest Table Codes for Exposure to Capital Market CM
25 18 Interest Table Codes for DRI Advances DI
26 19 Interest Table Codes for Clean Advances CL
27 20 Interest Table Codes for Advance Against: ** GS
28 24 Interest Table Codes for Intermediary Agencies IA
29 25 Interest Table codes for Term Loans to Exporters EX
30 29 Interest Table codes for Advances to Members of Staff ST
31 Master Table base Interest code Risk rating base MT

AUTOMATION OF REDUCTION OF DRAWING POWR ON MONTHLY BASIS UNDER OVERDRAFT
SCHEMES - ODSAN
The monthly Drawing power to be reduced every month will be arrived on the basis of Sanction limit divided
by total number of months. The number of total months is taken from applicable date till expiry date entered
in latest active limit under H details (Limit History details) of the account.
As such DP can be checked through under noted formula:-
New DP = sanction limit (sanction limit * no of months completed) / Total number of

months.
The method to calculate the above terms i.e. sanction limit, no of months completed & Total months of limit
is as given below :-
1. Sanction limit :- System will check the latest active sanction limit.
2. Total number of months:- system will check the difference between applicable date and expiry date in
latest active limit and same will be taken as total number of months (remaining days will be treated as 1
month).
3. No. of months completed :- system will check the difference in months between system date (BOD date)
and applicable date of latest active sanction limit and difference in months will be taken as no. of
completed months.
This process will be run from Data Centre in the last week of every month and Drawing power of all the
eligible accounts will be reduced as stated above
RENEWAL / REVIEW / ENHANCEMENT / REDUCTION OF CC / OD LIMITS
Modification in sanctioned limit for an OD / CC account is required at the time of renewal/ review or
enhancement/reduction in sanction limit.
These changes be done through menu ACLHM- Account Limit History Maintenance.
The function block of this menu has the following fields:
FUNCTION: The valid functions:-- M (modify), I (inquire), V (verify), X (cancel), L (list).
For modification in the limit details, enter `M-Modify,
A/C NO.: Enter the Account Number.
OPERATION: This field has two operations
`S-Modifications to Sanction Limit and
`D-Modification to Drawing Power Details.
Indicate `S to modify the Sanction Limit and Press F4
The system shows the existing sanctioned limits available for the account.
Select the required limit by using the arrow Key. The cursor moves to Òption field,
Enter `M-modify in the Òption field and press F4.
The system displays the `Sanction Limit Details screen with applicable date and previous / existing
sanction limit.
Make the required modifications in the following two fields:
Applicable Date: Enter date from which the modified limit shall be applicable.
Sanction Limit: Enter the values of the modified limit.
Limit Level Interest?: default value as `N be retained.
Supercede?: Except under òption- A (Add) and C (Copy), this field is not accessible under rest of the
options and value will always be `Y. The effect of this field is that after commit, the previous limit gets
superceded by the modified limit. Press F4.
The following fields are available for modifications:
Sanction Date: Enter the date of sanction of the modified limit.
Expiry Date: Enter the date of expiry of the modified limit.
Penal Int. From: Enter the number of months/ days after the limit expiry date so that the system
should start charging penal interest in the account after this period.
Document Date: Enter the date of documentation.
Review Date: This date should be lesser than the `Limit Expiry Date. In case of `Review, enter the
next date of review.
Security Description: It is a free text field. Enter the security description in the account.
Remarks: It is a free text field. Enter the appropriate remarks.
Sanction Level: Assign the appropriate sanction level code from the list available in this field.
Sanction Auth: Assign the appropriate sanctioning authority code from the list available in this field.
Sanction ref#: Enter 7 Digit PF number of recommending & sanctioning auth.
Press F4 to accept and F10 to commit the modification.
This modification requires verification by another user through menu option-ACLHMAU.
In case of Ènhancement, before invoking the menu option ACLHM, modify the Maximum Allowed
Limit field in `S-Scheme Details of the account through menu option ACM with the enhanced value of
the limit sanctioned. Get this modification verified through menu option ACM.
HANDLING SUBSIDY LINKED THROUGH RUNNING ACCOUNT
In CC and OD accounts separate limits can be assigned to the account based on the rate of interest in a
single account. The user feeds the limit details under H details for limit sanctioned to the customer. In this
case two separate limits to be fed. For example, if a borrower has been sanctioned Rs.100000/- limit where
Rs.10000/- subsidy is available, the following steps have to be taken:
STEP -1
Ist Limit equivalent to subsidy ( in this case Rs.10000/-) : While opening the account through OAAC, limit
has to fed under H details keeping Limit level int =Y, Supercede = N and sanctioned amount equival to
the subsidy available for the account. The normal Int. Rate has to be kept as 0.00.
STEP 2
After opening of the account through OAAC and verification through OAACAU, another limit equal to (Total
sanction limit minus amount of subsidy) is to be assigned keeping Supercede = N and limit level int =N
through ACLHM. User to add second limit by giving A (add) under option block.
On enquiry system will show 2 active limits. System will apply interest @0.00% on the first limit i.e. on
Rs.10000/- and for balance limit interest will be charged at the rate applicable as per data fed under G
details of the account or through INTTM.
NOTE: After crediting the subsidy amount to main account, limit has to be modified through ACLHM, limit
amount has to be kept net of subsidy amount and Supercede =Y and limit level interest as N in order to
nullify the effect of subsidy and to charge interest on the whole limit.
CLOSURE OF CASH CREDIT / OVERDRAFT ACCOUNT
Before executing the account closure procedure the following steps must be followed:
Execute menu option ÀCM- Customer Account Maintenance enter M Modify in the
function block and enter the Account Number in the next field. Then enter 0 General Account
Details in the option field accept and go to next screen using F6. Modify the field Pay Interest?
from Y to N. Get the modification verified.
Ensure that all securities attached to the account are deleted through SRM and SRM is verified.
Ensure that no standing instructions are outstanding where the Cash Credit/ Overdraft account is
mentioned.
Ensure that there are no pending transactions for the account in entered status for the account.
Ensure that the Cheque Books issued in the account, have been destroyed.

Invoke menu option CACC-Closure of Account Charge Collection. In the Function field, enter
`Z-Account Closure, specify the Account Number and in the Àctual/ Trial field enter À-Actual and
press `F4.
The system displays the `Details of Charges to be Collected in the account. Press F10 to commit the
Charge Collection during Account Closure.
Verify this charge collection process -- menu option CACCAU Function: `V-Verify.
On verification, the system creates transaction to debit the charges into the account and post the
same in the account.
Transaction ID should be noted and post and verify the same menu option - TM.
Invoke menu option CAAC Close An Account, -- Z,
Enter the account number in the next field and accept. The system will force to run interest
application while the cursor will be in the field RUN INT. CALC. NOW.
The default value Y shall be populated in this field. The system will also show certain important
information on the account viz. Customer Id, A/c Opened Date, Account Balance, Lien Amount, Last
Interest Date, Pending transactions, Pending Standing Instructions Transactions etc.
On pressing F4 the system calculates the up-to-date interest and creates transaction for interest
debit and posts the same in the account under closure. The interest entry shall be in the entered
state if any exceptions are encountered.
Press F3, print the interest application report through menu option PR and post and verify the
interest transaction if it is in entered status through menu option TM.
After the interest is applied to the account through menu option CAAC, the system will show the
exact liability in the account on the day of closure as soon as the interest transaction is posted and
verified.
The account should be credited by the debit balance amount through menu option TM and the
transaction should be posted and verified.
When the account balance is zero, once again invoke menu option CAAC, enter Account Number
and press F4 ensure that the field RUN INT. CALC. NOW is default populated as N and the field is
protected. The system displays a message at the bottom of the screen that the interest calculation is
up-to-date. After ensuring this, accept and commit account closure.
VERIFICATION OF CLOSURE OF THE CASH CREDIT/ OVERDRAFT ACCOUNT
The account closure is to be verified by a supervisory user through CAACAU,

The verifier has to enter V Verify in the function field. Enter account number in this field. On
pressing F4 the system will display the information as detailed above.
Accept the details and commit to verify the account closure process.
TERM LOAN / DEMAND LOAN A/CS
The Scheme type for Loan Accounts is LAA

Loans can be broadly classified as EMI & non-EMI loans.
All loan transactions are linked to different types of flows.
The nature of flow can be E Equated installment, C-Collection, D-Demand, P-Disbursement, and
T-Transfer.
If it is a demand flow, then the demand type can B-Bank charges, I-Interest, O-Other charges, P-
Principal.
For collection flows, adjustment can be in chronological order of demands raised or user defined
offset sequence of demands.
Interest liability can be maintained either in Loan account or in Loan Interest Office account.
Similarly credits can be accepted to a common office account (Loan Payment a/c), and allow the
system to apportion the recovery between various demands.
After demands being raised, lien can be placed on operative account (LALIEN).
Similarly recovery of demands can also be automated. During demand satisfaction, the lien, if
placed earlier, with be removed (LADSP)
Reversal of wrongly created transactions is possible.

Re-phasement of non-EMI loans can be done through ACM option. For EMI loans the rephasement
is done through REPHASEI option.
Classification of a loans according to the borrowers ability to service the loan is possible.
Various reports available to inquire on the position of account (Total recoveries made, Total
Overdue position, Sector wise classification, etc) (LAOPI / LAPOSR / LAGI)
Loan account history regarding correspondence can be maintained through LAFHM.
Interest calculation on loans through the option ACINT.
TERM LOAN / DEMAND LOAN - OPENING OF ACCOUNT
The menu option is OAAC. Verification of the account should be done using menu OAACAU.
GENERAL DETAILS SUB OPTION G ( 3 SCREENS ) - MANDATORY
Mode of operation: This is MANDATORY & only an information field. This is displayed in TM Screen.
Based on the value set up here and displayed during Transactions in TM.
Account Mgr: This is the user ID created using UPM menu. If any value is mentioned here, it means
that this account is looked after by that particular person. Many operations can be done based on
this value like interest calculation, statement printing, inquiries etc.
Customer preferential interest rates both debit and credit would be default populated if it is
mentioned at customer level and the parameter is set at scheme for default population. The values
can be over-ridden.
Account Preferential is another field through which special rates of interest can be specified to the
account.
Interest credit flag, Interest debit flag, Interest debit account, Interest credit account are not
applicable in this case
Interest table code is a mandatory field and must be changed from ZERO to applicable rate code.
If the interest rate is fixed during the entire tenor of the account then value should be set as Y for
the field Account pegged?
If the value is set as Y for the above field, then enter value for the fields Pegging review date
and Pegging Frequency(Months/Days)
Tax details are not applicable for Loan Accounts.
SCHEME DETAILS SUB OPTION S (2 SCREENS ) - MANDATORY
Loan amount is the amount of loan sanctioned. The system validates whether the amount indicated
here is within the range mentioned at product level. Else an exception would be raised.
Loan period is the tenor of the loan. The system validates for this value also based on the scheme
level set up and appropriate exception would be raised.
If the value is set as Y for the field Hold In Oper A/c For Amount Due? then lien on the operative
account to the extent of demand in the loan account can be marked by LALIEN menu.
Value set for the field Repayment Method will decide how repayment will be made. If the value is
set as E, then system recovers what is available in the operative account. If the value is T
system creates a TOD and recovers the entire dues from the operative account. If the value is N
then no recovery would be done. If the value is set to either P Post dated cheques or D
Electronic clearing, then get a report on such accounts and all further processes is procedural.
If the value is set as Y for field Transfer in A/c, then enter additional information in sub option
U un-computerized details.
Fields on the 2nd Screen relate to various information relating to the account with regard to
Refinance, Subsidy etc. No validations are done based on any of those fields.
In order to handle subsidy based Term/Demand Loan Accounts where interest rates are slab-wise a new
field Int. Rate based on Loan Amount Y/N has been added in the Scheme Details of the OAAC menu
option. The valid values are:

Y Interest rate based on loan amount sanctioned
N Interest rate based on balance outstanding
The value once set cannot be modified throughout the tenor of the loan,
Applicable for the new accounts to be opened in the new version only
A combination of the value set in this field as Y and the LVSM slab based code will result in the desired
functionality
MIS CODES SUB OPTON V - MANDATORY

Enter various codes for generation of accurate MIS here, by listing F2 in each field.
Press F6 and enter
(i) PNB Score Card ID in Free Text 1 if Retail Loan

(ii) PNB SME Score Card ID in Free text 6 field.
INTEREST DETAILS SUB OPTION I MANDATORY
The system by default populate most of the values based on the set up done at scheme level. Which can be
overridden.
Intt. Demand Effective Date should be entered in case of such Loan Accounts, where Intt. Becomes
due after a particular period, e.g. Staff Loans on Simple Intt., Education Loan etc.
Once the account is opened, then all these information will be the property of the account and
system will not look into the scheme level any further for future processing on the account.
REPAYMENT SCHEDULE SUB OPTON E - MANDATORY

Flow ID field can have value which is of Equated installment demand, Principal demand or Interest
demand type. These flow IDs are created using flow code maintenance.
If the account is opened under equated installment scheme then the system default populates the
flow id based on the set up done at scheme level.
If it is equated installment, system populates the EI amount based on the number of installments
indicated which can be over ridden. An exception is also associated with this for doing necessary
validations.
Start date of the installment should always be greater than the account open date
Enter the number of installments to arrive at the installment amount.
Depending upon the parameter set at product level, enter the values for the field number of
installments, and amount.
In modify mode, then the original repayment schedule can be modified. The system does a
validations if the number of installments and the tenor of the loan does not match and an exception
would be raised.
FEATURES
There are two systems prevailing in the banking sector for calculation of interest on EI (Equated
Instalments) based loan accounts:
1) EI in Arrears The interest for holiday period (moratorium period) is calculated and capitalised on
the day of repayment start date and the EI is calculated accordingly. In other words, first
instalment also include the portion of capitalised interest.
2) EI in Advance The interest for holiday period (moratorium period) is calculated and demand is
raised from the 2nd instalment onwards. The first instalment is raised only for the principle.
In our bank, the system of EI in Arrears is prevailing. The same is set at product level by Data Centre in
respective GSPM. Now the system will correctly calculate the demand as it will automatically rephase the
account at the end of holiday period.
In case of EI based Loan accounts, the Equated instalment raised by the system is a combination of
Principal and Interest amounts.
In the existing version it has been observed that the system is raising Principal Demand on a
different date and Interest Demand on a different date.
In order to synchronise the raising of demands for Principal and Interest two new fields Int Dmd
Date and Int Freq have been added.
The new fields of the E - Repayment Schedule Details of the menu option OAAC/ACM have
following functions :
Int Dmd Date: This field refers to the Interest Demand Date where the date from which interest
demand is to be raised by the system. In case of EI based loan accounts, the interest demands are
to be raised along with the principal demand hence, the date of Principal & Interest Demand should
be the same. In case of gestation period for commencement of repayment, following procedure be
adopted:
i) Enter the actual date from which the instalment repayment is to be commenced in the field
Flow Start Date.
ii) Enter the month end date of the month in which account is being opened in the field Int
Dmd Date and
iii) Enter the actual date of commencement of repayment in the field Interest Demand
Effective Date in the I Interest Details of the menu option OAAC. (same date as given in
Flow Start Date)
iv) Int Freq: The frequency entered in this field should be same as the frequency entered
against the field Flow Start Date.
DISBURSEMENT DETAILS SUB OPTION D - OPTIONAL
A disbursement schedule can be defined and the disbursement can be monitored . The system validates
whenever a disbursement is made whether it is as per the disbursement schedule or not and appropriate
exception would be raised if set up is done. In absence of such schedule, disbursements may be made in as
many installments as required.
MESSAGE MAINTENANCE SUB OPTION M - OPTIONAL
As a part of account opening, information can be noted, with regard to the account in the form of messages.
These messages can be in the form of free text or through a coded mode. messages can be entered without
the help of codes also.
UNCOMPUTERISED DETAILS SUB OPTION U MANDATORY FOR TRANSFER-IN ACCOUNTS
This information is required only if the value for the field Transfer in A/c? is Y.
This information is stored till the account is verified and transactions are put through to the account
and demands are uploaded to the system.
Normally these information are captured in case of accounts which are transferred from another
branch or when migration is done from one application to another application or from the manual
system to computerised system.
Enter all the relevant data during account opening itself as no further modification is possible once
the account is opened.
SOME IMPORTANT FIELDS :
XFER EFFECTIVE DATE:

Enter the date from which the account opened in `Transfer-In' mode should be made effective.
This can be either the current date or any future date, by which all the details of the account
are entered into the system and the account opening procedure is completed.
In case any of the process of account opening in `Transfer-In' mode is not completed by the
date entered in this field, the system will not allow any operations in the account.
LIABILITY AS ON XFER EFFECTIVE DATE:
Enter the Principal Liability Outstanding as on the date of transfer in this field i.e. the balance
outstanding in Principal A/c.
DISBURSEMENT IN PREV. SCHDLS:
Enter `0.00' in this field and if any other values are entered in this field then this will lead to wrong
processing of the account opening and the system may not allow entry of any transactions into the account.
SUM OF PRINCIPAL DEMAND RAISED:

Enter `0.00' in this field and if any other values are entered in this field then this will lead to wrong
processing of the account opening and the system may not raise appropriate demands in the account.
CUMULATIVE NORMAL INTEREST:

Enter the Cumulative Normal Interest Liability outstanding as on the date of transfer i.e. the interest
outstanding in the simple interest accounts in this field. If there is no interest amount outstanding in
the account then, '0.00' should be entered in this field.
CUMULATIVE PENAL INTEREST:

Enter the Cumulative Penal Interest Liability outstanding as on the date of transfer i.e. the penal interest
charged to the account if any, in this field. If there is no penal interest amount is debited to the account
then, `0.00 should be entered in this field.
CUMULATIVE ADDNL. INTEREST:

As we do not charge any Additional Interest for Term Loan accounts, this field should be entered with the
value `0.00'.
TRANSFER IN INTEREST AMOUNT:

This field is default populated with `0.00', which should not be altered.
LAST INTEREST POSTED DATE:

Ensure to enter the date up to which interest has been charged to the account.
This date is very important, as the system shall henceforth calculate the interest in the account
from this date onwards.
In case of an account where no Interest is applied till the date of transfer of the account then
the account opened date should be entered in this field.
REPAYMENT SCHEDULE DATE:

Ensure to enter the Original Account Opening Date as specified in the field À/c Open Date' under
the `G'- General Details above.
Any variation in the dates entered in the fields, À/c Open Date' under the option the `G'-
General Details and `Repayment Schedule Date' under the option Ù'- Uncomputerised Details, will
result in transactions not being allowed to be entered into the account.
LIMIT HISTORY DETAILS SUB OPTION H - MANDATORY

The details of the limits sanctioned and the drawing power are entered by this sub option. There are two
different screens to capture the details.
System by default populates the loan amount as sanctioned limit.
The other two fields in the function block are not applicable for this scheme type.
Interest details are not applicable for this scheme type
Penal interest can be from the date of expiry or beyond the expiry date. A date which is earlier to
expiry date can not be entered.
Press `F4, enter the appropriate values in the following fields:
1) Sanctioned Date
2) Expiry Date :Loan Repayment Period + Gestation Period, if any.
3) Document Date.

4) Security Description
5) Sanction Level
6) Sanction Authority
7) Sanction Ref
8) Status
After entering the above information, press `F4. The system opens up the Drawing Power Details
screen. The values in the Applicable Date field are default populated and Sanction Limit is displayed.
The cursor is positioned in drawing power indicator field.
The valid values applicable in Drawing Power Indicator field are:
D Derived, E Equal, M Maintained, P Parent Limit node.
Assign È-Èqual to Sanctioned Limit in this field for opening Term / Demand Loan accounts.
It is mandatory to enter field of drawing power % only if the Drawing Power Indicator field is set to
P-Parent.
It is mandatory to enter field of limit ID only if the Drawing Power Indicator field is set to P-
Parent.
1) The value of drawing power of the account. The value entered in the Sanction Limit field
is displayed if the Drawing Power Indicator field is set to E-Equal.
2) If the account has been recalled enter valid value as Y otherwise N.
DISBURSEMENT DETAILS SUB OPTION 3 - OPTIONAL
Loan can be disbursed entirely or a part of the amount during account opening process.
However, margin cannot be collected from the borrower through this sub-option.
If the transaction type is cash , credit a/c number should not be entered ,
if the transaction type is Transfer, then the user has to enter the account number to which the credit
should be made.
On F4 system shows sub option block from where F10 can be pressed.
Verification of the account opening will create the necessary transaction.
Once all the relevant data is entered commit from the option block. The system gives the account number,
which has to be noted for verification. In addition, SRM record is to be created and verified for every TL/DL
Account.
OPENING OF LOAN ACCOUNTS IN TRANSFER-IN MODE
STAFF HOUSING LOAN A/CS AND STAFF VEHICLE LOAN A/CS.
In Finacle separate accounts are to be opened for the different limits carrying different
rates of interest i.e., in case of Housing Loans, three accounts are to be opened in the
following manner:
i. Housing Loan account bearing interest at 5% simple interest p.a.
ii. Housing Loan account bearing interest at 11% simple interest p.a.
iii. Housing Loan account bearing interest at PLR compound interest it may be clarified
here that this account with interest at PLR is already migrated into Finacle. In case this is
not migrated then, this account is also required to be opened manually.
Similarly for Vehicle Loan accounts to staff members are also to be opened separately for various limits
carrying different/zero interest rates.
However, in case the entire principle amount is repaid then a single account is to be opened for the
amount of Interest outstanding in the account.
TERM LOAN ACCOUNTS WHERE INTEREST AMOUNT DETAILS ARE NOT AVAILABLE
If the individual interest amounts could not be procured or not available, then it is suggested that entire
outstanding interest amount may be migrated to new account opened in Finacle carrying lower interest rate
(say 5% pa). This method is suggested in view of the fact that the repayment of the loan account carrying
interest at lower rate will commence after the adjustment of the principle in the account carrying higher rate
of interest (say 11% pa) and after adjustment of entire principle amount, the recovery of interest will
commence.

TERM LOAN ACCOUNTS WHERE INTEREST AMOUNT DETAILS ARE AVAILABLE
In case different interest accounts are maintained for different loan accounts or if the details of individual
interest amounts are available, then the individual Interest transactions may be entered into the respective
loan accounts. It may be noted that in Finacle, the interest amounts will be accounted for in the individual
accounts i.e., the interest applicable to the loan account at 5% will be accounted for in the loan account at
5% and in the loan account at 11% will be accounted for in 11% account itself.
IMPORTANT POINTS WHERE PRINCIPLE AND INTEREST AMOUNTS ARE OUTSTANDING - MENU
OPTION - OAAC:
While opening these types of loan accounts in transfer-in mode, it must be ensured that in the G -
Details of OAAC in the field A/c Open Date enter the Original Account Opening Date.
In the S- Details of OAAC in the field Transfer in? delete N and enter Y and enter the other
relevant information in the required fields.
Then the date from which the interest repayment is to be commenced is to be invariably entered in the
I Details of OAAC in the field Interest Demand Effective Date.
The amount of balance outstanding in the account should be entered in U Details of OAAC - in the
field - Balance as on the Transfer Effective Date.
The amount of interest charged to the account is required to be entered in the field Normal Interest.
If any penal interest is charged to the account, then the split up may be given in the fields Normal
Interest and Penal Interest.
Also enter the other fields with appropriate values. It may be ensured that in the field Scheduled
Repayment Date Original Account Opening Date is entered.
In the E Details of OAAC two Repayment Schedules are to be entered as under:
1) First repayment schedule for the Principle amount with the Flow Id as PRDEM. In the field
start date enter the date from which the repayment of principle is to be commenced and in
the field No. enter the number of installments in which the repayment of principle is to be
made. Enter the frequency in the next field and then enter the installment amount in the
field Amount. Then press Down Arrow Key for entering the interest repayment details.
2) This repayment schedule for Interest amount, is to be entered with the Flow Id INDEM.
The Start Date is automatically populated by the system for commencement of repayment
of interest, which should be checked for its correctness. In the field No. enter the number
of installments in which the repayment of Interest is to be made. Enter the frequency in
next field and then enter the installment amount in the field Amount. Installment amount
for Interest repayment should be segregated proportionately for different interest rates.
ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE FOR THE A/Cs WHERE INTEREST AND PRINCIPLE ARE
OUTSTANDING:
After opening the loan account in transfer-in mode and after getting the account verified, the
following transactions are to be entered through menu option TM:
i. Dr. Term Loan account -
with the amount of Principle + Interest charged to the account till last interest run date. In
the field Value Date enter the Original Date of Disbursement or the Original Account
Opening Date. In the Additional details, enter the Flow Id as DISBT and the Demand
Date as the Original Principle Repayment Commencement Date.
Cr. Upload /sundry account- with the above amount.
ii. Post and verify the transactions.
iii. Run the command LAUPLDMD for uploading the demands.
iv. Dr. Upload / suspense account with the amount of recoveries made in the account
Cr. Term Loan account
with the amount of recoveries made in the account giving the Flow Id
as TRCOL in the additional details and also delete N from the
field Last Part-tran and enter Y.
v. Post and verify the transactions.
IMPORTANT POINTS WHILE OPENING THE A/Cs WHERE PRINCIPLE IS REPAID AND INTEREST
AMOUNT IS OUTSTANDING - MENU OPTION - OAAC:
While opening these types of loan accounts in transfer-in mode, it must be ensured that in the G -
Details of OAAC in the field A/c Open Date enter the Original Account Opening Date.
In the S- Details of OAAC in the field Transfer in? delete N and enter Y and enter the other
relevant information in the required fields.
Then the date from which the interest repayment is to be commenced is to be invariably entered in
the I Details of OAAC in the field Interest Demand Effective Date.
The amount of balance outstanding (i.e. Interest amount) in the account should be entered in U
Details of OAAC - in the field - Balance as on the Transfer Effective Date.
The amount of interest charged to the account is required to be entered in the field Normal
Interest. If any penal interest is charged to the account, then the split up may be given in the fields
Normal Interest and Penal Interest.
Also enter the other fields with appropriate values. It may be ensured that in the field Scheduled
Repayment Date Original Account Opening Date is entered.
In the E Details of OAAC two Repayment Schedules are to be entered as under:
1) First repayment schedule for the Principle amount (which is already repaid) with the Flow Id
as PRDEM. In the field start date enter the date from which the repayment of principle was
commenced and in the field No. enter the number of installments in which the repayment
of principle was made. Enter the frequency in the next field and then enter the installment
amount in which the repayment was made in the field Amount. The press Down Arrow
Key for entering the interest repayment details.
2) This repayment schedule for Interest amount is to be entered with the Flow Id INDEM. The
Start Date is automatically populated by the system for commencement of repayment of
interest, which should be checked for its correctness. In the field No. enter the number of
installments in which the repayment of Interest is to be made. Enter the frequency in the
next field and then enter the installment amount in the field Amount.
ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE FOR THE ACCOUNTS WHERE INTEREST AMOUNT IS OUTSTANDING:

After opening the loan account in transfer-in mode and after getting the account verified, the following
transactions are to be entered through menu option TM:
i. Dr. Term Loan account -
with the amount of Limit + Interest charged to the account till last interest run date. In
the field Value Date enter the Original Date of Disbursement or the Original Account
Opening Date. In the Additional details, enter the Flow Id as DISBT and the
Demand Date as the Original Principle Repayment Commencement Date.
Cr. Upload account- with the amount as above.
ii. Post and verify the transactions.
iii. Run the command LAUPLDMD for uploading the demands.
iv. Dr. Upload account with the amount of Limit + recoveries made (if any) in the
account
Cr. Term Loan a/c - with the amount of Limit + recoveries made in the
account giving the Flow Id as TRCOL in the additional details and
also delete N from the field Last Part-tran and enter Y.
v. Post and verify the transactions.
MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACCOUNTS
The Flow-Id during the account maintenance period for these accounts should be COLEC
The credit transactions for these accounts should be first posted into the account carrying higher
rate of interest.
When the principle amount in the loan account carrying higher rate of interest is adjusted, the
credits should then be posted to the loan account carrying lower rate of interest.
This aspect can be checked through the menu option TM Additional Details while entering the
transaction itself, where the system shows the details of appropriation of the transaction amount
i.e., whether the amount is adjusted to principle demand (PRDEM) or interest demand (INDEM) etc.
If it is noticed that the system is adjusting the amount to interest demand (INDEM), before posting
the transaction check if any other loan account carrying lower interest rate is outstanding in the
borrower employees name. If any such account is outstanding then, post the transaction into that
account.
On complete adjustment of principle outstanding, enter the credit transactions into both the loan
accounts carrying lower and higher rates of interest simultaneously by dividing them proportionately
as explained above (in E Details).
FINANCIAL TRANSACTIONS IN TERM / DEMAND LOAN ACCOUNTS

After opening and verification of the account, the transactions to the account are to be entered
through the menu option `TM Transaction Maintenance.
On entering the required information in the menu option TM, the system populates a second screen
where additional details such as Flow-Id is required to be entered. The following fields form part
of the additional details for Term/Demand Loan account transactions:
i) The Term/Demand Loan account number for which transaction is being done is displayed in
Loan Account Id field.
ii) The number of repayment schedule that is currently active for the account is displayed.
iii) The overflow amount if any for the account is shown in Overflow Account field. The
overflow amount is the collection (recovery) received over and above the total demands
raised in the account till date or the advance recovery if any in the account.
iv) FLOW ID is a Mandatory Field. All the transactions in Term/Demand Loan accounts should
be associated with a flow id. Select correct flow-id for the transaction being posted.
VALUE DATED TRANSACTION
If a value-dated transaction is put to a Term/Demand Loan account, the system will check if the
value date is later than the date on which the currently active repayment schedule is specified to the
account.
If the value date is such that other demands and collections have already been posted after value
date, the entire history of demands and collections is reworked and the database updated by the
system to reflect the correct picture, which can be viewed by invoking the menu option LAOPI.
The system will also re-calculate the interest in the account during the next interest run date and
adjust the excess/less amount of interest if any charged to the account.
The information regarding the adjustment of such interest can be taken from the interest application
report generated by the system on the interest application date, which is available in the PR menu
option of the person invoking the interest application process.
CLEARING TRANSACTIONS IN TERM/DEMAND LOAN ACCOUNTS
All the clearing transactions in the Term/Demand Loan accounts should be routed through Sundries
General Account. Any direct credit of a clearing transaction to a Term / Demand Loan account and
subsequent returning of the cheque will lead to incorrect overdue position in the account.
REVERSAL OF TRANSACTIONS IN TERM / DEMAND LOAN A/Cs
First step:
Note down following details from the TM to be reversed:

1) Transaction Number
2) Part Tran Serial number
3) Amount of Transaction
4) Flow ID through A details
5) Value date
Second Step:
Invoke the menu option TM and enter A Add in the Function field.
Enter the Type/Sub Type field as T/BI or T/CI for Bank induced or Customer induced respectively
and <accept>.
Then enter the account number in which the transaction is to be reversed in the field A/c No and
enter the amount of transaction, which is to be reversed in the field Amount.
In the field type of part transaction enter D Debit if the credit entry is to be reversed or enter C
Credit if the debit transaction is to be reversed.
Thereafter enter appropriate particulars in the Particulars field and then enter the field Value Date
field with the original transaction date and accept.
The system will force the user to enter the Additional Details.
In the Additional Details the field flow id should be same as of original Transaction which is going
to be reversed.
The system identifies a transaction, as a reversal transaction whenever a debit or credit
transaction is entered with same flow id as of original transaction and the transaction is
value dated with that of the original transaction.
The value in the field REVERSAL FLAG should automatically be changed to Y.
Then the tran id of transaction to be reversed is to be entered in the REVERSAL TRAN ID
field.
This field consists of three parts, the first is reversal tran id i.e. the original tran id that
is being reversed, and the second is the reversal part tran serial number and the third
part is the date of original transaction.
This field can be entered only if the Reversal Flag field is set to Y. The option of <list>
is available for the transaction id and Explode is available for the reversal date.
On entering the required information accept and commit the transaction and get the transaction
verified.
The system will identify this transaction as a reversal transaction and the effective interest amount
debited to the account will be adjusted by the system whenever the interest is run in the account.
Similarly, the demands/ collections also get adjusted accordingly.
LOAN DISBURSEMENT
In Loan accounts, disbursement can be made either through menu option TM.
In case disbursement is made through `LADISB, the system automatically creates the transaction in
the account, posts it and verifies it. Hence, no verification is required.
Subsequent and multiple disbursements can also be handled through this menu option.
The fields required to be entered in the menu option LADISB are as under:
FUNCTION: Enter the function code as D Disbursement.
A/C NUMBER: Enter the account number in which the disbursement is to be made.
VALUE DATE: Enter the value date for the disbursement being made in the account.
Then <accept> to go the next block. The system will display the information regarding Loan
Amount, Loan Period, Loan Amount Disbursed and Amount Available for Disbursement in the
account.
TRAN TYPE: Enter the type of transaction. Valid values are C Cash and T Transfer.
DISBURSEMENT AMOUNT: The amount to be disbursed during the process of
account opening is to be entered in this field.
CREDIT A/C NO. : The account to which disbursement is to be credited.

CRMS CREDIT RATING MANAGEMENT
There was no provision to capture External Credit Risk Rating details in CBS. In order to capture External
Credit Risk Rating, a menu option CRMS has been customized. This provides capturing of data at four
level i.e. customer level, Account level, Guarantor level and security level. User has to enter the following
input under Rating for field for selecting the level for which data is to be capture:
1. CU - Customer
2. AC Account
3. GU Guarantor
4. SC - Security
User has to capture the external credit risk rating for each level, wherever applicable under the following
fields available under CRMS menu option:
1. Rating type : Valid values are DLTR/DSTR/FR
a. DLTR - Domestic long term rating

b. DSTR - Domestic short term rating
c. FR - Foreign rating
2. Rating Agency : This is a code based field and all the valid values will be
displayed on F2 help key.
3. Rate code : This is a code based field and all the valid vales will be
displayed on F2 help key based on Rating Type and Rating Agency
4. Rate Desc : Rate description will be displayed automatically on selection of Rate code.
5. Date of Rating: Date field. Actual date of Rating has to be fed.
6. Expiry of Rating Date field. Expiry date of rating has to be fed.
For capturing of data for Customer (level CU), Customer Id of the customer has to be fed thereafter
Customer name will be displayed by the system. For feeding of external credit risk rating for an account
(level AC) or security attached with the account (level SC) has to be fed under Rating for field and
aforesaid six fields has to be captured.
For capturing of data for Guarantor (level GU), where guarantor having external rating, guarantee type
has to be selected. The guarantee type is a code based field and all the code available under Guarantee
cover code (under V details for fund based facilities) and Guarantor Type (under NFDET menu for Non-
fund based facilities) are displayed. System will allow capturing if the code selected under Guarantee Type
field has already been assigned under Guarantee cover code for fund based facilities or under Guarantee
type field in menu option NFDET for Non-fund facilities.
Menu option CRMS
There can be following 5 valid Function Codes
A Add
I - Inquire
M Modify
D - Delete
V - Verify
A Add (For type CU)

Here user has to input required data for a customer; help is available on F4 key press
Valid Data Fields are as under:
Field Inputs
Rate for CU- Customer/AC- Account/GU-Guarantor/SC-Security
cust_id to be filled for "Rate For" CU , may be filled for GU ( To be left
blank for AC/SC)
Borrower Name Auto Populated
Account Number to be filled for AC/SC, may be filled for GU (to be left blank for
"Rate For" CU)
Sol_id Auto Populated
Guarantor Type To be left in case of Rate for "GU", to be selected from drop down list on
blank for F2
CU/AC/SC
Gurr_cust_id-Y/N in case of Rate for "GU", to set as "Y" if Guarantor Customer

details to be filled
Gurr_cust_id in case of Rate for "GU", and Gurr_cust_id (Y/N) is "Y" then
Guarantor Customer Id to be filled (Optional)
Guarantor Name Auto Populated
Rtype Rate Type :- DLTR-Domestic Long Term, DSTR- Domestic

Short Term, FR- Foreign
Rating Agency To be selected from drop down list on F2 (example
CARE,CRISIL,ICRA etc)
Rate Code To be selected from drop down list on F2
Rate Desc Auto Populated
Date of rating Date of Rating to be filled
Expiry of rating Expiry date of the rating to be filled.
Guarantee Amt To be left In case of Rate for "GU" , Guarantee Amount is mandatory
blank for
CU/AC/SC
Guarantee Bank In case of Rate for "GU" , to be filled where Guarantor type is
"GUTBI - Bank/Insurance Co"
In Case of GU-Guarantor
1. Either of Account number or Cust_id can be filled (not both)

2. Guarantor details to be filled
3. Guarantee Amount and in case Guarantor type is "GUTBI - Bank/Insurance Co" Guarantee Bank field to
be filled.
A Add (For type GU - Guarantor)

A Add (For type AC - Account)
A Add (For type SC - Security)

I inquiry (Input function code, Rate for, rating Type, Rating Agency and Cust_id or Account
Number)
M Modify (Unverified record can be only modified by the entry user only, after Verification other
user can also modify)
V Verify - Verification should be done with user other than the one who has Added/Modified.
Verification is must after any of the operation (Add/Modify)
D Delete (Unverified record can be only deleted by the entry user only, after Verification other
user can also Delete.)
OPENING BACKEND PRINCIPAL SUBSIDY TERM LOAN ACCOUNTS
OLAPS PRINCIPAL SUBSIDY ACCOUNT OPENING menu has been customized for opening of all new
accounts, where backend principal subsidy shall be available. The unique feature of this menu option is
that apart from opening the main TL account will be simultaneously open a Linked subsidy SB account
and link it to the loan account. At the time of application of interest in loan account, system net off the
subsidy amount parked in Linked Subsidy SB account.
st
Effective 1 April, 2012 onwards, branches must use this menu option ONLY for opening any new term loan
account under any backend principal subsidy scheme.
OLAPS PRINCIPAL SUBSIDY ACCOUNT OPENING:
In the Function Code field, main options are A Add, V Verify and X Cancel
Function Code : Enter A to open a new account

Customer ID : Assign the customer ID in this field
Scheme Code : Press F2 to get the list of scheme codes for which backend
Principal subsidy features are enabled. Select the appropriate
Code through <Shift+f4>
LIST OF TL-SCHEME CODES WHERE SUBSIDY FEATURES ENABLED

S.NO. NEW SCHEME DESC EI/ NON EI
SCHEME
CODE
1 TLADS TL-DAIRY DEVELOPMENT (SUBSIDY) NON EI
2 TLASS TL-GOAT/SHEEP (SUBSIDY) NON EI
3 TLAMS TL-MINOR IRRIGATION (SUBSIDY) NON EI
4 TLAOS TL-AGRI MISC (SUBSIDY) NON EI
5 TLIMS TL-SSI-ABOVE 3 YRS REPAYMENT (SUBSIDY) NON EI
6 TLRRS TL-SP.CR-RETAIL TRADE (SUBSIDY) NON EI
7 TLRSS TL-SMALL BUSINESS (SUBSIDY) NON EI
8 TLHLS TL-HOUSING LOAN PUBLIC (SUBSIDY) EI
9 TLEIS TERM LOAN EQUATED INSTALMENT (SUBSIDY) EI
Whether PMEGP A/c? Assigning the correct value in this field is Very Important Default value set as
N which should be retained while opening the a/c except PMEGP. In case account
is opened Under PMEGP scheme this flag MUST be modified to Y.
Impact of this flag is that when value is retained as N, the Linked Subsidy SB Account will be
opened by the system with GL Sub Head as 35600 Subsidy Reserve Fund. But when this flag
is kept as Y, the Linked Subsidy SB Account will be opened by the system with GL Sub Head
as 10100 Fixed Deposit

After assigning the appropriate value in this field, press <f4>. The normal account opening page is opened
with cursor on G General Account Details. All other relevant details, which are usually filled during normal
account opening through OAAC, like S Scheme Details, H Limit History Details, I Interest Details, V
MIS Details and E Repayment Schedule Details shall also be filled as per existing guidelines of OAAC.
However, special care should be taken while assigning values in the following fields :
S SCHEME DETAILS:
Repayment Method The default value E Recover from operative a/c upto effective
available balance has been set, which should be retained.
Operative A/C ID A dummy operative a/c 00000RE00000001 shall be populated by

the system, which should also be retained.
Subsidy Available ? As subsidy shall be available in these accounts, the value in this field is
default populated as Y
Subsidy Amount Enter the subsidy amount eligible in the account
Subsidy Agency Select the appropriate subsidy agency code from the list shown in this
field.
After entering all the relevant details, press <f10> to commit the account opening. The following message
Record Added along with Term Loan account number shall be displayed.
Verification of Opening of Term Loan Account and Subsidy Linked SB Account:
The Verification should be done through menu option OLAPS also. Give value in Function Code as V
and press <f4>. Loan A/c ID field is populated. Give the Loan A/c No. generated above in this field and
press <f4>.
Visit all the pages of G General Account Details followed by visiting other options like S Scheme
Details, H Limit History Details, I Interest Details, V MIS Details and E Repayment Schedule
Details. After verifying all these details, press <f10> to <Commit> the verification of account opening. The
following screen is opened with a Warning Customer ID differs from Loan & Operative Account.
Please Accept it by pressing <f4>. The following page is opened confirming that the record has been
verified. Now, both the Term Loan account as well as its Linked Subsidy SB account is verified
VERY IMPORTANT: From the above page, press <f3> twice and the following message
Account has been Verified Successfully must be shown by the system. Please note that <f3>
should be pressed twice, else the verification will be not be complete. In this context, it is
informed that in the above process, system complete the following activities:
1. Verification of Loan Account

2. Verification of Linking Subsidy SB Account
3. Debit Freeze the Linked Subsidy SB Account
4. Linking of the Linking Subsidy SB Account with the Loan Account
5. Replacing the dummy Operative A/c <000000RA00000001> at the
term loan account level with its Linked Subsidy SB A/c

Please note that the account number of the Linked Subsidy SB Account is internally generated by the system
in consonance with the account number of the Term Loan account by appending S at the 9th place i.e.
after the Product Code. To illustrate:
Term Loan Account No. Linked Subsidy SB Account No.
015300SAS0000014 015300SA00000014
Check both these account numbers through menu option ACI. In Term Loan account, the Linked Subsidy
SB account should be shown under option + - Notional Pooling Account in ACI. Check Linked Subsidy SB
account through ACI and ensure that it should show Debit Freezed.
TRANSACTIONS IN TERM LOAN ACCOUNT
All the transactions including disbursement, recovery, charges, etc. except subsidy related transactions, in
loan account should be done through normal menu option TM
SUBSIDY RELATED TRANSACTIONS:

Creating transaction for crediting the subsidy received from subsidy agency:
As a first step, the subsidy received in the account has to be credited in Linked Subsidy SB Account. For
doing subsidy related transaction, a new menu option TMPS TRANSACTION FOR PRINCIPAL
SUBSIDY has been released. Every transaction in this account is to be done through this new menu option
TMPS. Please enter the values in TMPS as under:
Field Values to be assigned

Function code Valid values are A Add, V Verify and X Cancel. To add
a record, enter A Add in this field
Loan Account No Although the subsidy is being credited into Linked Subsidy
SB Account, but branches must enter the Term Loan
Account in this field to which this subsidy relates. Please
enter the complete 16 digits Term Loan account number.
In no case, the Linked Subsidy SB Account should be entered in this
field.
Enter C to credit the subsidy in Linked Subsidy SB Account
Tran Type
After entering the above values, press <f4>. And following details should be entered in next screen:
Subsidy Amount INR Enter the amount of subsidy received
Subsidy Agency Code Select the appropriate Subsidy Agency Code from the <List>
available on this field
Subsidy Recd Date Enter the date on which subsidy is received. The date format should be
DD-MM-YYYY
Lock in Period Mnths Enter the number of months as per the Lock in Period
prescribed in the scheme
Source Account Enter the account number which is to be debited
Value Date Enter the Date from which the effect of netting off the
Subsidy Amount is to be given in loan account for charging of interest.
The date format should be DD-MM-YYYY In case the subsidy is received
subsequent to opening of loan account and effect of netting off is to be
given from the Account Open Date, the value date given should be that
of
Account Open Date. In this case, system will re calculate
the interest from the beginning by giving the effect of Subsidy Amount.
On pressing <f4>, the following message, showing that transaction has been added successfully, will be
displayed by the system.
POSTING/ VERIFICATION OF THE TRANSACTION FOR CREDITING THE SUBSIDY RECEIVED

FROM SUBSIDY AGENCY:

Function code Enter V to Verify the transaction
Loan Account No. Please enter the complete 16 digits term loan account
number in this field
Tran Type Enter C to credit the subsidy in Linked Subsidy SB Account
On pressing F4 twice One more screen will opened showing Tran ID having posted it successfully.
CAUTION: In no case the transaction in Linked Subsidy SB Account should be done through
menu option TM.
APPROPRIATION OF SUBSIDY IN TERM LOAN ACCOUNT:
Guidelines for appropriating/ crediting this Subsidy Amount into Term Loan Account by debiting/
transferring it from the Linked Subsidy SB Account.
There can be following scenarios for appropriating the subsidy into Term Loan Account:
(i) Appropriation of Subsidy after the Lock in Period and,

(ii) Appropriation of Partial Subsidy Amount before the Lock in Period.
(iii) Closure of Term Loan Account before Lock in Period.
(iv) Refund of complete Subsidy Amount to Subsidy Agency.
It is reiterated that all subsidy related transactions must be done through menu option TMPS. For
appropriation of subsidy, the Tran Type should be assigned as D Debit.
IN NO CASE, SUBSIDY RELATED TRANSACTION SHOULD BE DONE THROUGH TM MENU OPTION.
OLAPS: OPENING OF TERM LOAN ACCOUNT AND SUBSIDY LINKED SB ACCOUNT

RELATED ISSUES:
In these guidelines, branches were advised to use a new workflow menu option OLAPS. Based on the
issues received it is observed that branches are not following the guidelines on opening of Term Loan account
through OLAPS and its Verification, resulting issues like Linked Subsidy SB Account is not opened/ Term
Loan account and Linked Subsidy SB Account are not properly linked/ Linked Subsidy SB Account is not
freezed / TMPS issues, etc. are encountered.
Take utmost care at the following steps of account opening process through OLAPS:
During OLAPS ADD process, after entering all the relevant details, press <f10> to commit the
account opening of Term Loan. Once the message Record Added is shown by the system along
with Term Loan account number, the user must press <F3> twice and ensure that cursor

comes out at menu option box. This last step ensures that all the account opening
activities have been Entered.
During OLAPS VERIFICATION process, after verifying all account opening (OAAC) details of
Term Loan, press <f10> to <Commit> the verification of TL account opening. Thereafter, accept the
Warning Customer ID differs from Loan & Operative Account by pressing <F4>. System
shows message at bottom Record Verified.
(I) APPROPRIATION OF SUBSIDY AFTER THE LOCK IN PERIOD:
It is reiterated that all subsidy related transactions (Credit or Debit) must be done through menu option
TMPS. Hence, user must invoke this menu option for doing debit transaction.
Field Description of TMPS Menu:

Function code Valid values are A Add, V Verify and X Cancel. To add a record, enter
A Add in this field
Loan Account No. Although the subsidy is being debited from Linked Subsidy SB Account, but
branches must enter the Term Loan Account in this field to which this
subsidy relates. Please enter the complete 16 digits Term Loan
account number.
In no case, the Linked Subsidy SB Account should be entered in this field.
Tran Type Enter D to debit the subsidy in Linked Subsidy SB Account
and Press F4
On the date of appropriation of subsidy, system validates whether debit is happening before or after the Lock
in Period on the basis of Subsidy Receive Date and Lock in Period that had been entered at the time when
subsidy was credited into Linked Subsidy SB Account.
The following values should be entered in these fields:

Close or Adj Debit Closure Or Adjustment Debit can be C-Closure or D-Intermediate Debit.
Since, subsidy is being debited after lock in period, select C Closure so
that system should simultaneously close the Linked Subsidy SB A/c also.
CLOSURE ADJ Closure Adjustment Method can be P-Pro Rata or C-Complete. Enter C -
METHOD Complete only as the debit is happening after lock in period and press F4
(#)
Linked Sub Acct The corresponding Linked Subsidy SB Account is default populated by the
system in this field.
Loan Acct No The Term Loan Account is default populated by the system in this field.
Subsidy Adj Amt System by default populates the subsidy amount outstanding in Linked
Subsidy SB A/c.
Loan Adj Amt System by default populates the subsidy amount outstanding in Linked
Subsidy SB A/c.
Subsidy Refund Acct This field is protected by the system
Subsidy Refund Amt This field is also protected by the system

Now again press <F4> on which the system gives the message - Debit Subsidy Added
Successfully. (VERY IMPORTANT).
(#) Important Note: After entering C in Close or Adj Debit and Closure Adj Method fields and
on pressing <F4>, system gives the following Alert message Maintain value for Subsidy
refund account in the variable SUB_REFUND_ACCT using SETVAR. Ignore this message and
press OK.
TMPS VERIFICATION:
The Posting/ Verification of the subsidy debit transaction has to be done by the authorized user through
menu option - TMPS itself by entering the following values:

Function code Enter V to Verify the transaction
Loan Account No. Please enter the complete 16 digits term loan account number in this
field
Tran Type Enter D to verify the Debit of subsidy in Linked Subsidy SB Account and
press <F4>.
On pressing F4 Twice system will generate Tran ID which is confirmation of subsidy appropriation. Please
check that subsidy amount is transferred from Linked Subsidy SB Account to Term Loan Account and Linked
Subsidy SB Account is Closed by the system.
CAUTION: Please note that in no case the transaction in Linked Subsidy SB Account should be
done through menu option TM
(ii) APPROPRIATION OF PARTIAL SUBSIDY AMOUNT BEFORE THE LOCK IN PERIOD:
There can a requirement for appropriation of partial subsidy amount into Term Loan Account before the Lock
in Period. The module has the flexibility of handling this requirement also and for which the branches must
follow the procedure as detailed below. User must invoke the menu option TMPS for doing debit
transaction.
ON THE SECOND SCREEN, THE FOLLOWING VALUES SHOULD BE ENTERED IN THESE FIELDS:
Close or Adj Debit Since, partial subsidy amount is being debited before the lock in period, select D-
Intermediate Debit and press F4.
CLOSURE ADJ This field gets protected by the system
METHOD
Linked Sub Acct The corresponding Linked Subsidy SB Account is default populated by the system in
this field.
Subsidy Adj Amt On pressing F4 as stated above, system gives a message Subsidy Adjustment
Amount Cannot be 0. Hence, enter the partial subsidy amount to be appropriated
in this field. System will not accept the full subsidy amount outstanding in Linked
Subsidy SB account
Loan Adj Amt This field also gets protected by the system
Subsidy Refund Acct This field also gets protected by the system
Subsidy Refund Amt This field also gets protected by the system
Now after giving values in Subsidy Adjustment Amount field, again press <F4> on which the system gives
the message - Debit Subsidy Added Successfully. (VERY IMPORTANT).
TMPS VERIFICATION:
The Posting/ Verification of the subsidy debit transaction has to be done by the authorized user through
menu option - TMPS itself by following the verification procedure. The Authorizing User must press <F4>
again to confirm the subsidy appropriation. Please note that in this case, some subsidy amount shall remain
outstanding in Linked Subsidy SB Account and system will allow the user to debit the same only after the
Lock in Period.
(III) CLOSURE OF TERM LOAN ACCOUNT BEFORE LOCK IN PERIOD:
There can a scenario where the Term Loan is required to be closed before the Lock in Period and subsidy on
pro rata basis is required to be appropriated in Term Loan account.
The present module has the flexibility of handling this requirement also, where in pro rata subsidy from the
Date of Subsidy Receipt till Date of Appropriation (before Lock in Period) is credited into the
Term Loan Account and balance subsidy is credited into a Subsidy Refund Account.
As stated above, the user must invoke the menu option TMPS for doing debit transaction. On the second
screen, the following values should be entered in the respective fields:

Close or Adj Debit Since, the entire subsidy amount is to be debited and Linked Subsidy SB account
needs to be closed simultaneously before the lock in period, select C - Closure and
press F4.
System gives a Warning: Closure is happening before Lock In Period.
Closure Adjustment Method should be entered
CLOSURE ADJ Press OK to the above warning. The value in this field is default populated as P Pro
METHOD rata, which should be retained and again press F4. (#)
this field.
Subsidy Adj Amt On pressing F4 as stated above, system populates the full subsidy amount
outstanding in Linked Subsidy SB account in this field.
Loan Adj Amt System populates the Pro rata subsidy amount which is required to be credited into
Term Loan
Subsidy Refund Enter a valid SB/ CA accounts into which the subsidy refund amount shall be credited
Acct by the system and press F4 finally.
Subsidy Refund System populates the Pro rata subsidy amount which is required to be refunded.
Amt
(#) Important Note: After entering values in Close or Adj Debit and Closure Adj Method fields
and on pressing <F4>, system gives the following Alert message Maintain value for Subsidy
refund account in the variable SUB_REFUND_ACCT using SETVAR. Ignore this message and
press OK.
TMPS VERIFICATION:
The Posting/ Verification of the subsidy debit transaction should be done by the authorized user
through menu option - TMPS itself by following the verification procedure. The Authorizing User must
press <F4> again to confirm the subsidy appropriation.

(IV) REFUND OF COMPLETE SUBSIDY AMOUNT TO SUBSIDY AGENCY:
The module can handled complete refund of Subsidy Amount to Subsidy Agency before Lock in Period. For
this, in TMPS Add mode, the following values should be assigned in Debit transaction:

Close or Adj Debit Since, the entire subsidy amount is to be debited and Linked Subsidy SB account
needs to be closed simultaneously before the lock in period, select C - Closure and
press F4.
System gives a Warning: Closure is happening before Lock In Period.
Closure Adjustment Method should be entered
CLOSURE ADJ Press OK to the above warning. The value in this field should be modified to C
METHOD Complete and again press F4.
this field.
Subsidy Adj Amt On pressing F4 as stated above, system populates the full subsidy amount
outstanding in Linked Subsidy SB account in this field.
Loan Adj Amt This field gets protected by the system.
Subsidy Refund Acct Enter a valid SB/ CA accounts into which the subsidy refund amount shall be
credited by the system.
Subsidy Refund Amt Enter the complete subsidy amount which is required to be refunded and press F4
finally.
TMPS VERIFICATION:
The Posting/ Verification of the subsidy debit transaction should be done by the authorized user through
menu option - TMPS itself by following the verification procedure explained above. The following page will
open up. The Authorizing User must press <F4> again to confirm the subsidy appropriation
OPENING A DEMAND LOAN ACCOUNT

The Demand Loan Accounts are opened under the scheme codes defined under scheme type LAA as is done
in the case of Term Loan Accounts. The procedure to be followed for opening is same as Opening a Term
Loan Account.
However, the details to be entered in the repayment schedule for a Demand Loan Account may
vary, as the demands are required to be raised by the system on the date of maturity of the
security. Therefore the fields to be entered in the sub option E Repayment Schedule Details
of the menu option OAAC will be as under:
OPTION 'E' REPAYMENT SCHEDULE:
The system by default populates `PRDEM in the FLOW ID field, which should not be modified.
In the field START DATE enter the due date of the security in the Demand Loan account.
Then, enter 1 in the NO. field, which denotes single installment.
Specify the Frequency of repayment in the field FREQUENCY as under:
1st column: D Daily, 2nd column : Should be left Blank, 3rd column : Should be left Blank
4th column: Should be left Blank, 5th column: Should be left Blank
In the field AMOUNT enter the principle amount of the respective security i.e. the value of the
security less margin if any.
In case there are more than one security then, press arrow down key and repeat the process for the
second and subsequent securities.
It must however be ensured that the repayment schedule starts with the earliest due date of the
security and the due dates of the subsequent securities should be in the ascending order.
There is no restriction on the number of repayment schedules being entered for an account except
for the condition that the due dates should be in the ascending order.
WORKING CAPITAL DEMAND LOAN ACCOUNTS
The procedure for opening a Working Capital Demand Loan account is same as that of opening a
Demand/Term loan account. The following deviations are to be followed in the procedure for opening a
Working Capital Demand Loan Account. The Scheme Code for opening a Working Capital Demand Loan
should always be DLGEN Demand Loan General.
However, if the interest charged/ the principle due in the WCDL Account is to be recovered automatically by
the system from the connected Cash Credit Account then the following set up is required to be made in the
S Scheme Details of the account opening:
REPAYMENT METHOD: This field should contain any of the following values as per the requirement:
E For recovering the interest charged/principle due in the WCDL account from the Cash Credit
account to the extent of available balance.
T For recovering the interest charged/principle due in the WCDL account by allowing a
temporary overdraft in the Cash Credit account to the extent of shortfall.
OPERATIVE ACCOUNT No.: Enter the connected Cash Credit Account number in this field from which the
interest charged/principle dues in the WCDL account are to be recovered.
The system will recover the interest as and when charged to the WCDL account from the Cash
Credit Account when the aforesaid set up is made in the account opening and when a batch
process is run using menu option LADSP.
Similarly the system will also recover the principle dues in the WCDL account on the due date
from the Cash Credit Account, unless the WCDL is rolled over before the due date. The
procedure for the roll over of the WCDL account is given in the next chapter.
As the repayment method for the WCDL account is different from any Demand Loan account, the details in
the sub option E Repayment Schedule Details should be entered as under:
FLOW ID The system by default populates a PRDEM, which is applicable for the scheme. The flow-
Id displayed by the system need not be modified.
START DATE: Enter the date on which the repayment of WCDL amount falls due in this field.
NUMBER: Enter the value 1 in this field.
FREQUENCY: In the first column of this field enter D Daily as the frequency for the account. All
the other columns should be left blank.
AMOUNT: Enter the Principle amount in this field.
DEL: The system allows deletion of a wrong repayment schedule before verification of the account.
In order to delete the record the valid value is Y else N.
After entering all the other applicable fields, commit the account opening note down the account number and
get the account verified.
VERIFICATION OF A TERM / DEMAND LOAN ACCOUNT
Invoke the menu option OAACAU and enter `V-Verify in the function field.
However, Modification of the account details is also possible through this menu option but before
verification of the account.
For this, invoke the function-`M-Modify in the function block instead of `V.
As a part of the verification process, all the sub options are to be visited,
Special attention should be paid while visiting certain important sub options viz. S Scheme Details,
E Repayment Details, V MIS Codes, H Limit History Details, 3 Disbursement Tran Details.
On commit the system displays a message about the transaction details, which is created for
disbursement of the loan amount (if disbursement is done as a part of the account opening process
through sub option 3).
Note down the transaction id for future reference and accept to verify the account number.
MAINTENANCE OF TL & DL ACCOUNTS

For maintenance of the loan accounts invoke menu ACM for modification of general information of the
account except Limit and Interest details. In modification mode the following details can be modified:
1. General details with sub option 0

2. Related party details with sub option A
3. Scheme details with sub option S
4. MIS codes with sub option V
5. Repayment schedule with option E
6. Disbursement schedule with option D
7. Message maintenance with option L
These modifications needs to be verified through ACM (V)
INTEREST RELATED MODIFICATIONS

Invoke menu 'INTTM' for changing any of the interest related parameters including pegging and
preferential interest rates.
After modifying the required information, commit.
verification to be done by same option same.
LIMIT RELATED MODIFICATIONS

The changes to the limits should be done through menu 'ACLHM'.
This menu has two operations modifications to sanction limit and modification to drawing power
details.
In the ACLHM menu option indicate operation as S or D
Modification of the sanction limit will check whether the amount already disbursed will cover the new
sanction limit or not.
Supercede field is not accessible and value will always be Y.
After modifying the details accept and commit.
This modification requires verification.
In order to modify the drawing power details the operation should be D in the first screen of
ACLHM menu option.
Accept from the function block to go to data block.
After modifying the details accept and commit.
The modification requires verification.
REPHASEMENT OF A LOAN
Re-scheduling the loan can be done in two ways.
1. Re-schedule loan
2. Correcting the schedule already given.
This option is based on Re-phasement ? Flag of ACM menu option. If the Rephasement Flag is Y,
then choose option 1 otherwise choose re-schedule option 2.
The re-phasement of the loan has to be done individually for non EI type of loans using the ACM
Account maintenance option.
In modify mode invoke sub option E Repayment schedule, cursor will be placed in the field
Rephasement?.

Indicate a value Y here and <accept>. The system will show repayment schedule block make
necessary changes and commit.
Ensure that the total repayment amount is equal to the liability as on the date of rephasement.
The start date for repayment should be greater than BOD date. The system will not insist for up to
date calculation of interest care should be taken for arriving at the actual liability before rephasing
the loan. This modification requires verification.
After verification go in inquire mode and see the different repayment schedules for the account. The
system by default shows the latest repayment schedule and the cursor will be in the dummy block of
repayment schedule details.
Explode from that position will show the previous repayment schedule. If there are more than 2
repayment schedules go on exploding from one schedule to another schedule till the original
repayment schedule is displayed.
The same procedure should also be followed for rephasement of EI based loan accounts on account
of any reason other than changes in Interest Rates and/or Prepayment (Advance Recovery).
REPHASEMENT OF EI TYPE OF LOAN A/CS-- MENU OPTION 'REPHASEI'
The menu option REPHASEI has been modified to rephase the accounts where the scheme type is LAA and
the scheme code must be of EI type. This menu option will rephase the accounts:
i) where there is a change in the rate of interest applicable in the accounts
ii) where there are pre-payments (advance recovery) in the accounts.
In case of any other scenario where rephasement of an EI based account is required, the existing procedure
of rephasing the account using menu option ACM E - Repayment Schedule Details, as applicable to the
Non-EI based loans is to be followed.
FUNCTIONALITIY
On executing the menu option REPHASEI, While there are no changes in the functionality of the fields -
Service Outlet, Scheme Codes, Currency Code, Product Group, Start A/c No. and End A/c No., the other fields
where the functionality has been modified are as under:
Adjust Amount/Period: Enter A - For Changing EI amount and keeping period same, or enter P -
For Changing period and keeping EI amount same.
Interest Rate Change: Enter 'Y' if rescheduling is to be done for interest rate change, otherwise enter
'N'.
Prepayment: Enter 'Y' if rescheduling is to be done due to prepayment, otherwise enter 'N'.
Date Range From/To: Accounts for which either prepayment or interest rate change happened during
the date range entered in these fields will be selected for rephasement.
The same procedure should also be followed for rephasement of EI based loan accounts on account
of any reason other than changes in Interest Rates and/or Prepayment (Advance Recovery).
LOAN MODELING
Prior to opening or during re-schedulement/ re-phasing of a loan account, there is a need to evaluate various
options that are possible/ available and choose the one, which suits. This requirement has been addressed
through menu option 'LAMOD' which will perform a What If Analysis for various scenarios. Typically a loan is
characterized by the following variables and the requirement would be to know one of them given others.
The variables are:
1. Loan period
2. EMI amount
3. Principal amount
4. Interest Rate
LAMOD is the menu option that can compute the unknown variable based on the value of the others. Once
the unknown parameter is computed the repayment schedule is also printed.
LAMOD can be used to arrive at the instalment amount (or any other unknown parameter of a
loan a/cnamely, Loan amt, intt. rate, no of instalments) given all the other parameters :

1) Once the unknown parameter is arrived upon, LAMOD the system will generate the
repayment
schedule also.
2) If the repayment date is after the loan sanction/disbursement date, the intermediate period is
assumed as repayment holiday and only the interest component is calculated for such period
3) This tool can also be used for existing accounts that are being rephased to calculate the
prepayment amount, changed instalment amount
FEATURES
On executing the menu option LAMOD, 2 options available in this menu

1. Loan Modelling
2. Loan Rescheduling
LOAN MODELLING
This option (1) is to be used for modelling a new loan account.
The following fields need to be entered so as to be able to calculate the unknown loan parameter:
Origination date - This is the loan account opening/disbursement date. It is defaulted to BOD date
but it can have future/past dates also.
Loan Amount, No. of Instalments, Interest Rate, Instalment Amount are the four basic loan
parameters. Given any three the value of the fourth parameter can be calculated.
All the other fields in the second part of the screen can either be entered, or the Scheme code can be
specified and the other values will be taken from whatever has been setup at Scheme level.
If the interest rate is not entered, then the interest rate is selected from the Scheme Code if entered
for computation.
If the Scheme code as well as other parameters are entered, then the defaulted values of the scheme
are overridden with the values entered on the screen and computation is done accordingly.
EI Payment Frequency, Compounding Frequency, may be entered as per the requirement. However,
EI Formula Flg must always be M EMI formula which is applicable.
Interest Base Method should always be D Daily while the No. of Days in a Year and Leap Year
Adjustment as displayed may be retained.
Once the unknown parameter of the loan is calculated, the amortization schedule can be seen with
an explode from the first screen.
On this second screen, the Installment Start Date can be entered (it will be defaulted to the loan
origination date) .
If the Installment Start Date is after one installment frequency from the Loan origination date (there
is a holiday period) then the value of the field Apply Full Period Interest is not of any significance.
However when there is no holiday period (the first installment is within one frequency of the loan
origination date), then if Apply Full Period Interest = Y Then for a loan origination date - 10/12 ,
Instalment start date - 20/12 ,
An entire months interest will be computed for the 10days between loan origination and instalment
start date. If the flag is set to N then only 10 days of interest will be computed.
LOAN RESCHEDULING
This option (2) is to be used for modelling an existing loan account for rescheduling/ rephasing. The following
fields need to be entered so as to be able to calculate the unknown loan parameter:
Account No The account for which rescheduling has to be done,
Reschedule Date The date as of which rescheduling has to be effective. This date has to be greater
than or equal to BOD date.
Calc Int upto Reshdl. Dt - This field has relevance only if capitalize interest = Y, what this means is
that if Calc Int upto Reshdl. Dt = Y, the interest upto current date will also be included in the
rephasement principal.
However if Calc Int upto Reshdl. Dt = N, this interest will not be included in the rephasement
principal.
However, if capitalize interest = N, then the value of Calc Int upto Reshdl. Dt is of no significance.

The following fields are displayed and can be manipulated for an account that has to be rescheduled.
Given any of the three parameters, the fourth one is calculated.
No. of Installments
Interest Rate
Installment Amount
Prepayment Amount
The other parameters are default populated from scheme level and the functionality is the same as
for loan modeling.
Details of Outstanding loan amount are available on explode from the field Loan Outstanding
LAMOD LIMITATION
In cases where the unknown variable is Interest Rate, modelling will be restricted only to cases where EI and
Int. Calc frequency are same. Rephasement modelling cannot be done for an account with a multiple
repayment schedules.
INTEREST CALCULATION ON LOAN ACCOUNTS
Interest Calculation depends mainly on the set up done at Scheme Level. System calculates interest which
are of Normal, Penal and Additional. QIS and Stock statement interest are not applicable for Loans scheme
type.
Interest calculation is a process which is affected during the following events:
i) Account opening to arrive at the EMI

ii) Re-phasement of loan
iii) Demand creation (EMI type of accounts)
iv) Normal interest calculation through the menu option
v) Upload of demands
vi) Account closure
A menu option LADGEN is provided which can be used to raise both principal and interest demand for loan
accounts. Accrual and booking for loan accounts can be done through ACACCR and ACBOOK menu options
respectively.
SALIENT FEATURES
The following changes are made for the merger of principal and interest demand generation of loan
accounts:
The new menu option LADGEN is provided which will generate both principal and interest demands
based on the frequency set in the E - Repayment Schedule details for principal and interest in the
menu option OAAC/ACM.
The option 'LAUPLDMD' generates principal demands only for Non-EI type of accounts.
Interest demand frequency and next interest demand date will be captured in the menu option
OAAC/ACM E - Repayment Schedule Details. The corresponding fields present in G - General Details
of OAAC/ACM not to be used for loan account interest calculation.
On invocation of the menu option LADGEN, the following reports will be generated :
1) Detailed list of EI (Equated instalment) amount for the EI Based Loan accounts and
the details of the Principal and Interest demand amounts for Non-EI based loan accounts
sol, scheme and currency wise for the accounts processed.
2) Failure Report for the accounts where the demand generation has failed.
3) Interest Detail Calculation Report which is similar to the Interest Success Report
generated through menu option ACINT.
4) OFTI Post Report giving the details of the transactions created in the process.

FUNCTIONALITY OF MENU OPTION 'LADGEN'
Valid values to be entered in the fields are as under :-->
Report to - Name of the person to whom the report is to be addressed.

Sol Set Id Accounts selected for demand generation depends on the sol set id specified. By
default Home Sol Id is populated which should not be modified.
Currency Code, Scheme code, From Account, To Account These are captured for filtering the
accounts that are selected.
Trial mode Demand generation can be run in trial mode, if this flag is set to Y - yes. In trial
mode only reports will be generated. The system will do all operations in trial mode except
database commit. This utility is enabled to identify the error messages if any prior to actual run.
Print Interest Details This field will accept three values i.e., D to print Detailed report / S to
print only Summary of Interest Report / N - No Interest report is required.
The system generates both summary and detail report for interest calculated if the field is
entered as D and generates only summary report if it is set to S and No Report will not be
generated if it is set to N.
Include NPA accounts The valid values in this field are I - Include/ E - Exclude/ O - Only. The
system will include NPA accounts if it is set to I, rejects NPA accounts if it is set to E and selects
only NPA accounts if it is set to O.
Include Disabled accounts. - The valid values in this field are I - Include/ E - Exclude/ O - Only.
The system will include Disabled accounts if it is set to I, rejects Disabled accounts if it is set to E
and selects only NPA accounts if it is set to O.
Force Interest run - When Force interest run is set to Y - Yes, only interest calculation will be
done till BOD date irrespective of the frequency specified and No Principal demands will be
raised. Hence for all the loan accounts this menu option should be run by setting this flag as N.
1) In case of EI based Loan accounts where installment amount is a combination of principal and nterest
parts, it must be ensured that the Force interest run flag is always set to N.
2) However, for the purpose of rephasing of EI based loan accounts where it may be required that interest
is run up-to-date, this flag may be set as N.
DEMAND GENERATION OF LOAN ACCOUNTS
The menu option LADGEN will generate both Principal and Interest demands based on the frequency
set in the Repayment schedule details of ACM.
The frequency set can be different for principal and interest demands can be different for Non-EI
based Loan accounts and if they are different, either principal or interest whichever falls due on the
BOD date will be processed and demands will be raised accordingly.
However, in case of EI based Loan accounts, the Flow start date & Frequency set up for Principal and
the set up for the Interest in the Interest Demand date & Frequency should not be different.
The important features/ limitations in demand generation process for the loan accounts :-->
1) For Non-EI accounts, even if interest demand generation fails, principal demand will be raised. But for
EI accounts, if one of the demand creations fails, no demands will be raised except where force
interest run flag is set to Y.
2) Earlier for compounding of interest to happen correctly, it was expected that interest calculation for
each frequency period was to be run through ACINT menu option separately. Presently, the menu
option LADGEN will also work the same way as was in ACINT. This requirement can be achieved by
running LADGEN with Force interest run flag set to Y and by entering the date up to which the
interest has to be calculated in the filed Interest Till Date.
With Force interest run flag as Y, it will be mandatory to enter Value Date. If Force interest run is N, then
value date will not be considered in demand generation.

IMPORTANT POINTS
the E Repayment Schedule Details should be correctly filled especially in case of EI type of
accounts, whether opening a fresh account or opening the account in Transfer In mode.
Ensure that Disbursement is made in all the accounts (i.e. with flow_id = DISBT).
Valid Interest Table Codes are not assigned in the accounts while opening accounts by the branch
(normal as well as transfer-in) or while doing subsequent modification through INTTM.
All the loan accounts with 0.00 balance should be checked and if warranted, the account should be
closed.
While opening loan accounts in Transfer In mode please ensure:--->
Data in U- Un-computerised Details should be entered correctly, particularly, Repayment Schedule

Date in U- Un-computerised Details should be equal to Account Open Date in G General Account
Details.
The menu options LAUPLDMD/ EIUPLDTI should be executed successfully i.e. Procedure
Completed message is shown by the system,
The status of the account should be completed i.e. the Last Part Tran Flag should be made .Y.
In Loan accounts where partial disbursement has been made and advance recoveries are received,
the Demand Generation and Interest Application should be regularly checked.
All the Interest Success Reports/ Interest Failure Reports/ Demand Generation Success Reports and
Demand Generation Failure Reports should be saved and checked.
All Failure Reports should be meticulously checked and corrective action be done.
All Revenue Related Reports in RAUDIT should be regularly generated and checked.
UPDATION OF FINACLE NEW VERSION
1) Multiple limits can be added/modified through ACLHM

2) Additions/Modifications through menu option INTTM can be viewed by the authoriser.
3) In the menu option SRM, the verifying authority can view the accounts pending for
verification.
4) The values of security in SRM can be 0.00 now as required by the Asset Recovery Branches.
5) SRM cannot be attached on a matured FDR.
6) The system will prompt the user if a more than 1 SRM record is being added to an account.
7) If node/account is attached to a node of another branch through LNM, the system prompts a
message.
8) LTL will display the list of nodes pertaining to the users home Sol_Id only.
9) ACS is enabled to list the accounts with Sector Code, Sub-sector Code and Occupation
Code.
10) In ACLHM under D Drawing Power Details it is necessary to enter both the values in DACC
absolute & percentage fields for validation of DACC limits else the system shall not validate if
only one value is entered.
11) Reversal of DI in excess of the original amount lying in the Sundry Provision NPA account has
been restricted.
ACCOUNT INTEREST DETAILS INQUIRY ' AITINQ'
The menu shows the details of interest run / booking in the account.
It can be viewed through menu acm with sub-option ?.
Navigation has been provided to ascertain the position of normal, penal, additional and other
interests. By exploding the screen.
Details of normal, penal, additional and overdue interest can be ascertained by simply exploding the
screen

PRINTING OF INTEREST CERTIFICATE IN HOUSING LOAN
An Interest Certificate may be issued to the borrower (s) who have availed housing loan from the bank for
availing benefits under the provisions of Income tax act, for the complete financial year on actual basis. The
above interest certificate be generated from Finacle Sysem as under:
1) For all housing loan accounts except the accounts (i) where repayment has not started; and (ii) re-
phasement has been done consequent upon expiry of moratorium period
The Interest Certificate be generated in MIS Server under PNBRPT 3/56c by providing the
following basic inputs:
(a) 16 digit Housing Loan Account number

(b) Period for which certificate is required.
2) For Housing Loan accounts (i) where repayment has not started; and
(ii) re-phasement has been done consequent upon expiry of moratorium period
The Interest certificate be generated by invoking menu Option INTCERT in Finacle.
The interest certificates can be printed after invoking the menu INTCERT.
Limitation of above menu is that previously printed records will not be printed in a subsequent run of a
normal print request. These can be printed through a request for duplicate print.
NEW REPORT 'INTPROOF'
This menu option is provided to generate report for a particular period for which interest run has already
taken place. Menu INTPROOF.
Proofing works for SB/CC/OD/CA types of accounts.
Proofing is not applicable if recalculation happens across cycles in case of compounding,
Proofing does not work for the DEBIT runs on migrated accounts for the period in the earlier
versions.
PRINTING OF INTEREST RATE CHANGE ADVICE-- 'INTADV'
1) On invoking the menu INTADV, the system will generate a letter addressed to the customer
informing him the change in interest rate.
2) Above facility has also been provided in the menu INTTM, where the interest rate code are changed,
3) However to enable above facility set some parameters, which are as under in, sub-option A of menu
ACM.
4) Interest Change Advice Flag and Interest Certificate Print Flag has to be set as Y to avail this
facility.
5) These two flags will be defaulted to Y for all existing Main account holders at the time of migration.
6) If required, the advice can be generated for pegged accounts also during INTTM verification. The
option of not taking the report at this stage is available.
LAFHM - LOANS FOLLOW-UP HISTORY MAINTENANCE
History of correspondence made with the customer on the reminders sent for regularisation of the
account, can be maintained in the system.
The menu option to be invoked to input this information is LAFHM Loan Follow-up History
Maintenance.
FUNCTION: The options available in this field are:
A Add, C Copy, D Delete, I Inquire, L List, M Modify and U Undelete.

A/C NO: Enter the account number
NOTICE ID: The following Notice Ids are to be used for different purposes:--
Notice Id Purpose
REM1 For issuing first reminder in the account
REM2 For issuing second reminder in the account
REM3 For issuing third reminder in the account
NOTICE DATE: Enter the date on which the notice was sent.
REMARKS: Enter the remarks if any, may be entered here.
On entering the required information and on accepting and committing, the system will generate the
reminder for the account entered, which should be printed and dispatched to the borrower.
GENERATION OF A COMMON REMINDER FOR ALL THE IRREGULAR A/Cs
It is also possible to generate a common reminder in all the irregular Term/Demand Loan accounts
through menu option LAODR' Loan Overdue Demand Reminder/Report.
After entering the required criteria, accept, enter the print parameters and commit.
The system will generate the required report/reminder, which may be printed and the reminders may
be dispatched to the concerned borrowers.
It must be ensured that the correct and current address of the borrower is entered in the sub option
G General Details of the menu option CUMM Customer Master Maintenance for the Cust Id of
the borrower.
Further, if the reminder is also required to be printed to the guarantor(s) in the account, then it must
be ensured that the field Print Loan Notice? is set to Y and correct and current address is entered
in the sub option A Related Party Details of OAAC/ACM menu options of the concerned account.
SECURITY & BALANCE CONFIRMATION MAINTENANCE
For entering the Date of Security and Balance Confirmation Letter obtained in an account invoke the
menu option ÀCM- Customer Account Maintenance and the sub option M Modify.
In the option block enter S and press F4. In the field Debt Acknowledgement Date enter the Date
of the Security and Balance Confirmation Letter and press F4 and F10.
This Modification requires verification.
RECALLED ACCOUNTS MAINTENANCE
For marking a Term/Demand Loan account as RECALLED, invoke menu option ACLHM Account
Limit History Maintenance sub option M- Modify,
Enter the account number and value D in the field Operation.
Modify the A/c Recalled field in the next screen by substituting N with Y and commit.
This modification requires verification.
HANDLING TERM LOANS WHERE INTEREST IS PARKED IN OFFICE A/CS IN CBS
The education loan/staff housing loan/staff vehicle loan a/c is to be opened under scheme code TLRED,
TLSHL and TLSVL, respectively, using menu option OAAC, as hither to. The normal procedure for opening
the account in CBS is to be followed. However, the following parameters should be given special
consideration during opening of the a/c;

S details - Debit Int. To - O office a/c is default populated, It should not be modified
Effect:- Interest will be debited to office a/c and not to loan a/c. The office a/c here means partitioned
account, where simple interest is Parked, during the moratorium period in education loan and till the Start
of repayment of interest in staff housing/vehicle loan.
Rate of Interest: - Appropriate interest rate code may be assigned from ITD CBS circular issued from time
to time. Regarding relevant interest rate code user may take help by assigning flag code followed by listing
help through F2 key.
E details
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flow start date = Repayment start date - Future date i.e. month end date after the expiry of moratorium
period.
Effect: - System will raise the principal demand on reaching the date given in this field.
Int. Demand date = Last day of month in which the a/c is opened in CBS.
Effect: - To facilitate charging of simple interest from the date of first debit entry in the a/c, however, the
interest will not be debited to loan a/c; instead it will be debited to partition account.

I details -
Int. on Int. Demand

Int. Demand Effective Date (*)
Int. on Int. Demand - N is default populated and should not be modified while opening the a/c.
Effect: - Simple interest will be charged, No compounding of int.
Int. Demand Effective Date (*)
Education Loan - Month end date of the Moratorium period.
Staff housing/vehicle loan Date of start of repayment of Interest after the full repayment of
principal.
Effect:- Interest will be charged but all the interest demands will be raised on the date given in this field, so
penal interest will not be charged and a/c will not become irregular/NPA.
Correction of wrong Interest Demand Effective Date:-
If the Interest demand effective date is left blank or wrongly filled, the rectification may be done through
menu option LAIDC, only if interest demands are unsatisfied. The verification of modification done through
LAIDC has to be done through LAIDCAU only. This menu is applicable for account opened under scheme
codes TLSVL/TLSHL/TLRED and it can only be used before transfer of interest liability to main loan account.
The guidelines were circulated vide ITD/CBS/Cir.No. 32/2008 dated 03-06-2008.
Servicing of interest in education loan during the moratorium period:-
In education loan a/c, the borrower may pay the interest during the moratorium period. The issue can be
handled as under:
Execute the menu option ADINTREC with the recovery amount for the a/c and then create a normal
transaction through menu option TM for crediting the proceeds to partition a/c no. <Sol_id>5711407
and giving the loan a/c no. in G details of TM.
If the interest recovery is wrongly credited to loan a/c:
The entry should be reversed through TM keeping the Reversal Flag as Y in A-details of the TM and
give the Reversal tran_id - which is intended to be reversed and credit the proceed to partition a/c,
as explained above.

Otherwise, the amount of monthly interest, to be charged, will decrease as the interest is charged on
the basis of outstanding balance in a/c.
However, user need not force recalculation of interest, the System will recalculate during next
interest run.
PHINQ: - The detailed enquiry of the partition a/c, where interest is parked/debited, w.r.t. to loan a/c, can
be done through menu option PHINQ giving loan a/c no. and partitioned a/c no. as under:
<Sol_id>5711407 for education loan

<Sol_id>5711410 for staff housing loan
<Sol_id>5711411 for staff vehicle loan
The report can also be printed thru PHINQ from MIS server.
LAXFRINT/PRELAX: The interest liability needs to be transferred to loan a/c through menu option
PRELAX/LAXFRINT in the following scenarios:
o Education loan - On start of repayment or if the borrower wishes to repay the principal before the
end of moratorium,
o Staff housing/vehicle loan - on start of repayment of interest portion when principal have been paid
in full.
This step is to be performed even if the interest have been serviced and partitioned a/c is showing Zero
balance.
Effect: Execution of Prelax/Laxfrint modify the Debit Int. To flag to L from O (i.e. to loan a/c from office
a/c), which facilitate the debiting of the interest to loan a/c during next interest run. However, it is advised
to charge up to date interest in the account before execution of PRELAX/ LAXFRINT.
It is observed the field functionaries forget to transfer the interest parked in partitioned a/c to main loan a/c
on due date. To obviate the problem, a report was customized and made available at PNBRPT 3/30. The
report is indicative and it provides the following three lists:
(1) A/cs opened under scheme code TLRED where LAXFRINT executed but Int. on Int. demand
flag is still N.
(2) A/cs opened under scheme codes TLSHL & TLSVL where LAXFRINT executed but Int. on
Principal flag is Y.
(3) A/cs where LAXFRINT has fallen due but not executed.
The guidelines in this regard were circulated vide ITD/CBS/Cir. No. 31/2007 dated 01.05.2007.
Rephasement of a/c after execution of PRELAX/LAXFRINT:
In case of staff housing & vehicle loan, accounts are to be rephased after execution of Laxfrint and
Interest on Principal flag needs to be modified to N where principal amount have been repaid
and interest is not to be charged on interest liability outstanding in the account. It is advised to
charge up to date interest in the account before execution of PRELAX/ LAXFRINT/ rephasement.
In case of education loan the rephasement is to be done through menu option EDUEMI. This menu
will call ACM with rephase flag as Y and user needs to fill the E details with flow_id as EIDEM. The
verification is to be done through menu option ACM. This will transfer the loan a/c to new scheme
code TLEDU and Int on Int. Demand flag will be modified to Y.
It is observed that branches forget to rephase the a/c after execution of LAXFRINT/PRELAX. To help the field
functionaries, a report is made available at PNBRPT 3/35. This is an indicative report which provides the
following two lists:
(1) List of A/cs where rephasement is due in next 31 days.
(2) List of A/cs where due date of rephasement has already expired and a/c remains unrephased.
The guidelines were circulated vide ITD/CBS/Cir. No. 19/2008 dated 23.02.2008.
Classification of Education loan under Priority Sector:-

Beside other mandatory codes under V details, the Sub sector code for individual borrower should be as
under:
70070 - Studies in India up to Rs.10 lac

70075 - Studies Abroad up to Rs.20 lac
Interest concession, where ever granted, is to be handled procedurally, by giving +/- numeric value in A/c.
Pref. Int.(Dr.) field using menu option INTTM. However, it is to be noted that system can recalculate the
interest only from the date of last rephasement.
ENTERING GROUP CODES IN CBS

(CARD CIR 08/2013)
Use menu option - CCLD
i) This menu option will capture the data customer wise. If account is in more than one SOL, the data
is to be captured separately for each SOL.
ii) Function code are A(Add), M(Modify), V(verify), X(Cancel), D(Delete), U(Undelete), and I (Inquire).
(iii) If 2 digit code already entered use option modify and select 4 digit group codes as per details of
code contained in above circular.
ACCOUNT CLOSURE PROCESS FOR A TERM / DEMAND LOAN ACCOUNT
Before executing the account closure procedure the following steps must be followed:
Execute menu option ÀCM- Customer Account Maintenance enter M Modify in the function block
and enter the Account Number in the next field.
Then enter 0 General Account Details in the option field accept and go to next screen using F6.
Modify the field Pay Interest? from Y to N. Get the modification verified.
Ensure that all securities attached to the account are deleted through SRM and SRM is verified.
Ensure that no standing instructions are outstanding where the Term/Demand Loan account is
mentioned.
Ensure that there are no pending transactions for the account in entered status for the account.
On pressing F4 the system shall calculate the up-to-date interest and create transaction for interest
debit and post the same in the account under closure.
The interest entry shall be in the entered state if any exceptions are encountered.
Come out of the menu option CAAC by pressing F3 print the interest application report through menu option
PR and post and verify the interest transaction if it is in entered status through menu option TM.
However if the interest is being debited to office account then, after interest calculation and post and verify
the transaction to the office account through menu option TM and invoke menu option LAXFRINT for
transferring the interest liability from office account to the loan account.
After the interest is applied to the account through menu option CAAC, the system will show the
exact liability in the account on the day of closure as soon as the interest transaction is posted and
verified.
The loan account should be credited by the debit balance amount through menu option TM and with
flow id COLEC and the transaction should be posted and verified.
When the account balance is zero once again invoke menu option CAAC, enter Account Number and
press F4. Ensure that the field RUN INT. CALC. NOW is default populated as N and the field is
protected.
The system displays a message at the bottom of the screen that the interest calculation is up-to-date.
After ensuring this, accept and commit account closure
The account closure is to be verified through CAACAU Close An Account menu option.
The verifier has to enter V Verify in the function field.
On pressing F2 in the field Account Number the system will list the accounts where verification of
closure of the accounts is pending.
The required account can be <select>ed. Otherwise the account number may also be entered in this
field.
On pressing F4 the system will display the information as detailed above.
Accept the details and commit to verify the account closure process.
ATTACHING SECURITY TO LOAN ACCOUNTS
SECURITY REGISTER MAINTENANCE --- 'SRM'

Security Register is used to capture/maintain security details attached to borrowers particular account or to a
limit. If the drawing power is derived from security, then we need to keep constant watch on security value,
because drawing power varies as per the security value. In Finacle, security can be created of two types,
Primary and Collateral.
Prerequisites
1. If the security is to be attached to an Account then during opening the account (OAAC) itself, in
option H details, second screen
a. Drawing Power Indicator = D- Derived From Securities.
b. Drawing Power %
Change in Drawing Power indicator of the already opened accounts to the Derived from Securities, can be
done through menu option ACLHM.
If the security is to be attached to Limit Node, then the Limit Node must been created, through menu option
LNM.
ADDING NEW SECURITY TO AN ACCOUNT
Invoke Menu option SRM

Function A (Add)
Linkage Type A (Account).
A/c No. Enter the A/c No. to which this security is to be attached. Press F4
The system will bring data entry block for security and the cursor will appear in Enter Option
field.
Enter Option A (Add). Press F4. The cursor will appear in data entry block.
Security Code Press F2 to get the list. The system will display list of type of security registers
available.
Depending upon the selection of security type, enter insurance and charge details. E.g. select
security type STOCKS by pressing Shift+F4 on this list item. The system will display the type of
security against the field Security Type
Lien A/c If the security is of Deposit type, then the account number of the deposit need to be
entered here. In other type of security types, this field will be protected.
Security Group Press F2. Select the group.
Security Class Press F2. Select security class.
Ceiling Limit (mandatory)- Enter the amount. This is the limit upto which the loan/advance could
be sanctioned against the type of security. E.g. even if the security value is Rs.1,00,000/- and
ceiling limit is Rs.10,000/-, the Drawing power will be Rs.10,000/-.
Margin Percent This is default populated, depending upon the type of security selected.This will
be the margin percentage retained before arriving at the drawing power for the account/node
linked to this security.
Nature of Charge Press F2. e.g select Hypothecation.
Received Date Enter the date on which the security is received.
Due Date Enter the due date of submission of security statement.
Apply Penal Int - If this field is made Y then the penal interest will be charged if there is delay in
submission of the statement.
Frequency If the security is of type STOCKS, then indicate a frequency at which the
customer/borrower has to submit the statement of stocks.
Unit Value If the security is in the form of e.g. shares, NSC, then enter unit value per security.
No. of Units If the security is in the form of e.g. shares, NSC, then enter no of units.
Security Value If the security type is STOCKS, enter absolute value of security. If the security is
in the form of shares, NSC, then after entering Unit Value and No. of Units, system will calculate
value of security automatically.
Primary/Collateral valid values are P or C. Whether the security is taken as primary or collateral
security for the account. If the security is taken as collateral then the security value would not be
used for arriving at Drawing Power.
Remarks Free text field.
Drawing Power for the account will be taken as Security Value less Margin (Provided Security is marked as
Primary) or Sanctioned Limit whichever is lower.
Insurance Reqd. Y or N. Depending upon type of security, value against this field will appear as Y
or N. If Y, then enter Insurance Details for the security.
Chrg Reqd. Y or N. Depending upon type of security, value against this field will appear as Y or N.
If Y, enter Charge Details for the security.
OPTIONAL DETAILS
Press F6 to see second screen.
After entering all the details, press F4. The cursor will come to Enter Option field. From here, select
option N-Insurance details, C-Charge Details, P-Inspection Details etc.
See the value against Insurance Reqd., if this is Y the N-Insurance details. Also, if the value against
Chrg Reqd., if this is Y, fill the Charge Details.
ENTER INSURANCE DETAILS
Enter Option N (Insurance Details). Press F4.
Option Code A (Add). Press F4. Insurance Details screen will appear.
Insurance Type Press F2. Select the type of insurance e.g. go to Comprehensive Insurance and
press Shift+F4 to select it.
Insurance Ref Number1 Enter Policy Number
Company Name & Addr Free Text. Enter Insurance Co.s name e.g. National Insurance and give its
address
Goods Insured Enter details of goods for which insurance has been obtained
Policy Amount Enter the amount for which insurance has been obtained. If the policy amount is
less than Security Value, then the system will raise an exception Under Insurance For Security
Risk Cover Start Date Enter the date from which insurance is effective
Risk Cover End Date Enter the date up to which insurance is effective.
Remark Column enter premium amount paid
After filling necessary fields, press F4. Curser will come to the Enter Option
Field. Enter S to go back to the Security Details Screen.
ENTER CHARGE DETAILS

Enter Option C (Charge Details). Press F4
Option Code A (Add). Press F4. Charge Details screen will appear on the screen
Charge Amount Enter the amount, which should be equal to the Security Value. Otherwise, system
will raise an exception.
Date of Regn. Enter date of Registration of the charge.
Reg. Authority Enter the name of the authority with whom the charge has been created.
Address Enter address of Reg. Authority
City Press F2. Go to the City. Select city by pressing Shift+F4.
State Press F2. Select state by pressing Shift+F4.
Pin Code Enter six digit Pin Code. No list available for this field.
Charge Instmnt Free text. enter instrument details.
Charge Details Free text. enter other information related to charges.
After filling necessary fields, press F4. Curser will come to the Enter Option Field. Enter S to go
back to the Security Details Screen.
Now Press F10 to commit/save security details.
CHARGING PENAL INTEREST IN DELAY / NON SUBMISSION OF STOCK STATEMENT

PROCEDURE FOR FEEDING STOCK STATEMENT
When stock statement is receive by the branch user enter the stock statement under SRM menu option
entering date of receipt of stock statement under receive date field and due date as next due date ( stock
statement is valid till due date )
There can be 4 scenarios after first due date :
1) STOCK STATEMENT RECEIVED ON OR BEFORE NEXT DUE DATE

2) STOCK STATEMENT RECEIVED AFTER DUE DATE BUT RECEIVED BEFORE MONTH END DATE
(INTEREST APPLICATION DATE)
3) STOCK STATEMENT NOT RECEIVED AFTER DUE DATE TILL MONTH END DATE (INTEREST APPLICATION
DATE)
4) STOCK STATEMENT RECEIVED AFTER LONG DELAY (RECEIVED AFTER MORE THAN SAY TWO MONTHS)
1)STOCK STATEMENT RECEIVED ON OR BEFORE NEXT DUE DATE (IDEAL CONDITION)
Stock statement is received on or before the due date, user is required to substitute the existing
record with feeding receive date as date when stock statement is received. On verification due date
will be replaced with next due date by the system as per frequency fed for the account, even if due
date is not changed by the user.
Interest impact - System will not charge penal interest in such cases.
2) STOCK STATEMENT RECEIVED AFTER DUE DATE BUT RECEIVED BEFORE MONTH END DATE
(INTEREST APPLICATION DATE)
In case of stock statement received after the due date user is required to first modify the receive date
of current SRM record and feed receive date as date of stock statement is received and verify the same.
After this user is required to substitute the newly modified record. After verification of substituted record
system will create new record and change Due date as per frequency fed.
Interest impact - System will charge the penal interest on the basis of Receive date fed
before substitution of the record.
3) WHEN STOCK STATEMENT IS NOT RECEIVED AFTER THE DUE DATE TILL MONTH END DATE
In case stock statement not received after due date till month end date, user is required to make receive
date as blank after due date and before month end date.
Important : In case stock statement is received after making receive date as blank before month end
date, user is required to fed the receive date through modification mode under STM and substitute the
record as per process (2) above. If stock statement is not received in the month then receive
date should remain blank.
Interest impact System will charge penal interest for stock upto month end date on the last day of
the respective month. Against if stock statement is not received for long time then no modification is
required to be done till next submission and system will continue to charge penal stock interest every
month till receive date remains blank.
4) WHEN STOCK STATEMENT RECEIVED AFTER LONG TIME AFTER DUE DATE:
In case stock statement received after long time (several months), user has to feed receive date in
existing record ( where receive date is blank ) through modification under SRM and after verification of
such record user is required to substitute record as many times till due date comes as next month date (
it can be checked after verification of the record).
VERIFICATION OF SECURITY DETAILS
Menu option SRM

Function V (Verify).
Linkage Type A (Account). Press F4
The system will bring the list of all the unverified securities being attached to this account. Go to the
Security Code. Press Shift+F4. The details of the Security will appear on the screen, with all the
fields protected.
Enter Option N (Insurance Details). Press F4.
Option Code I (Inquiry). Press F4. See the details. Press F4. Delete I.
Option Code S (Security Details). Press F4.
See that you are back in Security Details screen. Delete N.
Enter Option C (Charge Details). Press F4. You are in Charge Details screen.
Enter Option - S (Security Details). Press F4.
See that you are back in Security Details screen.
At Enter Option field, press F10 to commit. Press F3. The verified security shall have * mark at the
beginning of the security.
Press F3 twice.
Menu option ACCBAL for this account, shall show the amount of securities (ceiling limit), Available
Amt, Drawing Power and Eff. Avail Amt etc.
'SRM' MODIFICATION -- ON RECEIPT OF STOCK STATEMENT
In Cash Credit accounts, Stock Statement or Statement of Book Debts, etc. is received on monthly/ quarterly
basis. In case the Drawing Power Indicator is set at `D-Derived from Security and SRM record is created, the
same is to be modified every month / quarter immediately upon receipt of the fresh Stock Stt./ Stt. of Book
Debts, so that the DP in the account gets updated.
AT FIRST SUBSTITUTE THE EXISTING SRM RECORD
Invoke the SRM menu. In the Function field, enter `M-Modify; give the valid Linkage Type (A or N)
and Node Id or Account No. and Press F4.
The system shows the list of existing SRM records. Select appropriate record (Shift+F4)
In the option field, enter `S-Substitute and press F4.
Modify the Received Date field with the date of receipt of the current Stock Statement and press F4
and F10 to commit.
Verify this `Substitution through SRM-Function: `V.
In case Charge Details exist for the substituted record, the system prompts to visit the Charge Details
screen before commit. Visit the Charge Details screen and revert back to the Security Details screen
and press F10 .
NOW MODIFY THE SUBSTITUTED SRM RECORD
The above process will insert a new record with the same values as that of old security and update
the drawing power indicator of old security with `S-Substituted.
For this new record, the drawing power indicator will be `P-Provisional.
To update the value of security as per the latest Stock Statement/ Statement of Book Debts, this
substituted new SRM record is to be modified.
For this invoke menu option SRM -- `M-Modify.
After entering the appropriate Linkage type, Node Id or Account No. press F4.
The system lists the old as well as the new record with DP Indicators as `S & `P respectively.
Select the new record with DP Indicator as `P shift+F4. The Security Details screen of that record is
shown by the system.
In the option field, enter `M-Modify and press F4. Now change the value of security as per latest
Stock Statement / Statement of Book Debts and press F4 and F10.
Verify this `modified SRM record through SRM- Function: `V.
As the system calculates penal interest for delay in submission of stock statement, the correct date of
receipt must be entered in the Receipt Date field.
In case the value of security is not sufficient enough to cover the outstanding balance as on the date
of modification, the system grants a TOD automatically.
OTHER MODIFICATIONS IN 'SRM'
The security record created can be required to be further modified due to:--
Modification in Charge Details
Modification in Insurance Details
Modification in Inspection Details
Deletion of existing securities
This can be done by invoking menu option SRM, function as `M-Modify, give the appropriate linkage
type and the account number or node id and press F4.
If there are multiple records, the system displays all the records. Select the appropriate record
through Shift+F4.
The Security Details screen is displayed. To modify the Charge Details, Insurance Details or
Inspection Details, enter `C, `N or `P in the option field and press F4.
In the Option field, enter `M-Modify and Press F4 and carry out the desired modifications.
Press F4 and delete 'M' and enter `S and press F4 to come back to Security Details screen.
Delete `C and enter `N or `P to carry out modifications in Insurance Details or Ìnspection Details,
if any. Else, press F10 to commit.
DELETING 'SRM' RECORD
To delete the SRM record, go to `M-Modify function, give the linkage type and relevant Account No.
or Node ID and press F4.
From the list of records available, select the record to be deleted shift +F4 and in the option field
enter `D-Delete and press F4.
Press F4 again and F10 to commit the deletion.
All the above Modifications/ Deletions require verification through SRM-Function: `V.
FILING OF PARTICULARS OF TRANSACTION CREATING SECURITY INTEREST/ MORTGAGE BY

WAYOF DEPOSIT OF TITLE DEED(S) WITH CENTRAL REGISTRY SET UP UNDER THE PROVISIONS
OFSARFAESI ACT, 2002 GUIDELINES IN CBS
1. As per existing guidelines, SRM record should be created in the system for each and every security
charged to the bank.
2. For Immovable Properties (IPs) charged to the bank, following Security Codes are available in the
system and branches are required to create the appropriate SRM record. For primary security, value in
Prim/Secnd? field should be set at P Primary and for collateral security, the value in this field
should be set as C Collateral.
Security Code Security Description Whether Charged Whether Insurance

Details are Details are

mandatory mandatory
IPMTG MORTGAGE OF IMMOVABLE YES YES
PTY
IPLAND IMM. PROPERTY-LAND YES NO
BUILDING IMM. PROPERTY-BUILDING YES YES
Value in Nature of Charge field in SRM should be kept as 004 Mortgage.
3. While creating SRM record for the Immovable Properties charged to the bank by way of equitable
mortgage, special care should be taken in assigning values in the following fields:
SRM field Values to be assigned

Collateral Code Appropriate Security Code should be assigned in this field.
Collateral Class For Immovable Properties, a Collateral Class Code 008 LAND &
BUILDING is available in the system and the same should be
assigned.
Nature of Charge As the securities shall be charged by way of EM, a Nature of Charge
Code 004 MORTGAGE is available in the system and the same
should be assigned in such cases.
Received Date This date is very important. Branches should fill in the date of
deposit of Title Deed(s) with the Bank by the party, in this field.
Due Date As these IPs remain mortgaged with the bank till the loan is liquidated,
the loan/ limit expiry date should be filled in this field.
Prim/ Secnd? In case IP is charged to the bank as primary security, value in this field
should be kept as P Primary and in case it is charged to the bank
as collateral security, this value should be kept as C Collateral.
Please note that, in case multiple IPs are mortgaged to the bank in a single account, separate
SRM record for each and every IP should be created.
4. CHARGE DETAILS (IMPORTANT):
C - Charge Details is mandatory in all the SRM records created with the Security Codes relating to
Immovable Properties. On complying with the aforesaid guidelines on filing of particulars of transactions
creating security interest/ mortgage by way of deposit of Title Deed(s) with the Central Registry set up
under the provisions of SARFAESI Act, 2002, its details should be captured in the system by entering the C
Charge Details in the SRM record.
In case, the SRM record in respect of IPs equitably mortgaged with the bank, has already been created in the
accounts, appropriate C Charge Details should be filled in the system by modifying all those SRM
records immediately after the charge has been filed with the aforesaid Central Registry.
Thus should be entered in the C Charge Details:
Charge Details fields Values to be assigned

Charge Amount Enter the amount up to which charge is available to our bank on this security
Date of Filing Enter the date on which charge is filled on line with the Central Registry.
Date of Regn. Enter the date on which charge is registered with the Central Registry. (Date
of filing will be date of registration)
Date of Receipt Enter the date on which Acknowledgement/ Receipt is received the Central
Registry. (Since there is no system of acknowledgement , the same date i.e.
date of filing of particulars of EM as above.
Reg Authority Enter CENTRAL REGISTRY UNDER SARFAESI in this field.
City Enter NEWDL NEW DELHI in this field as this Central Registry is
situated at New Delhi
State Enter DL DELHI in this field as this Registry is situated at Delhi State.
Pin Code The Pin Code of Bhikaji Cama Place, New Delhi is 110607. Please enter this
Pin Code in this field
Charge Instr It is a free text field. Form I has been notified for filing of particulars of
creation or modification of charge/ security interest by way of deposit of Title
Deed(s) and Form II has been prescribed for Satisfaction of Charge.
Enter the applicable instrument by which charge has been filled by the
bank.(Complete details of documents i.e. Sale deed / Lease deed /
Award of court etc. is to be filled)
Charge Details Asset ID / Security Interest ID of EM created of the central Registry
Web system
Please note that above mentioned C Charge Details must be entered for IPs charged with the
bank in the shape of Equitable Mortgage whether as a Primary Security or as a Collateral
Security. (MISC Circular 10/2012)
5. REGISTRATION OF CHARGE WITH MULTIPLE AUTHORITIES:
As per guidelines circulated by IRMD: HO vide aforesaid L&A circular No. 39 dated 25.04.2011, filing of
particulars of transaction creating security interest/ mortgage by way of deposit of Title Deed(s) with the
Central Registry set up under the provisions of SARFAESI Act, 2002 is mandatory in respect of all IPs
equitably mortgaged with the bank on or after 01.04.2011. After filing this charge, corresponding
details should be entered in the system as per the procedure explained above.
In case of Public and Private Limited Companies, banks charge on these IPs is also required to be registered
with their respective Registrar of Companies (ROC). In such cases, details of Charge registered with ROC
are also required to be entered in the system.
To handle this scenario, multiple entries can be created in C Charge Details against a particular SRM
record by pressing <down arrow> key. After entering the charge details in respect of Central Registry, the
User should press <down arrow> key and enter A Add in the option block and enter the charge details in
respect of ROC.
In case charge details in respect of ROC have already been filed in the accounts and particulars of transaction
is now filed with the Central Registry, necessary Addition in C Charge Details can now be made by
modifying the respective SRM record.
GENERATION OF MIS REPORTS / STATEMENTS
To ensure correct generation of MIS reports through the system, it is desired that correct MIS Codes
are entered in the accounts and related SRM record is created, both for the primary security available
in the account as well as the collateral security, if any.
To facilitate the completion of MIS/ SRM related activities, following two customized reports are
available in the system:
PNBRPT: MAIN MENU - 3 LOANS & ADVANCES REPORTS
19. Report of MIS Codes Entered in the Accounts

20. List of the Accounts where SRM is not created
Under Staff Loan Schemes including Clean Overdraft Scheme, where the SRM records are created
with Security Code-` `PERSONAL as collateral security.
In the absence of any primary security, such accounts are reflected as unsecured by the system and
correct MIS is not getting generated.
As per extant guidelines of the bank, the staff loan a/c sanctioned under staff loan schemes
including Clean Overdraft Scheme should be reported under the category of secured loans.

Hence, in all such a/cs, primarily sanctioned against personal security of the staff, the SRM record
with security code `PERSONAL as `Primary Security should be created instead of `Collateral
Security. Wherever, the same is shown as collateral security, the SRM record should be suitably
modified.
For Unsecured Advances sanctioned to public, where no tangible primary security is available like
Education Loan to Public, Personal Loan to Public, etc. SRM record with security code `PERSONAL
as `Primary Security should be created instead of `Collateral Security.
In case any collateral security is available in such a/c, then separate SRM record for such securities
should be created.
IDENTIFICATION OF WILFUL DEFAULTERS IN CBS
Willful Defaulters, identification of a borrower has to be done at the customer level. In order to generate
MIS on willful defaulters a new code WILFD WILLFUL DEFAULTER has been created in CBS under
Customer Free Code C1. In case a borrower has been identified as willful defaulter, this code must be
assigned in G General Details at the CUMM level.
Report on List of Willful Defaulters has also been customized and deployed at PNBRPT 2/18 in MIS
Server
LOAN MODULE - UTILITIES
PLACING A LIEN ON THE OPERATIVE ACCOUNT
It is also possible in the application to place a lien on the operative account for pending demands in
the Term/Demand Loan accounts using menu option. LALIEN Loans Lien Process
When a lien process is run the system will mark a lien to the extent of available balance in the
operative account or the outstanding demands in the Term/Demand Loan account, whichever is less.
The lien so placed gets vacated when the demand satisfaction process is run using menu option
LADSP.
If the lien process is required to be run on a Term/Demand Loan account then the value in the field
Repayment Method of the sub option S Scheme Details of the menu option OAAC/ACM should
have been modified from N which is default populated to E - or T.
When the field Repayment Method is modified to E or T then, the system will force to enter
the account number on which the lien is to be placed in the field Operative A/c No.
On entering the required information, <accept>, enter the print parameters and commit. The system
will generate two reports, which gives the details of success/errors of the accounts on which the
process has been run/failed respectively.
The report so generated should be printed and checked.
An accept and commit on blank Scheme Code and From-To Account fields will lead to running
the process for all the Term/Demand Loan Accounts.
RECOVERY OF OVERDUE INSTALMENTS FROM OPERATIVE ACCOUNT
The field Repayment Method under sub option S Scheme Details of the menu option OAAC/ACM controls
the automatic recovery of demands from operative account. The valid values for this field for running the
demand satisfaction process are:
E Recover the dues from operative account to the extent of available balance
T Recover the dues from the operative account by allowing a temporary overdraft
to the extent of shortfall
N No batch recovery should happen
In order to enable the system to run automatic recovery then the value in the field Repayment
Method of the sub option S Scheme Details of the menu option OAAC/ACM should be modified
from N which is default populated to E or T.
When the field Repayment Method is modified to E or T then, the system will force to enter the a/c
no from which the installments are to be recovered in the field Operative A/c No.
If the value in the field Repayment Method is entered as E then the system will recover the
installment on due date from the operative account specified in the field Operative A/c No. to the
extent of available balance or the demand amount whichever is less.
In case of shortfall the system will automatically recover the pending demands as and when the
credits are received in the operative a/c provided menu LADSP is run every day.
If the repayment method is set to T then the system will recover the installment by creating a TOD
in the operative account if the balance is not sufficient to satisfy the outstanding demands in the
Term/Demand Loan account.
When the demand satisfaction process is run and if any overflow amount (advance credits in
Term/Demand Loan accounts) is outstanding in the account, the system will satisfy the demands on
due dates from the overflow amount whenever the process is run.
Whenever the demand satisfaction is from overflow amount, then no transactions are created.
However, if the overflow amount does not satisfy the demands then recovery is made from the
operative a/c for the difference amount and transaction is created for differential amount.
The recovery of the installments from the operative account will be done on the due date as per the
frequency entered in the E Repayment Schedule Details of OAAC menu option.
LOANS DEMAND SATISFACTION PROCESS-- 'LADSP'
On entering the required information, accept, enter the print parameters and commit. The system will
generate three reports as detailed hereunder:
1. Loan Recovery Failure Report which gives the details of the accounts where recovery has failed
along with the reasons for failure.
2. Loan Recovery Success Report which gives the details of the accounts where the demands have
been satisfied and/or pending.
3. OFTI Post Report which gives the details of the Tran Ids created during the process.
4. All the report so generated should be printed, transactions created by the system should be got
posted/verified, reports should be checked and necessary follow-up should be made in the accounts
where the recovery could not happen due insufficiency of funds in the operative account.
5. An accept and commit on blank Scheme Code and From-To Account fields will lead to running the
process for all the Term/Demand Loan Accounts.
PARTITIONED ACCOUNTS - INQUIRY
Interest charged in Term Loan accounts under the scheme codes TLSHL, TLSVL and TLRED is
parked in the office accounts bearing no.<Sol_Id>5711410,<Sol_Id>5711411 and Sol_Id>5711407
respectively.
The menu options PARTINQ & PHINQ are used to inquire the transactions in above noted
partitioned accounts and to generate the report.
Now the menu options PARTINQ and PHINQ can also be used for inter-sol inquiry.
The process of inquiring the details of the partitioned a/c through menu PARTINQ and PHINQ:--
In the field of Set Id users have to give the SOL _ID of the sol of which the inquiry of partitioned
account is to be made.
In the field of partitioned account the complete partitioned account number prefixed with sol_id, of
which the inquiry of the partitioned a/c is to be made, be given
In the field of account number the complete account number, of which the inquiry is required, be
given
LAOPI LOANS OVERDUE POSITION INQUIRY
This menu option can be used to extract ,generate or enquiring much information by selecting criteria in the
screen. The option can be used for looking at loan accounts in which there is overflow of funds, which means

that either the customer has deposited advance installments or there is some demand which has not been
satisfied. On generating the records by explode overflow amount can be seen.
By invoking the option the system displays :--
Total no. of loan a/cs with their total liability. {Total outstanding in loan accounts.}
Non-interest demand and interest demand in total loan accounts, the total collection and due
amount with percentage,
Account wise details of demands made, collections received and overdue if any is also showed by
the system
If any of the account details are to be viewed, just explode the a/c no. filed and the system shall
display whether the interest is debited to loan a/c or office a/c, security held and its value,
interest liability, interest waived, total overdue installments if any.
If overdue position of a specific demand type is to be enquired then also the option is useful.
The details of transactions through which the installment is adjusted can also be seen by just
exploding the particular record.
A report can also be generated for any criteria or for combination of criteria's and printed through
menu option 'PR'
ACCOUNTS WHERE LIMITATION HAS BEEN EXPIRED OR GOING TO EXPIRE IN NEXT UPTO 12
MONTHS - REPORTING
In CBS system the following two reports are available for monitoring limitation in the accounts:
1. PNBRPT 3/5 List of accounts where limitation has been expired.

2. PNBRPT 3/5a List of accounts where limitation is going to expire in next upto
12 months.
In order to generate correct position of such accounts in the report it is required that correct information for
each type of account entered in the system. The steps to be taken for entering correct position are explained
hereunder:
1. Standard Account: Debt Acknowledgement date is to be entered through menu option ACM function
M in S (Scheme Details).
2. NPA Account: The details related to each and every NPA account is required to be captured through
menu option NPAD. The fields which are marked blue in the screen shot are mandatory to capture
for each NPA account.
3. Recovery certificate filed cases: Suit Status is available where user is required to enter
information related to RC filed cases(legal action initiated under state recovery acts) The information
should start with the text RC............................. (eg.RC filed on <date>).User may also enter
information in other fields if found relevant to the account. The information entered by one user is
required to be verified by another user as per banks guidelines.
4. Suit filed/decreed accounts: Where regular legal suit has been filed and/or decree has
been obtained user is required to change the appropriate GL Sub Head through menu option
TACBSH.
5. WLA Approved accounts: User is required to enter Y in first field (WLA Flg?) and date of
approval of WLA in the second field through menu option COWO.
6. Written off accounts: User is required to enter value Y or N as applicable in the field
Written Off Flg? The information in the next three field will be mandatory if value Y is given in the
first field. The help at key F1 is available wherever required.

NON-PERFORMING ASSET - ACCOUNTS IN FINACLE
The accounts, which are Non-Performing Assets, are to be marked as NPAs in Finacle. These accounts might
have been migrated into Finacle while uploading various other accounts. However, if the accounts are not
migrated to Finacle, then these accounts are also to be opened in Transfer-in mode using the menu option
OAAC.
CLASSIFYING AN ACCOUNT AS NPA IN FINACLE:
The accounts, are to be marked as NPAs using the menu option MEAC simultaneously change the
GL subhead code of non-performing assets (refer page 174 of this booklet).
Invoke the menu option MEAC give the Cust-id of the borrower in the field Cust-id and press F4.
The system will display the account and the existing Asset Classification. Modify the Classification
using the following codes:
Main Classification:
001 - Performing Asset
002 - Non- Performing Asset
Sub Classification:
001 - Standard Asset
002 - Sub-standard Asset
003 - Doubtful Asset
004 - Loss Asset
After making the necessary modification press F10 which changes the asset classification for all the
accounts of the borrower.
INCOME DERECOGNITION OF NPA ACCOUNTS
Once the accounts are classified/marked as NPAs then using the menu option TM de-recognise the
income in the respective accounts by passing following entries:
Dr. respective income account Interest earned on loans
Cr. A/c no: <respective loan account of the customer>
On entering the Credit transaction, the additional details are also required to be entered.
Post and verify the transaction.
REVERSAL OF DERECOGNISED INCOME IN FINACLE:
Whenever any recovery is received into the account and if the derecognised income is to be
reversed, the same is to be done procedurally using the menu option TM.
The transactions required to be passed for reversal of income derecognition will be as under:
Dr. A/c no:<Respective Loan account>
Cr. Income Account
Normal transaction to the loan account where the recovery is received must also be made.
Both the transactions are to be posted and verified.
REVERSAL OF ASSET CLASSIFICATION IN FINACLE
If any account is required to be reversed to the Performing Category, the same is required to be
made using the menu option MEAC and modifying the required Asset Classification i.e., Main
Classification and Sub-classification to Performing (001) and Standard (001) respectively.
Simultaneously GL Sub head code of the account is also required to be changed to normal account
GL sub head running account

CLOSURE OF THE NPA ACCOUNT:
Before initiating the steps for closure of an NPA account, check whether the correct interest rate
is given to the account through menu option ACM and sub-option 0 and if the last interest
posted date is correct using the sub-option?.
If required the last interest posted date and the rate of interest can be modified using menu
option INTTM by changing the required interest rate code and the effective date.
After making the aforesaid checks, modify the asset classification of the account to Performing
(001) and Standard (001) using the menu option MEAC.
Thereafter run the menu option CAAC for closure of the account, Post the Interest Transactions,
Post the Credit Transaction and verify the transactions. Verify the account closure using menu
option CAACAU.
Simultaneously, reverse the derecognised income for the account.
LIMIT NODE MAINTENANCE
When a party is sanctioned multiple limits i.e. to say Fund based and Non Fund based and thereafter multiple
accounts are opened under the above categories then it becomes difficult to monitor these accounts
together. Finacle has provision to monitor all the limits and outstanding sanctioned to the party in one go
through LTL (Limit Tree Lookup) which can only be seen if the Limit Nodes of the party have been defined in
the system.
Limit node maintenance allows to maintain the limits and control the drawing power at account
level, limit level etc.
Limit nodes can be linked to accounts, bank guarantees, documentary credits etc.
To monitor partys total exposure / liability for different types of head like fund, non-fund etc.
Finacle provides feature of maintaining the limits in various currencies and in the
same limit tree also maintaining limits in different currencies are permitted to one
level.
Limit Node is to be created from top to bottom.
Limit ID : Each limit node is identified through a combination of two parameters Limit Prefix
and Limit Suffix. The first field of Limit ID denotes Limit Prefix and second one as Limit
Suffix. While creating any fresh limit node, values for these two parameters are to be assigned as under:
Limit Prefix: It represents the customer for which limit node is created. Ideally, the
Customer id should be assigned in this field. However, it is difficult to remember customer
id of all the parties. So name of the party can also be used.
Limit Suffix: It represents the nature of facility for which the node is being created. These
codes are duly defined by the data centre and can be selected from the list available.
The list of these codes is shown below:
Limit Suffix Code Code Description Limit Suffix Code Code

Description
PTEXP** PARTY TOTAL EXPOSURE
FUND FUNDED EXPOSURE NFUND NON-FUNDED
EXPOSURE
LIMIT SUFFIXES FLC-S LIMIT SUFFIXES UNDER NON
UNDER FUNDED FUNDED EXPOSURE:
EXPOSURE:

CC CASH CREDIT FLC-S FOREIGN LETTER
OF CREDIT- SIGHT
CCBD CASH CREDIT BOOK FLC-U FOREIGN LETTER

DEBTS OF CREDIT -
USANCE
FBN FGN.BILLS FLG FOREIGN LETTER

NEGOTIATED OF GUARANTEE
FBP FOREIGN BILLS FWC FORWARD

PURCHASED CONTRACT LIMIT
FUBD FGN. USANCE BILL FWCP FORWARD

DISCOUNT CONTRACT
PURCHASE
FUBN FOREIGN USANCE FWCS FORWARD
BILLS NEGOTIATED CONTRACT SALE
FUBP FOREIGN USNACE ILC-S INLAND LETTER OF

BILLS PURCHASED CREDIT- SIGHT
OBD OUTWARD BILLS ILC-U INLAND LETTER OF

DISCOUNTED CREDIT - USANCE
OD OVERDRAFTS ILG INLAND LETTER OF

GUARANTEE
ODDC ODD CLEAN
ODDD ODD DOCUMENTARY
PC PACKING CREDIT
PCFC PACKING CREDIT
FOREIGN
CURRENCY
TL TERM LOANS
STL SHORT TERM LOAN
WCDL WORKING CAPITAL
DEMAND LOAN
PROCEDURE
Create parent Limit Node through LNM. Select Drawing Power ind as D-Derived from Security.
Verify LNM.
Create Security Register through SRM. Verify SRM.
Invoke Menu Option LNM (Limit Node Maintenance)
A CREATION OF PARENT LIMIT ID
Function A (Add)

Limit ID This has two parts viz. Limit Prefix and Limit Suffix. Limit prefix is entered as a part of
creating the limit id. customer id is used as limit prefix so that it is more beneficial from the point of
usage. Limit Suffix is the code available in the system for individual type of limit nodes which should
be very carefully given.
Limit ID Prefix part
Limit ID Suffix part, press F2. Go to the record PTEXP Party Total Exposure and press
Shift+F4. Press F4. The system will come to the data block where enter details for Limit
Node
Description Free text. Generally Companys name is given followed by limit type. Party
Total Exp.
Currency INR (once the currency given and limit node is verified, the same can not be modified
through LNM, so be careful while specifying currency)
Customer ID
Parent Limit ID for creating parent limit id, so parent limit id will be blank for PTEXP.
Sanction Limit Enter the sanction limit.
Drawing Power Ind E (Derived from Security)
Drawing Power % - In case of parent limit id, leave it blank
DP/Margin retained in our case it is blank It can be used if DP indicator is M
Limit Sanct /exp date Enter todays date in the Sanction date and in exp date field enter date of
one year later
Sanction Level Code Press F2. Select the code by pressing Shift+F4.
Sanct. Auth. Code Press F2. Select the code by pressing Shift+F4.
Single Trans N. If this is Y, then once the DP is utilized up to the sanctioned limit, then customer
will not be able to utilize it again even if he has remitted the earlier amount used.
Remarks Free Text.
User Maintained Liab. Enter 0. blocking part of the amount available in the limit by entering a
value in this field. The amount available will be reduced by this value. The DP will be reduced by this
value.
VERIFICATION OF LIMIT NODE

Menu Option LNM
Function V (Verify) Limit id Press F4. The system will display Limit Node Details. If
everything acceptable, Press F10. The limit node id is verified.
CREATION CHILD LIMIT NODE

After creating parent limit node, child limit node can be added, and attached to the parent limit node.
Invoke Menu option 'LNM'
Function A (Add)
Limit Node (/ FUND). Press F4. The cursor will appear in the data block
Enter description, Currency, Customer id.
Parent Limit Node
Sanction Limit
Drawing Power P (Parent) (If DP is derived from parent than %age DP is to be given)
Drawing Power This is percentage of parent limit which is allocated to the child (./FUND) limit
node.
DP/Marin retained this will automatically come.
Fill the remaining fields.
VERIFICATION OF LIMIT NODE

Menu Option 'LNM'
Function V (Verify)
Limit id Press F4.
The system will display Limit Node Details. If everything acceptable, Press F10. The limit node id is
verified.
Now, LTL (Limit Tree Lookup) for limit node, will show one limit node and one child node added to the
just one level below it.
ADDING FURTHER CHILD NODES TO THE LIMIT NODE

Follow the above process to create Non-Fund Limit Node (LNM). The field Drawing power ind will
be P (Parent).Verify Limit Node (LNM). See LTL to confirm the tree.
Create child Limit Node (./CC) (LNM). With appropriate parent Limit Node. The field Drawing
power ind will be P (Parent). Verify Limit Node (LNM). See LTL to confirm the tree.In LTL, the level
of this limit node will be 3.
Create child Limit Node (../TL) (LNM). With appropriate parent Limit Node. The field Drawing
power ind will be P (Parent). Limit Node (LNM). See LTL to confirm the tree. In LTL, the level of
this limit node will be 3,
Create child Limit Node (../ILG) (LNM). With appropriate parent Limit Node. The field Drawing
power ind will be P (Parent). Verify Limit Node (LNM). See LTL to confirm the tree. In LTL, the level
of this limit node will be 3.
Create similarly other child nodes for the parent node
i) Limits nodes for NFund its child for FLC and ILC are to be created. But, it is to be remembered that
in case the DP is to be derived from parent then %age DP is to be given. However, if the DP
indicator is to be given as E then %age field is not to be used.
ii) If DP indicator in child limit node is given as E which is usually accepted, then normally the
security is attached to the account and not to the parent limit node. The system will update the
transaction in child limit node and its parent limit node and also parents parent limit node.
After creating all the nodes limit ids created by the system are to be entered through ACLHM on the DP
screen. By doing this, account will automatically be linked to the parent limit nodes.
VIEWING LIMIT TREE
Inquiry option is LTL (LIMIT TREE LOOK UP) and LNDI (LIMIT NODE INQUIRY)
Invoke Menu Option 'LTL' (Limit Tree Lookup)

Limit Id Press F4
The system will display only one node which is recently created. The fields as:
1. Limit Nodes
2. Desc Party Total Exp.
3. Crncy INR
4. Limit this amount it takes from sanction limit mentioned in LNM. If the sanction
limit is more than DP/Margin retained, the system will take Limit = DP/Margin retained.
5. Total Liability The system will display total liability under this limit node.
6. Level This will display position of this limit node under its parent.
ENHANCEMENTS
Finacle 7.0 has been enhanced to attach, an entity of any currency to any limit node. This entity includes
Account, Documentary Credit, Bank Guarantee Forward Contract. Ex: If a limit node L1 is in USD currency
(non-home currency), it can have child nodes L2 in INR currency, L3 in USD currency and L4 in JPY currency.
GRANT OF TOD IN TM MENU OPTION - 'LNM' LINKED ACCOUNTS

A new facility for grant of TOD in 'Limit Node' linked accounts while posting a transaction in menu TM - sub-
option 'N'. The system applies 'Penal Interest' as applicable for grant of TOD.

LINKING OF ACCOUNTS WITH THE LIMIT NODE:
The fund based limit nodes created above should be attached to the respective loan account in
Limit ID
In existing accounts, the same can be attached through menu option ACLHM by modifying the
D Drawing Power Details.
During any transaction to the accounts linked to this limit node, system checks for any transgression
in the limit node vis--vis the outstanding in the accounts. The transgression will result in the
exception Liability exceeds Group Limit being shown to the user, for necessary action.
LINKING OF NON FUND BASED LIMIT NODES DURING ODCM/ GMM:
For regular non fund based limits have been sanctioned to the party, its corresponding Limit Node
MUST be created before allowing availment of these limits.
At the time of issue of Letter of Credit through menu option ODCM, partys non fund based limit
node should be assigned at Party Limit ID field.
At the time of issue of respective Letter of Guarantee through menu options GMM, partys
respective non fund based limit node should be assigned at Limit ID field.
NOTE/ IMPORTANT: To calculate risk weight in non fund based business branches to create Limit Node
for each and every non fund based transaction of Guarantee/ Letter of Credit Issue through menu option
GMM/ ODCM respectively. Branches are therefore advised to create limit node even for individual Guarantee/
Letter of Credit issued to its customers.
In case, the LGs/LCs already issued but at the time of issuance limit id has not been created or
assigned, the limit Id can not be assigned later on. To meet the requirement, a separate menu
option NFDET has been customized to capture the limit details along with other fields for
existing non-fund activities. User is required to enter the limit under NFDET menu option and
add the amount of availed LGs/LCs under User Maintained liability in LNM menu option for the
limit node of the customer at NFUND limit Id. On closure of the LCs/LGs, the User Maintained
liability has to be modified accordingly. A separate guidelines on menu option NFDET is
available as page Number 134 .
1. Modifications in Limit Node: After creation of complete limit node structure for a customer, its
subsequent maintenance is also very important. It is observed that the Limit Sanction/ Expiry Date at
the node level is not updated by the branches on regular basis. Many a times, the Sanctioned Limits are
also revised (enhanced/ reduced) but corresponding changes are not carried out at the respective limit
node level. As a result, it is inferred by the auditors that availments are being allowed by the branches
against expired limits and/ or not as per sanction limit. Hence, branches are advised to modify these
details (Sanction Limit, Limit Sanction/ Expiry Date) at the time of renewal/ review of these limits.
2. Linking securities with the Limit Node SRM: In case Drawing Power Indicator is set as D,
appropriate security should be linked to this limit node through menu option SRM by giving Linkage
Type as N Node.
By doing so, the Drawing Power shall be parked at the limit node level. This DP can be further allocated at
the account level by setting the Drawing Power Indicator as P Parent limit node and giving appropriate
Drawing Power % in the D-Drawing power Detao;s in H-Limit History Details at the account level.
ATTACH SECURITY TO THIS PARENT LIMIT ID

Menu Option SRM
Function A (Add)
Linkage Type N (Limit Node)
Node Id Press F4
Enter the details in SRM screen

If ceiling limit is more than (Security Value Margin), the system will assume DP = Security Value Margin
VERIFICATION OF 'SRM'
Function V (Verify)
Linkage Type N (Limit Node)
Node Id Press F4
Verify the Security details.
Related menu options :
LTL Limit Tree Lookup This menu option displays the entire exposure of the customer at a glance. On
specifying the selection criteria, the system displays details Like Node ID, Description, Limit sanctioned at
node level, Liability and limit hierarchy. Details of any limit can be viewed by exploding (Ctl +E) on the
respective record.
LNDI - In this menu option, the user can get information about the accounts that are linked to a particular
limit node. From this screen, user can also view the details of any of the listed accounts by press <Ctl + E>.
LNHTIR Limit Node History Transaction Inquiry/ Report: This menu option facilitates inquiry on
limit node history and transactions based on the criteria specified. After giving the desired Limit Node ID,
From/ To Date, two types of reports can be obtained through this menu option (i) T Limit Transactions
Details and (ii) H Limit History Details by giving appropriate value in Type of Report field. MRT File
Name : After giving value in Type of Report field, its corresponding MRT file name can be selected by
pressing <F2> . In
case Type of Report is selected as T, the following transaction details are shown in the system. In case
Type of Report is selected as H, the following limit history details are shown by the system.
RLH Rebuild Limit Node History: This menu option can be used to rebuild limit history from the limit
node transactions
POST DATED CHEQUES MANAGEMENT
Facility to accept and maintain PDCs for Loan Accounts has been introduced in new version of the application.
Accepted PDCs are lodged for clearing for each installment on the due date of the installment. The cleared
funds are then utilized to satisfy the outstanding demands against the loan account.
SALIENT FEATURES
New menu option is introduced to accept/maintain status of PDCs - 'PDCM'

New menu option is introduced to lodge PDCs for clearing - 'PDCLOP'
Another new menu option to lodge exceptional PDCs (Missed/Bounced/Those PDCs that failed in the
PDCLOP menu option) - 'PDCXLOP'
New menu option to recover the installment amount and satisfy the demands raised - 'PDCCOP'
New menu option to maintain the clearing zone sol id and sol id mapping 'PDCCM' (this menu
option is applicable where a particular set of branches are combined and all the PDCs of such
branches are maintained at one centre).
New menu option to mark individual checks as bounced when one consolidated (for some loan
accounts) cheque is lodged in clearing - 'MCLOP'
New menu option to send an acknowledgement letter to the customer for the received PDCs -
'PDCACK'
New menu option to request for new PDCs when there are installments pending but the PDCs
submitted have already been used - 'PDCREQ'
FUNCTIONALITY

PDC details are accepted through the PDCM menu option either at the time of account opening or
later for those accounts where the method of repayment set up with the as P PDC in the menu
option OAAC/ACM in the field Repayment Method.
PDCLOP can be run to lodge the instruments before the actual installment date.
On suspending the zone, release to shadow balance and regularization of the zone, the clearing
process credits the office account <sol_id>31711331.
The value date of the Transaction will always be the Zone date.
Whether the interest is routed through Loan Account itself / Office Account, the credit happens to the
office account in the clearing module and then to the loan account.
LIMITATIONS OF PDC OPERATIONS
Even when an intermediate check in a bunch is substituted all the checks in the bunch will be marked
as substituted and details will have to be reaccepted for all substituted cheques.
When the Interest is routed through Loan Accounts and Multiple PDCs have been lodged for the
same loan account through exceptional lodging, in each run of PDCCOP only one PDC will be cleared
and the other PDCs will be entered in the failure report. However PDCCOP can be run multiple times
to affect recovery for such accounts.
If currency code is not entered in PDCLOP criteria, the amount range check will not consider the
decimal places.
Even while lodging only Transfer type of PDCs, Zone details will have to be entered for PDCLOP and
PDCXLOP as these are mandatory fields. For this purpose a valid zone will have to be opened too.
CHANGES TO EXISTING MENU OPTIONS ON ACCOUNT OF PDCS
MENU OPTION CHANGES MADE

TROFSETS Transfer of sets The PDC details with the zone details are recorded by the system.
Later on, through menu option TROFSETS if the PDCs are transferred to some other
zone, these details are also to be updated in the systems records.
OAAC During account opening the PDC details can also be accepted. A link has been
provided for the same to PDCM in ADD mode using the sub option 7 PDC Details.
If PDC details are not entered at the time of account opening they can also be
entered through menu option PDCM. For an account with method of repayment as
P - PDC, if PDC details are not accepted at the time of account opening, a warning
message is displayed.
ACM Through menu option ACM with sub-option ` the PDC details entered in an account
can be inquired. However, new PDCs cannot be accepted/modified through this
option.
REPHASEI Changing the amount:-- On rephasement of the account, the existing PDCs cannot
be substituted but new PDCs can be accepted. Lodging of existing PDCs is also not
possible once the account is rephased. On acceptance of new PDCs the PDC process
will be re-activitated.
Changing the period :-- As the amount on the PDC will not change, the same set of
PDCs can be used for the instalments.
CAAC If any PDCs have already been sent for clearing a warning message is displayed at
the time of closing the account. It will also delete the entries of records that have
been sent for clearing. These PDCs have to handled manually.
At the time of closure if there are any PDCs in ENTERED status, they are marked as
RETURNED.
Inquire option of PDCM is available through CAAC.

GUARANTEE MASTER MAINTENANCE -- 'GMM'
For all types of functions relating to letter of guarantee (LG) Menu Option 'GMM' is used.
Functions available are A - Add, C - Copy, M - Modify, I - Inquire, G - Mark for Invoke, N - Invoke, R -
Reverse, Z - Close, V - Verify, X - Cancel and L - List.
To issue a guarantee invoke Menu option : GMM , Function - A. Then enter appropriate guarantee
type by F2 and select one. Press F4. Now the following fields are to be entered:
Customer ID Enter the Customer ID of the applicant

Guarantee Class Use F2 and select appropriate one
Guarantee Amt Enter the amount for which guarantee is to be issued
Notl. Conv. Rate This is applicable for FLG/FLDPG. This is rate at which BG amt is to be
converted for maintaining contingent liability. For inland LG skip it
Issue/Eff. Date Normally it is BOD date. However as per requirement, you may enter any
future date from which the BG will be effective.
Limit Id If limit node is created through LNM for the customer then appropriate Limit
ID is to eb entered for monitoring, else skip it.
Limit Margin %: Enter the margin percentage to eb utilized from the limit node. It should be
100 in case Limit Id is given in the previous field. This margin is apart from
the cash/lien margin held for issuance of guarantee.
Oper A/c No Enter the operative account number of the customer from which the charges
to be recovered.
Loan A/c No Enter the loan account number to which debit can be made in case of
invocation for payment to the beneficiary.
Ready Conv Rate: This is applicable for FLDPG. This rate will be used for conversion of
instalment amount of FLDPG. Similarly in case of invocation of Foreign
Guarantee this rate code is used for conversion of amount to be debited
Expiry Period Enter in Months/Days for which guarantee is issued
Claim Period Enter in Months/Days. This is the period allowed for beneficiary to make a
claim after expiry of guarantee. Press F6 to go to the next screen
Beneficiary Type Enter G for Govt. or O for other than Govt.
Beneficiary Name Enter the name of the beneficiary
Address Enter the address of the beneficiary. City Code, State Code, Country Code
can be entered by using F2 and selecting the appropriate one.
Instalment Frequency This is applicable only in case of DPG. You can enter it like any frequency,
say repayment frequency for term loan.
Internal Limits Use F1 and choose appropriate one. This will enable the bank to maintain its
Reqd?: exposure against Bank, Country or Buyer. > Press F6 to go to next
screen,
Purpose of Guarantee Enter the purpose of the guarantee to be issued.
Counter Guarantee enter the counter guarantee deatils, if any. For more space, use CTRL+N a
Details pop up box will come.
Probable Date of If applicable, enter the probable date of shipment
Shipment
Actual Date of If shipment date is available/applicable, enter it
Shipment
Bank Code/ Branch If the guarantee is to be advised through another bank, its code is to be
Code entered here.
Press F4 the 1st screen will reappear and the cursor will be at option block. At option, enter :
I - for Instalment Details, C- for Charge/Commission Details, K- for Margin Details, P - for Shipping
Guarantee Details etc. Finally Press F10 to get the Guarantee Number.
This requires verification.
AMENDMENTS
A new enhancement in menu option GMM in the shape of option J (Reverse mark invoke) has
been introduced which will restore the guarantee to its original status.
The Verifying User shall make the closure flag as Y while verifying Reversal of Guarantee and the
status of Guarantee will be CLOSED after verification of Reversal
Future dated guarantees are not effective but can be reversed and closed.
MODIFICATION OF GUARANTEE
For modification invoke Menu option: GMM Function - M.

The screens same as issue of guarantee will appear.
A Guarantee once modified can be taken up for further modification before verification by the same
user.
System will calculate the charges necessary for any amendment.
The guarantee can be renewed after expiry date too.
Both the claim date and expiry date can be modified. But the dates can be extended only.
On extension, both claim expiry date and expiry date have to be later than the previous expiry date
and the BOD date.
Extension of an expired guarantee will raise an exception at the time of verification which needs to
be accepted.
SFMS - STRUCTURED FINANCIAL MESSAGING SYSTEM for sending and receiving

messages for Bank guarantees (BGs)
Effective 27.01.2015 branches shall issue/receive message of bank guarantee, issued in paper form,
electronically using SFMS platform.
(A) PROCESS FLOW FOR ACKNOWLEDGE OF INLAND BANK GUARANTEE IN FINACLE

Menu option GMM is used to create and maintain the details of bank guarantee established :
Use Menu Option GMM
User is required to fill up details of Bank code and branch code correctly. For correct
Bank/Branch code combination kindly check in BRTI menu option with 'P' details and
Paysys Id as 'SFMS'. Please note that prefix will always be N for the other Banks
branch code.For PNB Bank, Branch code should be 4 digits only
Following sub-options are available in the system:-

I -- INSTALMENT DETAILS
C -- CHARGE/COMMISSION DETAILS
G -- GENERAL DETAILS
L -- LIMIT DETAILS
A -- AUDIT DETAILS
T -- TEXT MAINTENANCE
M -- ALL MESSAGES
B -- BENEFICIARY MESSAGES
D -- APPLICANT MESSAGES
F -- SELF MESSAGES
P -- SHIPPING GUARANTEE DETAILS
K -- MARGIN DETAILS
J -- PAYMENT SYSTEM DETAILS
8 -- PAYMENT MESSAGE DETAILS
The following details are essentially required to be filled up in sub-options besides other details:--
TEXT DETAILS (T): Condition will be typed here

The various texts details enlisting Conditions are maintained here. The text type available is: C
(conditions) In the data block. User can use [Ctrl + N] key to bring up a text edit box to
input the data. The length of data that can be input is restricted to the field length allowed by
swift. In 'T' details, the permitted no of lines are 10 with 65 characters in each line for the 'C'
text type message.
Branch to refrain from using Special Characters (~,!,@,#,$,%,^,&,*,?,/.\,:,,(,),`,) wherever narrative

details are filled in. After it Click on save button. Click on F4. For exit use F3 button.
PAYMENT SYSTEM DETAILS (J) - User has to select the Payment System details as SFMS.
PAYMENT MESSAGE DETAILS (8) - User can view the SFMS messages created by the
system while putting 8 in option., if any Modification required, can also be done. For BG no.,
use IFN760 message. Use CTRL+E . System will show Guarantee master Maintenance screen with
Status as N and User has to modify it to R .
On press commit (F10), The BG no will be generated. User need to verify the same by
visiting G, J,T and 8 details in GMM menu option. After verification of BG the
PAYMENT MESSAGE DETAILS 8 is replaced by @ VIEW MESSAGE HISTORY details . With the
status T (Transmitted), the process is completed.
(B) PROCESS FLOW FOR RECEIVING IFN760 BG MESSAGES BY BRANCHES IN FINACLE
The branch user shall invoke menu option SMI on daily basis for downloading any incoming
INWARD message. user shall fill in PAYSYS ID as SFMS and In/Out indicator as I and press
control+E to explode the message. The messages can be printed by giving P in option field.
INLAND LETTER OF CREDIT - ILCs THROUGH SFMS
(A) PROCESS FLOW FOR INLAND OUTWARD DOCUMENTARY CREDITS IN FINACLE
The menu option ODCM is used to create and maintain the details of documentary credits
established. User is required to fill up details like :
1) Correspondent Bank /branch code,

2) Advising Bank / branch code
3) Negotiating bank/branch codes correctly.
4) Beneficiary name
5) Applicant customer ID/ Name
6) Address of applicant
7) Last Date of shipment
8) Date of opening / expiry
9) Transferable / Back to Back / Part shipment / Revocable etc.
10) Correspondent Bank, branch / Advising Bank, branch / Negotiating Bank, branch
11) Reimbursing Bank , branch
12) Shipment mode and shipment terms
13) Commodity code and commodity name
14) Documentary credit charge code
On pressing F4 system will show the charges details and charges debit account number field.
NOTE: TO check correct Bank/Branch code combination kindly refer BRTI menu option
with 'P' details and Paysys Id as 'SFMS'. Please note that prefix will always be N for
the branch code.

Following sub-options are available in the system:-
AAMENDMENT
H--HISTORY INQUIRY
G--GENERAL DETAILS
U--.UTILISATION WITHOUT BILLS
T--TEXT DETAILS
R--REINSTATEMENT
D--.AUDIT INQUIRY
S--STATUS CHANGE OF AMENDMENT
L--CHARGE DETAIL
N--MARGIN HISTOY
M--MESSAGE DEAILS
K--MARGIN SCREN
I--.INLAND BILLS DETAILS
J--.Paysys Details
8--SFMS DETAILS
7--USER DEFINED ACTIONS
9--.LIMIT DETAILS INQUIRY
Following details are essentially required to be filled up in sub options besides other details:
T--TEXT DETAILS
J--.Paysys Details
8--SFMS DETAILS
T--TEXT DETAILS
The various texts details enlisting Documents required, Conditions , Instructions, etc are maintained
here. The text types available are: A (amendment) / C (conditions) / D (documents) /I
(instructions) In the data block. user can use [Ctrl + N] key to bring up a text edit box to
input the data. The length of data that can be input is restricted to the field length allowed by
swift. In 'T' details, the permitted no of lines are 10 with 65 characters in each line for all the
'C', D, 'I' text type message.
Branch to refrain from using Special Characters (~,!,@,#,$,%,^,&,*,?,/.\,:,,(,),`,) wherever narrative

details are filled in.
Use CTRL+N for Zoom Editor

The Text types available are: C (conditions) / D (documents) /I (instructions).
Click on save button available on the text editor.
Click on F4 and put the other text type as D or if applicable. For exit use F3 button.
PAYSYS DETAILS (J)

Here User has to select the Payment System details as SFMS
SFMS DETAILS (8)

Here user can view the SFMS messages created by the system while putting 8 in option., if any
Modification required, can also be done.
For New LC no use IFN700 message. Use CTRL+E
FN 700 (Pre Text message) / IFN740 (Standard LC message) shall be created for LC.
System will show Outward Documentary Credits Maintenance screen with Status as N and User
has to modify it to R . The status must be READY R.
NOTE :
1) Applicant Bank (Either 51A or 51D) 51A must be issuing branch IFSC code or 51D must
be issuing branch address but not both.
2) Field 41A must contain beneficiary bank IFSC code along with BY NEGOTIATION. User
should not remove it.
3) Relevant data should be entered only in one field either 42A (Beneficiary IFSC Code) or
42D (Beneficiary Party Name) in right hand textbox only.
4) 45A, 46A & 47A should not contain any special characters.
5) 78 should not contain any special characters
On press commit (F10), The LC no will be generated. User need to verify the same by
visiting G, J,T and 8 details in ODCM menu option.
After verification of LC the PAYMENT MESSAGE DETAILS 8 is replaced by @ VIEW MESSAGE

HISTORY details.
Use CTRL+E
With the status T (Transmitted), the process is completed.
AMENDMENT OF ILC:
Use function M modify and sub-option A, Make amendment and put Y on calculate charges
field. Again use J and 8 details. Press Ctrl.E on
IFN707 SFMS ILCAMENDMENT FIELD.
System will default populate Outward Documentary Credits Maintenance screen with Status as N
and User has to modify it to R. The status must be R for sending amendment.
On press commit (F10), The LC will be amended. User need to verify the same by visiting G,
J,T and 8 details in ODCM menu option.
(B) PROCESS FLOW FOR RECEIVING LC MESSAGES BY BRANCHES IN FINACLE
a) The branch user shall invoke menu option SMI on daily basis for downloading any
incoming INWARD message.
b) In menu option SMI the user shall fill in PAYSYS ID as SFMS and In/Out indicator as I.
c) Use CTRL+E on relevant selected message.
d) System will explode the message.
e) Get the print out of the ILC as desired by selecting F/N on the print screen.
NFDET NON-FUND DETAILS
For reporting details of Non-Fund based facilities, it was observed that some of the required fields like sector
code, sub sector code, activity etc are not available in CBS.
Assignment of appropriate risk weight to the account/facility depends upon Sector, Sub-sector, Activity. All
these fields are available for fund based facilities under V details of the account but these are not available
for non-fund based facilities.
In order to capture these required fields in CBS, menu option NFDET has been customized.
NFDET details can be captured at following three levels:-
1. CU- Customer Id
2. LC Letter of Credit
3. BG- Bank Guarantee
For customer having non-fund based facilities, data feeding under NFDET menu option is mandatory. User
has to enter details through NFDET menu option for CU level, by selecting Type as CU and entering
customer_id. System will automatically populate Sector, Sub-sector and Activity based on the data fed in the
system for fund based facilities for the customer, if any. User is able to modify these fields if the data fed for
fund based facilities is not relevant for non-fund based facilities. This record will be valid for all the non-fund
based facilities for that customer, existing and issued later on.
In case, user desires to make inputs in the fields Sector/Sub-sector/ Activity other than those already fed
under CU type, NFDET can be entered for LC/BG type also apart from CU type. This input will be valid for
specific LC or BG only for which data has been fed.
Apart from fields Sector, Sub-sector and Activity certain other fields are also made available for capturing. e.g
sanctioned limit and guarantee details.
To know the position of sanctioned limit, DP and un-availed portion for fund based/non-fund based facilities,
feature of Limit node maintenance is available under CBS system. User has to maintain Limit node for the
customers and attach fund based & non-fund based accounts through limit node. CBS system has been
customized to ensure limit node assignment in the accounts of the customer where aggregate sanctioned
limit is 5 crores and above. It is not mandatory for the customers having aggregate sanctioned limit less than
5 crores. In order to know the un-availed limit of the customer limits is being maintained at account level for
the fund based facilities but in case of non-fund based facilities limits are not maintained.
Non-fund based facilities which are issued prior to the creation of limit node, later on it cannot be attached
with limit node. User has to enter limit related details under NFDET and also make entries in limit node
through LNM
Menu option under user maintained liability field.
To capture the limits sanctioned for non-fund based facilities for the customer following three fields are made
available. These fields are to be captured in cases where limit node has not been created for the customer or
limit node has been created but non-fund based facilities have been issued prior to creation of limit node.
1. Total Sanctioned limit
2. LC sanctioned limit
3. BG sanctioned limit
Detailed circular on creation and maintenance of Limit node has already been issued vide ITD/CBS circular
68/2011 dated 02-07-2011. A simplified version of circular on maintenance of limit node has also been issued
vide ITD/CBS/27/2013 dated 07-05-2013.
There may be cases where third party guarantee is also available for non-fund based facilities. To capture the
details of guarantor, following fields are also available in NFDET. These fields are non-mandatory fields:
1. Guarantor cust_id
2. Guarantor Name
3. Guarantor type
On feeding Guarantor cust_id, Guarantor name will automatically be populated. Guarantor type is a code
based field and all the codes available under Guarantee cover code under V details (for fund based facilities)
are available under this field. F2 help is also available for this field.
Details of menu option NFDET is as under:

Menu option NFDET

A Add
I - Inquire
M Modify
D - Delete
V Verify
A Add (For type CU)
Here user has to input required data for a customer, help is available on F4 key press
Valid Data Fields are as under
Field Inputs
Type CU- CUSTOMER/LC LETTER OF CREDIT/ BG BANK
GAURANTEE
cust_id Cust_id to be filled for Type "CU" and to be left blank if Type
is "LC" or "BG"
Customer name Auto Populated
Sol_id Auto Populated
LC/BG Number LC/BG number to be filled for type "LC"/"BG" and to be left
bank for Type "CU"
Sector Auto Populated <from Fund based account if exists for the
customer> - can be modified appropriately by the user
Sub_Sector Auto Populated <from Fund based account if exists for the
Activity Auto Populated <from Fund based account if exists for the
Total NF Limit to be left Total Non-Fund Limit
blank if Type
is LC
LC Sanc Limit LC Sanction Limit
or
BG Sanc Limit BG BG Sanction Limit
Guarantor Cust_id (optional) To be filled in case of Non Fund Based
activity is Guaranteed.
Guarantor Name Auto Populated
Guarantor Type (optional)
Remarks (optional)
Confirm (Y/N) Y/N
I inquiry (Input function code, Type details and Cust_id or LC/BG Number)
M Modify (Unverified record can be only modified by the entry user only, after
Verification other user can also modify)
D Delete (Unverified record can be only deleted by the entry user only, after Verification
other user can also delete.)
V Verify - Verification should be done with user other than the one who has
Added/Modified. Verification is must after any of the operation (Add/Modify)
A- Add (For type LC)
Before addition record for type LC/BG , corresponding customers entry should be there in NFDET
for type CU.
A- Add for corresponding customer of LC/BG

A Add (For LC Letter of Credit)
A Add (For type BG Bank Guarantee)

MEMOPAD MAINTENANCE AND ENTRY IN CBS
During banking operations, in manual scenario we write text messages many times on the account ledgers,
which serve the purpose of providing additional information about a particular accounts. The Memo Pad
feature provides the same functionality on the electronic media. It is a simple storage and retrieval system
used for making temporary notes, reminders, and cautions in account operations.
Entries in the memo pad can be viewed whenever any operations are carried out on an account, to draw the
attention of the user.
User will be able to (a) Create memo text (b) Associate the text with a particular function and intent and (c)
Provide appropriate security to the memo. User can associate certain keywords pertinent to the assigned
function, which will aid subsequent retrieval of the memo text. A memo text can be associated either with (a)
Financial or (b) Non-financial transaction.
Example
If user is in the process of opening an account and certain documents have to be supplied by the customer
subsequently, user can create a memo text listing the documents, and associate the text with the Account ID
and Intent of 'follow up'. User may then periodically see this list and take necessary action. If user is
processing the account, user may request for a list of memo texts for the account, in which case this text will
show up since it has been associated with the account.
1. Memo-pad lookup:-
Press CTRL+F9 from any form in Finacle. A screen in which we can enter a set of selection criteria to retrieve
memo-pad entries is displayed. Entering the criteria and pressing F4 a list of memo-pad entries is displayed.
Press CTRL+E to get more details on any entry in the list.
2. Invoking the Memo Pad Maintenance Option:-
User can visit the Memo Pad screen from any screen in Finacle by pressing the key CTRL+F9. This action will
display the Memo Pad Lookup screen.
Function- Valid values are:
A- ADD
D- DELETE
I- INQUIRY
M- MODIFY
3. Adding a Memo Pad Entry:-
i) Type A in the Function field of the Memo Pad Maintenance screen and press F4.
ii) The cursor will be on Topic field. Enter the topic name of the Memo Pad that is being added.
Function-Every memo pad entry can be associated with a Function code, which designates a
banking function or process. Function codes aid in the retrieval of memo-pad entries. Suppose a
memo pad entry has been associated with the function code IC (for inward clearing), when we are
carrying out Inward clearing related work, we can request for all entries with function code IC. Press
F2 to list the valid values for this field. Select the required value by pressing SHIFT+F4 key. A sample
list of useful function codes is given below:
SP- Stop Payment

AO- Account Opening
AP- Account Operation
AC- Account Closing
IC- Inward Clearing

OC- Outward Clearing
CM-Customer Maintenance
i) Intent - The intent code associated with the memo pad entry is used to indicate the purpose
of the entry. User can list the field value by pressing F2 key and can select proper value by
pressing the SHIFT+F4 keys. A list of valid intent codes is given below:
F- Follow-up
N- Note
Alert during Cash or financial transactions. (A message is displayed when in a cash
transaction; when try to post an entry to account associated with this code).
L- Alert during Clearing of financial transactions. (A message is displayed when in a clearing
transaction; when try to post an entry to account associated with this code)
T- Alert during Transfer of financial transactions. (A message is displayed when in a transfer
transaction; when try to post an entry to account associated with this code).
G- Alert during any financial transaction.
ii) Security - Each memo pad entry can have one of the following security codes associated
with it.
O - owner - Only the person who created the entry can inquire, modify the text or delete
the entry.
P - Public - Anyone can inquire, modify or delete text.
S - Semi public - Anyone can inquire but only the person who created the entry can modify
or delete the entry.
Y - System - This is created by the system and cannot be entered by the user.
Keyword - The keywords associated with the memo-pad entry facilitate retrieval of the entry
whenever required. The keywords that can be associated with memo pad entry are:
a) Account ID
b) Customer ID
c) Employee ID
d) Signing power number
e) Transaction date
f) Transaction ID and Part Tran ID
g) Instrument type code
h) Instrument ID
i) Inventory Item ID
j) Inventory location ID
k) Standing instruction number
l) User defined keyword
iii) A/c No.- Enter the account number for which the memo pad is to be added.
iv) Employee Id - Enter the ID of the employee creating the memo pad entry.
v) Customer Id- Enter the ID of the customer to whom the account belongs.
vi) SI Srl. No.-The serial number of the Standing Instructions, if any, attached to the account.
vii) Sign Power No.- The signing power number, if any, attached to the employee.
viii) Audit Ref. No.- The audit reference number if any.

ix) Enter Memo Text -The text of the memo pad.
x) Tran Id- Type of transaction to which the memo text should be associated.
xi) Due / Tran Date-The date of the transaction. It can be used in conjunction with the Tran
Id number.
xii) Tran Srl. No.- The serial number of the part transaction.
xiii) Class- The inventory class of the inventory item, to which the memo pad is to be associated.
xiv) Type- The inventory type of the inventory item, to which the memo pad is to be associated.
xv) Srl. No.- The serial number of the inventory item.
xvi) Location Class- The Location Class to which the inventory item belongs: -
i) User Defined
ii) System Defined (The codes assigned are DL, EM, ZZ, EXT)
xx) Location Code- The location code under the Location Class that has been
defined. If the Location Class is EM, the employee ID is to be indicated. In
this case, the staff number of the employee who is retrieving the details of the
inventory items is displayed by default.
xxi) Instrument Type- The code for the type of instrument.
xxii) Instrument Id.-The ID of the instrument used.
Enter valid data in the above fields and press F10 to commit the task or F3 to exit without saving the
changes. The cursor returns to the memo Pad Lookup screen. Press F3 to exit.
4. Inquiring on Existing Memo Pad Entries:-
1. Type I in the Function field of Memo Pad Lookup screen and press F4.
2. The cursor is positioned in the Mp Function field.
3. Now, enter the criteria based on which entry is retrieved.
For example, if we enter FT in the Function field, and specify an account Number, all the
existing entries, which have been associated with given function field and A/c No, is retrieved.
4. Specify the selection criteria and press F4. The list of entries is displayed.
5. For more information on any of the entries, position the cursor on the relevant entry and press
CTRL+E. The details are displayed.
(a) Only those entries created by user himself or those with security code P or S can be retrieved.
(b) Entries created by other users or those with security code O cannot be retrieved.
5. Deleting Memo Pad Entries:-
1. Type D in the Function Code field of the Memo Pad Lookup screen and press F4.

2. The cursor is located in the criteria block. Enter the criteria for retrieving the entries and press F4.
3. The retrieved entries are displayed in the Memo Pad Maintenance Screen.
4. To view more details of any of the entries, position the cursor on the relevant entry and press
CTRL+E. The details of the entry are displayed.
5. Press F10 to delete the entry or F3 if do not wish to delete the entry.
Deleted entries can not be undeleted or retrieved.
6. Modifying Memo Pad Entries:-
1. Enter M in the Function field of the Memo Pad Lookup screen and PressF4.
2. The cursor is located in the Criteria Block. Enter the criteria for retrieving the entries and press F4.
The retrieved entries are displayed.
3. To modify any of the entries, position the cursor on the relevant entry, and press CTRL+E. The
details of the entry are displayed.
4. Modify the text and press F10 to save the changes, or F3 to abort the operation.
Only entries created by the user him or those with security code P can be retrieved and hence only
these can be modified.
System-Generated Memo Pad Entries:-

In certain situations, the system itself generates the memo pad entries. Some such instances are given
below.
1. When a Customer Master record is modified, a single memo pad entry is created for each
record that is modified and the entry is associated with the customer Id.
2. When an Account Master record is modified, a single memo pad entry is created for each
record modified and the entry is associated with the account number. User cannot delete
these entries. The entries are automatically deleted once the modifications are
verified. Till then the entries will remain in the system.
FAMS - INTEGRATION WITH CBS - UPGRADATION OF FIXED ASSET MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
Pre-requisite for creating a FAMS record is to have a verified EXTM reference number for the user
SOL. (Kindly refer ITDCBS circular no. 12/2014 dated 02.04.2014 for posting of expenditure
vouchers in EXTM).
Since FAMS items are maintained on the basis of EXTM category and subcategory codes, users to
be vigilant while posting vouchers under correct category and subcategory in EXTM and
ensure that the item being purcased is categorized under respective category and sub category
codes of EXTM. A report under FAMSRPT option 1 FAMS ITEMS MASTER PRINT be referred for
the details of items available under particular EXTM category and sub-category combination.
After successful verification of EXTM record user to create fresh purchase details through menu
option FAMS. ABH will not proceed unless amount of the assets created have been
tallied against the respective EXTM amount, as such users to ensure creation of assets on
the same the EXTM voucher is posted.

1. Menu Option: FAMS
2. Operation Code: C Create Asset
3. Function Code: A Add. (Valid Function Codes are A Add/VVerify/X Cancel). It is a
Maker Checker driven function and thus is to be verified by another user of the
same sol.
4. Data Inputs: FAMS record can be created only through a verified EXTM reference no.
User has to select the appropriate EXTM reference with the help of F2 searcher.
5. F2 EXTM searcher List: (Shift + F4 to select the record)
6. Select the item purchased with the F2 searcher at the field Item Code:
7. Item Code searcher List: (Shift + F4 to select the record)
Only one item is to be selected at one time and related data inputs related to selected item be
provided in the data input fiels as shown in the following table and in case of multiple items
A add function to be invoked again to add rest other items after successful save/generation
of asset id of the current record:
Field Name Valid Values/

Item Cost Cost of individual item/Per item cost
Item Quantity Total count of selected item
Total Amt Total amount for items (Item Quantity*Item Cost). Protected system will
internally calculate the amount. This amount shall be less than or equal to
the Voucher amount.
Item Srl No Optional field for all items except SFF IT/ITPBP/ATMKS
Item Make Optional field for all items except SFF IT/ITPBP/ATMKS
Item Model Optional field for all items except SFF IT/ITPBP/ATMKS
Item Particulars Reference text for the item like sub specifications (i.e 6 seater sofa)/ usage
location etc.
Purchase Date Purchase Date should be less than or equal to BOD Date and it cannot be
earlier than 1 year from BOD
Put to use Date Put to use concept is applied on IT items, where items are installed and
payment is made on subsequent date. On such items the depreciation is
calculated from put to use date instead of purchase date.
For IT items Put to use date is earlier or equal to BOD Date, for rest
other items it is equal to Purchase Date.
EMP PF No Mandatory only for SFF of EMP for others system will populate value as NA
Flat ID Mandatory only for items of Bank Flats for others system will populate
value as NA
Continue Y/N. Enter Y/N Y and press F4 to save the record.
Asset Id Unique Asset id will be generated on saving the record. Kindly note the
asset Id for future references and record.
8. Kindly note the asset Id for future references and record. Enter Y and press F4 in
case of multiple asset creation against same EXTM reference no. and follow the
guidelines afore mentioned in steps 6 and 7. User to ensure that Voucher amount and
assets entered amount are tallied, and no further asset creation against that EXTM
reference no. is allowed after that.

9. Operation Code: X Cancel Asset creation: Incase of any incorrect data entry user is
required to cancel the previous record using operation Code C and function code X.
Cancellation is allowed only on unverified records. User to select the record to be
verified through F2 searcher at field Asset Id.
10. Operation Code: V Verification of Asset Creation. The assets created are to be verified by
another user of the same sol through function code V. User to select the record to be
verified through F2 searcher at field Asset Id.
11. Reports : Menu option FAMSRPT and reports available are:
1. FAMS ITEMS MASTER PRINT: Users to generate Item Master and ensure that
EXTM vouchers are posted under correct category and sub category codes for
paymet.
2. REPORT FOR PENDING ASSETS AGAINST EXTM AS ON GIVEN DATE: Day End
will not allow unless all the assets are tallied against the respective EXTM
amounts. Users to generate report FAMSRPT option 2 for details of EXTMS
against which assets are pending for creation/verification.
3. REPORT FOR FRESH PURCHASES DURING A PERIOD: details of the fresh
purchases don during a period for a sol/Set.
FRESH PURCHASE - RESIDENCE AND MCC
FAMS has been enabled in CBS for capturing details of the assets purchased for employees/Offices
and MCC under the following subcategories:
OFFICE SFF: RESIDENTIAL (EMPLOYEE) SFF
(1) SFF IT (1) SFF SFFRESD

(2) SFF ITPBP (2) SFF CURTAINRESDNCE
(3) SFF ATMKS (3) SFF BATTERYRESDNCE
(4) SFF ITSITE
(5) SW SYSTEMS MCC
(6) SW APPLN (1) MCC BICYC
(7) SW CUSTM (2) MCC 4WHEELER
(8) SFF OFFCESFF (3) MCC 2WHEELER
(9) SFF LOCKRCHEST
FAMS (EMPLOYEE SFF) IN CBS
Prerequisite for creating a FAMS record is to have a verified EXTM reference number. For
expenses on SFF for employee, the EXTM is to be posted in following three sub categories, based
upon the expense on the item type. Menu option EXTM is to be used only for fresh
purchase of SFF assets and not for effecting transfer of assets of across the SOL.
(1) SFF SFFRESD:

For fresh purchase of approved SFF items for employees except Curtains and Battery. (Pl.
refer PAD, HO circular no 130/ 2012 dated 19122012 for list of approved SFF items for
employees). FAMSRPT 1 to be generated for details of items available under any
subcategory. Kindly contact HO, GSAD for addition/modification in any item codes and
related categories.
(2) SFF CURTAINRESDNCE : Purchase of Residential curtains
(3) SFF BATTERYRESDNCE : Fresh purchase/replacement of residential batteries.
Users to ensure posting of expense vouchers under correct category and subcategory in EXTM for
purchase of particular item.
In EXTM fields a mandatory field, FAMS Employee ID is mandatorily be entered for purchases
done for the respective employee for the aforementioned EXTM categories. List of employees in
users sol is available with the help of F2 searcher at field FAMS EMP ID along with their
available remaining limits under the selected subcategory. The limits of Scale 4 and above are
inclusive of their Extra Item limits and Office set up at residence for Scale 7 and above.
System will not allow posting EXTMs for an employee if:
1. Voucher amount is beyond the available limits of the employee.

2. Employee having SFF assets in two different sols, the details of items already availed by an
employee can be generated through FAMSRPT report option 4.
3. Any unverified EXTM outstands for that employee.
4. FAMS creation is pending for creation/verification against any EXTM number for that
employee.
Menu Option : FAMS (C->A)
After EXTM verification, Assets of the employee are to be captured through menu option FAMS.
User has to select the EXTM no with the help of F2 searcher and EMP id will be auto
populated in the field EMP PF No.(Employee number as entered in EXTM).
Field_Name Description
EXTM Num F2 Selection.
Item Code F2 Selection.
PF Num Default populated from the EXTM number being selected.
Invoice No Bill no. of the item being capitalized.
Merchant Details Seller Name
Usage(O/R/E) Usage of the item being capitalized.
1) R Residential Purpose for all scales [17].
2) O Setting up Office at residence [Scale 7 and above]
3) E Item being purchased under Extra item [scale 4 and above i.e
Extra Cooler and ACs]
Continue Y/N
Following functions are available under FAMS C:

C > X: For cancellation of records before verification.
C > V: For Verification of entered assets.
C > D: For deletion of assets after verification but before charging of depreciation.
Frequently asked Questions:
EXTM created but Item not being displayed under the item code in FAMS
(C>A)?
The issue arises when EXTM is posted under wrong category and sub category code. For
updation of correct categories in verified EXTMs but only in those cases old and new sub
categories are being debited to same account. ZC users have been provided menu option
EXTMUPD and branches to contact their concerned circle Help desk for necessary
rectifications. Users to refer Item Master report generated through menu option FAMSRPT 1
and post vouchers under correct category and ensure posting.
EXTM debited to wrong category and subcategory?
In such cases GU100 work class has been provided with menu option EXTMDEL, for
reversals of wrongly created EXTM expenditure vouchers of their sols. The reversal will be
effected by debiting the suspense head and crediting the respective EXTM expenditure
account. Suspense to be accordingly adjusted by passing correct vouchers.
EXTM addition not being allowed due FAMS pending for creation/verification?
Such cases arise if users have either created assets but not verified or have created/verified
assets with amount lesser than the voucher amount. System will not allow further postings
in EXTM if any EXTM prior to BOD date is pending for assets creation. Users to ensure
creation of assets equal to voucher amount and remaining amount against the voucher is
Zero. Details of such pending EXTMs is available under FAMSRPT 2.
Remaining amount is < Re 1:
System will not allow creation of assets with purchase value less than Re1. In such
cases, the remaining amount be adjusted with the previously created assets under the
same EXTM or if no assets have been created kindly delete such EXTM through menu
option EXTMDEL.
DAILY MONITORING SYSTEM(DMS)-SUBSTITUTION OF MORNING CHECKING
I) The following reports will be available in CTRPT:
1) Generate reports for a given date

2) (a) Generate report for status of checking of daily monitoring reports
(b) Generate report for CTRPTCHK reports not checked on given date for a given circle
3) Generate NEFT / RTGS dormant reports for a given date
4) Generate exception report for SBVID(vidyarthi) scheme
5) Generate report for incoming & outgoing account transfer request as on date
6) Loan account where limitation is going to expire in 3 months
By using Option (1) following reports are available :

1(a) Report on manual transaction in system only account.(Can also PNBRPT 9/91)
1(b) Transaction entered / verified by same employee (Can also DAYRPT 2/20a)
1(c) - Report on intersol TOD Granted in CC/OD accounts (Can also DAYRPT 2/28)
1(d) - GL Balance as on date (Can also be generated DAYRPT 6/1)
1(e) - Long Book Incumbent Incharge (Can also be generated PNBRPT 2/19)
By using Option (3) following reports are available (Can also PNBRPT 9/133)
3(a) NEFT Inward List of dormant accounts
3(b) RTGS Inward List of dormant accounts
By using Option (5) following reports are available

5(a) Report of outgoing account transfer request
5(b) Report of Incoming account transfer request
Note: Other than Incumbent Incharge Transactions entered/posted by same employee will be checked by
ZAO in respect of Incumbent Incharge and transaction done by other than II will be checked by
Incumbent Incharge .
II) The following reports will be available in repective menu option as mentioned below:

S/No Report Name Menu Option
1 Exceptional Transactions Report EXCPRPT
2 Temporary Overdraft Report TODRP
3 Outstanding Proxy Posted Transactions SPTM and MSGOIRP
4 Report on Position of Assets and Morning checking report on home page of
Liablities finacle.
5 UPM Changes Reports AFP for UPR
The following checks have been enabled in the system
All the above reports shall be monitored/checked by Incumbent Incharge himself on daily basis.
In case of branches: Incumbent may through an office order delegate the job of monitoring/checking
of above reports (except at S/No. I-1: Long book of Incumbent Incharge, I-6: Report on Dormant
accounts credited through NEFT/RTGS on a given date and II-4: Report on Position of Assets and
liabilities) to the second man of the branch. Further the second man in case of VLB/ELB branches
shall not be lower than Sr.Manager.
In case of back offices all the reports are to be checked by Incumbent Incharge.
CBS system wil keep track of the checking of reports and if on last day of the week, any of the
reports is not found checked for the week days, system will not allow to perform DAY-END.
After checking of all the above reports as per defined procedure of I&AD in captioned circular, a
certificate of having checked all the reports will be given through menu option: CTRPTCHK for which
a report will be available in PR of user who invoked menu option CTRPTCHK and also in CTRPT 2.
EXPNDITURE MONITORING SYSTEM IN CBS
For monitoring expenditure ( both capital and revenue) incurred in various heads including process
of seeking confirmation/sanctions a CBS utility has been developed and deployed.
1) The framework broadly is governed through the matrix of powers vested under various
categories of branches/offices and Scale of officer passing the expenditure as per various
power charts circulated by concerned divisions. Master data of vested powers, limits and
budgets along with the validity period of such powers will be maintained in the system by the
respective owner Division, centrally at DC level.
2) Authorization based on User ids: The framework is designed to capture expenditure details
by a user of any work class but the authorization shall finally be done by authorized official
incharge (upto Scale 3 incumbents) or to whom the power has been delegated. In case of
office headed by scale 4 and above, any user can verify the transaction but capturing of
authorization user detail will be mandatory for validation against the corresponding power chart.
3) The debit to GL and the SGL revenue heads will be system induced only after validating the
vested powers /limits/budgets and no direct transaction can be placed by the branches or
Offices. Direct debit to expenditure heads through TM will be restricted hence forth.
4) Leave arrangements: The process flow enables capturing details of delegated user ids, who
can authorize expenditure transactions in absence of authorized users.
5) Capturing of expenditure related details: The proposed functionality facilitates capturing of

various expenditure related details like Invoice No., Invoice period, Vendor Details, applicable
taxes etc(incase revenue expenditures) or quotation details, in case of capital expenditure.
6) Any additional expenditure power given to a Branch/office will be managed by the respective
controlling office.
7) Provision to maintain budget and the sanctions will also to be maintained at CO/FGMO level
for effective control of sanctions.

8) Permission to exceed the powers/limit/budget is obtained in advance, such prior sanctions are
to be granted in the system also by the controlling office.
9) For any expenditure exceeding beyond vested powers/limits the details will be made available
in the morning checking reports. After checking confirmation proposal is to be generated through
system and sent to higher office for confirmation. Every note for sanction of the expenditure
is to be enclosed with a print generated by the system for exercising control on budget and
expenditure.
10) The expenditure will utilise amount from sanction limit based on presanction flag Y as
system will not report exception in case expenditure is within sanctioned / adhoc limit.
Menu Option
Menu Description Details

SDMT User Authorization for Tran. Adding / modification of the user who
(Only DBA User can use) has the power to authorize the
expenditure transactions.
EXTM Expenditure transact. Any CBS User can use this menu for
Maintenance entering the expenditure transaction.
CCMT Granting adhoc limit / pre Available to CO/FGMO/HO users for
sanction for expenditure allowing adhoc limit / over sanctions
etc.
EXTMREP Report generation Transaction / adhoc / limit report
generation and transfer to PC
EXTMUPD Expenditure head updation CO (ZC) user can update the head of
the transaction generated through
EXTM
EXTMDEL Reversal of wrongly created GU100 work class will use this menu
EXTM expenditure vouchers
(For Details IT CBS Circular 12/2014 may be referred and GSAD Cir.16/2014)
HANDLING OF TDS / SERVICE TAX / CENVAT IN EXTM MENU
Functional guidelines for Handling Service Tax (Incl. CENVAT)/ TDS in EMS
Scenario 1 : Invoice with only TDS applicable.
In such cases user has to enter values in two fields AMT (eg: say 100) and TDS (say 10),
system will automatically calculate Final amount (as 100) and following vouchers will be passed by
the system:
Dr Expenditure head 100

Cr Credit account 90
Cr Sundry Deposit (TDS) 10
Scenario 2 : Invoice with only Service Tax (ST) with out CENVAT.
In such cases user has to enter values in two AMT (eg: say 100) and ST(say 10) and CENVAT
flg as N, system will automatically calculate Final amount ( as 110) and following vouchers will
be passed by the system:


Scenario 3 : Invoice with only Service Tax (ST) and CENVAT applicable.
In such cases user has to enter values in fields AMT (eg: say 100), CENVAT flg Y and ST (say
10), system will automatically calculate Final amount (as 110) and following vouchers will be
passed by the system:

Dr Suspense CENVAT 5
Scenario 4 : Invoice with Service Tax (ST), CENVAT applicable, Penalty, VAT, TDS:
In such cases user has to enter values in two fields AMT (eg: say 100), TDS (say 10), Penalty
(say 10), VAT (say 10) and ST (say 10) with CENVAT flg Y, system will automatically calculate
Final amount ( as 110) and following vouchers will be passed by the system:
Dr Suspense CENVAT 5
Cr Credit Account 100
Cr Sundry TDS 10
IMP: Users to ensure proper data entry as under:
1. Amt (Excl. Taxes): The amount to be entered is the amount towards services/product which
is exclusive of taxes. enalty and TDS deductions will automatically handled by the system
internally out of the final payment amount. Users should not modify AMT field on own
2. CENVAT Flag: Y for cases where Suspense CENVAT entry is to be passed else N.
3. Service Tax: Amount to be entered should be full Service tax amount i.e 50% CENVAT
amount will be calculated by system automatically.
4. Final Amount : Final amount will be as under:
Amt Penalty + VAT+ Service Tax
TDS voucher will be passed by the system out of Final Amount.
5. Payment involving TDS and ST with CENVAT are restricted through Cash transactions. Kindly
select Tran type as T for expenditures involving TDS and Suspense CENVAT.
6. Reverse charges entries are to be handled manually.
(For Details of Expenditure Head refer IT CBS Circular no. 15/2014 )
Running of Service Tax at Data Center level
It is decided to run SERTAX command for each sol at data center level. A brief of the process is as under :
1. Branches would not be required to run SERTAX menu at month end.

2. Service tax would be calculated from data center on first working day of every month (for calculating
Service tax for previous month), eg Service Tax calculation for the month of Oct 2013 would run on
01-11-2013 morning.
3. System would create the transaction and place the consolidated amount in the head 3171162
(Sundry Service tax).
4. The transaction would be created in entered stage.
5. Branches to verify the same (and make any adjustment, if required) and then post the transaction
and also transfer the amount to Circle Office as they are doing presently.
6. The report for Service Tax generation has been made available at DAYRPT 10/59 and can be
generated for any SOL/SET and period w.e.f 01-11-2013. Report for the period prior to that is
available at PNBRPT 9/73A.
7. Also, branches to ensure that a manual counter check of the transaction created through SERTAX
should be done by the concerned official to avoid mistakes in calculation and wrong payment of
Service Tax before remitting the amount to CO.
PAN CARD (PERMANENT ACCOUNT NUMBER) BUSINESS
1) Receipt of PAN Card Stamps/Inventory at Circle Office: On receipt of Pan card stamps/Inventory
at Circle office. The circle office enter the same in the system through menu option: PANSTP. Enter A to
ADD and press F4. Enter the number of stamps received and press F4 system will automatically show
amount per unit i.e. Rs.96/- and also display total value (No. of stamps * Amount per unit) and then
press Y to ADD the record and press F4, system will display the Inventory number.
2) Verification of Inventory of Pan card stamp (Circle Office): Inventory of pan card stamps will be
verified through menu option: PANSTP. Enter V for verification of inventory number and press F4. Enter
the inventory number and press F4 system will display all the data already entered after checking the
same press enter Y to verify and press F4, record will be verified and system will automatically pass the
following contra vouchers
Dr.5939997: Stamps in hand (Pan Card) receivable

Cr.3232434: Stamps in hand (Pan Card) payable
3) Transferring of Pan card stamps (stock) to respective branches: Circle office will transfer the
stock of pan card stamps to their branches through menu option: PANSTP. Enter: T to transfer the
inventory and press F4. Enter the sol_id where stock of stamps to be transferred and also enter no. of
stamps and Y for transfer and press F4 ,system will display the inventory number.
4) Verification of transfer of stock/inventory by circle office to branch: The above record will be
verified through menu option: PANSTP. Enter V to verify and press F4. Enter stamp Inventory No. and V
to verify the record and press F4 , the record will be verified and system will pass the following contra
vouchers
Cr.5939997: Stamps in hand (Pan Card) receivable

Dr.3232434: Stamps in hand (Pan Card) payable
5) Receipt of Inventory of pan card stamps by branches: On receipt of inventory/stock of pan card
stamps, branches will enter the same through menu option: PANSTP as given above at step no. 1 ,
system will pass the following contra vouchers
Dr.5939997: Stamps in hand (Pan Card) receivable
Cr.3232434: Stamps in hand (Pan Card) payable
6) Issue of Pan card stamp by the branches: Branch will issue the pan card stamps to the
customers through menu option: PANISS. Enter A to add and press F4.
Enter: stamp no.
Application No.
Applicant name
Applicant Address
Mobile No. 12 digits including 91 as prefix.
Tran. Type: C for cash
T for transfer and debit account no./Instrument no. date etc
And Y to Add and press F4
Press Y to add more record or otherwise enter N and press F4.
7) Verification of Pan Card Issue by branches to customer: Issue of pan card to customer will be
verified through menu option: PANISS. Enter stamp No. and press F4 system will display all the
record and after checking the same enter Y to verify and press F4 the record will be verified and
system will pass the following two vouchers.

1) Cr. 2061607: Income issue of Pan card (Rs.7/- per card)
Cr.3171191: Pan card collection a/c (Rs.89/- per card Rs.78/-in J&K)
Dr. Cash in hand/Customers debit account (Rs.96/-per card and Rs.85/- in J&K)
2) Cr.5939997: Stamps in hand (Pan Card) receivable
Dr.3232434: Stamps in hand (Pan Card) payable
On the ABH of each branch, system will automatically reverse the amount lying in pan card
collection a/c and park the same in UTI-ITSL account and pass the following vouchers
Dr.3171191: Pan Card collection a/c
Cr.0153002100570792-UTI-ITSL account
Branches are to ensure that after day-end the balance in the pan card collection a/c 3171191
should always be zero
CAPTURING OF MANDATE FOR METLIFE INSURANCE
The mandate for met life insurance can be captured at any branch through menu option: METADM. Enter A
to Add and press F4. Enter the following required fields
P for Policy No. and A for application No.

Policy No.(8 digits) or application No.(9 digits)
Policy Holders name
Amount
Dr. Account account No.
Pan No. (Not mandatory)
Frequency of mandate (M-Monthly, Q-Quarterly, H-Half yearly, Y-Yearly)
End date: date upto which mandate is required.
Add: Y to add the record and press F4
System will show the MetLife no., the same should be verified by another user through menu option:
METADM
Enter V to verify and press F4
Enter MetLife No and Y to verify and press F4
Nodal office (solid 013300) will upload the file through menu option: METUPLD for debiting the customers
accounts

INDICATIVE LIST OF CBS MENU
LOANS AND ADVANCES

A/c Abnormal Limits/Details
AALM Maintenance A/c Abnormal Limits/Details Maintenance
Loan Advance Interest
LADINAD Adjustment Loan Advance Interest Adjustment
LADISB Loans Disbursement Loans Disbursement Transaction Entry

LAGI Loans General Inquiry Loans General Inquiry
Corrects Interest Demand Effective Date and
LAIDC Interest Demand Effective Date related Demand.
LAIDCAU Verify LAIDC Verification of LAIDC
LAMP Loan Account Master Print Loan Master Data Printout
Loans Overdue Demand
LAODR Reminder/Report Loans Overdue Demand Reminder/Report
LAOPI Loans Overdue Position Inquiry Loans Overdue Position Inquiry
LAPAY Loan Payment Menu Recovery Transaction Entry for Loans
LAPSP Loan Account Pass Sheet Print Loan Statement of Account

Loans Repayment Schedule
LARSH Report Loans Repayment Schedule Report
PRELAX PREPROCESSING LAXFRINT PREPROCESSING LAXFRINT

Transfer Interest Liability to Main Account for
Simple Interest accounts after repayment of
LAXFRINT Loans Transfer Interest Liability principal
Loan Interest Version Slabs
LVSI Inquiry Loan Interest Version Slabs Inquiry
PARTINQ Inquiry on Partitioned Account Inquiry on Partitioned Account consolidated

Inquiry on History of Partition A/c with date
PHINQ Inquiry on History of Partition A/c Range
REPHASEI Rephasement of EI Loans Rephasement of EI Loans
REPHR Rephased Overdue Loans Report Rephased Overdue Loans Report

SRM Security Register Maintenance Entry of Security of DL/TL/CC/OD
A/c Abnormal Limits/Details
AALI Inquiry Inquiry of A/c Abnormal Limits/Details Inquiry
EMIINTR EMI Loans Interest Details Report EMI Loans Interest Details Report
Loans Lien Process
LALIEN Loans Lien Process Batch job at day begin
Past Due Accounts Details
PDADM Maintenance Past Due Accounts Details Maintenance
Transfer Education Loan Accounts from Simple
EDUEMI Education Loan Simple to EMI to EMI
EIRPTS EI Reports Report for EI Accounts
EIUPLDTI LA Upload for EI Transfer In A/cs LA Upload for EI Transfer In A/cs

Loans Demand Generation Loans Demand Generation Process and Interest
LADGEN Process Application for TL/DL only
Loans Demand Satisfaction Loans Demand Satisfaction Process After LALIEN
LADSP Process Batch job at day begin
LAMOD Loans Modelling Loans Modelling
LAULPT A/cs with LastPartTran N A/cs with Last Part-Tran N instead of 'Y'
Loans Upload Demands for Transfer-in Accounts
LAUPLDMD Loans Upload Demands - non -EMI
Loan Other Details Upload for EI type of
LAUPLOAD Loan Other Details Upload Accounts run after EIUPLDTI
HLNI Limit Node Inquiry Limit Node Inquiry
HLNM Limit Node Maintenance Limit Node Maintenance
LLIR Limit Liability Inquiry/Report Limit Liability Inquiry/Report
LNDI Limit Node Details Inquiry Limit Node Details Inquiry
Limit Node History/Tran
LNHTIR Inquiry/Report Limit Node History/Tran Inquiry/Report
LNI Limit Node Inquiry Limit Node Inquiry
LNM Limit Node Maintenance Limit Node Maintenance
LNMMU Limit Node Maintenance Menu Limit Node Maintenance Menu
LNREV Limit Node Revaluation Limit Node Revaluation
LTL Limit Tree Lookup Limit Tree Lookup
Mark Accounts as Past Due/Non
MAPD Accrue Mark Accounts as Past Due/Non Accrue
Modify Effective Asset
MEAC Classification Modify Effective Asset Classification
Recovery/Reversal After Charge
RACO Off Recovery/Reversal After Charge Off
RPDA Retransfer Past Due Accounts Retransfer Past Due Accounts
ADINTREC ADVANCE INTEREST RECOVERY For Education Loan Account

ACTODI Account TOD Inquiry TOD Inquiry
ACTODM Account TOD Maintenance TOD Addition/Modification
ACTODMAU Account TOD Maintenance TOD - ACTODM Verification
TODCS TOD Criteria and Selection TOD Addition/Modification
TODM Account TOD Maintenance TOD Inquiry
TODRP TOD Register Printing TOD Register
KCM Krishi Card Maintenance
ACINT Interest Run For Accounts Interest Run For CC/OD accounts
Account Limit History
ACLHM Maintenance Limit Maintenance
Account Limit History
ACLHMAU Maintenance Verify ACLHM
OLAPS Subsidy linked loan a/c opening Open loan account with principal subsidy
TMPS Transaction Maintenance Transaction maintenance for principal subsidy

UPDATION OF SUBSIDY LINK A/C APPEARING
HOAACVSB SUBSIDY LINK A/C IN AFI IN AFI AFTER VERIFICATION ALSO

LAULPT LOANS ACCOUNT UPDATION LOANS ACCOUNT LAST PART TRAN FLAG Y
LOAN PASSSHEET PRINTING A4 SIZE -;LAZER
LPSP LOAN PASSSHEET PRINTING PRINTER
GENERATION OF PRINCIPAL GENERATION OF PRINCIPAL DMD(rpt
GENPRDM DMD pnbrpt3/52)
OLAPS LOAN A/C OPENING OPEN LOAN A/C WITH PRINCIPAL SUBSIDY
Charging of overdue interest in Change of interest table code for irregular KCC
INTKCC KCC Accounts accounts
Capturing details of previous bank while taking
TOACM Takeover of loan a/cs over the account from other bank
DICALC De-recognized income calculation DI CALCULATION
NPADET NPAdetails entry NPA Details entry in the accounts
NPAD NPA DETAILS Sub menu of NPADET for details of NPA
COWO Compromise/WO details Compromise / write off details entry
SARF Sarfaesi details Sarfaesi details of accounts entry
RCYM Recovery details Recovery detail entry in the a/c
RADM Recovery agent details Recovery agent details entry
MISC Misc details Misc. details of NPA accounts entryh
FOREIGN EXCHANGE
AMHOB View amortised History of Bills View amortised History of Bills
BIBOOK Interest Booking for Bills Interest booking for Bills
Transaction Advice Printing
FBADVP (FXBIL) Transaction Advice Printing (FXBIL)
FBAIC Advance Interest Calculated Report - Advance Intt Collected in Foreign Bills
FBBR Foreign Bills Balancing Register Foreign Bills Balancing Register

FOREIGN BILL DISCREPANCY
FBDISCR REPORT FOREIGN BILL DISCREPANCY REPORT
Foreign Bills to be De linked
FBDLNK Statement Foreign Bills to be De linked Statement - Report
FBECGC ECGC Charge Details ECGC Charge Details on Foreign bills

FBEF Bills of Entry Statement Fex Bills Failure Statement
Foreign Bills Export Negotiated and Sent for

FBENC Foreign Bills ENC Statement Collection Statement - for RBI
FBER Export Register Report Export Bills Register

FBERC Foreign Bills Export Claim Report Foreign Bills Export Claim Report
Statement of Foreign bills with Extended due
FBEXTD Extended Foreign Bills Statement date.
FBHI Foreign Bills History Inquiry Foreign Bills History Inquiry
FBI Foreign Bills Inquiry Foreign Bills Inquiry
Interest Collected on Foreign
FBICS Bills Interest Collected on Foreign Bills
FBIR Import Register Report Import Register Report
FBM Foreign Bills Maintenance Foreign Bills Maintenance
Statement of Overdue Import
FBOIB Bills Statement of Overdue Import Bills
FBP Foreign Bills Printing Foreign Bills Printing
List of Pending and Dishonored
FBPADB Bills List of Pending and Dishonored Bills
FEX Bills Parameter Master
FBPMI Inquiry FEX Bills Parameter Master Inquiry
Foreign Bills Purchased
FBPS Subsidiary Foreign Bills Purchased Subsidiary Ledger
FBRI FEX Bills Register Inquiry FEX Bills Register Inquiry
FBSNC Foreign Bills SNC Statement Foreign Bills SNC Statement
FBUBR Undrawn Balance Register Undrawn Balance Register
Contra Transaction for Export Contra Transaction for Purchase bills which are
FBXFR Bills fully recovered.
FPTI FEX Period Table Code Inquiry FEX Period Table Code Inquiry
INBOEM Bill of Entry Maintenance Data input for Bill of Entry
XOSCHRG XOS Charge Calculation XOS Charge Calculation
XOSSTMT XOS Statement XOS Statement
Report on Expiring Documentary
DCEXPLST Credits Report on Expiring Documentary Credits
DCPRINT DC Printing DC Details Printing
DCQRY Query on Documentary Credits Query on Documentary Credits
Query and Modify Documentary
DCQRYM Credits Query and Modify Documentary Credits
Documentary Credits Query
DCQRYP Printing Report Documentary Credits Query Printing
Documentary Credits Register
DCREG Printing Documentary Credits Register Printing
DCRPTS DC Reports and Advises DC Reports and Advises
Statement of Documentary
DCSTMT Credit Statement of Documentary Credit
Inward Documentary Credits
IDCM Maintenance Inward Documentary Credits Maintenance
Outward Documentary Credits
ODCM Maintenance Outward Documentary Credits Maintenance
Foreign DD/TT/MT Issued
DTMR Register Foreign DD/TT/MT Issued Register
FBIEC Issue of Encashment Certificate Issue of Encashment Certificate

Foreign Currency Purchase Sale
FCNPS Report Foreign Currency Purchase Sale Report
FCTC Stock-Cum-Movement
FCTCSCMR Register Report FCTC Stock-Cum-Movement Register Report
Foreign Inward Remittance
FIRCR Certificate Foreign Inward Remittance Certificate
Inward Remittances
IRM Maintenance Inward Remittances Maintenance
Outward Remittances
ORM Maintenance Outward Remittances Maintenance
REMPRINT Print a Foreign Outward DD Print a Foreign Outward DD
CNCLFWC Cancellation of forward contracts Cancellation of forward contracts

Change validity of forward
EXTFWC contracts Change validity of forward contracts
FWCHI Forward Contract History Inquiry Forward Contract History Inquiry

FWCLIAB F/C Liability Register Forward Contract Liability Register
List of overdue and matured
FWCODLST F/Cs List of overdue and matured Forward Contracts
FWCQRY Query on forward contracts Query on forward contracts
Forward booking register
FWCRG printing Forward Contract Booking Register Printing
MNTFWC Maintain Forward Contracts Maintain Forward Contracts
CLSPCA Batch Closure Of PCA Accounts Packing Credit

Default Packing Credits under Report of Default Packing Credits under
DEFPC WTPCG/PCG WTPCG/PCG
DLYPCFC Daily PCFC Report Daily PCFC Report
ECGC Premium Calculation on non-running
ECGCPC ECGC Premium Calculation packing credit accounts.
ECGC Calculation for RPC
ECGCRPC disbursements ECGC Calculation for RPC disbursements
PCARPT Reports Of PCA Accounts Reports Of PCA Accounts
PCFCBAL PCFC Balancing Report PCFC Balancing Report
Packing Credit Interest
PCINT Calculation Packing Credit Interest Calculation
PCLIALST Packing Credit Liability List Packing Credit Liability List
PLR Party wise Liability Register Party wise Liability Register
Party wise Overdue Packing
POVDPC Credits Party wise Overdue Packing Credits
Interest Inquiry For RPC
RINTINQ Accounts Interest Inquiry For RPC Accounts
Interest Report For RPC
RINTRPT Disbursements Interest Report For RPC Disbursements
RPCINT Interest For RPC Disbursements Interest For RPC Disbursements

RPCRPT Reports Of RPC Accounts Reports Of RPC Accounts
RPCTM RPC Transactions Maintenance RPC Transactions Maintenance

Receivers Correspondent Bank
RCBM Maintenance Receivers Correspondent Bank Maintenance
SMG Swift Message Generation Swift Message Generation

SMI Swift Messages Inquiry Swift Messages Inquiry
SMM Swift Messages Maintenance Swift Messages Maintenance
SMMU SWIFT Messages menu SWIFT Messages menu
TRSWIFT Transfer Swift Messages Transfer Swift Messages
CRNPOS Position Of Currency Position Of Currency
Export Order Details
EXPODM Maintenance Maintenance of Export Order Details
EXPRPT Reports Of Export Orders Reports Of Export Orders
FBSTAT6 STAT 6 Report STAT 6 Report
Party Code Maintenance for Customer's
FPCM Party Code Maintenance Customer
FXACSTMT Statement of FX Accounts Statement of FX Accounts
FXPSRG Purchase / Sale register printing Purchase / Sale register printing

HCRNPOS Position of Currency Position of Currency
HRTHQRY Rate list History Query Rate list History Query
PRRTL Rate list Printing Rate list Printing
R-Return and Schedules
RRETURN Statements R-Return and Schedules Statements
RRETURN5 R Return5 Report R Return5 Report
RTHQRY Rate list History Query Rate list History Query
UPDMOR Update of Treasury Rate Update of Treasury Rate
NEXT NUMBER TABLE NEXT NUMBER TABLE UPDATIONOF FOREX
NNTM UPDATION EV.YEAR
MTSS Money transfer service Money transfer service Scheme entry
AMLEXCP AML online alerts exception AML Online alerts exception override
INLAND BILLS
BM Bills Maintenance Bills Maintenance
BILINQ BILL INQUIRY FOR RCC BILL INQUIRY FOR RCC
HOCRCC Collection of outstation chq thru RCC Collection of outstation chq thru RCC
ABC Advance against Bills for Collection Advance against Bills for Collection for Changing
the Security Value of the account after
lodgement/Realisation of ABC bills
AICR Advanced Interest Collected Report Advanced Interest Collected Report
AMHOB View amortised History of Bills View amortised History of Bills

BCSI Bills/Chqs Covering Schedule - Inter Bills/Cheques Covering Schedule -Outward Bills
Br PNB Branch
BCSO Bills/Chqs Covering Schedule - Inter Bills/Cheques Covering Schedule -Outward Bills -
Bk other Bank
BDISCREP Bills Discrepancy Report Bills Discrepancy Report

BDR Review Of Pending And Dishonoured Report Of Pending And Dishonoured Bills
Bills
BDTR Bills Due Today But Unpaid Report for Bills Due Today But Unpaid
BEHI Bills Events History Inquiry Bills Events History Inquiry

BI Bills Inquiry Bills Inquiry
BIBOOK Interest Booking for Bills Interest booking for Bills
BICR Bills Interest Collected Report Bills Interest Collected Report
BILLR Outward Bills Reminders Outward Bills Reminders
BINTRPT Interest Report For Bills Interest Report For Bills
BLIP Bills - Overdue Interest Payment Interest payment for Delayed Realisation
BLRTI Bills Register Type Inquiry Bills Register Type Inquiry
BP Bills Printing Bills Printing
BPMI Bills Parameter Master Inquiry Bills Parameter Master Inquiry
BRCR Balancing Report - Collection Balancing Report - Inland Bills for Collection
BRRBPR Bills Register Report - Bills Bills Register Report - Bills Purchased
Purchased
BRRCR Bills Register Report - Collection Bills Register Report - Collection
CABR Co-accepted Bills Co-accepted Bills

CUBI Bills Inquiry Customer Bills Inquiry
DRDBR Drawee Wise Dishonored Bills Drawee Wise Dishonored Bills Report
Report
FI Fate Inquiry Fate Inquiry - for Issuing Reminders
ICH Instant Credit History Maintenance Instant Credit History Maintenance
INWBI Inward Bill Intimation Inward Bill Intimation

LBDR Local Bills Discounted Report Report on Local Bills Discounted
MFBM Multi Tenor Bills Maintenance Multi Tenor Bills Maintenance
MTBP Multi Tenor Bills Printing Multi Tenor Bills Printing
UBDTR Usance Bill Discounted Report Report on Usance Bills Discounted
INVENTORY AND CHEQUE BOOK

IMC Inventory Movement between Inventory Movement between Locations
Locations
IMCG Inventory Movement between Inventory Movement between Locations
Locations
IMCGLD Inventory Movement between Inventory Movement between Locations
Locations
IMI Inventory Movement Inquiry Inventory Movement Inquiry
ISI Inventory Inquiry, Split and Inventory Inquiry, Split and Merge-EM
Merge-EM
ISIA Inventory Inquiry, Split and Inventory Inquiry, Split and Merge
Merge
ISR Inventory Status Report-EM
ISRA Inventory Status Report Inventory Status Report
ITI Instruments Table Inquiry Instruments Table Inquiry

CBP Cheque Book Printing (Range of Cheque Book Printing (Range of Accounts)
Accounts)
CBPR Cheque Book Printing Cheque Book Printing
CHBD Chequebook Destroy Chequebook Destroy
CHBIR Cheque Book Issued Register Cheque Book Issued Register
CHBM Chequebook Maintenance Mark Acknowledgement, Caution, Destroy
Unused Leaves, Revoke Caution of Cheque
books
CHBMAU Chequebook Maintenance Verify CHBM
ECHRAC Enter Cheques Rejected at Enter Cheques Rejected at Counter
Counter
HCHBM Chequebook Maintenance Chequebook Maintenance
HII Hot Items Inquiry Hot Items Inquiry
ICHB Issue Chequebooks Issue Chequebooks
ICHBAU Issue Chequebooks Verify ICHB
REVSTOP Revoke stop payment Revoke stop payment
SPP Stop Payment Processing Stop Payment Processing
SPPAU Stop Payment Processing Stop Payment Processing
SPRG Stop Payment Register Stop Payment Register
SRMMU Security Register Maintenance Security Register Maintenance Menu
Menu
SRMRPTS Security Register Module Reports Security Register Module Reports
XFCHACAU Transfer Cheques between Verify Transfer of Cheques between Accounts

Accounts
IMAUM Inventory Movement Inventory Movement Authorization

Authorization
UCS Update Cheque Status Updating status of the cheque
CHQSTAT Change of status from unused to Personalised cheque book received at branch
issued (U to I) instead of customer
RTGS
ECSDRRET ECS DEBIT RETURNING ECS DEBIT RETURNING MODULE

ECSI ECS MANDATE ECS Debit Mandate (Inward)
ECS Debit Mandate Entry and Modification
ECSM ECS Mandate Maintenance AND Deletion
ECSUPLD ECS RETURN UPLOAD FORM ECS Entry of Returning
EGOC ECS Generate Outward Clearing ECS Generate Outward Clearing File
Inquiry of Bank and Branch code and address
IFSCI IFSCI Code Enquiry for RTGS and NEFT
HRTGS RTGS RTGS/NEFT Entry/ Verification/Inquiry - ONS
RTGSPNB RTGS REPORTS Report Related to RTGS - Main Server

RTGSRPT RTGS REPORTS Report Related to RTGS - MIS server

NEFTPNB NEFT REPORTS Report - Main server
NEFTRPT NEFT REPORT REPORT MIS Server
FPMNT - ADD NG-RTGS FORMAT MSG RTGS MESSAGE NEW FORMAT
FPMNT VERIFY VERIFY RTGS MESSAGE
FPBULK BULK UPLOADING RTGS RTGS BULK UPLOADING IN CBS
FPBULKV BULK VERIFICATION BULK RTGS VERIFICATION
FPRPT RTGS RELATED REPORT REPORTS OF FPRPT
GUARANTEE
BGLIMIT Guarantee LIMIT Inquiry for Limits for BG for a Customer
BGMARGIN BG Margin Printing Report of Margin on Bank Guarantees

BGPRINT BG Printing Report of List of Bank Guarantees
Deferred Payment Guarantee
DPGR Register Deferred Payment Guarantee Register
GI Guarantee Inquiry Inquiry for Guarantees
GMM Guarantee Master Maintenance All Guarantee Operations

Printing of Inquiry of Guarantees - Report
GP Guarantee Printing of GI
GPI Guarantee Parameters Inquiry Guarantee Parameters Inquiry
BGCLOSE Bank Guarantee Closure Bank Guarantee Closure
CLEARING

MCLZOH Maintain Clearing Zone Maintain Clearing Zone
Outward Clg Transaction
OCTM Maintenance Outward Clg Transaction Maintenance
TROFSETS Transfer Of Sets Transfer Of Sets
OCTV Clearing Transaction Verification Clearing Transaction Verification

Outward Clearing Instruments
OIQ Inquiry Outward Clearing Instruments Inquiry
OPQ Outward Clg Part Tran Inquiry Outward Clg Part Tran Inquiry
MARKPEND Mark Pending Mark Pending
Rejected Instruments
REJREP Report/Advice Rejected Instruments Report/Advice
REVPEND Revoke Pending Revoke Pending
RMI Read Media Input Read Media Input
MICZ Maintain Inward Clearing Zone Maintain Inward Clearing Zone
Inward Clearing Transaction
ICTM Maintenance Inward Clearing Transaction Maintenance
Inquire On Clearing Transaction
IOCLS Sets Inquire On Clearing Transaction Sets

ACSBIO Account Shadow Balance Inquiry Account Shadow Balance Inquiry

Collection of outstation chq thru
CCRCC RCC Collection of outstation chq thru RCC
Large Amt Chqs Disc - Daily
LCDDR Reporting Large Amt Cheques Disc - Daily Reporting
Large Amt Chqs Disc - Monthly
LCDMR Reporting Large Amt Cheques Disc - Monthly Reporting
Lodging a instrument at sending
HOICM branch ODBC collection through RCC
Lodging a instrument in clearing Lodging a instrument at RCC already lodged
OILC at RCC through HOICM by sending branch
Batch job at ABH for realization
OICR and dishonour Batch job at ABH for realization and dishonor
OSRPT Reports of HOICM etc Reports on HOICM
REMITTANCES
DDMI Mass Issue Entry Mass Issue Entry
DDSM DD Status Maintenance DD Status Inquiry
Demand Draft/Cash Order
DDPRNT Printing Demand Draft/Cash Order Specific Printing
Reconcile Paid/Unpaid
DDUPDT Outstanding Entry Reconcile Paid/Unpaid Outstanding Entry
LDDRECON LOCALIZED DD REPORTS Non Finacle DD REPORTS
Revoke Lost Status of Non-Fin
RMLOST Draft Revoke Lost Status of Non-Fin Draft
TFDDHOC DD Transfer To H.O. DD Transfer To H.O.
Print all unprinted DDs/Cash
DDPALL Orders Serial Wise Print all unprinted DDs/Cash Orders
DDBP Demand Drafts Batch Printing Demand Drafts Batch Printing
DDREPRNT Reprint a DD/ Print advice Reprint a DD/ Print advice
DDLOST Entry of Reported Lost Entry of DD Reported Lost
DDNPADV Entry of Receipt of NPA Entry of Receipt of Non Payment Advice

Revert Stat from RepLost/ NPA Revert Status from Reported Lost/ Non
DDREVERT Recd Payment Advice Recd
DDD Issue of Duplicate DD Issue of Duplicate DD
DDC Cancellation of DD Cancellation of DD
DDIC DD Credits Inquiry Issued DD Inquiry
DDID DD Debits Inquiry Paid DD Inquiry
DDII Specific DD Issued Inquiry Specific DD Issued Inquiry
DDIP Specific DD Paid Inquiry Specific DD Paid Inquiry
DDIR DD Issue Reports DD Issue Reports
Acknowledge Non-Finacle Draft
NFADV Advice Entry Non-Finacle Draft Advice
NFADVREV Reversal of NonFin ADVC RCPT Reversal of Non Finacle ADVC Entered Wrongly

Respond Non-Finacle Draft
NFCAN Cancellation Entry of Non-Finacle Draft Cancellation
NFLOST Mark Loss of Non-Finacle Draft Mark Loss of Non-Finacle Draft
Non - Finacle DD Wrongly Paid Reversal >
DDPREV DD Paid Reversal 25000
BCREPORT Bankers Cheque Recon Report Bankers Cheque Recon Report
DDREPRNT DUPLICATE DD DUPLICATE DD PRINTING
DDPRNUP DD PRINTING STATUS UPDATE DDPRINTING STATUS UPDATE
DDCRNUP DDCAN CELLATION TRANS. FAIL DDCANCELLATION TRANS. POSTING FAIL
DD NON PAYMENT ADV
DDNPADV MARKING DD NON PAYMENT ADV MARKING
TERM DEPOSITS

SWECHA JAMA YOJNA (FLEXI
FCAAC RD)-A/c Closure SWECHA JAMA YOJNA (FLEXI RD)-A/c Closure
FOAAC RD)-A/c Opening SWECHA JAMA YOJNA (FLEXI RD)-A/c Opening
PFOAAC RD account opening for PF RD Account opening for PF deductions
FDSKMOPN PNB SAKSHAM SCHEME SAKSHAM WITH MORATARIUM PLAN

SWECHA JAMA YOJNA(FLEXI
FOVER RD)-Overdue Trf. SWECHA JAMA YOJNA(FLEXI RD)-Overdue Trf.
MFOAAC RD)- Trf. in a/c SWECHA JAMA YOJNA (FLEXI RD)-Trf. in a/c
RDPBP RD Pass Book Printing RD Pass Book Printing
HOAACMTD TD Account Open Modification TD Account Open Modification
HOAACVTD Open an TD Account Open an TD Account
HTDSIP TDS Inquiry & Printing TDS Inquiry & Printing
Term Deposit from Banks A/c
OAACFDBK Opening Term Deposit from Banks A/c Opening
PUTDACC TD Account Purge TD Account Purge
RENHIST TD Renewal History Details TD Renewal History Details
SWOPS Sweeps Batch Operations Sweeps Batch Operations
TDBATCH TD Batch operations TD Batch operations
TDEXT Term Deposit Extension Term Deposit Extension
TDREN Term Deposit Renewal Term Deposit Renewal
ACDET Account Balance Details Account Balance Details
Anupam Account Scheme A/c
ANUCLS Closing Anupam Account Scheme A/c Closing
DEPMOD Deposit Modeling Deposit Modelling
DN Due Notice Due Notice
DRP Deposits Receipt Print Deposits Receipt Print
Deposits Receipt Print
DUDRP [Duplicate] Deposits Receipt Print [Duplicate]
FACI Flexi RD Details Flexi RD Details
Flow Amt-wise Distribution of
FDD Deposits Flow Amt-wise Distribution of Deposits

FDLD Fixed Deposits Linked Details Fixed Deposits Linked Details
Fixed Deposits Opening Closure
FDOCD Details Fixed Deposits Opening Closure Details
GDET General Deposits Details General Deposits Details
HRENHIST Renewal History of TD Account Renewal History of TD Account
Int Tbl Maintenance for Interest Table Maintenance for Renewed Fixed
INTTMFD Renewed FDs Deposits
Maturity Period wise Dist of
MDD Deposits Maturity Period wise Dist of Deposits
PENDDRP Pending Deposits Receipt Print Pending Deposits Receipt Print
Rate wise Distribution of
RDD Deposits Rate wise Distribution of Deposits
REDRP Reprint Deposits Receipt Reprint Deposits Receipt
RENTD Renewal of Fixed Deposits Renewal of Fixed Deposits
RFTDS Refund TDS Refund TDS before remitting
RMTDS Remit TDS Remit TDS
Scheme wise Distribution of
SDD Deposits Scheme wise Distribution of Deposits
TDSCALC TDS Calculation TDS Calculation
TDSIP TDS Inquiry & Printing TDS Inquiry & Printing
Term Deposits Interest Slabs
TVSI Inquiry Term Deposits Interest Slabs Inquiry
RENHIST RENEWAL HISTORY RENEWAL HISTORY OF A/C

ON EXTENSION SYS.NOT AUTHOSING TD
IMACCUST EXTENSION OF TD EXTENS
FOVER TRANSFER MATURED RD TRANSFER MATURED RD

GENERATE AUTO RENEWAL
TDRCL ADVICE GENERATE AUTORENEWAL ADVICE
ACFRMI CHECK BY INSPECTORS MENU FOR ACFRM CHECK BY INSPECTORS
FLEXIPSP FLEXI RD STT OF A/C FLEXI RD STT OF A/C

SENIOR CITIZEN TERM DEP
FDSCOPN SCHEME SENIOR CITIZEN TERM DEP SCHEME
COMBOAC PNB LAKHPATI SCHEME PNB LAKHPATI SCHEME
RELACI Related account lookup Related account look up for deposit a/cs
TDSCODE Updation TDS code Tax deduction rate code modification

To facilitate interest correction in in Senior
Preference interest rate Citizen and staff accounts Verify INTTM also
PRFUPD correction after using this menu
LOCKER
DDATE Locker Due Date Diary Generation Locker Due Date Diary Generation
Locker Transaction History
LKCHM Maintenance Locker Transaction History Maintenance
LKCM Locker Customer Maintenance Locker Customer Entry, Modification
LKKM LOCKER KEY MAINTENANCE LOCKER KEY MAINTENANCE
LKOPS Locker Operation Maintenance Locker Operation Maintenance
LOCKER RENT/CHARGES
LKRCM COLLECTION LOCKER RENT/CHARGES COLLECTION
LKREPM Locker Reports Maintenance Locker Reports Maintenance
LOCKER RENT RECOVERY - BATCH LOCKER RENT RECOVERY - BATCH
LKRRBAT OPERATION OPERATION
LKCHMRPT LOCKER CUSTOMER DETALS LOCKER CUSTOMER DETAILS REPORT
LKCMRPT LOCKER DETAILS LOCKER DETAILED REPORTS.
GOLD COIN MENU

GLDIN GOLD COIN INWARD GOLD COIN INWARD
GLDINV GOLD COIN MAINTENANCE GOLD COIN MAINTENANCE
GLDM GOLD COIN MAINTENANCE GOLD COIN MAINTENANCE
GLDOUT GOLD COIN OUTWARD GOLD COIN OUTWARD
GLDRPT GOLD COIN REPORTS GOLD COIN REPORTS
GLDSL GOLD COIN SALE GOLD COIN SALE
GLDSLI GOLD COIN SALE INQUIRY GOLD COIN SALE INQUIRY
STANDANDING INSTRUCTION
Print SI Covering Letter to
SICL Customer Print SI Covering Letter to Customer
SIE Standing Instructions Execution Adhoc Execution of SI

SIETR SIs Executed Today Report SIs Executed Today Report
SII Standing Instructions Inquiry Standing Instructions Inquiry
SIM Standing Instruction Maintenance To Add, modify, Cancel, Veify Sis

Standing Instructions Register
SIRP Printing Standing Instructions Register Printing
To Maintain failed Sis, carried forward for
CFLM Carry-Forward List Maintenance Next Day
ACCOUNTS AND TRANSACTION MAINTENANCE

Components of Account Balance
ACCBAL Inquiry Components of Account Balance Inquiry
ACFRM ANNEXURE A/C OPENING FORM ANNEXURE A/C OPENING FORM

ACI Customer Accounts Inquiry Customer Accounts Inquiry
ACIF Customer Accounts Inquiry Customer Accounts Inquiry
ACIW Account Inquiry Account Inquiry
ACM Customer Accounts Maintenance Customer Accounts Maintenance

ACMAU Account Maintenance Account Maintenance
ACMF Customer Accounts Maintenance Customer Accounts Maintenance

ACMW Account Modification Account Modification
ACOPN Account Opening Workflow Account Opening Workflow
ACS Account Selection Account Selection
Transfer Accounts Between
ACXFRSC Schemes Transfer Accounts Between Schemes
ACXFRSOL Transfer Accounts Between SOL Transfer Accounts Between SOL

CAAC Close an Account Close an Account
CAACAU Close an Account Verify Closure of Account
Closure of Account Charge
CACC Collection Closure of Account Charge Collection
Change Account Manager of
CAMC Customer Change Account Manager of Customer
CCA Change Customer Id of Account Change Customer Id of Account

Customer Interest Pref and Peg
CIPPRPT Report Customer Interest Pref and Peg Report
CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP
CRV VIEW CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP VIEW
CUIR Customer Interest Report Customer Interest Report
CULI Customer Unutilised Limit Inquiry Customer Unutilised Limit Inquiry

CUMI Customer Master Inquiry Customer Master Inquiry
CUMM Customer Master Maintenance Add/Modify/Verify Customer Details
CUMP Customer Master Print Customer Master Print
CUS Customer Selection Customer Selection
CUMMSUSP Customer suspension Customer ID Suspension where no a/c
DEPINT Interest calculator for deposits Interest calculator for deposits
Inquire Account Number for a
INQACHQ Cheque Inquire Account Number for a Cheque
INTADV Interest Rate Change Advice Interest Rate Change Advice
INTCERT Interest Certificate Print Interest Certificate Print
INTPROOF Interest Proof Report Interest Proof Report
JTHOLDER List Joint Holders of an Account List Joint Holders of an Account

OAAC Open an Account Open an Account
OAACAU Open an Account Open an Account
OAACAUF Open an Account Open an Account
OAACF Open an Account Open an Account
Transfer Accounts between Sub-
TACBSH heads Transfer Accounts between Sub-heads
UNIVIEW Unified View Of Accounts Unified View Of Accounts
Transfer Cheques between
XFCHBAC Accounts Transfer Cheques between Accounts
ACLI Account Ledger Inquiry Account Ledger Inquiry
ALM Account Lien Maintenance Account Lien Maintenance
INTSI Interest Slab Inquiry Interest Slab Inquiry

INTTI Interest Table Inquiry Interest Table Inquiry
ITCI Interest Table Code Inquiry Interest Table Code Inquiry
QAB Quarterly Average Balance Quarterly Average Balance
ASTI Amount-slab Table Inquiry Amount-slab Table Inquiry
AITINQ Account Interest Details Inquiry Account Interest Details Inquiry
PBP Pass Book Print Pass Book Print
ACLCM Account Label Code Maintenance Account Label Code Maintenance

To take ledger printout of criteria based
ACLPCA Customer Ledger Print selected accounts
ACTI Account Turnover Inquiry Account Turnover Inquiry
Account Freeze Status
AFSM Maintenance To Freeze/Unfreeze an Account
CACMMU Accounts Maintenance Menu Accounts Maintenance Menu
OAACAU Account Verification Account Verification
OAACW ACCOUNT OPENING ACCOUNT OPENING
UPLOADB Account Master Balance Upload Account Master Balance Upload

SHORTFAL SHORTFALL MAINTENACE SHORTFALL MAINTENACE
DESTROY MORE THAN ONE
CHBD CHEQUE BOOK CHEQUE
CHEQUE BOOK FROM BACK REQUESITION OF CHEQUEBOOK FROM BACK
CBSCHQBK OFFICE OFFICE
ACZDB UPLOAD A/C 0 BAL. CLOSURE UPLOAD A/C 0 BAL. CLOSURE
UPLOAD A/C 0 BAL. CLOSURE
ACMDB VERIFICATION UPLOAD A/C 0 BAL. CLOSURE VERIFICATION
CHQSUR CAPTURE UNIQUE ID CHQ PNB SURAKSHA CAP.CHQ.DETAILS
OPACTF INOPERATIVE TO OPERATIVE TRANSFER OF A/C FROM INOP TO OPR.
CASHRCP Cash received menu System generated receipts for customers
BCTTREF Refund of BCTT Tax
Deposits Transactions
DTM Maintenance
DTR Deposit Transactions Report Transaction of Fixed Deposits
FTI Financial Transactions Inquiry
Financial Transactions Inquiry &
FTR Report
IOT Inquire on Transactions
ISOCR ISO Commission Relaxation
INTER-SOL TRANSFER
ISTRF TRANSACTION MENU
Post Dated Transactions
PTM Maintenance
PTW Print Transaction Log
System Pointing Transactions
SPTM Maintenance
TEI Transactions Exceptions Inquiry

TI Transactions Inquiry Inquiry
TLR Transactions List Report Morning Checking
TM Transactions Maintenance

Transaction Template
TTM Maintenance
Transfer Transaction Upload
TTUM Maintenance
TV Transaction Posting/Verification Proxy
TMPS Principal Subsidy Transaction Transaction maintenance for Principal Subsidy
DIMGNVER Unverified signatures Deletion of un verified signatures
IMGMNT Signature image maintenance Signature maintenance
SIGVER Signature verification MASS signature verification
SLDIMG Signature upload Signature upload maintenance

GCHRD/DUPPBCHARG Handling of duplicate passbook, statement
E Charges handling charges.
ACTF Account transfer request Account transfer request from other sols
MINI DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS

MDOAAC MINI DEPOSIT ACCOUNT OPEN MINI DEPOSIT ACCOUNT OPEN
EXISTING/NEW EXISTING/NEW
MDCAAC MINI DEPOSIT ACCOUNT CLOSURE MINI DEPOSIT ACCOUNT CLOSURE
MDACI MINI DEPOSIT ACCOUNT ENQUIRY MINI DEPOSIT ACCOUNT ENQUIRY
ACM MINI DEPOSIT MODIFICATION MINI DEPOSIT ACCOUNT MODIFICATION
MDOVER MINI DEPOSIT OVERDUE TRANSFER TO OVERDUE CATEGORY
MISC MENU
Menu Description Area Details

AFINQU Audit File Inquiry All
BKTI Bank Table Inquiry All
BRTI Branch Table Inquiry All
CTI Calendar Table Inquiry All
DSPWFI Workflow Items Inquiry All Interest
DSPWFQ Display Pending Workflow Items All Inquiry
GSPI General Scheme Parameters Inquiry All Alerts/inquiry

Interest Adjustment Register Scheme parameter
IARM Maintenance All inquiry
INTTM Interest Table Maintenance All FD/bills etc
Protect Interest Application
PAPW Password All To lock your own user

PCUNIX Transfer of File from PC to System All

Winzip / Winrar /tar transfer from
ZTRUNIX PC to system All
PR Print Reports All
PWMNT Password Maintenance All
RRCDI Reference Code Inquiry All
Run Service Outlets Validation
SOLVAL Process All
AFI Audit File Inquiry DBA
Report of Accounts Below Min To Print List of Accounts
ABMR Balance Deposit below minimum balance
BR Balancing Report Deposit
IMGMNT Image Maintenance Deposit Signature maintenance
INTRUN Interest Application - Individual A/c Deposit

PRTINQ Print Queue Inquiry Report
Minor Subsidiaries Outstanding
MSOIRP Items Rep Report
Minor Subsidiaries Transaction
MSTRP Report Report GL
Cash charges relaxation handling in
CASHR cbs
Feeding closing cash balance of the Closing of cash
CASHD branch transaction
RINGFENC Handling KYC non complaint account
DEAFC Deaf claim refund online menu

Capture token number for making
cash payment on the basis of issued Verification of transaction
TOKEN token by Payment cashier
GOVERNMENT BUSINESS
GBM Government Business Module For CBDT, PPF, RBI Bond
CUSTOMIZED GBM REPORTS FOR
GBMRPT PNB Reports for GBM Module
EXCISE AND SERVICE TAX
EASIEST COLLECTION Transactions in Excise and Service Tax
EASIRPT REPORTS FOR EASIEST Reports for Easiest
MCA21 Transaction for DOCA Transactions in MCA
MCARPT Report for MCA21 menu option Generation of reports in MCA
MCADN Government Business Module For downloading of reports of FP of MCA
VFYASSEE MAINTAIN ASSESSE DETAILS To add/verify new assesse code
DEBIT CARD
DCARD Debit card management Card entry management in CBS

DCARDINS Debit card inventory Debit card inventory acknowledgement
DPINREQ Debit card pin request DUPLICATE PIN REQUEST
SWCM Card information Card information Account level
CARDP Print application Print application form for Dcard
DPINDWN Debit card request download Debit Card requests download
CARDREP Debit card reports Debit card reports printing
PCARDISS Pnb Uphar card issue PNB Prepaid uphar card issue entry
PSUVISS Pnb Suvidha card issue PNB Suvidha card issue meenu
PNB Suvidha card reload through clearing
PSUVRLD PNB Suvidha card reload or other reload amount
PSUVSUR PNB suvidha card surrender PNB Suvidha card surrender menu
CREDIT CARD
CCAPPL Credit card application Credit card application punching in CBS
CCPAY Credit card payment Credit card payment optioin
APPLSCHD Application schedule Printing of application schedule
APPLRPT Application report Credit Card application report
APLURPT Unverified credit card Unverified credit card application report
CCTRAN Transaction report Credit Card transaction report
INTERNET BANKING
Internet banking retail user
IBSRPOST Internet banking retail Addition/Deletion/Modification/Enable
Internet banking Corporate user
IBSCPOST Internet banking corporation Addition/Deletion/Modification/Enable
IBSRPT Internet banking reports Reports on Internet banking
MOBILE BANKING
MOBILE BANKING REQUEST
MBRPOST MOBILE BANKING ADDITION/DELETETION/MODIFICATION
MBKRPT MOBILE BANKING REPORTS Reports for Mobile banking users
ECS ELECTRONIC CLEARING SERVICE

Electronic clearing service Maintenance
ECSM Electronic clearing service M Addition / Modification / Deletion
ECSI Electronic clearing service inquiry ECS enquiry menu
LADDER DATA EXTRACTION MENU
CCLD Ladder customer details CUSTOMER DATA for ladder
ELD LADDER DATA EXTRACTION LADDER DATA EXTRACTION

LADDER DATA EXTRACTION MODIFIED
EMLD Extract modified data DATA
EXTRACTION OF DYNAMIC DATA FOR
EDD DYNAMIC DATA extraction LADDER
LADRPT LADDER DATA CBS REPORTS CBS REPORTS FOR LADDER DATA
HELP RELATED MENU

Search the menu option based on a
FINHELP string search To know menu options for desired work
To know the desired report with menu and
REPHELP / RPTHELP Report help utility Sl. No. of report
To remove following checks imposed by
DC:
1)RIT entry reversal - ABHRIT
2)Non-Cust A/c Entry rev ABHNC
ZC User to permit ABH without 3)ATM Day end skip - ABHEOD
SKIPCHK certain checks 4)Inventory sip - IMC
ONS
HSCFM System Control File Maintenance
HMEMOPAD Memo pad Maintenance General LIST OF Alerted items
TDS Inquiry &
HTDSIP TDS Inquiry & Printing TD Printing
HACI Customer Accounts Inquiry Account Customer Accounts
Inquiry
HACINT Interest Run For Accounts Account Interest Run For
Accounts
HACLINQ Account Ledger Inquiry Account Account Ledger
Inquiry
HACM Customer Accounts Maintenance Account Customer Accounts
Maintenance
HACMTD Customer Accounts Maintenance Account Customer Accounts
Maintenance
HACS Account Selection Account Account Selection
HALM Account Lien Maintenance Account Account Lien
Maintenance
HCCA Change Customer Id of Account Account Change Customer Id
of Account

HCSM Combined Statement Detail Account Combined Statement
Detail
HCUMI Customer Master Inquiry Account Customer Master
Inquiry
HCUMM Customer Master Account Customer Master
HCUS Customer Selection Account Customer Selection
HINTTI Interest Rate Details Inquiry Account Interest Rate Details
Inquiry
HOAACCA CA Account Opening Account CA Account Opening
HOAACMCA CA Account Open Modification Account CA Account Open
Modification
HOAACMSB SB Account Open Modification Account SB Account Open
Modification
HOAACSB SB Account Opening Account SB Account Opening
HOAACVCA CA Account Opening Verify Account CA Account Opening
Verify
HOAACVSB SB Account Opening Verify Account SB Account Opening
Verify
HPSP Pass Sheet Print Account Pass Sheet Print
HACTODI HACTODI CC/OD TOD Inquiry - ONS
HACTODM Account TOD Maintenance CC/OD TOD - ONS menu
HOAACCC CC Account Opening CC/OD ONS - Account
Opening
HOAACMCC CC Account Open Modification CC/OD ONS - Account
Modification during
AC opening through
HOAACCC
HOAACMOD OD Account Open Modification CC/OD ONS - OD
modification during
Account opening
HOAACOD OD Account Opening CC/OD ONS- OD Opening
HOAACVCC CC Account Opening Verify CC/OD ONS- Verify
HOAACCC
HOAACVOD OD Account Opening Verify CC/OD ONS - Verify
HOAACMOD
HOCI Outward Cheques Inquiry Clearing Outward Cheques
Inquiry
HOIQ Outward Clearing Instrument Clearing Outward Clearing
Inquiry Instrument Inquiry
HOPQ Outward Clearing Part-transaction Clearing Outward Clearing
Inquiry Part-transaction
Inquiry
HBRTM DBA
HRRCDM Reference Code Maintenance DBA
HADVC Print DR/CR Advice to Customer DD Print DR/CR Advice to
Customer
HAFI Audit File Inquiry General
HBRTI Branch Table Inquiry General
HCCS Change Context SOL General
HHII Hot Items Inquiry General
HIOGLT Inquire on GL Transactions General
HPTTM Part Tran Template Maintenance General

HACILA Customer Accounts Inquiry for Loans Customer Accounts
Term Loans Inquiry for Term
Loans
HACLHM Account Limit History Maintenance Loans Account Limit History
Maintenance
HACMLA Customer Accounts Maintenance Loans Customer Accounts
Maintenance
HLADGEN Loans Demand Generation Loans Loans Demand
Generation
HLADISB Loan Disbursement Loans Loan Disbursement
HLANM Loan Account Notice Maintenance Loans Loan Account Notice
Maintenance
HLAOPI Loans Overdue Position Inquiry Loans Loans Overdue
Position Inquiry
HLAPSP Loan Account Pass Sheet Print Loans Loan Account Pass
Sheet Print
HLARA Loan Amendment and Rescheduling Loans Loan Amendment and
Rescheduling
HOAACLA Loan Account Opening Loans Loan Account
Opening
HOAACMLA LA Account Open Modification Loans LA Account Open
Modification
HOAACVLA Loan Account Opening Verify Loans Loan Account
Opening Verify
HUPM User Profile Maintenance ONS User Profile
Maintenance
HOAACTD Open an TD Account TD Open an TD Account
HTDSPROJ Projection of Customer Level Tax TD Projection of
Customer Level Tax
HFTI Financial Transactions Inquiry Transaction
MISC
ATMEOD ATM End of day operation ( daily basis )
EISRPT Employer Info For Salary Deduction

EMM Employer Master Maintenance
ICFAI ICFAI FEE COLLECTION
RGI PNB AROGYA SHREE Medi claim

SALPAY Salary Upload Menu
SALUPLD Salary Upload Process
SERT Salary Upload Exception Report
UPEMAIL UPDATE CUSTOMER EMAIL ID

ACBOOK Interest Booking For Accounts
ADDPST Maintain PST Table (Add)
AINTRPT Interest Report For Accounts
BGTM WORKFLOW FOR BUDGET MAINTENANCE

DONCOL Donation Collection
DWCAN DIVIDEND WARRANT CANCEL

DWLOST DIVIDEND WARRANT LOST
DWRPT DIVIDEND WARRANT REPORTS
DWTRAN DIVIDEND WARRANT TRANSACTION

EBLDD DD issued - EBL
ECMHIS ECM Purpose History Maintenance

EITUPD RPC EIT VERIFICATION
EXRMP EXCHANGE HOUSE - REMOTE DRAFT PRINTING

GCHRG General Charges
HACITD HACITD
HDDMP Mass Payment Entry
INSRPT INSURANCE REPROTS
ISAR Inter Sol Audit Report
ISBREP ISB REPORTS
ITGI ITGI Home Loan Insurance
LRCDI Large Reference Code Inquiry
LRCDM LR Code Maintenance
METLIFE MUTUAL FUND - CLEARING
MFCLG MUTUAL FUND - CLEARING
MFTM MUTUAL FUND - TRANSFER TRANSACTION
MNTPST Maintain PST Table (Modify & Inquiry)

NNTMU NNTMU update
ODCMUPL Outward Documentary Credits Upload

PANINQ PAN NUMBER INQUIRY
PAYFEE FEE COLLECTION MODULE
PLIST Pending Instalments List
PMLZONE PREVENTION OF MONEY LAUNDERING

PRESANC Loans Application Processing
PSDIMC PSD INTEGRATION MODULE
RBMDOWN DOWNLOAD RETAIL MODULE DATA

REGFLOW Deposit Flow Regeneration
RF2MMU Reference File Maintenance Menu 2

RMIUPD Read Media Input Update
SAFUPLD SAF Upload to Finacle
SWEEPS Pool of Funds Maintenance
TATAAIG TATA AIG INSURANCE
UICPAY UIC Loan Pre-Payment
FATM Account Facility Maintenance
ABSOTS ABSOT Schedules Print

LSD List for Signature Display
MSMU Minor Subsidiaries Menu
SRL Security Register Lookup
STAT5 Stat 5 Report
BCPRPT Customised Reports for PNB
ITR Report for Income Tax Purposes
PRTCON PRTCON : Print Consolidated Report
REVASCII Revenue Statement - ASCII Format
SIMM Stock Invest Maintenance

SIR Stock Invest Reports
CSPW Change System Password
CBR Cash Balance Report
TCPI Teller Wise Cash Position Inquiry
CMS Cash Management System File Upload

CMSCLG CMS - CLEARING
CMSCSH CMS - CASH
CMSTR CMS - TRANSFER
CSE Changing Service Outlet For An Employee

COPARM Coparcener Maintenance (HUF)
COPARR Coparcener Reminders Maintenance

EMAILL List for Email
EMAILM Email Maintenance
IMT Inward Mail Transfer Workflow
GBM Govt. Business Module
AACM Accounts Access Code Maintenance

ANCALC Annuity Calculator
ANWSIGI Anywhere Signature Retrieval
BALTRF Balance Transfer for Trading Accounts
BCCM Bank condition Maintenance
BCTTREP2 Eligible Accounts as Today
BGM Budget Maintenance
BRDCMAPI Inquiry On Branch to Data Centre Mapping
CAM BG/DC Charges Amortization Process

CCCM Client condition Maintenance
CCTM Country Calendar Table Maintenance

CDCIMNU CDCI Maintenance Menu
CHGIR Charges Income Report

CTRA Credit Transaction Report For An Account

CTVM Cut Off Details Maintenance
DDCRNUP Update Currency code
DDP2 Reports Parameters
ERTI Error Table Inquiry
HBKQRY Bank Level Query Option
HCDEP Combined Deposit
HDDP Reports Parameters
INSRRET To insert into RBT
LASAR Amendment and Rescheduling
MFBMW Bills Maintenance - Mutual Fund

PCLRPT Transactions report
PUTDS Purge Tax Dedn at source Table
REVMAT Revised Maturity Report
SERIAL Serial Maintenance
SLACM SLA Code Maintenance
SUSPTXN Suspicious transaction maintenance

TACM Transaction Access Code Maintenance
TCPIA Teller Wise Cash Position Inquiry / All
TMPLCRE Template Creation
TMPLIST Template Listing
TOPM TIME OVERRUN PROJECT MAINTENANCE
TXTDEL Delete Txt files from Home Dir.
UPDECGC Updecgc
UPLFTXT Upload For GAC Free Text
WIAAL What If Analysis of Account Liability
ABMR REPORT OF A/CS BELOW MINIMUM BALANCE
NPSCOL National Pension scheme User registration / Fund collection
RISKUPL Uploading risk classification and updation in CBS
METGTL Metlife insurance coverage for Saving customers of PNB
WORLD TRAVEL CARD

WTCKIT issuance of kits by back-office
WTCISS issuance of WTC to customers
WTCRLD reloading of WTC with appropriate value
WTCSUR surrendering of WTC
WTCRCN WTC reconciliation Reports To be run BY SOLs only
WTC Reports :
WTCSOLD - No. and Value of cards (currency wise & circle wise)
sold
WTCOUT - O/S position over a range of value and range of issued
period, credits in day, debits in day
WTCBAL - Currency wise/ branch wise/ circle wise balance O/S
WTCRPT WTCINOP - O/S expired (inoperative) cards

GENERATION AND CHECKING OF DMS (CONTROL REPORTS)

CTRPT CONTROL REPORT PRINTING (DMS)
MARKING CHECKING OF CONTROL REPORT IN CBS (DAY END NOT ALLOWED
CTRPTCHK REPORTS MARKED CHECKED FOR PREV. WEEK)
EXPENDITURE MONITORING SYSTEM
SDMT User authorization for transaction - DBA user can use
EXTM Expenditure transaction maintenance
CCMT Adhoc / pre sanction grant allowed to CO/FGMO/HO users
EXTMREP Transaction / adhoc / limit report generation and transfer to PC
Expenditure head updation ZC User can update the head of transaction generated
EXTMUPD through EXTM
EXTMDEL Reversal of wrongly created EXTM expenditure voucher GU 100 workclass can use
FIXED ASSET MANAGEMENT SYSTEM
FAMS Entry of SFF / MCC fresh purchases and purchases for staff
FAMSRPT Report on Fixed Asset Management System
DIRECT BENEFIT TRANSFER
UIDNUM Seeding AADHAAR Numbers in Bank accounts
DBTL Linking Bank account with Subsidy where AADHAAR number is not available

MANAGEMENT OF NPA IN CBS
LENDING IS THE BASIC ACTITIVITY OF BANKING INDUSTRY AND PROFITABILITY DEPENDS ON THE
QUALITY OF LENDING. THE BETTER ASSET QUALITY INCREASES THE PROFITABILITY AND IMPROVE THE
RATIO OF CAPITAL TO RISK WEIGHTED ASSET. TO UNDERSTAND THE SEQUENCE OF STEPS FOR BETTER
ASSET QUALITY MANAGEMENT, LIFE CYCLE OF THE ACCOUNT IS GIVEN HEREUNDER:
1) PRE-SANCTION APPRAISAL
2) SANCTION OF LOAN
3) OPENING OF ACCOUNT AND DISBURSEMENT ( ROLE OF CBS STARTS HERE )
4) RECOVERY WITHIN DUE DATE ( STANDARD ACCOUNT )
5) RECOVERY NOT RECEIVED WITH DUE DATE
6) DEMAND GENERATION ( PRINCIPAL AND/OR INTEREST )
7) SMA (SPECIAL MENTION ACCOUNT) PERIOD STARTS
8) NEED FOLLOWUP
9) RECOVERY RECEIVED WITHIN THE PERIOD OF SMA
10) DEMAND GET ADJUSTED (STILL STANDARD ACCOUNT)
11) RECOVERY NOT RECEIVED ( NON PERFORMING ASSETS)
12) FOLLOW UP FOR RECOVERY
13) IF REASON OF DEFAULT BEYOND THE CONTROL OF BORROWER :

I) RESTRUCTURE/ REPHASEMENT OF ACCOUNT
II) RECOVERY AS PER NEW REPAYMENT SCHEDULE
14) RECOVERY RECEIVED (UPGRADED TO STANDARD ASSETS)
15) RECOVERY STILL NOT FORTHCOMING (DOWN GRADE TO DOUBTFUL/LOSS)
16) FOLLOWUP /OTS/ COMPROMISE
17) RECOVERY AS PER OTS / COMPROMISE (A/C CLOSED )
18) NON ACCPTANCE OF OTS / COMPROMISE BY BORROWER

(I) LEGAL ACTION (SUIT FILED / SERFAISI)
1. DECREED / EXECUTION OF DECREE (A/C CLOSED )
(II) WAIVER OF LEGAL ACTION

1. WRITE OFF - FOLLOW UP FOR RECOVERY IN W/O A/CS
2. COMPROMISE /OTS
RECOVERY AS PER OTS/COMPROMISE (A/C CLOSED)

ACTIVITY PRIOR TO CLASSIFICATION AN ACCOUNT AS NPA
CBS facilitates management of account after the sanction. Due care is to be taken while capturing the data
at the time of account opening and disbursement, to ensure appropriate / expected behavior of the account
and also to avoid irregularity reflected in any account due to wrong selection of scheme code, GL sub head,
interest rate code, Moratorium period, other details required during opening of account with emphasis on V
details.
Health of loan account depends upon the amount due and overdue position of demands made in the account
and its adjustment. The different types of demand and the events which trigger their generation are as
follows:
1) PRINCIPAL DEMAND ( PRDEM)
2) INTEREST DEMAND
I) NORMAL INTEREST DEMAND ( INDEM)
II) PENAL INTEREST DEMAND (PIDEM)
3) CHARGES DEMAND
I) BANK CHARGES DEMAND (BCDEM)
II) OTHER CHARGES DEMAND (OCDEM)
GENERATION OF DEMAND
Except Principal demand (PRDEM), all other demands are generated with the debit transaction in the loan
accounts based on the flow_id fed during the transaction. Principal demand is generated on the basis of
data fed in the account i.e E details FLOW START DATE, NO. OF FLOW, FLOW AMOUNT AND
FREQUENCY).
ADJUSTMENT OF DEMAND
Adjustment of demand happens on the basis of credit transaction in the account in chronological order based
on the date of demand i.e. demand generated first is adjusted first whenever credit is received in the account
after the demand generation.
WHENEVER THE NORMAL / EXPECTED BEHAVIOUR OF THE A/C DEVIATE FROM NORMAL /
EXPECTED PATTERN EXTRA VIGILANCE / CARE IS REQUIRED FROM THE USER TO KEEP THE
ACCOUNTS REGULAR / PERFORMING AND IRRREGULARITIES CAN BE CHECKED FROM THE
FOLLOWING REPORTS:
IRREGULAR REPORT PNBRPT I) AVAILABLE FOR SOL / SET WISE
1/8 II)CAN BE EXTRACTED ON THE BASIS OF SANCTION LIMIT
AND 1/8A ALSO
III)SECTOR WISE REPORT - AGRICULTURE / SME / RETAIL
LENDING SCHEME / OTHER / ALL
IV)PERIOD WISE REPORT AVAILABLE UPTO 30 DAYS (1/8A)
V) NATURE AND VALUE OF COLLATERAL SECURITY ENTERED
INTHE SYSTEM BE CROSS VERIFIED DURING FOLLOWUP / VISIT
AND CORRECTIVE MEASURES CAN BE TAKEN ACCORDINGLY
VI)LIMITATION AVAILABLE CAN ALSO BE
MONITORED THROUGH THIS REPORT
DAILY OUTSTANDING REPORT REPORT HELPS IN MONITORING CREDIT PORTFOLIO BECAUSE
PNBRPT 3/7 IT PROVIDE THE IRREGULAR AMOUNT IMMEDIATELY IF DEMAND
REMAINS UNSATISFIED.
SASCL REPORT A) SASCL report is made available on monthly basis From Data
centre under Interest Report link under SOL_ID=000000
available on the first page of Finacle. It is pre-generated data file
and can be imported in the excel sheet.
B)In addition to it Branch DBA has option to run menu SASCL

Trial mode N in MIS Server and take a customized report from
PNBRPT 26/1 and if Trial mode is set as Y report can be
generated from PNBRPT 26/5 by the same user.
C) Branch DBA has option to run SASCL menu in Live server also
in Trial mode Y and report is available at DAYRPT 24/5 to the
same user only. ( It is to be run for branch only)
D)Accounts appeared as STANDARD ASSET in the Report

generated from PNBRPT 26/1, 26/5 or 24/5 after running of SASCL
menu option with overdue account only flag=Y, falls under the
MA (Special Mention Account) category of accounts.
OVERDUE POSITION OF LOAN ACCOUNT MENU OPTION = LAOPI

The menu is available in live serve (production server) for one account and for range of accounts
MIS server is required to be utilized.
After knowing the position of accounts and extent of irregularity, follow up with the borrower / customer is
required which can be facilitated in CBS as follows:-
PNBRPT 3/23) ADVANCE INTIMATION LETTER IN LOAN ACCOUNTS To generate
and send intimation letter to borrower
A) Report can be generated for all accounts or
for a particular scheme code
B) Letter can be generated for a/cs in which
installments is due within a range of
period
C) Start date must be minimum seven days advance (Current Date
Plus seven days) and end date plus in month should be given.
D) Letter for all a/cs due in the period range given may be
Generated
LAODR A) Report of overdue accounts can be generated through menu
option LAODR
B) Report can be generated on the basis of scheme code from to
basis
C) Report can be generated from GL subhead code to GL subhead
code
D)Report can be generated on the basis of overdue position in days
(greater than lesser than)
E)Option to print other account of the customer is also available.
PNBRPT 3/34 LIST OF ACCOUNTS WHERE NEXT INSTALLMENT IS DUE WITHIN
91 DAYS - To facilitate monitoring list can be generated
REASON FOR OVERDUE AND CORRECTIVE ACTION

Sl. Scheme Type Reasons of Overdue CORRECTIVE MEASURES
STEPS MENU &

FIELDS IN
CBS
1. TERM / DEMAND LOAN
ACCOUNTS
(a) NON EI type Since Repayment Interest is to be recovered OAAC*
Non-EMI (PRDEM Type): schedule is prepared as and when charged in the Start dt, E
Non-EMI accounts are only for Principal account. Principle demand details,
those accounts for which demand. Principle effective date to be fed Int.dmd.eff.
Repayment schedule is demand effective date correctly. In case the dt. of
prepared for Principal is to be fed correctly demand has already been Idetails,
Demand only and Interest taking moratorium generated, the account has Proper
Demands are generated period in to to be closed and re-opened values in V
as and when the Interest consideration as the in Transfer in mode with details.
is charged/applied in the installment amount correct flow-id and date. SRM **
account. does not include Demand is to be Receive
interest charged/ to be regenerated through menu date, next
charged. option LAUPLDMD. due date &
value of
security
(b) EI type of scheme: It is observed that A Report has been OAAC*
EMI (EIDEM Type) : accounts are not provided under PNBRPT Start dt, E
Repayment schedule is rephased on the expiry 3/35 to get the list of the details,
prepared inclusive of of Int. demand a/c falling due for Int.dmd.eff.
interest amount in effective date. rephasement in next 31 dt. of
equated monthly Interest demand days. Idetails,
installments.(Interest effective Date is not (ITD/CBS/Cir.no.19/08 Proper
demand effective Date fed or improper. dated 23.02.08). This values in V
under I detail should be report is to be generated details.
same as flow start date in every month and SRM **
E details) rephasement should be Receive
done through menu option date, next
REPHASEI, for rephase- due date &
ment of EI type of a/c. value of
security
(c) Simple Interest.- Interest demand Interest parked in office OAAC*
Moratorium : effective Date is a/c has to be transferred to Start dt, E
(Staff H/L & Staff V/L) incorrect/blank or fed main loan account through details,
Interest is to be recovered after some demands PRELAX / LAXFRINT menu Int.dmd.eff.
only after recovery of have been raised. option after expiry of dt. of
Principal demands and Principal Tenor and then Idetails,
interest on Interest is not rephase the a/c through Proper
to be recovered. menu option ACM. values in V
details.
Education Loan: Rephasement has not A report is provided at SRM **
Moratorium: been done after expiry PNBRPT 3/30 to get the list Receive
Simple interest is to be of tenor of principal of a/c where Laxfrint has date, next
charge till the expiry of demand and after fallen due. (ITD/ CBS/ Cir. due date &
moratorium and account running of LAXFRINT/ No.31 dated 1.05.2007. value of
is to be changed to EMI PRELAX. security
type after expiry of Interest demand
moratorium. effective Date should Capitalize interest flag
be same as flow start needs to set as Y while
date in E details. rephasing the a/c, if
interest demand is not
serviced during the
moratorium perod.
The procedure to deal with
moratorium period has
been explained in ITD /CBS
/Cir. No.41/07dated
06.07.07.
Detailed guidelines to
rectify errors in the simple

intt. Loan accounts has
been issued vide
ITD/CBS/Cir. 32/08 dated
(USE LAIDC, LAIDCAU,
EDUEMI FOR
CORRECTION)
(d) EMI a/c with moratorium Interest demand Either moratorium period OAAC*
period effective Date is interest is to be collected Start dt, E
incorrect/blank or fed from the borrower during details,
after some demands the holiday period or same Int.dmd.eff.
have been raised. should be capitalized at the dt. of
A/c not rephased after start of instalment and a/c Idetails,
expiry of Interest needs to be rephased. Proper
demand effective The procedure explained in values in V
Date. ITD/CBS/Cir.No.41/07 details.
dated 06.07.07. SRM **
Interest applied in the Receive
a/c during moratorium date, next
period not considered due date &
while fixing the EMI. value of
security
(e) Common point to be Charges Charges should to be
considered for all loan OCDEM/BCDEM recovered as and when
schemes become due as and debited to the account,
when debited to the otherwise the charge
account and but amount become overdue,
remain uncollected or e.g. recovery of insurance
collected with wrong amount, processing fee etc.
Flow_id.
Appropriate Flow-ids are as
Specific recovery under
made in the account Debit Credit
to adjust particular Charges-OCDEM OCCOL
type of demand should Charges-BCDEM BCCOL
have proper flow_id. Interest-INDEM INCOL
Penalint-PIDEM PICOL
Principal-PRDEM- PRCOL
DisbursementDISBT ----
Reversal of entry has Collection EI Type ---
been done with wrong COLEC
flow_id. Non EI ---- COLSI
Any reversal of the entry

should be passed with
value date and flow_id
same as the original entry
Interest charged (which is to be reversed)
during the moratorium with reversal flag as Y.
period have not been
paid or capitalized and Rephase the account after
new repayment appropriate sanction from
schedule has not been competent authority
created. through REPHASEI or ACM,
either enhance the amount
or prolong the period with
same repayment amount
with the consent of the
customer.
Change in rate of Borrowers should be called
interest and a/c not for fixing new repayment
rephased or new schedule, in case of change
repayment schedule in interest rate to fix the
not created. new schedule according to
changing scenario.
2. CC/OD: These accounts Accounts should be OAAC*
These are running become overdue on reviewed/renewed on due Limit sanc.
accounts, no repayment the basis of sanction dates regularly. This is the dt. Expry, dt
schedule is created for limit/ Expiry date/DP continuous exercise, and Review dt.,
such type of accounts. and value of security, the details to be fed in the sanc.
and if CBS. amt.,DP
SRM is not fed Report under PNBRPT 3/6. indicator in
properly. SRM should be fed H details,
immediately on receipt of value in V
statement and Received details.
date, Due date, value of SRM **
security should be Receive
mentioned properly. date, next
Generate the reports due date &
provided at RAUDIT 2/2, & value of
2a, regularly. security
ACTODM
Sanc./expiry
dt of adhoc
/TOD limit
ACLHM
Lmt.sanc
dt.,expiry dt.
Review dt.
Sanc. Amt.
DP indicator
3. Bill : Due date automatically Due date should be Proper
Purchased & arrived by the system checked at the time of selection of
Discounted as per the setup. lodgment and realization Reg.Type
should be done within and Sub
period. Reg. Type.
Recover full amount.
*START DATE & INTEREST DEMAND EFFECTIVE DATE
1) For EI type of accounts Interest Demand effective date in I details should be in sync with the start date of
E details.
2) For Simple interest loan accounts where moratorium period is allowed start date should be the date when
the repayment of Principal has to be started and interest demand effective date should be the date when
interest demand has to be started. E.G. Housing loan
**SRM
Received date and due date are meant for stock statements. In case any stock statements are to be received
in any particular account then enter the date on which received and the next due date respectively.
FOLLOW UP OF LOAN ACCOUNTS
To facilitate the recording of follow up action initiated by the branch a new functionality LETGEN was
introduced vide ITD CBS CIRCULAR 58/2009. This is work flow for recording the follow up action and
applicable only for LAA type of a/cs.

The letter to borrower and guarantor, as per format prescribed by RBD, will be generated through LETGEN
and the same will be available for printing in PR, which needs to be printed and dispatched procedurally. The
notice will contain the address of the borrower/guarantor as available in the system. As such, all concerned
are advised to maintain proper address of the borrower(s)/guarantor(s), in the CBS system.
Besides generating the notices to borrower/guarantor, following follow up action can also be recorded in CBS
through menu option LETGEN:
Telephonic contact,
Personal contact,
Recalling of a/c,
Issuance of legal notice,
Filing of Recovery Certificate,
Filing of Suit.
Menu LETGEN does not have the Maker and Checker concept thus user to exercise caution which
recording the action like notice date etc.
IMPORTANT- To generate the notice for the present overdue amount of the loan account, the notice for
previous month(s) need to be generated through the System; otherwise the total overdue amount till date
may not be shown in the notice. However, the notices for earlier month(s) may not be sent to borrower(s)/
guarantor(s) now, only current months notice should be sent to borrower(s)/guarantor(s).
For example, there are three installments overdue and the branch desired to issue notices now, then branch
is to issue notices for previous two installments by giving Notice date of relevant months and thereafter
generate the notice for current month which will show the entire overdue amount in the account. The
system records the date of notice and it is mentioned in the subsequent notice to the party.
For issuing more than one notice, even in the same a/c, the user is advised to, first, come out of screen by
pressing F3 (when the user is on second page of LETGEN) and invoke the menu option LETGEN, afresh. The
date of previous notice is mentioned in the subsequent notice, as such it is advised to strictly follow the
sequence of the notice number.
When notice is to be sent to both, borrower and guarantor, user needs to generate two notices separately
through two notice ids, however the notice to all guarantors will be generated with only one command, if
there is more than one guarantor.
The list of notice_ids and notice description is given below:
LET01 FIRST LETTER TO BORROWER

RRMB1 1st REGI. REMINDER TO BORROWER
RRMB2 2nd REGI. REMINDER TO BORROWER
RRMB3 3rd REGI. REMINDER TO BORROWER
RCFLE FILING OF RECOVERY CERTIFICATE
RECAL ADVANCE RECALLED
RRMG1 1st REGI. REMINDER TO GUARANTOR
RRMG2 2nd REGI. REMINDER TO GUARANTOR
TLCON TELE. CONTACT - BORROWER(S)/GUARANTOR(S)
PRCON PERSOAL CONTACT-BORROWER(S)/GUARANTOR(S)
LGNTC LEGAL NOTICE TO BORROWER(S)/GUARANTOR(S)
SUITF SUIT FILED AGNST BORROWER(S)/GUARANTOR(S)
RGRMB SUBSEQUENT REGI. REMINDER TO BORROWER(S)
RGRMG SUBSEQUENT REGI. REMINDER TO GUARANTOR(S)
ACTION POINTS AND NOTICE ID PRESCRIBED BY RBD - Flow Chart of Follow up Action at Branch Level:

PERIOD DAYs ACTION INITIATED NOTICE ID to be selected in
menu option LETGEN
0-30 days
0-7th day Collection of EMI
8 -10th day
th
1st telephonic contact TLCON
8th -10th day 1st letter LET01
21st -25th day 2nd telephonic contact TLCON
21st - 25th day 1st Registered Reminder RRMB1

26th-30th day First Personal Contact PRCON
31-60 days
37th-40th day 3rd telephonic contact. TLCON
37th-40th day 1st telephonic contact with the TLCON

guarantor.
45th-50th day 2nd Registered Reminder with RRMB2 & RRMG1

copy to guarantor.
56th-60th day 2nd Personal Contact with PRCON
borrower/family members or
guarantor at residence/ work
place.
61-90 days
70th -
72nd day 3rd Registered Reminder with RRMB3 & RRMG2
copy to guarantor
Before 80th day Personal and/or telephonic PRCON/ TLCON
contact with guarantor at his
residence
Before 90th day 3rd Personal Contact by PRCON
Incumbent himself
91 days
Onwards
91st 120th day Personal contact along with PRCON
Senior Official
91st 120th day Issuance of Legal Notice and/or LGNTC/ RCFLE/SUITF
filing of Recovery Certificate
Subsequent reminder to RGRMB & RGRMG
borrower/guarantor, if required
Recalling the advance RECAL
The subsequent notice to borrower/ guarantor may be sent through notice_id RGRMB/ RGRMG respectively
and user has to mention the notice no. (as fourth, fifth, sixth..) in remarks field to maintain a proper
sequence of notices/ action initiated.
REPORTS FOR FOLLOWUP ACTION
PNBRPT -3/44 Report of Followup notice issued for a Loan Account

PNBRPT -3/44a Report of Followup Notice Issued for loan accounts by
Sol Between given dates
LAFHM - List of actions initiated for a loan a/cs can be seen

ACTIVITY AFTER CLASSIFICATION AN ACCOUNT AS NPA
Some accounts during the life time of loans and advances becomes irregular because of various reasons and
are required to be monitored closely. Based on the guidelines of Reserve Bank of India and SAMD HO New
Delhi these accounts are identified as NPA. Focused and continuous attention is required for the remaining
period of the account till its closure.
The NPA accounts can be closed in one of the following ways :

UPGRADATION TO NORMAL INITIATION OF LEGAL WAIVER OF LEGAL ACTION
CATEGORY ACTION
1) Through Recovery 1)Sarfaesi 1)Compromise / OTS
2) Through Restructuring 2)Suit filed /Decree / Execution 2)Write Off
of Decree
3)Compromise
4)Write Off
NPA are to be categorized in separate GL/SGL heads to have instant data related to fresh addition /
reduction and NPA Level as on any date.
Description GL Sub Head Description GL_SUB Balance
Head Code Sheet
code
Non Performing NPA Demand Loan 76100 62120
Advances ( Weekly
code-55299, Office
Account Code-
<Sol_id5529901)
NPA Cash Credit 76110
NPA OverDraft 76115
NPA Term Loan 76120
NPA Inland Bills Purchased 76125
NPA Inland Bills Discounted 76130
NPA Pre-shipment Advances 76135
NPA Foreign Bills Purchased 76140
NPA Foreign Bills Discounted 76145
NPA Advances to Commercial banks in India 76150
NPA Advances to Co-operative Banks in India 76155
NPA Advances to banks outside India 76160
NPA Others 76165
NPA suit filed 76170
NPA Decreed 76175
NPA Borrowal Fraud 76180
Non Borrowal Impaired Assets (Weekly Loss of Cash Internal Fraud 86100 63120
code 57117, Office a/c <Sol_id5711701)
Non Borrowal Impaired Assets (Weekly Loss of Cash Theft / Dacoity 86100 63120
code 57117, Office a/c <Sol_id5711702) /Burglary
Non Borrowal Impaired Assets (Weekly Other than Loss of Cash 86100 63120
code 57117, Office a/c <Sol_id5711703) Internal Fraud
Non Borrowal Impaired Assets (Weekly Other than Loss of Cash 86100 63120
code 57117, Office a/c <Sol_id5711704) External Fraud
Non Borrowal Impaired Assets (Weekly Non-borrowal impaired _ 86100 63120
code 57117, Office a/c <Sol_id5711705) others

1. NPAGLXFR - for transferring the NPA accounts to appropriate NPA GL Codes.
2. MEAC - for change of asset classification code.
3. UPGNPA - on up-gradation, account has to be shifted from NPA GL Head to Corresponding
operative GL Head as well as the Classification of account has to be changed to Standard through
Menu option MEAC. For the convenience of the user, a menu option UPGNPA has been customized
for combined (Shifting of GL Head and change of classification) activity.
CLASSIFICATION OF ASSETS - CODE
Main Classification:
001 - Performing Asset
002 - Non- Performing Asset
Sub Classification:
001 - Standard Asset
002 - Sub-standard Asset
003 - Doubtful Asset
004 - Loss Asset
After making the necessary modification press F10 which changes the asset classification for all the accounts
of the borrower.
It is advised that after using the aforesaid menu options, system will generate Reference Number and
another user has to verify it through menu option TACBSH.
To have close monitoring of the NPA portfolio 54 reports have been customized under the menu option
NPAMIS/NPAMGT. The reports customized under NPAMGT require additional data in the CBS system.
A menu option NPADET (six sub menu options) has also been customized to capture additional data
required for these reports
MENU OPTION DESCRIPTION

NPAD NPA A/C RELATED DETAILS
COWO COMPROMISE / WRITE OFF DETAILS
SARF SARFAESI DETAILS
RCYM RECOVERY DETAILS
RADM RECOVERY AGENT DETAILS
MISC MISC. DETAILS
The functionality has been provided for monitoring the kitty in written off accounts and monitoring of
recovery in written off accounts. The work flow for the same has been designed enabling the user to feed
records/data for both the requirements.
User is required to feed data related to all NPA accounts marked in the CBS system using the menu option
NPAD.
This data is required to generate the following:
1. Memoranda of dues (RI).
To create the memoranda records user is required to follow the steps given below:
i) Generate report through menu option PNBRPT 28/3 (Report to know the list of NPA A/Cs
to be entered through menu option NPAD)
ii) Feed all the relevant fields through the menu option (NPAD).

RELEVANT FIELDS FOR CREATION OF MEMORANDA ARE EXPLAINED HEREUNDER:
NPA DETAILS
MENU OPTION - NPAD
FIELD DESCRIPTION
FUNCTION CODE Options are available at key
F1.(Add/Modify/Inquiry/Delete/Undelete/Cancel/Verify).
ENTITY TYPE user to input AC-Account in this field
ENTITY ID User has to give valid account no. of sixteen digits. Customer id
will be populated on press of key F4.
DI/SI REVERESED DI/SI reversed and credited in the account as per revised
/APPROPRIATED guidelines or appropriated during write off be given in this field
RI Unrecovered interest amount up to the last accrual date(last
interest applied upto NPA date), This date has been made
available in report(PNBRPT-28/3). RI will be calculated by the
system after this date
DICGC/CGFT Claim received amount/appropriated at the time of write off be
given here.
EXTENT OF Extent of Amount of guarantee available to
GOVT.GUARANTEE secure the outstanding amount in the account from
Central/state govt
NET MEANS OF Amount of net means of guarantor as per latest
GUARANTOR CR.
IP OF GUARANTOR Value of IPs available as part of net means of guarantor
CONSORTIUM BANKS/FIs Name of banks/FIs if applicable
EXPOSURE IN LOANS Amount of loans at exposure in the account
SHARE ON SECURITY percentage of share on security available
MODE OF RESOLUTION It is a text field of 70 character length. User has to propose
PROPOSED appropriate action/strategy for resolution of the account e.g.
(If RC filed user to enter RC FILED ON 01-01-2015) Date can
be changed
EXPECTED DATE OF Expected date of account closure is to be given on the basis of
ACCOUNT CLOSURE action/strategy suggested in the previous field
REASON FOR NOT SUIT If suit has not been filed in the account the reasons for
the same in short be given as text in this field
STAFF ACCOUNTABILITY It is also a text field of 70 character length. User has to give
brief information on staff side
SUIT STATUS If suit has been filed in the account. The status of the suit is to
be given in brief.
RCVRY APP TO DISI In case of recovery in the account the amount appropriated
against recovery of DI/SI be reported in this field
RCVRY APP TO RI In case of recovery in the account the amount appropriated
against recovery of RI be reported in this field
RCVRY APP TO DICGC In case of recovery in the account the amount
appropriated for remitting to DICGC be given in this field
INCOME BOOKED to be discussed with SAMD
CDR flg?: Appropriate value is Y or N (value Y is to be given if account
has been restructured as per extent guidelines on corporate
debt restructuring issued from time to time.
TECH WRITE OFF DATE Date of technical write off be given in this field if available
(list of technically writen off account is available with HO
SAMD).
TECH WRITE OFF AMT Amount written off in such accounts be given in this field.

NOTE: THE DETAILS ENTERED THROUGH THE MENU OPTION ARE TO BE VERIFIED BY THE OTHER
USER WITH FUNCTION V THROUGH THE SAME MENU OPTION.
Though these fields are not mandatory, but (0.00) may be entered if nothing is to be reported against
these fields instead of leaving blank. Values fed in this fields will populate in the relevant fields at screen
in menu option COWO. The details of other fields which shall be used for generation of other NPA
monitoring reports(NPAMGT) are given below.
SARFAESI DETAILS
Menu Option =SARF
FIELD DESCRIPTION
FUNCTION CODE Options are available at key
F1.(Add/Modify/Inquiry/Delete/Undelete/Cancel/Verify).
ACCOUNT NUMBER USER TO PUT ACCOUNT NUMBER
ACCOUNT NAME USER TO put account name here
ELIGIBLE FOR SARFAESI Whether account is eligible for Sarfaesi Action put Y/N
Date of eligibility Mention here date when account is eligible for Sarfaesi action
DATE OF NOTICE 13(2) Give here date of notice issued under Sarfaesi act section 13(2)
DATE OF NOTICE 13(4) Give here date of notice issued under Sarfaesi act section 13(4)
DATE OF POCESSION OF GIVE date when possession of security taken
SECURITY
NATURE OF SESCURITY Give here nature of security
DATE OF SECURITY SALE Put here date when security was sold
SECURITY SALE AMOUNT Sold amount of security
APPROACHED FOR COMPR Whether customer approached for compromise?
COMPROMISE SETTLED Whether compromise has been settled or not?
OTS Recovery amount If compromise settled give here OTS Recovery amount
Other Recovery Amount If recovered other the OTS give amount here
NPA Account sale date IF NPA account sold give date of sale here
SC/RC/OTHER BANK/NBFC Put here to whom NPA Account has been sold
NPA A/c SALE AMOUNT Give here Sale Amount of NPA
LATEST STATUS Give here present status of the account which be modified time
to time
DI REVERSED DI reversed amount put here
DICGC CLAIM APPROVED STATUS of DICGC Claim be given
ECGC CLAIM APPROVED Status of ECGC Claim be given
NRR Balance Give here net recoverable amount
PROVISION HELD Put here provision amount
KITTY AVAILABLE IN WRITTEN OFF ACCOUNTS

The guidelines for creation of write off kitty are applicable to both existing written off accounts (not closed
in the system) and accounts which will be written off after the cut off date (31.03.2010).
(KITTY = AMOUNT ACTUALLY WRITTEN OFF MINUS RECOVERIES AFFECTED IN THE ACCOUNT AFTER
WRITE OFF ) Out of all the NPA accounts, entered through NPAD, data related to written off accounts
are to be fed.
COMPROMISE AND WRITE OFF DETAILS

MENU OPTION = COWO
FIELD DESCRIPTION
FUNCTION CODE Options are available at key F1. Add/Modify/Inquiry/Delete/
Undelete/ Cancel/Verify).
ACCOUNT NUMBER The sixteen digits account number be given for which details
have already been fed through Menu option NPAD
ACCOUNT NAME The name will populate on press of key F4 after giving account
number.
DI/SI DI/SI amount entered through NPAD will populated here
automatically, otherwise it is to be entered through NPAD menu
option
RI Amount of unrecovered/recorded interest as entered through NPAD
will populate here automatically, otherwise it is to be entered
through NPAD menu option.
DICGC/CGFT Amount of claim as entered through NPAD will populate here
automatically, otherwise it is to be entered through NPAD menu
option
Base amt/WO amount Ledger outstanding in the account as on the date of
write off be given in this field.
WLA Flg Valid values are Y or N
WLA Date Date of WLA(Waiver of legal action) approved be given in this field
Written Off Flg ?: Valid values are Y or N to be mentioned as Y when the
account is written off.
Written Off Date Date of write off i.e. when the amount of revenue loss was
credited in the account be given in this field
Revenue Loss Amount of revenue loss, (i.e) the amount credited in the written off
account be given in this field. (The amount should be equal to Base
amt- DICGC+DI Appropriated)
Written Off Apprv Lvl Write off approval level be given in this field. Help is
available at key F1.
DETAILS IN OTHER FIELDS ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR CREATION OF WRITE OFF KITTY
HOWEVER IF COMPROMISE IN WRITTEN OFF ACCOUNT IS APPROVED THE DETAILS IN OTHER
FIELDS SHOULD ALSO BE ENTERED.
Apprch for Comp? Value Y be given if party has approached for compromise or else
value N be given in this field
Mode of Settlement : User has to select one of the modes of settlement available
on F1 key. LA for Lok Adalat, RA for recovery agencies, RC for
recovery camps and OTH for others.
Compr( OTS) date Date of approval of compromise be given in this field
Compr (OTS) Amount Amount of compromise be given in this field
Compro Appro Lvl.: list of Compromise approval level is available at key
F1.Appropriate value to be selected
Compromise due date The earliest due date of deposit of compromise Amount
/installment by the party be given in this field. The next date is to
be fed in case of compromise amount is payable in more than one
installment and the date should be fed after expiring of the earlier
date
Amt Payable Due date The amount of compromise due on the date mentioned in the
previous field
Fresh Dr. to Bk revenue As mentioned in OTS Proposal
Waiver Int Exp (RI) As mentioned in OTS Proposal
Set off DI/SI Amount As mentioned in OTS Proposal
Income to be Booked In case compromise amount is more than the ledger
outstanding the surplus credit transferred to income amount be
given in this field
Set off of provision As mentioned in OTS Proposal
Compro failed If compromise is failed reasons in brief be given in the next three
fields.

NOTE: THE DETAILS ENTERED THROUGH THE MENU OPTION ARE TO BE VERIFIED BY THE OTHER USER
WITH FUNCTION V THROUGH THE SAME MENU OPTION.
RECOVERY IN NPA/WRITTEN OFF/OTS APPROVED ACCOUNTS
User is required to feed recovery upto 31.03.2010 in all NPA accounts through menu option RCYM as the
recovery details of all NPA accounts may not be available in the CBS system due to migration of account
through different legacy systems. The recovery details can be entered through the menu option in
consolidated form in single entry with date of recovery as 31.03.2010.The records of recovery after
31.03.2010 will be taken into report from the CBS system.
RECOVERY DETAILS
MENU OPTION = RCYM
This menu option is to be used for handling recovery received in written of accounts.
The fields are explained here under :
FIELD DESCRIPTION
FUNCTION CODE User to select function code A (ADD)
ACCOUNT NUMBER The valid account no. of sixteen digits be given, for which details are
required to be entered
number in the previous field.
WO/Compr Recvry? Valid value is W for recovery in written off accounts , C for OTS
approved in written off accounts and N for all other NPA accounts
which neither written off nor compromised
Mode of Rec Help at Key F1 is available. Valid values are LA for Lok Adalat, RA
for recovery agencies, RC for recovery camps and OTH for others
Recovery Date In respect of existing accounts user to give date of recovery as
31.03.2010.
Recovery Amount Consolidated recovery amount for an account up to the cut off date
i.e 31.03.2010 is to be entered
NOTE: Verification of records entered through RCYM is not required. User is required to enter details through
menu option NPAD and COWO for the accounts written off even after the 31.03.2010 but recovery details in
such accounts will not be required to be entered by the user through menu option RCYM.
RECOVERY AGENT DETAILS

MENU RADM
FIELD DESCRIPTION
FUNCTION CODE Options are available at key F1. Add/Modify/Inquiry/Delete/
Undelete/ Cancel/Verify)
Agent Code Give here Recovery Agent code allocated
Agent Name Give here name of Recovery Agent
Date of Allocation Date of Allocation of the account for recovery be mention here
Commission paid Commission paid for this account for recovery

MISCELLNAEOUS DETAILS
MENU MISC
FIELD DESCRIPTION
FUNCTION CODE Options are available at key F1. Add/Modify/ Inquiry/
Delete/Undelete / Cancel/Verify)
SECTOR Give here Sector as RBI loan classification
Method of lending Give here method of lending whether consortium etc.
CONSORTIUM DETAIL Put here maximum 70 character name of bank etc.
MRTP/GROUP Give here details of Group etc.
REPORTS - PNBRPT 28 (NPA MANAGEMENT)
1. Report on NPA a/c not transferred to NPA GL HEAD

2. Report on RI Calculation and Memoranda Dues
3. Report of NPA Accounts details not entered in NPAD
4. Report on WRITE OFF KITTY POSITION
5. Report of standard a/cs under NPA GL head
6. Report on status of charges due in NPA a/c
7. Report on appropriation of charges pending in NPA a/c
8. Report on Related A/Cs of NPA Accounts for a SOL
OTHER REPORTS
1. List of a/cs where limitation has expired (PNBRPT 3/5)

2. List of a/cs where limitation is going to expire.
(PNBRPT 3/5A)
FIELDS REQUIRED FOR PROPER GENERATION OF LIMIATION EXPIRED ACCOUNT RELATED

REPORTS
REASON FIELD DESCRIPTION

LIMITATION EXPIRY Mention Debt acknowledgement date in S details of Account
through ACM-M option and verify
NPA ACCOUNTS Use Menu NPAD and fill up details of (i) DI REVERSED (ii)
RI UPTO ACCRUAL DT (iii) PROVISION (iv) DICGC/CGFT (v)
ECGC
RC FILED CASES Update suit status field in NPAD menu giving RC FILED ON [
DATE] field
SUIT FILED /DECREE OBTAINED Update GL sub head code of the account through TACBSH
WLA (WAIVEMENT OF LEGAL Update through menu Option COWO Enter Y in WLA
ACTION) APPROVED approved field and give date of WLA
WRITTEN OFF CASES Use COWO menu and update Written Off Flag Y, Date of
write off, Revenue loss amount if any, Write off approval
level.

RESTRUCTURED ACCOUNT MAINTENANCE IN CBS
To facilitate data addition / modification /deletion / inquiry in CBS in respect of restructured facilities the
existing menu option RSAM is to be used and data may be fed in following ways:
Account Number Valid account number is one which has been rescheduled in CBS i.e. the
Schedule No. in E-details is other than 01. In CBS it is necessary to re-
phase the restructured facility first and then add it through RSAM
Repay Start Date This date need not be entered as the system will automatically pick up the
same from E-details of the account
Restruct Reason Suitable codes from the list should be filled in
Deleted ? This field is not accessible. It only populates the status of deletion of a
particular record
Multiple Records This field is not accessible.
Date of Restructure This should be the date on which account is rephrased / rescheduled in the
system
Remarks This is a free t ext column to be filled with any relevant information
pertaining to the account
CDR Flag This flag should be Y for the a/cs restructured under CDR mechanism where
multiple banks are involved. For MSME accounts, this flag would always be
N. Necessary checks have been put in the system
Cut Off Date This is a mandatory field. For all restructured customers of Rs.1 crore &
above category, the Cut Off date should be a past date i.e. the date, balance
as on which has been referred in the restructured proposal. The Cut off date
for below 1 cr category of customers should be same as the Date of
Restructure. The cut off date is relevant for all those customers where
diminishing fair value (DFV) or provisioin on account of sacrifice is required to
be calculated. As per extant guidelines, DFV is computed for customers with
exposure Rs.1 Cr. And above.
Exit CDR This flag is by default shown as N and relevant for only those accounts where
CDR flag I Y. Whenever, restructured fails and the customer is downgraded
to NPA, this flag is required to be updated to Y after obtaining due approval
of the CDR forum. The value of this flag can be Y only for NPA accounts.
NPACHRG HANDING OF CHARGES IN NPA ACCOUNTS - GUIDELINES
Expenditure/Charges like Law Charges, Postage Charges, misc charges etc. are debited to separate account
(expenditure Account) and not in Loan account itself for NPA Accounts, to identify such charges and to
recover from customer on receipt of recovery made in the NPA account thereafter, a separate menu option
NPACHRG has been customized in CBS.
This menu has following 3 features:-
1. C- Capturing of Charges: - Charges debited to office accounts (expenditure Account) with respect to
NPA Account can be captured.
2. W- Waiver of Charges: - In case of OTC/Write off, charges made for the NPA account may
required to be waived. The same can be done for the already captured charges (part of or full).
3. R- Recovery of Charges: - System will check credits made in NPA Account from the last recovery
date and create transaction, for outstanding charge amount or recovery made in the account
whichever is lower, debit the Loan Account and credit the expenditure head which ever has been
debited earlier.
For monitoring following 2 reports are made available in CBS-MIS:
PNBRPT- 28 /6:- Status of Charges due in NPA Account (for a set)

PNBRPT- 28 /7:- Appropriation of recovery of Charges pending in NPA Account (for a set)
Users are required to capture charges incurred for recovery of NPA account debited to expenditure head
directly. Capturing of charges should be made separately of each loan account vis--vis expenditure account.
Branch users are required to run menu option for C option for capturing of charges as and when incurred
and debited to expenditure account.
Branch users are required to recover the charges on recovery in the NPA account. For the convenience of the
user, PNBRPT-28/7 report has been customized which will show all the NPA accounts wherever recovery has
been received and appropriation of recovery for the charges made in the expenditure account has not been
done.
Menu option NPACHRG
A Add
I - Inquire
M Modify
D - Delete
V Verify
ENTERING CHARGE DETAILS TO BE RECOVERED
A Add
Here user has to input required data for a Account, help is available on F4 key press. A Add (For type C -
Charge details of payment made from office account for a NPA Account)
Valid Data Fields are as under:

Field Inputs
Function Code A- Add, M-Modify, V-Verify, D-Delete, I-
Inquiry
Loan Account 16 digit Account number of the customer
Total Amount Due Auto Populated on the basis of existing data
Total Charges
Total Waiver
Total Recovery
Option C- Charge details capturing ,W- Waiver of
charges, R- Recovery of charges
Amount to be filled only if Amount of Charges/Waiver , Auto Populated
option is C/W in case of R- Recovery
Charge Account Number to be filled only if Office Account from which charge/expenditure
option is C-Charge (to has been debited for the NPA Account. On
be blank for recovery the same account will be reversed.
W-Waiver or
Charge Particulars R-Recovery) Charge Particulars, Description
Charge Date Tran Date of Charge made from office
account for the NPA Account
Confirm (Y/N) Y/N

M Modify (Unverified record can be modified, after Verification modification not allowed)
V Verify - Verification should be done with user other than the one who has Added/Modified.
Verification is must after any of the operation (Add/Modify)
I inquiry (Input Account Number, only Status like total charges, waiver, Recovery and total amount due is
displayed in Inquiry, for details reports are also available)
D Delete ( Only unverified record can be deleted)
WAIVER DETAILS OF NPA ACCOUNT
A Add (For type W - Waiver details for a NPA Account, Waiver amount should be less than the
outstanding amount)
I inquiry (Input Account Number, after waiver)
RECOVERY DETAILS OF NPA ACCOUNT
A Add (For type R - Recovery details for a NPA Account, Recovery amount is calculated automatically by
the system on the basis of credits after the charge/last adjustment date)
V Verify - Verification should be done with user other than the one who has Added/Modified. Verification is
must after any of the operation (Add/Modify)
On verification Transaction is created debiting customer account and crediting Expenditure head which was
debited earlier for the charges (as per the details added in C-option of NPACHRG menu)
I inquiry (Input Account Number, after recovery)
NPA MANAGEMENT RECPORTS:

MENU OPTION - NPAMIS ( PHASE I )
Sr.No. Module/report name Report description

1 SAMD_3 Sec. 1 portfolio analysis part A
2 SAMD_4 Sec.2 Classification of risk assets part A
3 SAMD_5 DSB: Off Balance sheet items.
4 SAMD_6 Sec.3 Change in asset quality profile.
5 SAMD_7 Quarterly Balance
6 SAMD_8 Top Impaired Accounts
7 SAMD_9 Industry wise exposure of NPAs
8 SAMD_10 Zone wise of position of High value NPAs
9 SAMD_11 Asset wise breakup of High value NPAs
10 SAMD_12 Customer NPA Profile
11 SAMD_13 Fresh slippage as on date
12 SAMD_14 Fresh slippage and cumulative postion
13 SAMD_15 NPA accounts fallen below Rs.1 Crore.
14 SAMD_16 Evaluation of High value NPA accounts.
15 SAMD_18 Amount wise breakup of Gross NPA
16 SAMD_20 Movement of NPA since beginning
17 SAMD_21 Comparative position of NPAs
18 SAMD_22 Movement of NPAs
19 SAMD_23 Top 100 NPA accounts below Rs.1 Crore.
20 SAMD_33 Additional disclosure in balance sheet
21 SAMD_36 Monitoring Management of NPAs
22 SAMD_37 Visit of Sr.Executive from HO
23 SAMD_48 Resolution strategy on Individual accounts
24 SAMD_49 Amount wise break up of gross NPA(Comparision with
previous Half Year.
25 SAMD_50 Analysis of Balance sheet.
26 SAMD_53 NPA related Budget V/s Performance
MENU OPTION NPAMGT (PHASE-II)
Sr.No. Report name Description
1 SAMD_REC1 Weekly reduction of existing NPAs
2 SAMD_REC2 Weekly reduction of existing NPAs amt wise breakup
3 SAMD_REC3 Weekly reduction out of fresh slippage in last FY
4 SAMD_REC4 Weekly reduction out of fresh slippage in last FY amt
wise breakup
5 SAMD_REC5 Weekly reduction out of fresh slippage since last YE
6 SAMD_REC6 Weekly reduction out of fresh slippage since last YE amt
wise breakup
7 SAMD_REC7 Recovery though recovery agents
8 SAMD_SAR1 monthly return progress report on recovery/reduction in
NPAs for the period
9 SAMD_ SAR2 Monthly return SA II : Summary of enforcement action
as on month end date
10 SAMD_ SAR3 for accounts which are NPA as on statement despite
issuance of notices
11 SAMD_ SAR4 Details of financial assets sold to
securitisation/Reconstruction companies/other
Banks/Fis/NBFCs during the Qtr.
12 RBI_M1 Details of borrowal accounts with working capital limit of
Rs.10 crore and above from the entire banking system
13 SAMD_M2 Details of Primary/ Collateral security - ANNEXURE 1
14 SAMD_TWO Position of HO indentified accounts
15 SAMD_LOSS Review of loss assets for the half year ended with the
outstanding of Rs. 10 lac and above
16 SAMD_RLEST Statement of NPA under Real Estate
17 SAMD_SLP5C Fresh slippage 5 crore and above during the prev. Qtr.
18 SAMD_REUP1 Recovery/ Up gradation of Rs. 1 Crore.
19 SAMD_OTSWO OTS approved in write off accounts for the qtr.
20 SAMD_CSLA Compromise settlement by Lok Adalat
21 SAMD_RTRC Recovery through recovery Camps
22 SAMD_MZCA Month wise/zone wise compromise approved.
23 SAMD_RCPA Reduction in NPA:Recovery in comp.prop. approved.
24 SAMD_RPAD Recovery position as on date.
25 SAMD_RWOA Recovery in written off accounts
26 SAMD_WOPQ Write off proposals for qtr end.
27 SAMD_HVNPA Evaluation of high value npa accounts
28 SAMD_PDCLA Prudential classification.
29 DATA_INP List of data captured accounts.

IMPORTANT CREDIT RELATED REPORTS AVAILABLE IN CBS
PNBREP 1/8 MONTHLY STATEMENT OF IRREGULAR A/C

PNBREP 1/8A MONTHLY STATEMENT OF IRREGULAR A/C FOR 30 DAYS
PNBREP 1/8B MONTHLY STATEMENT OF IRREGULAR A/C EXPORT
CREDITS/BILLS
PNBREP 1/20 WORKING CAPITAL LIMITS OVERDUE FOR RENEWAL / REVIEW
PNBREP 1/24 REPORT FOR LOANS / ADVANCES A/CS HAVING ZERO BALANCE
PNBREP 1/25 REPORT FOR LOANS / ADVANCES A/CS HAING CREDIT BALANCE
PNBREP 2/16 REPORT FOR NPA A/CS HAVING ZERO BALANCE
PNBREP 2/17 REPORT FOR NPA A/CS HAVING CREDIT BALANCE
PNBREP 1/29 REPORT OF ADDRESS WISE LIST OF BORROWERS OF SOLs
PNBRPT 3/2 LOAN A/C WHERE INSURANCE FOR SECURITIES HAS EXPIRED
AND/OR GOING TO EXPIRE IN .. DAYS
PNBRPT 3/5 LOAN A/C WHERE THE LIMITATION IS EXPIRED
PNBRPT 3/5A LOAN A/C WHERE THE LIMITATION IS GOING TO EXPIRE IN THE
GIVEN MONTHS
PNBRPT 3/5B STANDARD LOAN & ADVANCE A/CS WHERE BC IS DUE
PNBRPT 3/5C STANDARD LOAN & ADVANCE A/CS WHERE BC IS GOING TO
EXPIRE IN GIVEN MONTHS
PNBRPT 3/6 ACCOUNTS WHERE THE LIMITS ARE GOING TO FALL
DUE/OVERDUE FOR RENEWAL DURING NEXT 6 MONTHS
PNBREP 3/8 FLASH REPORT
PNBREP 3/18 ADVANCES TO SC/ST
PNBREP 3/18A DRI ADVANCES TO SC/ST
PNBREP 3/19 ADVANCES TO MINORITY COMMUNITY
PNBRPT 3/31 INTTM DONE BY BRANCH BETWEEN TWO GIVEN DATES
PNBRPT 3/31A INTTM DONE BY BRANCH FOR A GIVEN ACCOUNT
PNBRPT 3/32 REPORT OF LOAN A/CS FOR REPORTING LTV RATIO BASED ON
O/S
PNBRPT 3/39 LIST OF A/CS WHERE A/C PEGGED FLAG IS Y
PNBRPT 3/45 LIST OF A/CS WHERE MIS CODES ARE NOT FILLED
PNBRPT 3/45A LIST OF A/CS WHERE INAPPROPRIATE CODES FILLED
PNBRPT 3/47 REPORT OF A/CS WHERE SCORE CARD ID IS NOT FED
PNBRPT 3/48 REPORT FOR ACCOUNTS OF SICK UNITS
PNBRPT 3/50 REPORTING ITI RATIO
PNBRPT 3/50A ITI RATIO FOR LIST OF A/C WHERE INCOME NOT FED
PNBRPT 3/24 A/C WISE POSITION INT.ACCRUED ON ADVANCES
PNBRPT 3/24A INT ACCRUED ON ADVANCES SUMMARY ON DATE
PNBRPT 28/1 REPORT ON NPA A/CS NOT TRANSFERRED TO NPA GL HEAD
PNBRPT 28/2 REPORT ON RI CALCULATION ON MEMORANDA A/C
PNBRPT 28/3 REPORT ON NPA A/CS DETAILS NOT ENTERED IN NPAD
PNBRPT 28/4 REPORT ON WRITE OFF KITTY POSITION
RAUDIT 1/11 LIST OF A/CS WHERE PENAL INT SET TO NO
RAUDIT 1/12 LIST OF A/CS WHERE PENAL INTEREST APPLICABLE DATE IS
MORE THAN LIMIT EXPIRY DATE
RAUDIT 1/13 A/CS WHERE PENAL INTEREST ON DELAYED SUBMISSION OF
STOCK STATEMENT NOT SET
RAUDIT 1/14 LIST OF A/CS WHERE INTERREST IS REFUNDED IN LOAN
ACCOUNTS
RAUDIT 1/15 LIST OF ACCOUNTS WHERE INTEREST TABLE CODE IS ZERO
RAUDIT 1/16 LIST OF A/CS WHERE INTERREST IS 0.00
RAUDIT 1/17 LIST OF A/CS WHERE LIMIT LEVEL INT. IS NOT DEF.
RAUDIT 1/18 LIST OF A/CS WHERE LAST RUN DATE OF A/CS IS LESS THAN
LAST RUN DATE OF THE SYSTEM.
RAUDIT 1/20 CHEQUE STOP PAYMENT CHARGES
RAUDIT 1/21 INTEREST TABLE HISTORY
RAUDIT 1/25 LIST OF STAFF H/L, V/L A/CS WHERE NO INTEREST CHARGED AS
O/S PERTAINS TO INT. ONLY
RAUDIT 1/28 LIST OF A/CS HAVING REDUNDENT INT TABLE CODE
RAUDIT 1/31 DUE DATE DIARY FOR WAREHOUSE RECEIPTS
RAUDIT 1/32 PREFERENTIAL INTEREST IN LOAN A/CS
RAUDIT 1/37 REPORT FOR SHOWING MANUAL INT PAID BY BRANCHES
THROUGH IARM
RAUDIT 1/38 LIST OF DEBIT ENTRIES IN INCOME ACCOUNT
RAUDIT 2/2 LIST OF A/CS WHERE STOCK STT. IS NOT RECEIVED OR STOCK
STT. IS DUE IN NEXT 30 DAYS
RAUDIT 2/2A LIST OF A/CS WHERE STOCK STT. IS NOT RECEIVED OR IS DUE
(AS PER NUMBER OF DAYS)
RAUDIT 2/3 FD DUE DATE DIARY UNDER BANK LIEN
RAUDIT 2/4 DUE DATE DIARY FOR GOVT. SECURITY UNDER LIEN
RAUDIT 2/5 FD DUE DATE DIARY BANK LIEN IS NOT MARKED
RAUDIT 2/6 STOP PAYMENT REGISTER
RAUDIT 2/7 LIMITATION REGISTER ALL A/CS
RAUDIT 2/8 LIMITATION REGISTER CUSTOMER ID WISE
RAUDIT 2/17 LIST OF CUSTOMER ID WITH CUST GROUP
RAUDIT 2/21 REPORT ON DUE DATE DIARY FOR WHEREHOUSE RECEIPTS
IDENTIFICATION OF FRAUDS IN CBS
Presently there is no system of identifying the accounts in CBS where frauds have taken place. Once a fraud
has been detected and reported to RBI the account should be marked as such for further action. It will help
proper monitoring of fraud cases and to make Provisions required to be made at Head Office.
Immediately on crystallization/ reporting of Fraud, the following transactions must be passed by the branch
i. ) Where fraudulent Borrowal account is maintained or

ii.) where the fraudulent non-borrowal transaction has taken place.
i. BORROWAL FRAUDS
The User may feed these codes through ACM Menu in CBS as under:
- Function code M and Account Number
- V- Details (then F4 key)
- below mentioned codes will be listed on pressing F2 key on Free
code 9 filled (in V- Details page)
Free code 9 XXXXX BORROWAL FRAUD ACCOUNT
- Appropriate code may be selected by pressing shift+F4 key.
- After modifying the required fields in V-Details user may confirm the
changes by pressing F4 then F10 keys.
- Another user may verify the record in ACM.
In view of above, all Borrowal Fraud Account should be assigned code XXXXX as above.
ii. NON - BORROWAL FRAUDS
Non Borrowal Fraud Account should be assigned Free code ZZZZZ as per above procedure only in case
of fake/ fraudulent/ non-KYC/ account holder or introducer is absconding.
iii. TRANSACTIONAL FRAUDS

Where the account is not fraudulent but only a few transactions are fraudulent the following procedure
should be followed.
The account has to be marked as YYYYY Non- Borrowal Fraudulent transaction in Account.
A. Suspected fraud where bank acknowledges liability(Contra Head):
Fraudulent debit of Cheque/ Withdrawal slip/ transfer voucher etc.
Debited to<Sol_id>5939998 Fraudulent TransactionSuspectedA/c Rs.

Credt to <Sol_id>3232501 FraudulentTransaction Not Settled A/c Rs.
Detail of fraudulent transaction has to be fed in the credit part of the contra transaction under
Tran_particular field.
User should mention

1) Tran_id
2) Part_tran_no
3) Tran_date under Tran_perticularfield and F.No. (As provided by FRMD) provide
the account number where fraud has been perpetrated under G details.
4) Fraudulent Account number has to be enter under G details
IMPORTANT
Total o/s as on date is the amount of NBF a/c where customers claim has not been settled (Passed / rejected
/ considered as time barred/ no liability as in case of ATM/ IBS fraud)
As and when the claim is settled the amount already debited as above, has to be reversed, as under, with
reference to the specific transaction No. that is being reversed.
Debit : Fraudulent Transaction Not Settled A/c Rs. (Contra Head)

Credit: Fraudulent Transaction Suspected A/c Rs.
Amount of claim approved by the competent Authority should be debited to NBIA (Every entry must contain
ref. no. of sanction/ approval).
A/c No. debited Title Nature of transaction

<solid> 5711701 Loss of cash by Staff Internal Fraud
<solid> 5711703 Other Loss by Staff Un-authorised debit to Customer a/c or
Impersonal a/c
<solid> 5711704 NBIA (Others) Payment of instruments, collection under CTS etc.
where our bank is liable.
<solid> 5711705 NBIA Payment of instruments under CTS (Where other
bank is liable and as such funds are recoverable)
100% provisioning is required in respect of these NBF entries.
Where the customers claim as been rejected by the competent authority/ or has become time barred or bank
does not acknowledge any liability, the amount should be reversed as mentioned above and simultaneously
following contra entry should be passed to identify/seggregate the entry / amount of fraud where bank does
not acknowledge liability.
B. Suspected fraud where bank does NOT acknowledges liability (ATM, IBS, Time bared cases,
claim rejected)
Debit: <solid> 5939999 Fraudulent Transaction ATM IBS etc Rs. (Contra)
Credit: <solid> 3232601 Fraudulent Transaction No liability Rs.

Following details must be mentioned:
1. Account number (16 Digit) under G details of credit part of transaction.

2. Tran_ID of the transaction suspected as fraudulent
3. Tran_Dt
4. Tran_Amount
On recovery/ OTS/ write off of the amount the specific entry must be reversed with reference to the original
fraudulent transaction only.
Report Generation:
The details of Fraudulent accounts can be generated and printed by branches / other offices / Circle office for
any date/ period/ or account (s) through menu ACS.
For list of Transactional fraud can be generated through PARTINQ menu option available in the CBS system.
BIO-METRIC LOGIN - IMPLEMENTATION OF 2ND FACTOR BIO-METRIC LOGIN FOR ALL STAFF
MEMBERS WHILE LOGGING INTO CBS
1) Central Biometric Solution: Said part of the solution will be implemented at Data Centre level and
maintained by HO: ITD. All finger print data of all the CBS users will be stored at Data Centre level.
Biometric authentication of CBS users will be done centrally.
2) Biometric Devices (Finger print scanner): At branch level, biometric devices (finger print
scanners) are required. Said device has to be installed and attached with the PCs of each and every
branch having CBS access.
BRIEF PROCESS FLOW IS AS UNDER:
- Enrollment process (Capturing of Biometric data in the system):
Prerequisites:
- Biometric scanner should be attached with the CBS PC.

- Required drivers should be installed at PC. M/s Smart chip has to install the required drivers in the
branch PCs. However, same are available at Finacle Home Page as Biometric Scanner Drivers
Bank official registration process:
For existing bank employees:
1. Demographic details of all the active employees with CBS user ID will be uploaded in the
biometric system from DC.
2. Branch admin user has to LOG IN in the Biometric application using his/her password.
3. After successful authentication, admin user has to capture the biometric (finger print) data
of the bank officials.
4. As per maker-checker concept, another bank official has to LOG IN in the biometric solution
and approves the user.
5. Only after successful approval, bank official (whose biometric data has been captured) can
use his/her biometrics to LOG IN Finacle application
6. Similarly, maker checker concept has also been introduced for modification, rejection, re-
capturing of biometric data, password change, role change, status change of the bank
official in biometric solution.
7. Biometric capturing to be done for all the CBS users
For new bank employees:

1. Branch admin user has to LOG IN in the Biometric application using his/her password.
2. After successful authentication, admin user has to capture the demographic details of the
bank official followed by biometric (finger print) data.
3. As per maker-checker concept, another bank official has to LOG IN in the biometric solution
and approves the user.
4. Only after successful approval, bank official (whose biometric data has been captured) can
use his/her biometrics to LOG IN Finacle application
5. Similarly, maker checker concept has also been introduced for modification, rejection, re-
capturing of biometric data, password change, role change, status change of the bank official
in biometric solution.
6. Biometric capturing to be done for all the CBS users.
FINACLE LOGIN PROCEDURES

Biometric authentication process to LOG IN Finacle
Prerequisites:
- Biometric scanner should be attached with the CBS PC.

- Required drivers should be installed at PC.
A) As per present process, branch user has to enter SOL ID on the main page.
B) On clicking the I Agree button, Branch user has to enter the CBS user ID using which he/she wants to
LOG IN Finacle application.
C) Then click Submit button. System will open a POP UP window for biometric authentication. In biometric
scanner device (attached to the PC), a blue light will appear then branch official is required to put one
of his/her enrolled finger for finger print authentication.
D) On successful biometric authentication, Finacle LOG IN screen appear and branch user is required to
enter password only. (Note: No change in the working in Finacle)
Role & responsibilities of different stakeholders in the bank:
BRANCH OFFICE
a. Enrollment and capturing of biometric data of bank officials working in CBS at branch.
b. Modification and re-capturing of biometric data of bank officials working at branch.
c. Management of devices means making device inactive or hot listing. (Hot listing is to be done only
if device is not usable or lost completely. Once device is marked hot listed same cannot be used
again).
CIRCLE OFFICES:
1. To ensure that biometric devices are installed at all CBS accessing PCS in all branches.
2. Registration of devices and allocation of the same to branches under CO. Refer Device
registration process document.
3. Provide technical training to branch users regarding enrollment of new user, modification of
existing user etc.
4. Provide technical support to branches.
5. Enrollment and capturing of biometric data of bank officials working at circle offices.
6. Modification and re-capturing of biometric data of bank officials working at circle office.
7. Management of devices means making device inactive or hot listing. (Hot listing is to be done
only if device is not usable or lost completely. Once device is marked hot listed same cannot be
used again)

8. Marking branch user active or inactive, change role, update login credentials of the user in
Biometric application.
DEVICE REGISTRATION PROCESS
1. User has to LOG IN in Biometric application using User ID and password.
2. Go to System+ tab >>device Registration Clicking on device registration

following window will appear where User can enter Device Serial ID and Device
Model.
3. Then user has to allocate the registered device to a particular branch and click on
the SAVE Button.
4. On clicking the Save Button, following screen will be appear which will display the
Device Serial Id, device Model, Branch / CO, and their Status
5. From the above screen User can perform the following operations on the Device:
Allocated - All device registered has to be allocated to a branch / CO in order to use the device
Inactivate - In case the Device has to be deactivated and ensure that no user is using that device.
Hotlist Any device which is lost or stolen has to be marked as Hotlist Device.
After Hot listing Device cannot be reused in any case.
Important Note:
Users can change the status of the device from:
Allocate to inactivate
Inactivate to Allocate
Allocate to Hotlist
Hotlist Device cannot be Allocated or made Inactive. I.e.-User cannot change

the status of the device from
Hotlist to Allocate.
Hot list to Inactivate.
Inactivate to Hotlist
6. Device can be deleted only before allocation of device to a branch/CO. After allocation of a device, it
cannot be deleted. i.e.if the status of any device is Allocated, Inactive or Hotlist then it cannot
be deleted
USER ENROLLMENT PROCESS
On successful login the Home page will displayed.

It consists of 3 tabs namely:
Enrolment +, System+ and MIS+.
On clicking the User option one window will appear where the demographic details of the Enrollee has to
be filled. If more than 1 CBS user ID has to be added for the enrollee, it needs to be configured first and
Branch name associated with Branch SOLID is selected from the pop up window.
In case of incorrect data is FED one specific symbol will be displayed and colour of the particular
window will change.
All fields marked with * are mandatory and cannot be left blank.
1) The First and Last name field cannot have numerical values.
2) Employee code, Grade, Scale and User name field cannot have special characters
like(*, &, @ etc)
3) Mobile no. should be 10 digit number and should not be prefixed with 0 or 91.
After filling all the demographic details click on Capture finger Prints button. The
following window will be displayed. All the ten fingers have to be captured one by
one.
NOTE:
A) Blue arrow signifies that finger has to be scanned.

B) First click on the capture button than put the figures on platen of the finger Print device.
C) Finger should be placed on platen till the finger is successfully captured. The Green arrow will
automatically moved to the next finger. Green colour tick Signifies that the finger has been captured.
Red colour CROSS signifies that the finger has not been captured successfully.
Following Exceptions can occur during finger print scanning:
May have an extra finger: In this case ignore the extra finger. Scan only the main 10
fingers.
Missing or Amputated Fingers or Worn out ridges in the Fingers : Skip the finger by
clicking on the Next button.
After capturing all the fingers, click on Submit Button. The Capture Finger Prints button will
become Green if all the finger prints have been successfully captured.
NOTE: If the captured fingerprints are found to be already associated with some other User id
then the Application will not allow saving that Enrollment and display a message---user already
Exist with this User (User Id) this process is known as De- Duplication and the below
mentioned message will be displayed.
After Capturing finger prints click on Save button. Following window will appear provided all
the demographic data has been entered correctly and the mandatory fields are not left Blank
and the de-duplication process has passed.
APPROVAL FOR ENROLLMENT
On saving the enrollment, the Status of this user would be TO_BE_APPROVED it needs to be approved by
the Approving Authority.
Go to Enrollment+ -- Click on Re-Enrollment/Approval, the following Window will appear:
Click on Approve User button
After providing Valid Finger Prints by the Approving Authority, Application will allow you to successfully
approve the enrollee and the status will be changed from To_Be_Approved To Approved as shown in the
Window.
RE-ENROLLMENT

Go to Re-enrollment/Approval>> Select the Record to Update by clicking on Show User. Following window
will be displayed
Select Update User. This will allow you to update Demographic / Biometric data of the user.
After updating the Demographic / biometric data of the enrollee, the user has to be approved again by the
Checker-Maker functionality.
REJECT USER
Go to Enrollment+>>ReEnrollment/Approval, select the user to be Rejected,
Click the Reject User button. Following window will be appear and Application will ask to capture the
biometrics of the Admin User. After providing correct biometrics User status will be changed to Rejected.
UPDATE USER ROLE
- Go to Enrollment+>>Re-Enrollment/Approval, select the User whose role has to be updated.

Click on the Update User Role.
A window will appear and the application will ask to capture the biometrics of the Admin User (Who is
updating the role).
After providing correct biometrics details and system will allow you to update the User Role.
UPDATE LOGIN DETAILS
- Go to Enrollment+>>Re-Enrollment/Approval, select the User whos Login Details have to be updated and
click on Show Details.
On clicking the Update Login Details button. The Application will ask to capture the biometrics of the Admin
User (Who is updating the login details of the User)
After providing correct biometrics system will allow to update the User login along with a new password.
Update User Status-- Go to Enrollment +>>Re-Enrollment/Approval, select the User whose Status has to
be updated. Click on Show User.
Note : You can update only three status of any user, namely : Approved, Rejected and Inactive.
Click on Update Status. The Application will ask to capture the biometrics of the Admin User (Who is
updating the user status).
After Providing Correct Biometrics details the application will allow you to update the status of the User.
DELETE USER
Go to Enrollment+>>Re-Enrollment/Approval, select any User to Delete. After clicking on Delete User one
window will appear and Press OK button to delete.
Profile locking by Biometric

If CBS User (ABC) provides correct User Id (which is enrolled) and incorrect biometrics details (more than
desired no. of attempts i.e. 3 times) at the time of login at CBS PRE-LOGIN PAGE then Application
automatically becomes inactive for that user(ABC) message is displayed.
Note: For unlocking, refer Update Login Details process.

DIRECT BENEFIT TRANSFER - LPG
CAPTURING OF LPG ID IN BANK ACCOUNT FOR CREDIT OF DBT LPG SUBSIDY
AADHAAR BASED TRANSACTION

1) Aadhaar number must be seeded in the bank account using existing UIDNUM / UIDUPL menu
option and necessary details be provided to OMC by the customer.
ACCOUNT BASED TRANSACTION -

Under DBTL menu option, following options are available:
A. U For Bulk Upload

B. I For Individual Registration
C. R For Response Generation
Registration of Individual Customer
User has to invoke DBTL menu option and press enter,

Systems will pop-up a message in a new window and ask the user to enter the necessary option.
Enter option I for individual registration and then press F4 and following sub options are available
1. A: Add
2. X: Delete
3. I: Inquiry
4. D: Download
1. A: Add functionality is to add new linking in the CBS.
Presently, branches are seeding Aadhaar number with primary account number using A- Add option
usingUIDNUM/UIDUPL menu option. Now, branch user can capture LPG ID details for non Aadhaar
based beneficiaries.Branch user can capture LPG ID using A Add option in DBTL menu option.
Then capture the details as under:
Account Number Enter the primary account number

Product auto filled by system as GAS
Sol ID auto selected by the system
LPG ID enter 17 digit LPG ID started with 1 (BPCL),2(HPCL),3(IOCL)
OMC Name Enter BPCL for Bharat Petroleum, HPCL for Hindustan Petroleum and IOCL
for Indian Oil
Continue (Y/N)- Y to continue otherwise N
After successful registration, system will display a success message
2. X: Delete: This function can be used for following two cases:
Account number change: If customer requests to change the Account number, then branch user
has to use the said function and delete the existing entry. After deletion, branch user has to use A:
Add function to add new entry.
Wrong LPG ID Entered: If branch observed any mismatch in the LPG ID or Account number
entered wrongly, then Branch user has to use the said function (D: Delete) to delete the existing
entry. After deletion,
branch user has to use A: Add function to add new entry with correct Account number and LPG ID.
Branches to use D option judiciously.
3. I: Inquiry function can be used by the user to inquire the status of entered LPG ID and linked account
number after successful response MoPNG Level. Inquiry can be done by entering customer ID or
Aadhaar number.
4. D: Download: this function can be used for generation of all the LPG ID linked in a particular date. This
function is used for HO user only. No action required at branch level.
INDICATIVE LIST OF SCHEME CODES IN FINACLE
A/C Sch. Scheme Description Flow_ID/ GL Sub GL Sub Head Description

Prefix Code SCH TYPE Head
TERM LOAN
AA TLAAC TL-ANIMAL DRIVEN CARTS PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- GRICULTURE

AB TLAAP TL-BEE KEEPING (APICULTR) PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
AC TLABG TL-BIO-GAS PLANT PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
AD TLACH TL-COMBINE HARVESTOR PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
AE TLACP TL-CROP LOAN (STL) PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
AF TLACS TL-COLD STR RECP-PTT/FRT PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
AG TLADR TL-DAIRY DEVELOPMENT PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
AH TLAFR TL-FORESTRY PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
AI TLAFS TL-FISHERIES PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
DEVELOPMENT
AJ TLAFT TL-FARMERS TRUCKS & PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
TRAN
AK TLAGS TL-GOAT/SHEEP PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
AL TLAHC TL-HORTICULTURE DEV PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
AM TLAKG TL-KITCHEN GARDEN PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
AN TLAMC TL-MUSHROOM (CULT/SPAN) PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
AO TLAMI TL-MINOR IRRIGATION PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
AP TLAOT TL-AGRI MISC PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
AQ TLAPG TL-PIGGERY PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
AR TLAPL TL-POULTRY FARMING PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
AS TLAPM TL-AGR PRODUCE MKTG PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
AT TLAPT TL-POWER TILLER PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
AU TLATR TL-TRACTOR (INCL REPAIR) PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
AV TLAWL TL-WASTE LAND PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
DEVELOPMNT
RM TLBGN TL-BAGHBAN-REV PRDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
MORTGAGE
ID TLBRL TL-BRIDGE LOAN/ INTRIM PRDEM 63101 TERM LOAN -SSI
FINANCE
IF TLCFD TL-PNB CASH FLOW PRDEM 63101 TERM LOAN -SSI
DISCOUNT
IE TLEOC TL-EQUITY IN OVERSEAS CO PRDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
UQ TLFC2 TL-FOREIGN CURRENCY PRDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
(365)
UQ TLFCL TL-FOREIGN CURRENCY PRDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
IB TLIMT TL-SSI-ABOVE 3 YEARS PRDEM 63101 TERM LOAN -SSI
REPAYMENT

IC TLIOT TL-OTHERS (MED & LAR PRDEM 63101 TERM LOAN -SSI
IND)
IA TLIST TL-SSI-UPTO 3 YEARS PRDEM 63101 TERM LOAN -SSI
REPAYMENT
NI TLPAR TL-PER-PNB AROGYA LOAN EIDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
NA TLPCL TL-CONSUM. LOAN TO PUB EIDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
NB TLPDG TL-PER- EIDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
DEF/GOV.EM/DR/TEAC
NH TLPGL TL-GOLD LOAN TO PUBLIC PRDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
NC TLPHL TL-HOUSING LOAN PUB. EIDEM 63102 TERM LOAN -OTHER PS
ND TLPIP TL-AGN.IMMOVABLE EIDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
PROPERTY
NL TLPJY TL-PERPNBJOY EIDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
NE TLPLR TL-FUTURE LEASE RENTAL. EIDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
PD TLPPL TL-PENSIONER'S PERSONAL EIDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
LOAN
NK TLPPT TL-PER-PNBPARYATK LOAN EIDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
NM TLPST TL-SP.CR SUPER TRADE PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
NF TLPTR TL-NON PRIORITY-TRADERS PRDEM 63100 TERM LOAN- AGRICULTURE
NG TLPVL TL-VEHICLE LOAN-PUBLIC EIDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
NJ TLPVV TL-PER-PNB VIVAH LOAN EIDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
JA TLREC TL-SP.CR-ENGI.CONTRACT. PRDEM 63102 TERM LOAN -OTHER PS
JB TLRED TL-EDUCATION_SIMPLE INTT PRDEM 63102 TERM LOAN -OTHER PS
JC TLRMP TL-SP.CR-MED.PR- CAR LOAN PRDEM 63102 TERM LOAN -OTHER PS
JD TLRPP TL-SPL.CR-PETRO.PRODU PRDEM 63102 TERM LOAN -OTHER PS
JE TLRPS TL-PROF. & SELF EMPLOY PRDEM 63102 TERM LOAN -OTHER PS
JF TLRRK TL-SP-CR-CYCLE RIKSHA PRDEM 63102 TERM LOAN -OTHER PS
JG TLRRT TL-SP.CR-RETAIL TRADE PRDEM 63102 TERM LOAN -OTHER PS
JH TLRSB TL-SMALL BUSINESS PRDEM 63102 TERM LOAN -OTHER PS
JI TLRSH TL-SP-CR-SOLARWATERHEAT PRDEM 63102 TERM LOAN -OTHER PS
JK TLRST TL-SP.CR-SMALLROAD PRDEM 63102 TERM LOAN -OTHER PS
TRANS
JL TLRWC TL-SP.CRWKSC CONSMPTION PRDEM 63102 TERM LOAN -OTHER PS
JM TLRWH TL-HL TO WEAKER PRDEM 63102 TERM LOAN -OTHER PS
JN TLRWM TL-SP CR WEAKER SEC MISC PRDEM 63102 TERM LOAN -OTHER PS
LA TLSCC TL-STF-CONVEYANCE- EIDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
COMPD
LB TLSCN TL-STAFF-CONSUMER LOAN EIDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
LC TLSCP TL-STF-COMPUTER LOAN EIDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
LD TLSCS TL-STF-CONVEYANCE- PRDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
SIMPLE
LE TLSHC TL-STAFF-HL-COMPD (PLR) EIDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
LH TLSHL TL-STF-HL-SIMPLEINTT -N.S. PRDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
LF TLSHS TL-STF-HL-SIMPLE INTT PRDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
LG TLSRF TL-STF-RELIEF-EQ./FLOOD PRDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
LI TLSVL TL-STF-CONVEYANCE- PRDEM 63103 TERM LOAN -NON PS
SIMPLE (New Sch)
JT TLEST TL SMALL ROAD TPT-EMI EIDEM 63103 TL PRIORITY SECTOR
SB TLADS TL DAIRY DEVELOPMENT PRDEM 63100 TL-PS SUBSIDY LINKED
SE TLASS TL GOAD / SHEEP PRDEM 63100 TL-PS SUBSIDY LINKED
SA TLAOS TL AGRI MISC PRDEM 63100 TL-PS SUBSIDY LINKED
SG TLIMS TL SSI ABOVE 3YEARS REPAY PRDEM 63100 TL-PS SUBSIDY LINKED

SK TLRRS TL SP CR RETAIL TRADE PRDEM 63100 TL-PS SUBSIDY LINKED
SL TLRSS TL SMALL BUSINESS PRDEM 63100 TL-PS SUBSIDY LINKED
SJ TLHLS TL HOUSING LOAN PUB. EIDEM 63103 TL-PS SUBSIDY LINKED
SC TLEIS TL EQUATED INSTAL EIDEM 63100 TL-PS SUBSIDY LINKED
SF TLAMS TL MINOR IRRIGATION PRDEM 63100 TL-PS SUBSIDY LINKED
JF TLRRK FINANCING RICKSHAW POL EIDEM 63102
TH NGO
KT TLKCC TL KISAN CREDIT CARD EIDEM 63100
SP TLBCA TL BUSINESS CORRES. 63102 TL BCA
DEMAND LOAN
PA DLAGR DL-AGRICULTURE PRDEM 60100 DEMAND LOAN

PB DLFST DL-FESTIVALADVANCE STAFF PRDEM 60100 DEMAND LOAN
PC DLGEN DL-GENERAL PRDEM 60100 DEMAND LOAN
PD DLPPL DL-PENSIONERS' PERS LOAN EIDEM 60100 DEMAND LOAN
PE DLSTF DL-STAFF(OTHERTHAN PRDEM 60100 DEMAND LOAN
FEST)
PF DLPGL DL-JEWELLERY PRDEM 60100 DEMAND LOAN
PG DLSEL DL-STAFF-EQUITY SHARES PRDEM 60100 DEMAND LOAN
PI DLWHR DL-WAREHOUSE RECEIPTS PRDEM 60100 DEMAND LOAN
PJ DLIPO DL-EQ SHARE(IPO ESOP) EIDEM 60100 DEMAND LOAN
UL DLFCN DL-FOREIGN CURRENCY PRDEM 60100 DEMAND LOAN
PO DLSCL CLEAN DEMAND LOAN TO EIDEM 60100 DEMAND LOAN
STAFF
CASH CREDIT
86 CCAGR CC- AGRICULTURE CCA 61100 CASH CREDIT

87 CCOTH CC-OTHERS CCA 61100 CASH CREDIT
88 CCAKC CC-KRISHI CARD SBA 61100 CASH CREDIT
89 CCKLY CC- KALYANI CARD SCHEME SBA 61100 CASH CREDIT
UP WCFCL FOR. CURRENCY WC LOAN PRDEM 61100 CASH CREDIT
98 CCSUR PNB SURAKSHA CC A/C CCA 61100 CASH CREDIT
OVERDRAFT
60 ODCHF OVERDRAFT-SUPLLY CHAIN ODA 62100 OVERDRAFT

FINANCE
90 ODPER OVERDRAFT-PERSONAL ODA 62100 OVERDRAFT
91 ODAGN OVERDRAFT-ANUPAM ODA 62100 OVERDRAFT
(GENERAL)
92 ODAST OVERDRAFT-ANUPAM-STAFF ODA 62100 OVERDRAFT
93 ODGEN OVERDRAFT-GENERAL ODA 62100 OVERDRAFT
94 ODSTF OVERDRAFT-STAFF ODA 62100 OVERDRAFT
95 ODSCL OVERDRAFT-STAFF-CLEAN ODA 62100 OVERDRAFT
96 ODSPR OVERDRAFT-SPECTRUM DEP. ODA 62100 OVERDRAFT
97 ODSPS OVERDRAFT-SPECTRUM ODA 62100 OVERDRAFT
DEPOSIT-STAFF
98 ODMED OVERDRAFT-MEDICAL PRAC. ODA 62100 OVERDRAFT
99 ODPRH OVERDRAFT-PERSONAL (H/L) ODA 62100 OVERDRAFT
73 ODSUR PNB SURAKSHA OD A/C ODA 62100 OVERDRAFT
SO ODBCA OD BUSINESS CORRES. ODA OVERDRAFT
PACKING CREDIT
UE PCFC FOREIGN CURRENCY PC PCA 70100 PRESHIPMENT FINANCE

UD PCGEN RUPEE PACKING CREDIT PCA 70100 PRESHIPMENT FINANCE
SAVING FUND
01 SBGEN SAVING-GENERAL SBA 5100 SAVING FUND

01 SBLIP FAMILY SURAKSHA BACHAT SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
KHATA
02 SBSTF SAVING-STAFF SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
03 SBPEN SAVING-PENSION SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
04 SBSAL SAVING-SALARY SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
05 SBNRE SAVING-NRE SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
06 SBNRO SAVING-NRO SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
07 SBNRS SAVING-NON RES. SPL SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
08 SBQ22 SAVING-QA 22 SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
09 SBRFC SAVING-RFC SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
10 SBCGS SAVING-CAPITAL GAIN SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
11 SBPPS PNB PRUDENT SWEEP (FFD) SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
12 SBASG SAVING-AUTO SWEEP G SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
DEPOSIT
13 SBTFS SAVING-TOTAL FREEDOM SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
SALARY
08 SBHES SAVING-HIGH END SALARY SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
A/C
14 SBNRP SAVING-NRE(PACKAGED) SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
15 SBVID SAVING-VIDYARATHI SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
17 SBMIT SAVING -MITR SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
48 SBSSS PNB SHIKSHAK SWEEP AC SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
38 SBDPS PNB RAKSHA KARMI BACHAT SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
AC
40 SBSUR PNB SURAKSHA SF A/C SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
49 SBSSO PNB SHIKSHAK OD SCHEME SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
01 SBPRM SAVING FUND PREMIUM SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
CUST
17 SBBDA SAVING FUND BASIC DEP SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
A/C
17 SBSML SAVING FUND SMALL A/C SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
06 SNROB SAVING FUND BANGLADESH SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
NAT
01 SBNSG SB NATIONAL SCHEME FOR SBA 5100 SAVING FUND
GIRLS
CURRENT A/C
15 CAVAI CURRENT ACCOUTN CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C

VAIBHAV
16 CAGAU CURRENT ACCOUTN GAURAV CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
18 CASMR C/A- PNB SMART ROAMER CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
21 CADRC C/A- CARD SETTLEMENT A/C CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
21 CAGEN CURRENT ACCOUNT CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
GENERAL
21 CAINS C/A - SCHM LIFE INSURANCE CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
22 CAIMP IMPREST A/C- ADMN. CAA 88303 CURRENT A/C
OFFICES
23 CANRE CURRENT ACCOUTN NRE CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
24 CANRO CURRENT ACCOUTN NRO CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C

25 CAQ22 CURRENT ACCOUTN QA22 CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
26 CAREF REFUND PAYABLE CAA 3500 CURRENT A/C
27 CABNK C/A- CAA 15100 CURRENT A/C
SBI/SBIASS/NATIONALISED
BA
28 CAEEF CURRENT ACCOUTN EEFC CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
29 CAESC CURRENT A/C ESCROW CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
36 CAOB C/A- OTHER BANKS CAA 15200 CURRENT A/C
CA CADBK C/A- DUTY DRAW BACK CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
IM CARCC RCC- CLG IMPREST A/C CAA 88303 CURRENT A/C
RD CARDA RDA IMPREST A/C CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
VO CAVOS CURRENT ACCOUTN VOSTRO CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
VP CAEXH CURRENT ACCOUTN CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
EXCHANGE
VQ CARFC CURRENT ACCOUTN RFC CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
VS CAASG C/A AUTO SWEEP GOVT. DEP CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
55 CSMR1 CURRENT AC SILVER CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
(FCMR1)
57 CSMR2 CURRENT AC GOLD (FCMR2) CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
58 CSMR3 CURRENT AC DIAMOND CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
(FCMR3)
59 CSMR4 CURRENT AC PLATINUM CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
(FCMR4)
36 CAOBK CURRENT AC OTHER BANK CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
INTERNET
30 CDEPD CALL DEPOSIT DEMAND CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
39 CASUR PNB SURAKSHA CURRENT CAA 3100 CURRENT A/C
A/C
RECURRING DEPOSIT
82 RDSTF RECURRING DEPOSIT STAFF TDA 10100 RECURRING DEPOSIT

81 RD RECURRING DEPOSIT TDA 10100 RECURRING DEPOSIT
76 RDFLX RECURRING DEPOSIT-FLEXI SBA 10400 RECURRING DEPOSIT
RD
77 RDFXS REC. DEPOSIT-FLEXI RD- SBA 10400 RECURRING DEPOSIT
STAFF
MINI DEPOSIT
M1 RDMDS MINI DEPOSOIT ACCOUNGS SBA 10400

TERM DEPOSIT
PROSPECTIVE SENIOR CITIZEN TD SCHEME

S1 FDSCP For Reinvestment scheme-II TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
type- Public
S2 FDSCS For Reinvestment scheme-II TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
type- Staff
S3 FSCMP For Income option-IO type- TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
Monthly Intt.-Public
S4 FSCMS For Income option-IO type- TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
Monthly Intt.-STAFF
S5 FSCQP For Income option-IO type- TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
Quarterly Intt.-Public
S6 FSCQS For Income option-IO type- TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
Quarterly Intt.-Staff

P1 FSCCP SUGAM TD SCHEME FOR TDA 10100 RMD Cir 100/14
PUBLIC
P2 FSCCS SUGAM TD FOR STAFF TDA 10100 RMD Cir 100/14
P3 FSCPM SUGAM MONTHLY PAY TDA 10100 RMD Cir 100/14
INTEREST (P)
P4 FSCSM SUGAM MONTLY PAY INT TDA 10100 RMD Cir 100/14
(STAFF)
P5 FSCPQ SUGAM TD (QTY INT) TDA 10100 RMD Cir 100/14
PUBLIC
P6 FSCSQ SUGAM TD (QTY INT) STAFF TDA 10100 RMD Cir 100/14
P7 FDSAP ANUPAM TD SCHEME- TDA 10100 RMD Cir 100/14
PUBLIC
P8 FDSAS ANUPAM TD SCHEME - STAFF TDA 10100 RMD Cir 100/14
FD ANUPAM SCHEME
NP FDANP ANUPAM DEPOSIT SCHEME TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
PUBLIC
NS FDANS ANUPAM DEPOSIT SCHEME TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
STAFF
FD SUGAM SCHEME
PU FDSUP Sugam Reinvestment TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
scheme-II type- Public
SU FDSUS Sugam Reinvestment TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
scheme-II type- Staff
P1 FSMDP Sugam Income option-IO TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
type- Monthly Intt.-Public
S1 FSMDS Sugam Income option-IO TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
type- Monthly Intt.-STAFF
P2 FSQDP Sugam Income option-IO TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
type- Quarterly Intt.-Public
S2 FSQDS Sugam Income option-IO TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
type- Quarterly Intt.-Staff
CU CGBSU Capital gain Sugam Deposit TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
Scheme CBS 27/2014
MULTI BENEFIT FD SCHEME
DP FDMPB For Reinvestment scheme-II TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
type- Public
DS FDMSB For Reinvestment scheme-II TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
type- Staff
SPECIAL FD SCHEME
MP FDSMP For Income option-IO type- TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
Monthly Intt.-Public
MS FDMSS For Income option-IO type- TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
Monthly Intt.-STAFF
QP FDSQP For Income option-IO type- TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
Quarterly Intt.-Public
QS FDSQS For Income option-IO type- TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
Quarterly Intt.-Staff
VARSHIK AYA YOZNA
FP FDVPY PNB VARSHIK AYA YOZNA TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
PUBLIC
FS FDVSY PNB VARSHIK AYA YOZNA TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
STAFF
PNB ORDINARY TERM DEPOSIT SCHEME
OR FDORD Ordinary fd scheme public TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
OS FDOSD Ordinary fd scheme staff TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
CO FDCOM COMBO SCHEME NRE TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
CUSTOMER
PNB BAL VIKAS DEPOSIT SCHENE
70 RDBAL BAL VIKAS DEPOSIT SCHEME TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
FM FDBAM FD MONTHLY INCOM TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
OPTION
FQ FDBAQ FD QUARTERLY INCOME TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
OPTION
PNB SAKSHAM SCHEME
SK FDSKM SAKSHAM SCHEME TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
SS FDSKS SAKSHAM SCHEME - STAFF TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
M3 FSMMP SHAK SHAM SCHEME PUB. TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
M4 FSMMS SHAK SHAM SCHEME - STAFF TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
M5 FSOMP SHAK SHAM SCHEME - TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
PUBLIC
M6 FSOMS SHAK SHAM SCHEME - STFF TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
GROWTH DEP SCHEME
(single fixed deposit above Rs. 10 Cr. taken at card rate or below card rate)
CR FDCDR FDR Core Reinvestment TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
Scheme
CD FDCDM FDR Core Monthly interest TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
income scheme
CO FDCDQ FDR Core Quarterly interest TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
income scheme
CS FDCDS FDR Core Simple interest TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSIT
scheme
BULK DEPOSIT SCHEME
(single fixed deposit above Rs. 10 Cr. taken at DRI rate )
LR FDBLR FDR DRI Reinvestment TDA 10300 TERM DEPOSIT
Scheme
LM FDBLM FDR DRI Monthly interest TDA 10300 TERM DEPOSIT
income scheme
LQ FDBLQ FDR DRI Quarterly interest TDA 10300 TERM DEPOSIT
income scheme
LS FDBLS FDR DRI Simple interest TDA 10300 TERM DEPOSIT
scheme
OTHER TERM DEPOSIT SCHEMES
75 FDCGN FD CAPITAL GAIN A/C TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSITS
DT FDNRF NRE FLEXIBLE DEPOSIT TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSITS
SCHEME
TA FCNRB FCNR (B) - MBFD TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSITS
TB FCNRO FCNR (B) - ORDINARY TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSITS
TC FCNRS FCNR (B) - DEPOSITS TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSITS
VW FCNRL FCNR PREMIUM LINKED TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSITS
SCHEME
TD FMNRE FD MULTI BENEFIT NRE TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSITS
TF FMNRO FD MULTI BENEFIT NRO TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSITS
TH FNRE FD ORDINARY NRE TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSITS
TN RDNRE RECURRING DEPOSIT NRE TDA 10400 TERM DEPOSITS
N6 FNRSM NRE MONTHLY INTT SUGAM TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSITS- Min 1 year
SCHEM
N7 FNRSQ NRE QTLY INTT SUGAM TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSITS- Min 1 year
SCHEME
N8 FNROM NRE SUGAM MONTHLY PAY TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSITS
OUT
N5 FNROQ NRE SUGAM QUARTERLY PAY TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSITS
OUT
EM FNRES SAKSHAM -NRE CUSTOMERS TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSITS
ES FMSKM SAKSHAM -NEW WITHOUT TDA 10100 TERM DEPOSITS
MORATR.
TROUBLE SHOOTING DAY END

( Table exists in AFI at Day can be rectified )
TABLE NAME FUNCTION MEENU FOR REMOVAL

GAM Z verification by CAACAU
GAM M verification by CAACAU by ACM
GAM E Verification by TDEXT BY TDEXT
ALT M verification by CAACAU by ALM
ANT M verification by CAACAU by ACM(N)
BGM M verification by CAACAU by GMM
BLT A verification by CAACAU by BM
BLT M verification by CAACAU by BM
CBT M verification by CAACAU by ICHBAU
CMC M verification by CAACAU byCUMM(E)
CMG A verification by CAACAU by CUMM(V)
CMT M verification by CAACAU by CUMM(M)
DHT M verification by CAACAU by ACLHM
DCMM A verification by CAACAU ODCM/IDCM
DISB A verification by CAACAU by RPCTM
DST A verification by CAACAU DSPWFQ
IMA A verification by CAACAU by IMC
IMT M verification by CAACAU by IMGNT
ITC M verification by CAACAU by INTTM
IZC A verification by CAACAU MICZ
LHT M verification by CAACAU BY ACLHM
LLT A/M verification by CAACAU BY LNM
SPT M verification by CAACAU BY SPPAU
SDR A verification by CAACAU BY SRM
XXX M verification by CAACAU BY CHBMAU
EDT A/M EXPODM
FXM A FBM
FBM,FDT,FEIF,FBI A FBM
COMBINATION OF VARIOUS
TABLES LIKE
AAS,ANT,AST,EIT,GAC,GAM A OAACAU
SDR,CDT M SRM
COMBINATION OF VARIOUS
TABLES LIKE
LAM,ITC,AST,LRS,AIT,GEM,LRH A OAACAU (LOAN A/C)
COMBINATION OF TABLES
LIKE
GAM,GEM,AAS,TAM,DRT,ETC. A OAACAU (TD A/C)
GCH A GCHRG
UPR M HUPM HUPM
SCT V ACXFRSC SBA,CCA,OA
ACD V MEAC LAA
ATT V ACXFRSOL SBA,CCA,ODA
SIH V SIM ALL
TDT V TDREN/OAACAU FD
CAR V SWCM DEBITCARD
Sl REASON DUE TO WHICH UNVERIFIED TO KNOW UNVERIFIED FEQUENCY

No. RECORD EXISTS RECORDS
1 Personalised Cheque Book requests-Uploaded DAYRPT 10/17 DAILY

but not verified CBSCHQBK
2 SMS alerts entered but not verified DAYRPT 10/37 DAILY
3 Internet banking facility entered but not verified DAYRPT 10/36A DAILY
DAYRPT 10/36B
4 Credit Balance in Loan accounts DAYRPT 10/40 DAILY
5 Debit Card entered but not verified CARDREP 1/1 DAILY

CARDREP 2/1
6 SRM Not created during week DAYRPT 10/10 Weekly
7 CCLD Not done in accounts LADRPT 1 Weekly

ALTERNATE DELIVERY CHANELLS
ATM CARD/ DEBIT CARD
The product is called BUY NOW PAY NOW
MAINTENANCE OF STOCK INVENTORY NON PERSONALIZED DEBIT CARDS
To maintain stock inventory of non personalized debit cards at branches TBD HO New Delhi has prescribed
the procedures:
(i) TBD HO while issuing the debit cards to branches will upload the details in system and effective
10.12.2012 branches will be able to issue only those debit cards which have been uploaded by TBD
HO and marked received by the branches.
(ii) HO TBD has already uploaded the stock of debit cards issued to branches up to 30.11.2012
(iii) On receipt of stock of debit cards branches to acknowledge the card in DCARDINS menu in CBS
through Option R by entering the SBC code (Lot No.) range mentioned on the debit card packet and
verify by another user through DCARDINS option V.
TYPES OF CARDS
At present following types of cards are issued to customers:
Card Description Card Description

Type Type
G PERSONALISED GOLD CARD N NON PERSONALISED CARD
I BIOMETRIC CARD TO P PERSOALISED CARD
ILLITERATE
L PLATINUM CARD RK Rupay Kisan Card (NP)
M MITRA CARD RU Rupay NP Debit card
W BIOMETRIC CARD WITHOUT PK Personalized Rupay Kisan Cards
PIN (with name only)
T PNB Rakshak platinum debit S PNB Rakshak classic debit card
card
E EMV Card
ISSUE OF DEBIT CARD BEARING RUPAY & MASTER CARD LOGO

(1) If customer desires to use the card for cash withdrawal, POS purchase and e-commerce
shopping in India & abroad then the Debit Card bearing Master Card logo should be issued
after getting the request on the existing Debit Card Application Form till the revised
application form is available.
(2) If customer desires to use the card for cash withdrawal and POS purchase only in India
and not abroad then the Debit Card bearing RuPay logo should be issued after getting the
request on the existing Debit Card application form.
FUNCTION CODES AVAILABLE IN DCARD MENU

FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
A Addition to new card
V Verification of newly added card
I Inquiry of the card
D Deletion of card
M Modification in data entered
R Receive Request to activate personalized card
C To verify request for activation of personalized card

PLATINUM DEBIT CARD ELIGIBILITY
CA (sole Prop.) Who maintain QAB of Rs.1.00 lac during last quarter
Saving Fund Who maintain QAB of Rs.0.50 lac during last quarter
CAOD (Against Bank Who avails limit of Rs.1.00 lac and above
deposit & GOI sec.)
Other customers Valued customers in the opinion of Incumbent Inch.
MENUS RELATING TO DEBIT CARD :
DCARDINS Debit Card Inventory acknowledgement

DCARD Debit card issue and request for activation
DPINREQ Duplicate Pin request
SWCM Card information at Account level
ACM/7 or ACI/7 List of Cards linked to the Account
ISSUE OF PERSONALIZED DEBIT CARDS THROUGH SMS
i) Only personalized debit card can be issued

ii) Customer can request through his mobile number registered in CBS
iii) Facility is available in all a/cs where debit card not yet issued
iv) Debit card & ATM pin will be dispatched at home address.
v) Final activation will be done from the base branch only.
SMS Process flow - Customer should send SMS by registered mobile number to 5607040
DEBCARD <Account Number>
Customer will receive reply immediately as follows:

i) If a/c not exist - Invalid a/c no. please re-send with correct no.
ii)If mobile no. not registered Use registered mobile number
iii)If debit card already issued Debit card already issued
iv)If all are correct Request received & yr request no. is XXXXX
v) After dispatch of card Debit card has been dispatched
On receipt of Card and PIN Number User to visit base branch and branch will authenticate the customer by
his signature and photograph from CBS and on receipt of acknowledgement in register activation request will
be punched with R option and confirmation with C option. Card will be activated within 48 hours.
DEBIT CARD FUNCTIONS AT ATM MACHINE

S.No. Function Description
1 Withdrawal ATM is being utilized for withdrawal of money
2 Transfer Transfer of funds between one account to other
3 Taxes Payment of Direct Taxes through ATM (GBD Cir.118/2011)
4 Stop payment Stop payment of cheques through ATM Machine (IT CBS Cir.34/2011)
5 Credit Card Payment of credit card dues
Payment
6 IBS Internet banking Registration New User
7 IBS- Password Request for duplicate password
8 IBS-facility To get Additional facility from view to transaction
9 IMPS Immediate payment system
ADD-ON CARDS / ATTACHMENT OF ACCOUNT

Add on cards Maximum 2 add-on cards can be issued
Attachment of a/c Maximum 3 accounts per card can be attached

CASH WITHDRAWAL LIMIT AND PURCHASE LIMIT FROM POS
TYPE OF CARD CASH WITHDRAWAL ATM POINT OF SALE (POS)
Classic/Maestro Debit Card Rs.25000/- per day (Max. Rs.60000/- per day
Rs.15000/- per transaction)
Platinum / Gold Debit Card Rs.50000/- per day (Max. Rs.125000/- per day
Rs.15000/- per transactions)
PNB Mitra ATM Card Rs.5000/- per day Not valid for POS
PNB Biometric ATM Card Rs.5000/- per day Not valid for POS
Rupay card ( NPCI based ) Rs.25000/- per day Rs.60000/- per day
SALILENT FEATURES OF RUPAY CARD
1) Card launched by NPCI (National Payments Corporation of India)

2) All Indian banks and financial institutions in India to participate in electronic
Payment system.
3) Cash withdrawal through all RuPay enabled ATMs
4) Card can be used at selected POS terminals identified by NPCI
5) PIN is mandatory required at ATM and POS terminals both.
6) Validity of the card is 7 years.
7) Can be used only in India.
8) Rupay Card is enabled for E-commerce transactions effective 12.08.2014.
9) Rupay Card users can avail debit transactions on the basis of
Transaction password & phrase without OTP upto 10000/- and beyond 10000/-
transaction with OTP permitted.
10)Additional feature like 3D secure services are available on Rupay Card.
SALILENT FEATURES OF DEBIT CARD BEARING MASTER CARD LOGO
1) Can be used in India and outside India.

2) Cash withdrawal, POS and E-commerce will be through master card enabled ATMs
3) Signature base card as well as PIN base card
4) To make online payment customer to register himself for 3D secure service
through website www.pnbindia.com menu- Personal Banking>menu Cards>3D
secure service link.
5) Charges for Intl Transaction at ATM
(i) Cash Withdrawal - Rs.150/- per transaction.
(ii)Balance Enquiry - Rs.15/- per transaction.
6) Charges for Intl ATM Transaction in Nepal under Everest Bank Ltd. Sharing
arrangement.
(i) Cash withdrawal - Rs.50/- per transaction
(ii)Balance Enquiry - Rs. 15/- Per transaction.
7) Charges for Intl transaction in Bhutan under Druk PNB Ltd. Sharing
arrangement.
(i) Cash withdrawal -Rs.6/- per transaction.
(ii)Balance enquiry - NO Charges
For international use Maximum Cash withdrawal, POS and E-commerce transaction has been fixed at
Rs.25000/-.
PROCEDURE TO ISSUE PERSONALISED RUPAY KISAN CARD

i) Branches may use existing application of debit cards. On receipt and verification of application
form the Branch shall punch the data through DCARD Menu in Finacle under Personalized Rupay
Kisan Card Option under type of Card filed PK

ii) Personalized Kisan cards and their respective PINs would be sent to branch by TBD HO and branch
to hand over the card with PIN to customer and run R and C Option in Dcard menu to get the
card activated through TBD
iii) Similar procedure is required to be followed for issuance of duplicate cards.
iv) In case of Loss/theft complaint at Toll free number for hot listing of the card.
v) All other procedures will be same as in other debit cards.
PIN Based Cards AT POS Transaction card holder has to punch PIN
SIGNATURE Based Cards POS Transaction by signing the slips without PIN
BANKS CHARGES -DEBIT CARDS
TYPE OF CHARGES AMOUNT OF TYPE OF CHARGES AMOUNT OF CHARGES

CHARGES
Issue Charges NIL Duplicate Card Rs.100/-
Annual fee inclusive of Rs.100/-+ (Service Card with Photo. Rs.25/-
card issued to student Tax)
Add on Card Rs.50/- per card Staff Free for all
Duplicate PIN Rs.25/-
RESOLUTION OF COMPLAINT
Lodgement of complaints Following prescribed forms are to be used:

for failed /suspected 1)PNB 1207 Complaint form for ATM transactions
/fraudulent transactions 2)PNB 1208 Customer dispute form for POS/E-commerce/
(TBD18/14) Payment gateway transactions debit card
Incase Suspected / Forms are required to be submitted to ATMCell TBD HO through
Fraudulent transactions mastercard.isg@pnb.co.in or settlement.isg@pnb.co.in
only
FAILED TRANSACTION Within a maximum period of 7 days from the date of receipt of
customers complaint failing which compensation of Rs.100 per day
required to be paid to aggrieved customer.
Time limit Customer is entitled to received compensation only if claim is lodged
with the issuer bank within 30 days of date of transaction.
Technical nature complaint These cases should be forwarded to HO TBD via mail tbd@pnb.co.in
i.e. delivery and working by providing following information: 1)Name of customer 2)Customer
of debit card ID 3)SOL ID 4) Branch Name 5)Type of Service 6)Nature of complaint
7)Any other issues
In respect of failed / Complaint be lodged at following numbers or e-mail:
suspected / Fraudulent 18001802222 18001032222 - Toll Free OR
transactions 0120-2490000 - 0120-2490053 - Tolled number OR
Email - atmcrc@pnb.co.in
To know Status of Status of complaint can be seen through DOCKET ID by logging into
complaint ANDROPNB at CBS hom page. ID and Password can be obtained
from Cos or by sending mail to callcentre@pnb.co.in
Customer/Branch/CO/any office may obtain further clarification from
TBD by sending mail at atmese@pnbco.in or atmcell@pnb.co.in
Deleting at ATM/Debit SWCM to be used to delete card at account closure. Using D option
Card by feeding card number after leaving first 3 digits.
Status enquiry of card (1) Use ACI menu- option 7 if link flag in N then card is
Hot listed.
(2) Use SWCM menu enter card no. (leaving first 3 digits ) if
card status is 2 than card is hot listed and if it is 0 than
status of card is active.

HOTLISTING OF ATM/DEBIT CARDS
Through Call Centre All cards that are lost / stolen / surrendered / unusable are required
to be hotlisted by registering request with Banks call centre at
18001802222 /18001032222 or 0120-2490000, 0129-2490053.
Through SMS mode Card holder to send SMS to 5607040 with following sequence
HOT <Card Number> e.g.
HOT 5126520000000013
Confirmation message will be received like:
a) If Card blocked successfully : Debit card blocked on dd/mm/yy
at hh:mm:ss & your reference number is XXXXX. Please contact
nearest branch for new card
b) If card number is invalid : Incorrect debit card number, Retry
with correct number or call customer care at
18001802222/18001032222/01202490000
c) If mobile number is not registered : Mobile number not
registered with Bank. System unable to Block debit card. Call
customer care at 18001802222/18001032222/01202490000
d) If system faults (Destination not available) Unable to block
debit card call customer care
18001802222/18001032222/01202490000
e) If card is already blocked : Debit card already blocked on
dd/mm/yy at hh:mm:ss. Contact nearest branch for new debit card.
(TBD Circular no. 57/2014 dated 24.09.2014)
TRANSFER OF FUNDS THROUGH ATMS

ATM LINKED ACCOUNT Rs. One lac per transactions without any limit
Other accounts Per day cash withdrawal limit without any limit
CASH RETENTION LIMIT IN ATMs (TBD Circular 09/2014)
Average Cash dispensed by ATM (Rs.) Cash Retention Limit (Rs.)

Upto 70000/- 3 lacs
Above 70000/- & upto 1.50 lacs 6 lacs
Above 1.50 lacs & upto 2.50 lacs 9 lacs
Above 9.00 lacs 40 lacs
MARK UP CHARGES ON POSP TRANSACTIONS

1) Mark up charges @ 2.50% subject to minimum of Rs.10/- for each POSP
transactions done by the debit card users at Petrol pumps for railway bookings
and on actual claim basis on Hotel/Restaurant transactions. (TBD 17/2014)
2)Foreign nationals using our Banks ATM a ATM access fee @Rs.150/- per
transactions will be recovered at the time of doing transaction.
MONETARY COMPENSATION SCHEME FOR ACTIVE PNB RUPAY/MASTER DEBIT CARDS (Valid
upto 31.03.2015 refer TBD 41/2014 and 60/2014 dated 17.10.2014)

NPCI INSURANCE PROGRAMME FOR RUPAY CARD HOLDERS VALID UPTO 31.03.2015
ELIGIBILITY -
1)All Rupay card holders ie RuPay Debit, RuPay Kissan (KCC) and RuPay prepaid-Classic and Platinum will be
eligible for the benefit under the insurance programme.
2)Facility is available to the RuPay cardholders who have performed minimum one successful financial or non-
financial transaction at any Channel ie ATM/Micro ATM/POS/ e-Com in last 45 days prior to incident.
3)RuPay card holders will be eligible for the compensation on only one eligible RuPay card per card holder or
per customer even if multiple cards of different banks are meeting the eligibility criteria. The choice of the
card for the claim would rest with the customer.
4) The claim will need to be submitted by the card issuing entity (Branch), at the request of eligible
beneficiary, directly to the Insurance Company.
5) Personal Accident insurance is open to everyone from the age of 18 years to 65 years. It may be noted
that age below 18 and beyond 65 year will not be eligible
6) Claim to be forwarded directly to HDFC Ergo insurance company by branch.
The PNB Monetary Compensation Scheme For RuPay Cards is being dispensed with w.e.f
01.11.2014. (Refer FID 29/2014 dated 22.11.2014)
PNB MONETARY COMPENSATION SCHEME VALID UPTO 31.03.2015

Free Group Accidental Death insurance cover to all its Debit Card holders, subject to the usage of Card.
The cover would be applicable only if a card holder has used his Debit Card for a financial transaction within
the previous 45 days from the date of incidences (accident) and submit claim to base branch within 60 days
from the date of loss. Branches to maintain claim register as per format. Te extent of cover would be as
under :
Classic / Maestro Debit Card Rs. 50,000/-

Platinum / Gold Debit Card Rs.200,000/-
PNB MITRA ATM CARD Rs. 25,000/-
PNB Rakshak Card
Person below officer rank Rs.2,00,000/-
Officers (Lts. Captains, Majors Lt.Cols.&Col.Brig.above) Rs.5,00,000/-
EMV CHIP + MAGSTRIPE DEBIT CARD (TBD 50/2013)
- EMV denotes = EuroPay,MasterCard,Visa.
- Chip based cards acceptable on Europay, Master Card & Visa Machines & Terminals in India as wella
as outside India.
- Primary authentication of transaction through chip( if machine is chip enabled) and if not Magstripe
will be used for authentication.
- PIN will be required for both ATM & POS
- Limit Cash withdrawal -25000/- POS Rs.125000/- per day.
- Linking of a/cs 3 a/cs per card
- Cost of card Rs.100/- in additional to Annual charges but Incumbent Incharge may refund in case
of premium customers.
- EMV Cards are personalized cards

- Branch to punch the data through DCARD menu under EMV card option under type of card field
=EMV Card E.
- EMV Card with PIN will be sent to branch in sealed cover.
- After handing over the card to customer branch to run R and C option in DCARD menu for
activation of the card.
- Branch to enter e-mail id of the customer while punching the request for debit card.
- Validity is 7 years.
RATIONALIZATION OF TRANSACTIONS & CHARGES ON TRANSACTIONS

(Effective from 1st November 2014 TBD Circular No. 61/2014 dated 24.10.2014)
TYPE OF CUSTOMER NO. OF FREE TRANSACTIONS
(per month on other banks ATM)
(FINANCIAL & NONFINANCIAL)
Saving Fund a/c (except Small /No Frill/ Basic 3
SF a/c in 6 metros
Saving Fund a/c (Small/ No frill/ Basic SF a/c in 5
6 metros
Saving Fund account In areas other than 6 5
metros
Metros Mumbai, New Delhi, Chennai, Kolkata, Bengaluru and Hyderabad
TRANSANCTION CHARGES
TYPE OF CUSTOMER TRANSACTION CHARGES (PLUS
SERVICE CHARGES, IF ANY) ON OTHER
BANS ATM (Rs.)
Saving fund account Financial tran Rs.20/-
Saving fund account Non Financial Rs.20/-
REIMBURSEMENT OF PROXY TRANSACTIONS ATM
Normal ATM transaction, following accounting entries are passed by the system:
Dr - Customer a/c
Cr.- ATM a/c ( 51650021<ATM_ID>)
At the time of reversal due to hardware problem, following accounting entries should be passed by the
system:
Dr - ATM a/c (51650021<ATM_ID>)
Cr.- Customer a/c
Sometime proxy entries are created in ATM a/c due to non-availability of limit in ATM a/cs and the following
entries are created by the system.
Dr - Proxy a/c
(ATM a/c51650021<ATMID>is given in the remarks column of Tranctions )
Cr - ATM a/c
Proxy transactions are also created in Customer accounts due to non-availability of funds in their accounts (
when CBS system is working on SI Server ).
Dr - Proxy a/c
(Customer a/c is mentioned in the remarks column of proxy transactions )
Cr - ATM a/c

Aforesaid provision of Proxy Account is meant for facilitating the day end only and not for any other purpose
and as per the instant guidelines, such proxy transactions should be reversed next day and in no case be
allowed to outstand for more than three days ( I & A Division Circular 42/2003 dated 21.11.2003).
Before sending claim to TBD HO Check Account head 5711316 & 3171116 in CBS and explore the particular
entry.
If an ATM account, i.e. , 51650021XXXXXX(ATM_ID) is mentioned under the remarks column of transaction,
send the claim immediately to ATM Cell, TBD HO at atmcell@pnb.co.in or tbdatmcell3@pnb.co.in in the
following format for reimbursement of these entries:-
ATM ACCOUNT No. Date of Amount Particulars BO Sol ID Date of reversal

(as per Remark Col) proxy as per details in where the of proxy entry
entry entry is
outstanding
On exploring the entry if the account number of a particular customer is mentioned under the
remarks column, then the amount is to be recovered from that account holder only and no claim
is to be sent to ATM Cell. While doing so, it must be ensured that Card holder account is not
debited twice for same transaction.
(FOR DETAILS ON ATM ACCOUNTING REFER TBD 28/2014)
INTRODUCTION OF IMMEDIATE PAYMENT SERVICE (IMPS) THROUGH ATM.
Interbank fund transfer through Immediate Payment Service (IMPS) is on increasing trend being its 24X7
availability & instant credit to beneficiary account. Keeping in view the growing tendency, after launching it at
Mobile Banking & Internet Banking platform, IMPS has been now introduced at ATMs also. Daily limit of IMPS
fund transfer through ATM is fixed as Rs.10000/-. The detailed procedure is as under:
IMPS Registration through ATM One time activity
1.Insert Debit card at PNB ATM

2.Click on Fund Transfer option
3.Select Immediate Payment Service
4.Select Registration
5.Enter Mobile Number registered with Bank for SMS Alerts
6.Confirm mobile number by re-entering the same
7.All the accounts linked with the card will be displayed on the screen
8.*Select any one account number & press submit
9.On successful response, the message will be displayed - Transaction processed
successfully & MMID of the account will be printed on the receipt
10. In case of Invalid/mismatched mobile number, the activity will be declined with
response code 98.
*Note: All the operative accounts linked with the debit card can be registered for IMPS one by one with the
similar procedure.
IMPS Fund Transfer through ATM
1. Inserts Debit card at PNB ATM

2. Click on Fund Transfer option
3. Select Immediate Payment Service
4. Select Fund Transfer
5. Enter Beneficiarys Mobile Number
6.Enter Beneficiarys Mobile Money Identifier (MMID)
7.Enter amount to be transferred
8.Select Account type
9.System will display all the accounts mapped with that account type. Choose the
desired account number
10.Confirmation screen will be displayed stating entered beneficiary Mobile Number,
MMID & Amount.
11. Check the details & press Proceed
12. On successful response ATM will display the message - Transaction processed
successfully and reference no & amount will be printed on the receipt.
Note:- While making payment Beneficiarys MMID & mobile number is required to be entered.
E-COMMERCE TRANSACTION USING DEBIT CARDS

AS A MEASURE OF STRENGTHENING THE SECURITY MEASURES ON CARD NOT PRESENT OR CNP
TRANSACTIONS, THAT IS TRANSACTIONS UNDERTAKEN WITH DEBIT CARDS ON THE INTERNET FOR E-
COMMERCE TRANSACTIONS, IT HAS BEEN DECIDED THAT SUCH TRANSACTIONS WOULD BE ACCEPTED
FOR ONLY THOSE CARDHOLDERS WHO HAVE REGISTERED FOR THE SMS ALERTS FACILITY. THIS
MEASURE WOULD COME INTO EFFECT FROM JANUARY15, 2012.
SHIFTING OF STOCK OF NON-PERSONALIZED DEBIT CARDS FROM ONE SOL ID TO ANOTHER IN

THE SYSTEM
Menu Option DCARDINS be made available to the Helpdesk users at Circle office IT Deptt. Helpdesk users at
Circle office IT Department have been enabled to shift the inventory of one branch to another as and when
required within the circle. Process Flow :
Menu option DCARDINS
Sub option M To shift a particular SBC no. (Card lot of 100) in the FINACLE
system from one Sol Id to another.
a. Enter DCARDINS menu with M option.
b. Enter SBC No. (Card lot of 100) to be shifted to another Sol Id.
c. Enter Sol Id of the branch where cards to be shifted.
d. Press Y.
e. Press F4.
Partial transfer is not allowed, only complete set of 100 cards of any SBC number can be shifted from one Sol
to another.
The process flow to receive & verify the SBC by the branch is reiterated as under:
Menu option DCARDINS
Sub option R To receive a particular SBC no. (Card lot of 100) in the FINACLE
system
Sub Option V To verify the above received records in the FINACLE system by
another User
2. Sub option R
a. Enter DCARDINS menu with R option.
b. Enter SBC number individually or range of the SBC No allotted to the Sol and then SOLID in the
next field.
c. Press Y.
d. Press F4.
3. Sub option V
a. Enter DCARDINS menu with V option.
b. Enter SOL ID and then SBC number individually or range of the SBC No allotted to your sol in the
next field.
c. Press Y.
d. Press
There are also Two separate types of Prepaid Card, salient feature are given hereunder:
SN Feature PNB Uphaar Card PNB Suvidha Card

o
1. Usage of card To be given as a gift by the To be given out by corporate to
purchaser their employees/small services
providers.
2. Persons who can KYC compliant customers KYC comliant customers
purchase the card through transfer from their through transfer from their
account and non customers account and non customers
through cheques only through cheques only.
3. Min and Max value Rs.500/- and Rs.50000/- Rs.500/- and Rs.50000/-
4. Validity Maximum one year Maximum 3 years
5. POS, E-com. Allowed Allowed max 50000/-
6. Per day cash Not allowed Rs.25000/- per day
withdrawal ATM
7. Per day cash with. Rs.25000/- per day Rs.25000/- per day
Limit for POS & E-
com
8. Reload ability Reloading not permitted Reloadable by purchaser
through debit to PNB account /
by cheuqe
9. Type of account for Current account-separate Current account Separate
supporting the current accounts would be current accounts would be
card opened in CBS for each card opened in CBS for each card.
10 Whether facility of Yes through cheque/transfer Yes only by our existing
bulk purchase from account only corporate clients, to be
would be made purchased and re-loaded to the
available debit of their account.
11 Menu option for
issue / upload of
cards
(i) Issue PCARDISS PSUVISS
(ii)Bulkupload UPHBULK N/A
(iii)Reload N/A PSUVRLD
(iv)Surrender N/A PSUVSUR
Reports PNB Uphar Card - Cardrep 9A and 9B
Suvidha Card - Cardrep 10A and 10B
CREDIT CARD
Credit cards are issued with preset credit limits and also called BUY NOW PAY LATER
Important - From Ist July 2013 onwards, bank shall issue all new cards for domestic usage only
unless Intl use is specifically sought.
(1) Card is accepted for cash withdrawal at all ATMs of PNB.

(2) Card is accepted for cash withdrawal of all ATMs of other banks in India & abroad which
accepts VISA Cards ( If enabled for Intl usage).
(3) The Card is accepted for payment at all Merchant Establishments having POS
EDC (Electronic Data capturing machine) like shops, restaurents, railways etc. who
accepts VISA cards and even globally (if card is enabled for Intl usage).
ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA
1) The applicant should have banking relationship with PNB with a satisfactory track
record for minimum 6 months.

2) Applicant should be literate i.e. 10th standard pass.
3) Applicant should have independent financial means.
4) The applicant should be between the age of 21 years and up to 65 years. For
add-on card minimum age will be 18 years.
5) The applicant should be residing / working within the city limits.
6) Minimum Annual Income (Per annum )
Profession For Classic Card For Gold Card
Salaried applicant 100000.00 250000.00
Business/Self employed/ 100000.00 200000.00
Professional
Individuals drawing salary Limit based on the income
from account with PNB criteria for different slabs
EXCEPTION ELIGIBILITY CRITERIA
1) In case of Senior Government Officials, Senior executives of corporate dealing with us, Bank can
issue credit card even if they are not maintaining their individual banking relationship with us. These
applications have to be recommended by Incumbent Incharge only after completion of KYC norms
and submission of complete documents as required.
2) Credit card can be issued to the employees of corporate / institutions maintaining their deposit /
advance or other accounts with us but employees are not maintaining individual accounts with us.
GENERAL PUBLIC
Category of credit card Limit Limit Cash withdrawal limit
Minimum Maximum
Classic Card +2 Add on 10,000/- 1,00,000 30% of the card limit
Gold Card + 2 Add on 50,000/- 5,00,000/- 40% of the card limit
As per RBI guidelines KYC/AML guidelines in respect of add-on/ supplementary card holder are also complied
with. While recommending issuance of Add-on cards, copy of necessary KYC documents are also attached
with the application.
EMPLOYEES OF RRBs SPONSORED BY PNB (CC Circular 05/2014)

Our bank has sponsored following RRBs:
a. Madhya Bihar Gramin Bank, Patna.
b. Sarv Haryana Gramin Bank, Rohtak.
c. Himachal Pradesh Gramin Bank, Mandi.
d. Punjab Gramin Bank, Kapurthala.
e. Sarv U.P. Gramin Bank, Meerut.
The credit card limit for RRB employees shall be fixed as given here-under:
Cadre/ Designation Limit on the Card in Cash Limit in Rs. Add-on cards
Rs.
Officers JMG I 50,000 10,000 Two
MMG II & III 75,000 15,000 Two
SMG IV & V 1,50,000 30,000 Two
1) Banking relationship with PNB with a satisfactory track record of minimum 6 months has
been waived but RRB staff should have an account with PNB.
2) Officer employee should be permanent employee of RRB.
3) KYC compliance should be ensured by RRB.
4) All applications should be routed through HO of the RRB.
5) In case officer does not remain in service entire dues to be recovered.
HOUSING LOAN CUSTOMER OF THE BANK
Housing loan sanctioned Pre-approved card limit Type of Card

Rs.2 lac to 5 lacs 10% of housing loan Classic
Rs.500001/- to 2000000/- lacs 10% of housing loan Gold
max.Rs.1.00 lac
Above Rs.2000000/- 5% of housing loan max. Gold
Rs.3.00 lacs
TERM DEPOSIT HOLDERS OF THE BANK
1.Credit card in the name of applicant whose name appeared on FD either single or
jointly with family members.
2.Joint deposit with minor not eligible.
3.Limit 90% of the deposit amount with PNB
4.Limit will be set up in multiples of 1000/-
5.Branch to mark lien on FDR
6.No income proof, no upper age limit, minimum age 18 years
7.FD in PNBTax Saver, RD, Capital gain, Deposit in the name of minor not eligble.
8. On failure to pay monthly credit card dues: In case, a Credit Card holder fails to make
payment of monthly credit card dues till the expiry of 60 days of payment due date, the outstanding
against the credit card account will be liquidated by making premature encashment of Term Deposit
and by appropriating the proceeds towards repayment of credit card dues.
9.Joining /Annual / Renewal fee - NIL
Type of card Card limit (min.) Card Limit( Max.)
Classic Rs.10000/- Rs.49000/-
Gold Rs.50000/- Rs.499000/-
Platinum Rs.500000/- Rs.1000000/-
STAFF
Cadre / Designation Card Limit Cash Limit Add on card
Subordinate Staff 5000 NIL NIL
Clerical 25000 5000 Two
Officer-JMG-1 50000 10000 Two
MMG II & III 75000 15000 Two
SMG IV & V 150000 30000 Two
TEG VI 200000 40000 Two
TEG VII 300000 60000 Two
CMD /ED 500000 100000 Two
Cash withdrawal limit will be within the overall credit limit assigned to the card holder.
DOCUMENTS REQUIRED
Proof of identity and Proof of residence:
As per existing KYC / AML guidelines.
Proof of Income: Any of the following latest documents:
a. For Salaried persons: copies of latest

(i) Salary Slip
(ii) Salary Certificate
(iii) IT return duly acknowledged by IT Deptt.
(iv) Form 16

b. For Self employed/Professionals:
(i) IT return duly acknowledged by IT Deptt.
(ii) PAN Card or Form 60/61 (with Photo ID).
MENUS RELATING TO CREDIT CARD :

CCAPPL Credit Card application punching in CBS
CCPAY To Record Payment received from customer
APPLSCHD Printing of Application Schedule
APPLRPT Credit Card Application Report
APLURPT Unverified credit card application report
CCTRAN Credit card transaction report
FEATURES OF THE CREDIT CARD

1) No Annual fee, No Joining fee and no renewal fee
2) Low Finance Charges
3) 50 Days interest free credit
4) At the time of payment of credit card bills, the customer has the option of paying any amount
between Minimum Amount due or Total Amount due. Minimum amount due is 5% of total amount
due or Rs.100/- whichever is higher.
5) No fuel surcharge for single purchase of fuel between Rs.400/- to Rs.3000/-
6) Credit card statement if received through e-mail is password protected having the secured password
as Credit card Number
7) All credit card applications should be completely filled in and entered in CBS system
through menu option CCAPPL. Print report alongwith the application duly
recommended be submitted to the Credit Card Processing Centre A-37 Sector 60 NOIDA
201301 UP.
COLLECTION OF DUES CREDIT CARD
In order to facilitate easy and convenient mode of payment of credit card dues, the card holders may
choose to make payment at any CBS branch, through following modes:
i) Cash deposit
ii) Transfer cheque payment
iii) Clearing instruments like cheque, draft, cash order etc.
iv) Standing Instructions
PAYMENT THROUGH DELIVERY CHANELS

v) ATM Machine
vi) Internet banking
vii) Bill Desk
viii) NEFT
ix) Auto debit authority

GLOBAL PLATINUM CREDIT CARDS (CC Circular 06/2014)
1) Primary Card - 1 Plus 2 Add on cards allowd.

2) Educational qualification - Should be literate
3) Relationship with PNB - Track record of minimum 6 months.
4) Visit report - If existing customer no visit report
If new customer visit report is to be submitted.
5) Independent financial means for primary cards. Add on card can be issued with
Solely liability of the primary card holder.
6. Age - 21 to 65 years for Add on card 18 years.
7. Proof of address - Same as normal card.
8. Minimum annual income - Rs.500000/-
9. Cash withdrawal limit - 40% of the limit
10. Card limit - Minimum 50000 Maximum 10 lacs
11. Joining/Add on card/Annual - Rs.500/-
Fee
12. Renewal - No renewal fee
13. Reward points - 2 Points for every purchase of Rs.150/-
14. Lost card liability - Rs.50000/- maximum
15. Scoring model - Application will be assessed through scoring
Model.
INTERNET BANKING - RETAIL
Internet banking facility is available to the customer of CBS Branches for accessing/ operating their accounts
without coming to bank branches. At present customers as per the constitution defined as individual / joint
can avail the facility of retail IBS and other constitution type customers can avail the corporate IBS facility.
Current / Cash credit account holders, who are sole prop./partnership be allowed retail IBS
facility if they wish to operate with single user ID - for this Modify CUMM (constitution code
Sole Prop 011 AND Partnership 009
S.No. Type of IBS Required application form

1 Retail Customers PNB-1063
2 Corporate customers PNB-1085
On receipt of application from the customer other activities is to be made as under:
Use menu option IBSRPOST, Put customer ID + F4, put required details, facility required i.e. V
(view)/VT (view and transancton)+F4.
S.No. Main Activity Sub Activity
1 C-Create 1)A-Add,M-Modify,I- Inquire, X-Cancel, V- verify
2 E-Enable 2)A- Add,M-Modify,I-Inquire, X-Cancel, V- verify
3 D-Disable 3)A-Add,M-Modify,I-Inquire, X-Cancel, V - verify
4 P-DUPLIATE 4)A-Add,M-Modify,I-Inquire, X-Cancel, V - verify
PASSWORD
5 M-Modify User 5)A-Add,M-Modify,I-Inquire, X-Cancel,V- verify
profile
6 A-Attach more 6)A- Add,M-Modify,I-Inquire, X-Cancel, V-verify
accounts
After using C option and verification One envelope will be received from IBS, ITD Section Head Office New
Delhi containing the passwords (codes ) of the customers.
On receipt of envelope Branch user to enable the Passwords through E(A) option followed by entering the
facility to be enabled i.e. L (login) LT(Login and Transactions ). Now press F4 to finish.
Please note that : Customer ID will be User ID in case of Retail IBS user.
The password should be handed over to the user after obtaining proper receipt and activated by the branch
officials as explained above. The password will automatically enabled after 24 hours.
SIMILAR ACTIVITIES IS TO BE DONE TO DISABLE USER, APPLYING DUPLICATE PASSWORD,
MODIFY USER PROFILE AND TO ATTACH MORE CUST IDS / ACCOUNTS.
Retail IBS Fund Transfer limit

Within own accounts - No limit
3rd Party accounts - Rs.15 lacs per day
RTGS - Rs.2lacs min amount
NEFT - Less than 2 lac per Transactions
ENHANCED SECURITY FEATURES
Retail IBS user can configure own limits for following parameters in the
system himself:
(i) Login time (through his login)
(ii) Transaction limit (within max. limit of 15 lacs & maximum
number of transactions to be undertaking through his login.
(iii)Account level restriction on the facility obtained (through branch)
RETAIL INTERNET BANKING NEW USER INTERFACE
GENERAL GUIDELINES
(i) This facility is available only for Retail IBS Users.
(ii) Only self operated Saving and current a/c customers are eligible.
(iii) Only customers registered for SMS alerts are eligible.
(iv) Only customers having debit /ATM Cards, ATM Pin can avail this facility.
(v) Only customer who have got updated Date of birth or PAN Number can avail the facility.
(vi) User can change Customer ID only Once
(vii) For modification, cancellation, link another a/c customer to visit at branch.
(viii) OTP can be generated only thrice in a day
(ix) If three times wrong OTP entered user will be disabled for a day only.
(x) Password should be minimum 6 maximum 28 characters (combination of alpha, numeric and
special character)
(1) ONLINE RESET PASSWORD THROUGH FORGET PASSWORD
a) Enter User ID, select facility (Login or Transaction or both) and click on forget password > On
sucessful validation of entered data an OTP (One time password) will be delilvered to the handset of
the user registered for SMS alters. ( This OTP will be valid for 5 minutes only )
b) Next screen displayed will ask to Input the OTP received.

c) On successful validation of OTP, User will be required to enter the ATM Card Number, ATM Pin,
One Active Savings or Current Account number linked to that ATM Card and Date of Birth / PAN
Number
d) On validation of entered details user is taken to the next screen where user can set the
new passwords (login, transaction or both depends on the facility type he has chosen)
(2) USER ID CHANGE
a) Retail IBS user can change his own USER ID only once from the existing user ID after logging
into the IBS module>Personal setting > Change user ID.
b) User to enter the existing IBS User-id and new self generated IBS User-id and confirm new user
id. Now click on Check availability of user ID option. If selected user ID is available than
again enter existing IBS User-id and new self generated IBS User-id and confirm new user id
and click on Change user id and appropriate message will be displayed.
(3) ONLINE USER REGISTRATION
a) A separate new link is provided in banks IBS website www.netpnb.com"

b) Upon clicking the link the user will be moved to screen where following information is required
to be entered: i) Account No. ii) Date of Birth or PAN Number (any one)
iii)Facility type (whether to generate login or both passwords)(FOR SECURITY VALIDATION
EITHER OF PAN OR DOB WILL MANDATORY FIELD )
c) On successful validation an OTP will be delivered to the handset of the users registered mobile
number for alerts and move to another window for entering generated OTP.
d) Once OTP is validated user will be moved to another screen to enter here i) ATM Card
Number ii) ATM Pin iii) One active Saving or Current account number linked to that ATM Card.
e) On successful validation of entered details, user is moved to set the passwords ( login,
transaction or both depends on the facility type he has chosen).
f) On successful passwords settings click on Register and appropriate message will be displayed
asking the user to login to e-banking applicdation after 24-48 hours
(4) IMPS (Interbank Mobile Payment System)
Features of IMPS
1) Facility is available only to Retail Internet Banking users 24X7X365 Who are registered SMS Alerts
users
2) Beneficiary MMID and Mobile Number are prerequisites for fund transfer which is currently have a
limit of Rs.50000/- per day.
3) The facility of bulk IMPS fund transfer is available through upload Option maximum 5 trans. Total
limit for amount of Rs.50000/- still holds good for additional transactions. (Records be prepared in
.xls file as per following format)
Mobile NO. MMID Amount

1234567890 1234567 1.00
1234567880 1234568 1.00
PROCESS FLOW FOR IMPS THROUGH IBS
1. Link for IMPS is available under the Transfers menu option
2. After clicking on IMPS, user needs to click on Generate/Retrieve MMID to generate his/her MMID.
For Receiving funds user to share his MMID and mobile number with the remitter.
3. Click on New transaction under Transfer-IMPS menu
4. User Required to enter information as per screen and click on submit and on next screen IBS user
ID and Transaction passwords be entered for confirmation of the transaction.
5. On successful validation screen will appear to show status.
6. For BULK transactions using uupload click Bulk transaction under Transfer IMPS menu. User
needs to attach the file by browsing and clicking on upload button.
7. On entering the user and transaction password in next screen system

will show the status of transaction.
VIEW TAX CREDIT STATEMENT (26 AS) RETAIL IBS USER
Integration with NSDL for implementation of view Tax Credit Statement (form 26AS) for retail IBS User
Pre-Requisite PAN Number of the customer should be present in the Cust ID on which the retail internet
banking is being availed.
STEPS:
1) Log on to internet banking > click on Tax credit statement (form 26AS) provided on home
page.
2) Page containing PAN of IBS user will open. Now click on submit
3) User will be directed to NSDL website
4) Click on view form 26AS
5) User to select the financial year for the Tax credit statement
6) Now user can check the Tax credit statement for selected year
7) Here TDS certificate can be printed also.
PAYEE SETUP IN RETAIL INTERNET BANKING FUND TRANSFER
Payee creation will remain mandatory for making 3rd party fund transfer within PNB and interbank
remittances using NEFT and RTGS. To add a payee/beneficiary, click on link Register Beneficiary. Provide
the 16 digit a/c number and click on Get Details, Payee name will be displayed by the system. If payee
name is correct then click on Add beneficiary. A beneficiary ID is shown by the system at the top and a six
digit URN (Unique Reference Number), which is One Time Password (OTP) is sent on users mobile
number registered with PNB for SMS alerts. At this stage added payee is not activated.
For activation, customer needs to confirm the added payee, should clicks on the link
Confirm/Reject Beneficiary. A list of all added payees which are yet to be confirmed/rejected
by the user will be displayed. Select a payee and click on Confirm beneficiary. Enter the URN
received on mobile number and click on confirm beneficiary again. IF URN is correctly
entered then payee/beneficiary will be activated immediately and user can transfer the funds.
LIMIT SET UP - SECURITY FEATURE RETAIL INTERNET BANKING
As a part of the new security feature retail internet banking users can now restrict the risk involved in retail
internet banking services by setting up various limits as per their requirements. A new link Limits has been
introduced in the left menu bar for setting/modifying the limits. The procedure is as under
STEP I SETTING OF OVERALL LIMIT

Users will be required to set daily overall limit in terms of amount (within overall ceiling limit of Rs. 15,
00,000/-) and number of transactions that can be transacted by the user through Internet Banking.
STEP II SETTING OF LIMIT ON TYPE OF TRANSACTION

After setting the daily overall limit in internet banking, users will be required to set daily limits for each of the
following transaction type in terms of amount and number of transactions that can be transacted by the user
through Internet Banking
a) NEFT
b) RTGS
c) Third Party Transfer (Transfer to other account within PNB)
d) Bill Payments
After completion of above steps, internet banking users can straight away make bill payment transactions
within their daily Bill Payment and Overall limits.

STEP III SETTING OF LIMIT ON BENEFICIARIES
1. Before adding any new beneficiary in internet banking, user will be mandatorily required to set limit in
terms of number of beneficiaries that may be added in a single day by the user. This will include beneficiaries
for all types of Transfers i. e. Transfer to other account within PNB, NEFT and RTGS etc.
For example, if a user has set his limit to 5, he cannot add more than 5 beneficiaries in a single day for all
types of transfers.
2. Users will be required to set limit for each beneficiary individually (for all types of beneficiarys viz. Transfer
to other account within PNB, by NEFT and RTGS) in terms of maximum amount per transaction that can be
transferred to the beneficiary & Number of transactions that can be made to the beneficiary in a day.
However, in case of adding a new beneficiary, system will prompt for these limits at the time of creation of
beneficiary itself.
ADDITIONAL AUTHENTICATION FOR TRANSACTIONS IN RETAIL INTERNET BANKING

Additional authentication by way of SMS OTP which will be sent to users registered mobile number in
addition to the transaction password has been introduced for Transfer to other accounts within PNB, by NEFT
and RTGS above Rs. 25,000/-.
Additional authentication by way of SMS OTP which will be sent to users registered mobile number in
addition to the transaction password has been introduced for Bill payment transactions above Rs. 5000/-.
Bill Payment transactions towards ticket booking through IRCTC have been excluded from requirement of
additional authentication using SMS OTP. However, the daily overall limit and bill payment transaction limit
set by the user will apply to IRCTC transactions also.
IMPORTANT FEATURES OF RETAIL IBS
1. For making payment to registered beneficiaries in Transfer to other account within PNB/RTGS/NEFT, users
will be first required to set limit for each beneficiary individually (for all types of beneficiarys viz. Transfer to
other account within PNB, NEFT and RTGS) in terms of maximum amount per transaction that can be
transferred to the beneficiary & Number of transactions that can be made to the beneficiary in a day.
2. The limits will be restricted to maximum overall limit and other limits set by user himself/herself. If the
user decreases the overall limit, system will prompt him/her to reset other limits within new overall limit set
by the user.
3. Users can anytime increase and decrease their limits online as per their requirement and convenience -
a. Limits can be decreased anytime without any hassle
b. The upward revision will require additional authentication by way of OTP which will be sent to users
registered mobile number in addition to the transaction password.
4. The OTP will be valid for a limited time period (5 Minutes). Users are required to use the OTP as soon as
they receive the same. Only limited number of attempts (5 attempts) would be available to users for
validating the OTP failing which, the transaction password will be blocked
E-FD THROUGH INTERNET BANKING
The facility of issuance of e-FD has been customised in Internet Banking Services for the following Schemes
of term deposits only:
Multi Benefit Term Deposit Scheme, Special Term Deposit Scheme, Ordinary Term Deposit
Scheme & PNB Sugam Term Deposit Scheme subject to conditions given below:
1. Customer should be an existing customer having operative Saving/Current Account, internet banking and
mode of operation, branch will be same as in debit account.
2. The Saving/Current account should be fully KYC compliant i.e. Photograph, Address proof, PAN
Details/Form 60-61, properly introduced account etc.
3. The IBS screen would contain an icon whereby the customer can lodge a request for e-FD for a
maximum amount of Rs. 10 crore at applicable card rates for PNB Sugam Term Deposit Scheme and
below Rs. 1 Crore for all other Schemes..
4. Through the icon the customer can view and fill up the account opening form for an e-FD.
5. After filling up the form the request of the depositor shall be submitted through Internet banking.
6. Acceptance of terms & Conditions is mandatory prior to issue of E-FD.

7. Details of e-FD will be displayed on the screen for printing receipt (e- confirmation of deposit) which
would contains date of deposit, amount, favouring, period, rate of interest, date of maturity, Maturity
value etc.
8. Document essentially required is the valid PAN document.

9. For nomination, depositor can retain the nominee(s) for term deposit account as in the debit account
from which it is funded.
10. 15G/15H form is to be deposited in the branch if the depositor seeks exemption from TDS.
11. Auto Renewal facility provided only for the maturity value. In case the depositor wants to renew for the
principal amount only, then Branch has to be visited within 14 days of the maturity of the e-FD.
12. Proceeds on maturity (if no auto renewal instructions are given) to be credited in the account through
which the term deposit was funded.
13. Branch would be intimated through day end report of the (number & details) e-FDs issued.

INTERNET BANKING - CORPORATE : Menu - IBSCPOST
To get view and Admin functionality, only Form [A] of PNB 1085 need to be submitted and for transactional
services Form [B] of PNB 1085 is to be submitted. On the basis of information furnished in Form A, Account
Administrator will be created who will have only view option and Admin facilities as per following procedure:
S.No. Main Activity Sub Activity

1 C-Create User 1)A-Add,M-Modify,I- Inquire, X-Cancel, V- verify
2 A-Attach Cust ID 2)A- Add,M-Modify,I-Inquire, X-Cancel, V- verify
3 L-Link A/c 3)A-Add,M-Modify,I-Inquire, X-Cancel, V - verify
Account administrator has to collect the user ids and password from branch and submit acknowledgement of
receipt of password following which his user id would be activated.
Administrator can now login and CREATE OTHER USER IN HIS ORGANIZATION / HIMSELF FOR EITHER VIEW
OR TRANSACTION FACILITY WITH CUSER Profile.
To avail transaction password, corporate has to submit Form B.
All facilities related to activation / workflow rules for corporate users are available under Relationship
Manager Login ->User Maintenance menu.
The following facilities are available
(i) Form B Request for Form B

(ii) Activation Request - Request for activation of User ID after acknowledgement of receipt of
password is submitted by user
(iii) Password Reset Request Request for issuance of duplicate password
(iv) Disable User Request Request for disabling a user
(v) Report Generation of report of requests submitted
SUBMISSION OF FORM B
Corporate users willing to avail transaction facility has to submit Form B.

There are 4 distinct blocks in Form
(1)Divisions (2)Roles and Hierarchy (3)Limits (4)Workflow Rules
(1) Divisions means different departments of the corporate client.
(2) Roles and Hierarchy means
Roles and Hierarchies in the organization need to the filled. The role / Designation with the highest
rank would have the lowest hierarchy number, i.e. 1, the next higher rank would have hierarchy number
2 and so on. This information is required by the system to ensure that the rank of the official
authorizing the transaction is higher / equal than the person who initiated it.
(3) Limits
All transactions / transfers through Internet Banking have been
group into 4 transaction types by the bank, namely A, B,C & D as
under
S. Transaction type for Code Transactions Facilities available
No. fund Transfer
1 Self -Transfer A - Online Transfer / Schedule Transfer of funds
to own accounts
- Request for account opening / renewal of
any type of account
- Request for cheque book
- Request for reporting loss of demand draft/
cash order
- Setting up of sweeping rules
- online stop payment of cheques
2 Third party B - Utility Bill Payments
- Online Transfer / Schedule Transfer of funds
to third party accounts
- Request for bill lodging (both inland and
foreign)
- Request for issuance of Demand Draft/Cash
Order
- Request for LC / LG opening / amendment
- Request for funds transfer to non-CBS
branches
- Online lodgment of LC, LG and bills
3 Upload (Batch transfers) C - Upload of files like salary upload, dealer debit
upload etc.
- MIS File upload for reconciliation
4 Linked account transfer* D Online Transfer / Schedule Transfer of funds
from linked account(s)
5 Inter Bank transfers E -Online RTGS
-Online NEFT
-Request for RTGS
-Request for NEFT
(4) Workflow rule
Workflow rules for each type of transaction have to be defined here.

Transaction types can be group together in one row for same
combination of To and From Limits.
On receipt of FORM B duly completed in all respects, Relationship manager of branch will enter the details
of form B by logging into system through Relationship Manager .
To understand from B Please refer screen shot below:

Corporate User ID of the customer
received from HO TBD after request
through IBSCPOST
Roles /designation and Serial Number.

Please note Highest designation will be
lowest Hierarchy Number to easy
understand the roles and powers of the
officials of the company
These are Names & User IDs of the Designation in company and transaction type to Limits up to which these
company created by Admn user with handle financial transaction in company through designated officials can do
CUSER profile. Here user ID creation is IBS as per banks set code above the transaction as per
5 Alpha and 3 numeric transaction type defined
From Limit To Limit Hierarchy code
Here workflow rule to be defined, whether Txn type set above is to

be handled by one user or two users with maker and authorizer
concept. Now define workflow and amount as per Hierarchy
defined above

On completion of the activity by Relationship Manager Branch will again receive password of the user created
by the Account Administrator as per role, Hierarchy, limit and workflow. On handing over these user
password to customer branch to move for activation again through Relationship Manager.
SECURITY FEATURES IN CORPORATE IBS (TBD 08/2014)
A new link Limits introduced in the left menu bar for setting / modifying the limits. Procedure:
Setting of limits
1) Set overall Limits -

Corporate admin will set per day overall limit for all C-Users (Corporate Users) in terms of amount
and number of transactions without any restriction with the option to decrease the same
subsequently. On decreasing overall limit of a C-User, the transaction limit of that user beyond new
limit will be automatically reduced. Admin is not empowered to increase the limit.
2) Increase Overall limits

C-User will submit request for increase in overall limit through his login. Which would be approved by
corporate admin. A reference ID & cyber receipt will be generated. Corporate to submit the receipt
duly signed by authorized signature at branch by any mode i.e. scanned copy through
mail/fax/postage/visit. Branch RM would submit reference ID in prescribed column, fetch the details
and approve/reject request. It will go to Bank admin (RMDC) and Bank admin will approve request
procedurally.
3) Set transaction Limits:

Corporate admin will set transaction type (NEFT/RTGS/Bill payment/Third Party) limits for all his C-
Users(corporate user). Admin may increase/decrease the transaction type limit any number of times
within overall limit set for the C-User. The limit for C-User is comprehensive and will get exhausted
with each transaction.
4) Set No. of beneficiaries:

Corporate admin will set limit interms of number of beneficiaries that can be registered in total by all
C-users in a day. IF admin sets 20 it will be applicable to all CUSER collectively and not individually.
5) Set Beneficiary Limit :

C-User will set per day limit for each beneficiary in terms of amount & number of transactions for
existing beneficiaries. In case of addition of new beneficiary system will prompt for these limits at
the time of creation of beneficiary itself. Corporate admin will approve the beneficiary limits set by C-
User
If another C-user is required to remit funds to same beneficiary he should first set the
limit. The record will go to admin for approval.
6) Modify Beneficiary Limits :

C-User can increase/decrease beneficiary limit within his transaction type and overall limit.
Modification done by C-User will be approved by Admin.
7) Initiating Payment :
During transaction to a particular beneficiary, Only maker/initiators limit for that beneficiary will be
consumed.

INTRODUCTION OF PAYEE REGISTRATION MECHANISM FOR THIRD PARTY TRANSFERS
INCORPORATE INTERNET BANKING WITH IMMEDIATE EFFECT.
As A Measure To Strengthen Controls And To Raise The Level Of Security In The Internet Banking System,
The System Of Payee Registration Mechanism For Third Party Transfers Have Been Introduced In The
Corporate IBS System With Immediate Effect.
Hereinafter In Order To Undertake Funds Transfer To Third Party Accounts Within PNB, Corporate IBS Users
Would Be Required To First Register The Beneficiary Account In The System. The Process For This
Registration Is As Under:
Corporate User (With CUSER Profile) Would Create The Payee For Third Party Transfer. The Payee So
Created Would Be In A Disabled State And Would Not Be Visible To The Corporate User.
Admin User Of The Concerned Corporate Would Be Required To Either Accept And Activate The
Payee Id Created By The Corporate User Or Reject The Same, By Logging Into The System.
On Activation, The Payee ID Becomes Visible To The Corporate Users Under The Make Payment
Option For Undertaking Fund Transfer To Third Party Accounts Within The Bank.
In case a Corporate has forgotten their Admin Password, they may apply for a Duplicate Password through
the branch. These requests must be submitted under the login of the Relationship Manager at the Branch, as
per the existing process.
IBS SHIELD
IBS customer can avail another security feature thus l have to choose a image and a phrase which will be
registered against their user-id. Customer whenever access the IBS website after checking the user
credentials, website will display to customer the image and phrase registered by them against their id. This
will confirm to the customer that he / she is on genuine website. Customer should enter their password into
website only if they find the correct image and phrase displayed on website. If they find the phrase and / or
image other than the registered one, Customer should not enter their password.
MOBILE BANKING
Application - PNB 1167

Menu Option - MBRPOST
Any person having account with PNB with Single or Joint name (having constitution code 001 or 002 as
per CUMM) can apply for PNB Mobile Banking Services. On receipt of application on prescribed format duly
completed in all respect user to enter menu option MBRPOST. Mobile Banking only 10 digit mobile
number is to be entered in CBS without prefixing 91 (Country code). Activity will be as under:
The procedure for submission of request Branch level function
Main menu: MBRPOST

Options: C Create New User
E Enable User
D Disable User
P Duplicate Password
M Modify User Profile , Mobile number, security answers
A Attach more Cust ids

A. Steps for Submitting Request for New User Creation
Role of Maker:
Enter option C Click F4
Enter 'A in function
Enter Cust id , Click F4
Enter Mobile Number ( Max 10 digits allowed)
Enter ZIP CODE(Pin code given in the address of the customer)
Enter Date of Birth in a given date format(DD-MM-YYYY)
Enter Mothers Maiden Name ( not case sensitive, No spaces allowed)
Enter the facility required by the Customer
V for only View
VT for both View & Transaction
Click F4
Role of Checker :
Enter option C Click F4
Enter 'V in function
Enter Cust id, Click F4
Verify the Details and Click F4
This record will be added for Creation of User at HO TBD.
B. Enable Passwords:
After the Password for Mobile Banking for a customer is received at the Branch, the steps for Submitting
Request for Enabling the User in MBRPOST menu are as under:
Role of Maker:
Enter option E Click F4
Enter Cust id , for which the password had been received, Click F4
Enter the facility to be Enabled
L for Login only

T for Transaction only
LT for both view & Transaction
Click F4
Role of Checker
Enter option E Click F4
C. Disable User
Role of Maker:
Enter option D Click F4
Enter Cust id , Click F4.
Check the User Id, Name, Address etc
Enter the facility to be Disabled
L for Login only


Click F4
Role of Checker
Enter option D Click F4
D. Request for Duplicate Password:
Role of Maker:
Enter option P Click F4
Enter Cust id, for which duplicate password is needed, Click F4.
Enter the facility to be Enabled
L for Login only
Click F4
Role of Checker
Enter option P Click F4
Enter Cust id, Click F
E. Steps for Submitting Request for Modification of User Profile, Mobile Number, Security
Questions
Role of Maker:
Enter option M Click F4
Enter Cust id, for which the user Id already allotted, Click F4.
Enter the data to be modified ( F User Profile, M Mobile Number,S Security Questions )
For User Profile modification

Enter facility as
L for Login only
T for Transaction only LT for both view & Transaction
For Mobile Number modification

Enter the new Mobile Number
For Security questions modification
Enter the new Zip code / Date of Birth / Mothers Maiden Name
Click F4
Role of Checker
Enter option M Click F4
Enter modification type ( F User Profile, M Mobile Number, S Security Questions)

F. Steps for Submitting Request for Attachment of More Cust Ids
Role of Maker:
Enter option A Click F4
Enter cust id, Click F4
Enter the Cust Id to be attached. Click F4
Role of Checker:
Enter option A Click F4
Enter V in function

Enter the Cust Id to be attached
Click F4 Check the A/c Name, Address of the New Cust id
Click F4
It shows User Id of the Maker and Creation date

Click F4 for Submission
1. AVAILABLE SERVICES :
Account Details
Account Balance Inquiry
Nominee Details
Mini Statement (last 10 transactions)
Transfer of funds to own accounts
Transfer of funds to 3rd Party Accounts within PNB
IMPS for interbank fund transfer (using MMID & registered mobile number)
IMPS Merchant payments (P2M)
IMPS P2A (using IFSC code)
Cheque Status Inquiry
Stop payment of Cheque
Request for
1) Cheque Book
2) FD Opening
3) NEFT
4) RTGS
Mobile Payments towards utility bills/services
Change SMS Password , Transaction Password
Apply for Bank products
Daily limit: Daily limit of fund transfer through mobile banking is fixed as Rs. 50,000/- per customer, which
includes mobile payments. Under SMS/USSD mode this limit is fixed as Rs. 5,000/- per day.

IMMEDIATE PAYMENT SERVICE (IMPS):
One of the features of mobile banking is that the funds can be transferred to other bank accounts in real time
using the link IMPS. Our Mobile Banking application is enabled for :
1) IMPS Person to Person (P2P) payments

2) Person to account (P2A)
3) Merchant payments (P2M)
1) IMPS Person to Person (P2P) payments
IMPS is a very useful feature of mobile banking, where a user can remit funds to other banks on real
time basis by entering beneficiarys MMID (Mobile Money Identifier) & registered mobile number. The
procedure is as follows:
1) Generate MMID: Based on the requirements user can create MMID for his various accounts with
bank for which he/she wishes to receive funds. MMID is a seven digit number generated for each
account no. This would be one time activity
2) View MMID: Using this option the registered Mobile Banking user can view the MMID created for
different account number
3) Funds Transfer: By using the feature the customer can do interbank transfer
of funds. The customer will select debit account no. And enter beneficiary mobile number,
beneficiary MMID, amount to be transferred and clicks Transfer. The user then confirms the
transaction by entering the transaction password and the funds
transfer is initiated on real time basis
2) IMPS Person to Account (P2A) payments
Interbank payments through Mobile Banking can be done using IFSC Code & account number of the
beneficiary. This mode is different from NEFT/RTGS, as the facility of fund transfer in this mode is available
24*7 and funds are transferred on real time basis.
A. The procedure for fund transfer through browser based flavor is as under:
1) Click the link IMPS from home page

2) Click Fund transfer To account number
3) Click Register Payee
4) After submitting the required details, click the link Add Payee. The payee will be added in your payee
list
5) For making transaction, go to home page and click the link Generate OTP.
User will get OTP through SMS
6) Click the link IMPS>Funds transfer using account number. Mention here To
a/c (Select beneficiary from drop down list) and amount to be transferred.
7) After submitting the required details, click on Transfer
8) Enter OTP generated above and click on confirm.
System will display appropriate message and reference number for record.
B. In Application Based flavor, User needs not to generate OTP, and he is required to enter
transaction password instead of OTP. Remaining procedure is same as in
browser based.

3) IMPS Person to Account (P2M) payments
Various services available on IMPS merchant payments, are as follows:
1. Mobile / DTH recharge

2. Credit card payments
3. Insurance Premium payments
4. Mutual Fund payments
5. NBFC payments
1. MOBILE/ DTH RECHARGE:
The procedure for mobile recharge is as under:
Browser based flavor:

Login in Thin client service using User Id and Login Password
Click Generate OTP for generating One Time Password
Read the OTP received over SMS
Select IMPS link, then select IMPS Merchant payments.
Select debit account no., and Fill the details as under:
Merchant mobile number: 9870888888

Merchant MMID: 9002222
Amount: Rs. XX/- ,
**Payment Reference: Enter Operator name & Mobile No to be recharged
Enter OTP and press OK. Success message with reference no. wil be displayed on the mobile
screen.
Application based flavor:
Login Mobile Banking with Valid User ID & MPIN

Select IMPS link, then select IMPS Merchant payments.
Select debit account no., and Fill the details as above.
Enter Transaction password and press OK. Success message with reference no.
will be displayed on the mobile screen.
( FOR DETAILS REFER TBD 51/2013)
OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES GPRS (BROWSER BASED FLAVOUR) - THIN CLIENT
For browser based flavor the handset should be wi-fi enabled or net enabled i.e. GPRS connectivity has to be
enabled from the service provider whose connection is being used by the customer. PNB Mobile banking
user can login from any mobile handset using his login password.
a) To login
1) Go to https://mobile.netpnb.com
2) Click Access Thin client services.
3) Click on retail banking
4) In next screen enter Mobile Banking user ID and login PW
5) User to accept the terms and conditions and forced to change
His/her login password (first time login only)

b) To view Account information system will display following options:
1) Accounts
2) Generate One time password (OTP) To view Click on accounts : System will
3) Transfer to Own account bring new screen to select Account type.
4) Transfer to Other accounts Select Account Number from list and
5) Immediate Payment service (IMPS) select the facility you want to see i.e.
6) Status of transfers 1) View Balance 2) Mini. Txn qry
7) Mails
3) Cheque status Inq 4) Account details
8) Requests
9) Query on request 5)Nominee details 6)Cancel
10)Mobile payments
11)Customize
12)Activity Inquiry
13)Feedback
14)Apply for Bank products
15)complaint Management
16)Sign Off
C) Transfer to other PNB accounts
For making transaction User needs to first generate one time password (OTP), which will work as
transaction password. Before making any transaction, user will first click on the link Generate
OTP & OTP wil be delivered to his registered mobile number. The OTP generated once can be used
only for one transaction within 10 minutes from generated time. In case the time period lapses, the
customer wil require generating new OTP
Workflow
1) Login to Thin client service using User Id and Login Password

2) Click Generate OTP for generating One Time Password
3) Read the OTP received over SMS
4) Click Transfer to Other accounts
5) Select the accounts, enter amount and press transfer
6) Confirm the transaction by entering OTP
D) To make interbank transactions (IMPS) in personal accounts: Workflow
1) Login to Thin client service using User Id and Login Password

2) Click Generate OTP for generating One Time Password
3) Read the OTP received over SMS
4) Select IMPS link, Then select Funds Transfer option
5) Select debit account no., and Fills beneficiary mobile number,
beneficiary MMID, amount to be transferred and clicks Transfer
6) All the details entered by customer are displayed to the customer
and he then enters OTP and press OK. Success message with
reference no. are shown to the customer.
7) Funds get transferred instantly. The facility can be availed on
24X7 basis. Further a confirmation SMS is sent to both the
remitter and the beneficiary

OPERATIONAL GUIDELINES GPRS - APPLICATON BASED FLAVOR:
A. Downloading application (Android phones):

User can download mobile application on his registered mobile from android market
through the link Google play under the category Finance. After downloading:
Open the application
Enter User ID
Click the link Generate OTP
User wil receive 6 digit numeric code (OTP) as SMS on registered mobile number
Enter this OTP in the specified field & submit
Successful registration message will be displayed on the screen. Now user is enabled for
accessing mobile application in his mobile.
Invoke the application
Set MPIN (4 digit numeric code), this wil work as login password
B. Downloading application : Blackberry/Symbian (Java enabled) phones
1) Goto https://mobile.netpnb.com through your 1) At First time Login, User has to

mobile. enter the details of Date Of
2) Click PNB Mobile services Birth, PIN Code, Mothers Maiden
3) Click Register for Mobile Banking
4) Click Retail m-Banking Name in addition to the MPIN
5) Logs in with User Id and Login Password and which he has created at the time
choose the downloading clientoption downloading.
6) Click the link J2ME Thick client GPRS for Symbian 2)After successful validation, the
mobile & Blackberry application for blackberry system will allow to enter into
mobile. the Mobile Banking Application.
7) In the screen mPIN (4 digit numeric) has to be
created by the user himself which he requires to 3) On the subsequent logins, user
enter at the time of every login enter the user Id and mPIN only
8) Click Download Client to transfer the jar file.
You will find an PNB Mobile icon under the
applications of the mobile phone
9) Invoke the icon to run the application.
MOBILE BANKING THROUGH SMS MODE
Any mobile phone capable of sending and receiving SMS can be used for SMS Based Mobile Banking. The
user has to create SMS in the following predefined format(s) according to the service (s) required by him
and send the same to our fixed number 5607040
SMS CODES FOR VIEW ONLY FACILITY
Facility Short Format of the SMS Example

Code message
For Balance BAL BAL <space> 16 digit BAL 015300XXXXXXXXXX
Inquiry Account Number
Mini MINTSTMT MINTSTMT <space> 16 MINTSTMT 015300XXXXXXXXXX
Statement digit Account Number
Inquiry
A/C STMT STMT <space> STMT JAN 015300XXXXXXXXXX
Statement Month<space> 16 digit
request account no.
Cheque Status CHQINQ CHQINQ<space> CHQINQ cccccc
Inquiry CHEQUE 015300XXXXXXXXXX
NUMBER<space> 16 digit

Account Number
Stop Payment STPCHQ STPCHQ<space> STPCHQ cccccc
of Cheque CHEQUE 015300XXXXXXXXXX
NUMBER<space> 16 digit
Account Number
Cheque Book CHKBK CHKBK <space> CHKBK 015300XXXXXXXXXX

request ACCOUNT NUMBER BBBBBBBB 20
<space>
MBANKING USERID
<space>
NUMBR OF LEAVES FOR
CHEQUE BOOK
Change SMS CHNGPWD CHNGPWD <space> CHNGPWD 2222 3333
Password SMS PASSWORD NEW
SMS PASSWORD
(Where SMS Password =2222; A/C No. 015300xxxxxxxxxx, Cheque NO.=cccccc User ID = BBBBBBBB New
SMS PW =3333)
CODES FOR FUND TRANSFER FACILITY
Facility Short Format of the SMS Example

Code message
Self transfer SLFTRF SLFTRF <space> SLFTRF 015300xxxxxxxxxx
of funds FROM A/C NO. <space> 015300yyyyyyyyyy 500
TO A/C NO. <space>
AMOUNT
IMPS ( INTRA BANK AND INTERBANK REMITTANCE UPTO RS.5000/- PER DAY PER CUSTOMER )
Generate 7 digit MMID MMID MMID - customer will receive a list of
MMID MMID linked to user ID
Cancel MMID MMIDCAN MMIDCANCEL MMIDCANCEL - This will cancel all the
CEL MMIDs generated for the user ID.
Method 1 for IMPS IMPS <space> IMPS 8888888888 1234567 500
fund transfer Beneficiary mobile 6666777
number <space> Benefit
MMID <space> Amount
<space> IMPSPIN
Method 2 for IMPS IMPS <SMS IMPS 6666
und transfer PASSWORD> <Debit 015300YYYYYYYYYY
account no.> 8888888888 1234567 500
<Beneficiary Mobile No.>
<Beneficiary MMID>
<Amount>
IMPS PIN
IMPS PIN is a seven digit no. which is combination of 4 digit SMS PASSWORD and last 3 digits of
REMITTERS MMID
MMID
Mobile Money Identifier: A seven digit code assigned to an account number of a customer that will be used
for sending and receiving mobile remittances.

Note: This facility through SMS is free of charge by the Bank. However, telecom charges on SMS would be as
per tariff of the telecom service provider.
MOBILE BANKING NUUPNATIONAL UNIFIED USSD PLATFORM
NPCI ( National Payment Corporation of India ) has launched USSD based Mobile Banking through a common
platform for all Banks under National Unified USSD Platform (NUUP). USSD based Mobile Banking Services
can now be availed by the customers by dialing *99# which would connect tge customer to USSD platform
of NPCI. Features:
1) NUUP is accessible & available for all the Mobile Service providers (GSM Mobile subscribers)
2) Internet / GPRS activation on the Mobile handset is not required.
3) Individual bank has no charges but telecom operator charges `1.50 per session.
Operational procedure:
On dialing *99# system would ask for first four digits of IFS code of the bank which in our case is PUNB.
After entering PUNB & clicking send, following services would be available to the customers:
Balance Enquiry
Mini Statement
Fund Transfer using MMID
Fund Transfer using IFSC
MMID Generation
Change M-Pin
On selecting different options system flashes required messages and asking to enter details like :
1) last 4 digits of account number

2) M-Pin
3) Amount to be transferred
4) Remarks for amount to be transferred (optional)
5) MMID and Mobile Number of the beneficiary
6) IFSC code and account number of the beneficiary
On providing required information on mobile NPCI will act as per requirement of the customer.
(For details Refer TBD Circular no. 49/2014 dated 10.09.2014)
VISUALLY IMPAIRED CUSTOMERS ISSUANCE OF ATM /DEBIT CARD / INTERNET BANKING /

MOBILE BANKING SERVICES
RBI has mandated that all banking facilities should be made available to visually impaired customers without
any discrimination.
(i) ATM/Debit Card, Internet Banking & Mobile banking services may be provided to visually impaired
persons considering the merits of each applicant like educational qualification, status etc.
(ii) Obtain undertaking from the applicant (as per annexure) along with the request form.
(iii) The facility can be provided in joint account also.
(iv) The request along with full justification should be sent to the respective circle office for approval.
(v) Circle head has been empowered to approve such request.
(For details refer TBD Circular 55/2013)
Charges for IMPS Transactions. (TBD Circular 43/2014 dated 23.07.2014)

From 23/07/2014, the charges @ Rs. 5/- + Service tax per transaction have been made applicable for IMPS
transactions. However, staff accounts have been exempted from levy of IMPS charges
SMS ALERTS AND SMS BANKING

SMS Alerts service have been made part of the account opening process for savings and current account
customers by entering mobile number in CUMM by prefix 91. Bank has launched SMS Alert facility to all the
customers of the bank, which can be utilized on demand only.
Application form : PNB 1174

User to enter details as required as per the menu option and submit F4 / F10 to save. Another
user to verify it by putting V option in CUMM menu.
Features :
1) While entering Details of Debit Card in a register simultaneous request for SMS Alert is to
be obtained by getting signature of customer in a in the register.
2) While issuing personalized cheque book to customer SMS Alerts made mandatory.
Transaction Limit for getting SMS Alerts

i) Normal customers covered
ii) All transactions at ATM, IBS, E-commerce
iii) Rs.5001/- and above for the transactions through CBS
Mandatory Requirements:
1) Mobile number with prefix 91 must available in the IInd page of CUMM Screen.
2) If there is a change in mobile number it should be updated only through CUMM menu.
CHARGES FOR SMS FACILITY

Beginning from 01.07.2013, a sum of Rs. 15/- per quarter will be charged from all new as well as existing
customers, who are registered for SMS Alerts. However; following categories of accounts have been
exempted for SMS Alerts charges:
2.1 Senior Citizen accounts

2.2 Staff accounts
2.3 Retired staff accounts
2.4 Vidyarthi accounts
2.5 Mitra accounts
Customers who are registered with SMS alert facility can get the available balance on MISSED
CALL ( Less than 3 ) at our toll free No. 18001802222. System will flash the balance on his
mobile.

CASH DEPOSIT MACHINES (CDM)
INSTALLATION / SYSTEM LEVEL CONFIGURATION
CDM installation site requires one power point, UPS connectivity and LAN connection. CDM
should be installed at a placed in the branch which is under continuous surveillance of CCTV
Camera.
A) The ID of the machine will be as under:

Six digit sol_id/Alpha/number e.g. 123400F1 where 123400 is the sol_id of the branch, F being
the alpha to identify the vendor and last digit being the serial number of the machine deployed
in that particular branch
In SPSD Branch to log request for creation of Imprest Account in FINACLE by advising SOLID
B) Imprest accounts to be opened machine wise and will be as under

(6 digit SOLID)5811371 for 1st machine deployed in the branch
(6 digit SOLID)5811372 for 2nd machine in branch and so on
Switch on the Machine : Before switching on the CDM in the morning , branch should Check that
sufficient paper roll is available in the receipt printer and CDM is connected with UPS supply. Thereafter after
switch on and using login password administrator can make available the machine ready for use .
Paper Roll Stock : Branch should keep always stock sufficient to meet minimum one month
requirement. CDM has space at the bottom of front side to keep paper rolls.
Cash Handling:
Dial Lock should be always locked. (Centre lock).
Before inserting the cash box in the CDM ensure two locks are in locked position.
The default dial lock password should be changed by the authorized Official according to their
requirement. It can be 3 digit pass word which will be known to custodians of CDM.
Customer can deposit at a time maximum 40 notes and upto Rs 30,000/- only. Cash Box has
housing capacity of total 2500 notes.
Cash box should be removed only by joint custodians.
If CDM is down for any reason then cash box should be evacuated by the custodians before
handing over to service engineer.
Please ensure that no outsiders are present while removing the cash box or while accessing the safe.
At a specified time and / or when cash box is loaded to its capacity, the cash collected in CDM is
to be evacuated by taking out cash box from CDM & replacing it with spare empty cassette
provided with the machine, so as to restore the service immediately.
Before evacuating the fully loaded cassette , the custodian / authorized officer , who may be
having the admin user id and password , has to take an evacuation report / summary report which
shows the cumulative collection as well as unsuccessful transactions, if any. Transaction Report
gives details as transaction number, account details, date, time, amount deposited, and
denomination wise details. The data in this report to be reconciled with physical cash and

transactions in imprest account in finacle. Unsuccessful transactions in the evacuation report after
verifying in account , have to be uploaded into the CBS manually by the custodians.
ADMINISTRATION FUNCTION
i) Admin user has to enter 4 digit Unique Number provided by the vendor ,on the Account Number
Screen to go to admin flow.
ii) On the Admin Login, administrator has to enter 4 digit Admin Username provided
by the Vendor.
iii) Application will prompt for password on the Admin Screen, where administrator has
to enter the 4 digit Password given by the vendor
iv) Once valid username & password is entered following Admin Options will be available
to the administrator.
(i)Configuration :
To change the configurations for the acceptance of denominations of currency notes in the
kiosk. It is not allowed to local users. It is configured to accept Rs50/-, 100/- , 500/- and
1000/- denomination of Indian Currency Notes.
(ii)Reports :
(a) Summary Report : For the day known as Evacuation report during the clearance on
daily basis.
(b) Particular Date report : Duplicate reports can also be taken with print out facility.
RECONCILIATION
a) Reconciliation will be done based on the report provided by CBS (PNBRPT 2/44) as well
as report available at Cash Deposit Machines. Both the reports should be tallied entry wise
with each other. Difference if any, will be rectified on the basis of JP log / EJ.
b) If there is a machine breakdown and no EJ is available, then reconciliation is to be done
through Physical JP log.
c) Reconciliation is to be done by passing accounting voucher on every time when cash is
taken out from the Cash Deposit Machine to the debit of Cash in hand and crediting
Imprest account Cash Deposit Machine <6 digit sol-id> 5811371. This imprest account is
to be brought to Nil every time . If there is any mismatch between balance in imprest
A/c and Physical Cash in CDM , then reconciliation is to be done on the basis of
Summary Report generated before taking out the loaded Cash box from CDM &
the Cash Imprest Account in Finacle.
DIFFERENT SITUATIONS OF MISMATCH
Situation 1: when the transaction has been shown as successful and the account has
not been credited.
Solution : Any such incidence if brought to the knowledge of Branch Official . Branch should wait for 24
hours for system to provide credit automatically. If need be manual credit may be given after being
satisfied regarding the genuineness of the claim by the depositor subject to verification of cash physically
and reconciling the transactions.
Situation 2: When the transaction has been shown as unsuccessful and the a/c
has been credited:
Solution : Sometimes the message goes to finacle and the account is credited but while sending back the
signal to CDM, some problem occurs because of which the transaction is unsuccessful and to resolve the
same Imprest a/c is to be matched with CDMs summary chart. No manual credit should be given.

Situation 3: When the transaction has been shown as unsuccessful and the a/c
has not been credited .
Solution : While communicating to finacle some problem occurs , so the transaction is shown as
unsuccessful. Transaction might have moved from Live Server to DRS Server during that period . Moving
the transactions back from DRS server to Live Server , may take 10 minutes to 24 hours. Thus
technically branch should wait for 24 hours . If need be manual credit may be given after being satisfied
regarding the genuineness of the claim by the depositor subject to verification of physical cash in CDM
and reconciling the transactions.
Situation 4: When no transaction has taken place but the customer claims that
his cash has been accepted.
Solution : This happens if there is some local problem like machine is put off abruptly or UPS breaks
down and / or local breakdown of connectivity . Customers name will not appear in the summary report
and physical cash will be found in excess. In such cases customer may be asked to submit written
request . The request letter should consist of details of denomination, time of occurrence, account number
etc. Branch may give manual credit to account of customer observing all other safeguards also like
verification from CCTV footage and verification of genuineness of request of the customer etc.
Situation 5: Summary report generated from CDM shows transaction as unsuccessful

and account number is not appearing but amount has been accepted by
CDM and excess cash is found.
Solution : Branch to credit the amount in Sundry Deposit specifying amount as unsuccessful CDM
Transaction. It should be reported to vendor immediately for resolution. If any customer claims then the
branch should verify the genuineness of the transaction by obtaining the receipt issued by the machine to
the customer. Branch should credit the account to the debit of Sundry account.
IMPORTANT DOS AND DONTS OF CASH DEPOSIT MACHINE
DOS:
(1) On daily basis tally the summary report generated from CDM with impress account Cash deposit
Machine <6 digit sol-id> 5811371 in finacle.
(2) Before switching over CDM Check regularly - its connection with UPS and LAN is proper, Clean
the touch Screen with tissue paper, open the printer cover and check for sufficiency of paper roll
and CDM is under surveillance area. of CCTV which is functioning. Before inserting the cash box
, ensure two locks are in locked position.
(3) To check LAN connectivity Exit the application procedure through Admin mode Press
Ctrl + Alt +Delete key Press End task Application Select the FTL kiosk 3 tasks and
delete . Then go to Desktop Start Run on command prompt type cmd browse on
getting command prompt type c:\ document and settings\pnb> type cd\ at c:\ping
10.192.2.5 t if reply from Server received , then CDM is properly connected to
main server.
(4) If customer reports unsuccessful transaction, Verify first in FINNACLE in the Customer if the
amount is credited or not. If it is credited , then the unsuccessful transaction is to be treated as
Successful .

(5) If amount not shown in Finacle and cash found in CDM is excess, then after proper verification and
written request from Customer manual credit to be given after waiting for 24 hrs, so as to avoid
double credit as system can also later give credit on rectification of problem.
(6) Whenever Engineer visits branch to attend for Request Call / Preventive Maintenance, ensure the
Cash Box is to be taken out only in the presence of Bank Official.
(7) Switch Off the CDM through Shut down procedure only.
DONTS:
(1) Customers be advised not to place Wet notes, Taped notes, Cut notes, Notes with Pins in Note
Feeder.
(2) Handle carefully when removing the cash acceptor. If note gets struck in between Cash Acceptor
and Cash box do not remove cash box. First remove acceptor , to access cash box.
(3) DO NOT SWITCH OFF THE CDM DIRECTLY.
MOVEMENT OF CASH THROUGH THE CASH DEPOSIT MACHINE
a) Each CDM may have at least two sets of sealed Cash Cassettes for holding cash.
b) As soon as the currency cassette of cash deposit machine gets completely filled, the filled out
Cash Cassettes may be taken out by two authorized personnel of the branch and replaced
with empty Cash Cassettes. During the course of a day, this exercise may be carried out as
many times as required.
c) At the end of each day, the Cash Cassettes in the CDM must necessarily be taken out and
replaced with empty Cash Cassettes.
d) The Cash Cassettes taken out from the CDM would be taken to the strong room of the branch
under the supervision of two authorized branch personnel.
e) The cassettes taken out from the CDMs would be taken to the secure area in the strong room
of the branch. There, under the supervision of two authorized branch personnel, the cash be
taken out from the cassettes, counted and tallied under the scrutiny of the CCTVs installed.
f) The cash received may be tallied with the receipts generated by the CDM, and tallied. Any
discrepancy / shortage / overage must be taken up and resolved on the same day.
TWO AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL OF THE BRANCH AS MENTIONED ABOVE, ARE THE BRANCH
CASH CUSTODIANS, WHO WILL ALSO BE THE CUSTODIANS OF THE CASH AT CDM.
ACCOUNTING PROCEDURE
a) The CBS system has been geared for integration with the CDMs to be installed in branches.
Under this process, Imprest Accounts in CBS are required to be opened for each individual
Cash Deposit Machine. In case a branch has more than one CDM, separate machine specific
Imprest accounts would be required to be opened. For opening of the Imprest Account for
cash deposit machine, please refer to HO: ITD CBS Circular No. ITD/CBS/83/2011.
b) The cash deposited in the machine by a customer would be credited to his account, to the
debit of this Imprest Account. At the end of the day, the branch would be required to bring down
the balance in the Imprest Account as Nil, by passing a manual voucher where in the Imprest
Account would be credited to the debit of Cash in Hand. This can be done after the cash has been
taken out from the machine and has been duly accounted for.
UNDER THE MECHANISM ADOPTED IN FINACLE, THE PROCESS FLOW IS AS UNDER:
a. The customer deposits cash in the CDM.

b. The machine checks the authenticity of the currency notes deposited.
c. The machine issues a printed receipt to the customer for the accepted amount of deposit.
d. The amount accepted by the CDM is credited into the customers account to the debit of the
Imprest Account of that particular Cash Deposit Machine.
e. At the end of each day, after the cash taken out from each CDM has been duly accounted
for as per the receipts generated by it, the balance in the Imprest Account of the CDM is
required to be brought down to Nil by passing a manual voucher where the Imprest Account
is credited to the debit of Cash in Hand held by the branch.
SELF SERVICE PASSBOOK PRINTING TERMINAL
The Self Service Passbook Printing Terminal will enable the customer to update the passbook at his
convenience. The branch will need to print a bar code for the customers account number and affix the bar
code on the customers passbook
Once the bar code has been affixed on the passbook, the procedure to be followed by the customer is as
under:-
1. Customer on approaching the Self Service Passbook printer will tap the START button on the
Touch screen
2. The machine will prompt for selection of the language
3. The Machine will ask the customer to place the bar-code in front of the bar code reader
4. When the bar-code is validated by Finacle and it is found that there are unprinted transactions in
the account, the machine will ask the customer to place the passbook in the passbook printer
and guide the customer with on-screen prompts till all unprinted transactions are printed.
SALIENT FEATURES OF THE MACHINE
a) If all the transactions have already been printed, the terminal will give a message to the customer
There is nothing to print
b) The machine will prompt the customer to turn over the page and re-insert the passbook if some
transactions are still pending when the complete page has been printed
c) The machine will prompt the customer to get a new passbook issued from the branch if the printing is
completed up to seventh page as our current passbooks have seven pages.
d) The first time printing in a new passbook has to be done by the branch only as the passbook printing
terminal is not equipped to print the name and other details of the customer
e) In case there is some connectivity failure while the customer is printing the passbook at the terminal
there might be mismatch in the last print date saved in the Finacle and therefore the system will
prompt the customer to visit the branch. The branch official has to invoke a menu option PBPUPD to
synchronise the passbook entries in Finacle with the terminal
IMPORTANT
The facility of printing of Bar Code and updation of Pass Book from any branch of the bank already exists. To
provide better customer services, all customers be allowed to get Bar Code printed and affixed on Pass Book
and also allow them to get their Pass book updated from any PUM/branch of their choice.

MIS CODES
PRIORITY SECTOR CLASSIFICATION (MISD CIRCULAR 03/2014)

1. DIRECT AGRICULTURE
Till 19.07.2012
a. Entire outstanding
Customer Constitution: Individual (001), Joint (002), HUF (010), Proprietor
(011), SHG (016),
JLG (017), Other (999)
Sub-sector : Agriculture (10010)
Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT) or Direct to Sugar Mill (DIRSM)
SRM security code: No condition
b. 1/3 rd of the outstanding in excess of Rs.1 Cr
Customer Constitution: OTHER THAN Individual (001), Joint
(002), HUF (010), Proprietor
(011), SHG (016), JLG (017), Other (999),
Sub-sector: Agriculture (10010)
Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT), Direct to Sugar Mill (DIRSM)
c. Entire outstanding
Customer Constitution: Individual (001), Joint (002), HUF (010), Proprietor (011),
SHG (016),
JLG (017), Other (999)
Mode of Advance : F&A Unit-Rural Area-Inv in P&M-without any ceiling
(FAR5L-inv upto
5L,FA25R-inv 5L to 25L,FA5CR-inv 25L to 5Cr,FA10R-inv 5Cr to 10 Cr, FAATR-inv
>10Cr)
After 19.07.2012
d. Entire outstanding
(011), SHG (016),
JLG (017), Other (999)
Sub-sector: Agriculture 10010
SRM security code: OTHER THAN loan against Warehouse
Receipt i.e.
CARNC,CSRNC,WHREC,WHRNB,WHRNC,WHRNG, WHRSACML
e. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.50 Lac
(011), SHG (016),
JLG (017), Other (999)

Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT) or Direct to Sugar Mill (DIRSM)
SRM Security code: CARNC,CSRNC,WHREC,WHRNB,WHRNC,WHRNG, WHRSACML,
f. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.2 Cr
Customer Constitution: OTHER THAN Individual (001), Joint (002), HUF
(010), Proprietor
(011), SHG (016), JLG (017), Other (999)
g. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.2 Cr
Customer Constitution: No condition
Mode of Advance: Loan to Farmer Producer Company (PCSMF)
h. Entire outstanding
Mode of Advance: Direct Adv Thru PACS (PACSD),
Direct Adv Thru FSS (FSSDA),
Direct Adv Thru LAMP (LAMPD)
2. INDIRECT AGRICULTURE
Till 19.07.2012
a. 2/3 rd of the outstanding in excess of Rs.1 Cr
Customer Constitution: OTHER THAN Individual (001), Joint (002) , HUF
(010), Proprietor
(011), SHG (016), JLG (017), Other (999)
Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT) ,Direct to Sugar Mill (DIRSM)
b. Entire outstanding to Food & Agro-based processing unit in rural areas
Customer Constitution: OTHER THAN Individual (12-001), Joint (002), HUF
(010) , Proprietor
(011), SHG (016), JLG (017), Other (999)
Mode of Advance: F&A Unit-Rural Area-Inv in P&M-without up to 10 Cr
(FAR5L-inv up to 5L,FA25R-inv 5L to 25L,FA5CR-inv 25L to 5Cr,FA10R-inv 5Cr to 10
Cr)
Sub Sector: Agriculture (10010)
Mode of Advance: i) Agro & Food processing in non-rural areas with investment in
P&M up to 10 Cr(AGR25, AGR5C, AGR10, AGR5L).
ii) Indirect adv through PACS, FSS, LAMP (PACSI, FSSIA, LAMPS)
iii) Agri Business Clinic (ACABC)
iv) Inv in bonds of NABARD, RIDF (NABAD, RIDF)
v) Customer Service Units (CTBTC)
vi) Indirect adv through cooperatives (COOPI)
vii) General Credit Card (GCC)
viii) Other indirect Finance incl distribution of fertiliser, pesticide,
seeds etc
ix) Finance thru NGO, loans to Arthias, loans to RRBs for onlending
(INDRT and no purpose defined),
x) Indirect adv thru electricity board (ELEBI),
xi) Indirect to NBFC for onlending to SHG/JLG(INBFC)
xii)Indirect adv through Women Development Agency/Corp.(INWDA)
d. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit of Rs.40 lac

Mode Of Advance: Distribution of Input for the allied activities such as cattle
feed, poultry feed etc. (IPDIA)
e. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit of Rs.30 lac
Mode of Advance: Dealers in Drip Irrigation & Sprinkler Irrigation machineries
(DISAM)
After 19.07.2012
f. Entire outstanding of loan with limit MORE THAN Rs.2 Cr

Customer Constitution: OTHER THAN Individual (001), Joint (002), HUF (010),
Proprietor
(011), SHG (016), JLG (017), Other (999)
Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT) Direct to Sugar Mill (DIRSM)
SRM SECURITY CODE: OTHER THAN loan against pledge/ hypothecation of
Warehouse Receipt i.e. CARNC, CSRNC, WHREC, WHRNB, WHRNC, WHRNG,
WHRSACML
g. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.50 Lac
Customer Constitution: OTHER THAN Individual (001), Joint (002), HUF (010),

Proprietor
(011), SHG (016), JLG (017), Other (999)
SRM SECURITY CODE: loan against pledge/ hypothecation of Warehouse Receipt
i.e. CARNC,
CSRNC, WHREC, WHRNB, WHRNC, WHRNG, WHRSACML
h. Entire outstanding
(010), Proprietor
(011), SHG (016), JLG (017), Other (999)
Sub-sector: is Agriculture (10010) AND
Mode of Advance:Indirect (INDRT)
SRM Security code: OTHER THAN loan against pledge/ hypothecation of
Warehouse Receipt
(SRM security code CARNC, CSRNC, WHREC, WHRNB, WHRNC, WHRNG, WHRSACML
Purpose of Advance: OTHER THAN loan for the purpose of distribution of fertiliser
(DISTF) or
pesticide (DISTP) or seeds (DISTS)
i. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.50 Lac
(010), Proprietor
(011), SHG (016), JLG (017), Other (999)
Mode of Advance : Indirect (INDRT)
SRM Security Code: CARNC, CSRNC, WHREC, WHRNB, WHRNC, WHRNG,
WHRSACML
Purpose of Advance: OTHER THAN loan for the purpose of distribution of fertiliser
(DISTF) or
pesticide (DISTP) or seeds (DISTS)
j. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.5Cr
Mode of Advance:Indirect (INDRT)
Purpose of Advance: Distribution of fertiliser (DISTF) or pesticide (DISTP) or seeds
(DISTS)
k. Entire outstanding of loan with limit >Rs.2 Cr up to Rs.5 Cr
Mode of Advance: PCMIF
l. Entire outstanding

Mode of Advance: Advance is Indirect Adv Thru PACS (PACSI) Direct Adv Thru FSS
(FSSIA) or
Direct Adv Thru LAMP (LAMPI)
m. Entire outstanding of loan with limit up to Rs.5 Cr
Mode of Advance: For supply of input for allied activities (IPDIA),
For the Dealers in Drip Irrigation & Sprinkler Irrigation machineries (DISAM)
n. Entire outstanding
Mode of Advance: for Agri Business Clinic (ACABC), Customer Service Unit
maintaining fleet of
tractors, bulldozers, boring equipments, threshers etc (CTBTC)
Sanction limit: Irrespective of limit
o. Entire outstanding of loan with limit up to Rs.5 Cr
Sub-sector:Agriculture (10010)
Mode of Advance: indirect advance through cooperatives (COOPI)
p. Entire outstanding
Mode of Adv: Indirect (INDRT) or Indirect adv through Women Development
Agency/Corp.(INWDA)
Purpose of Adv: Storage Facility (STRFC), Loan to NBFC/ NGO/ MFI for
onward lending
(NBNGM), Adv to RRB for onlending (RRBOA)
3. Loan to Mfg Enterprise with inv. in P&M upto 10 Lacs
Till 19.07.2012
Sub-sector: MSME Micro Mfg1 with Inv. in P&M upto 10L (20010)
Mode of Advance: No condition
After 19.07.2012
b. Entire outstanding
Sub-sector: MSME Micro Mfg1 with Inv. in P&M upto 10L (20010)
Mode of Advance: No condition
Mode of Advance: FAR5L or AGR5L (Food & Agro Industries in rural & non-
rural areas with
investment in P&M upto 5 L)
4. Loan to Mfg Enterprise with inv. in P&M 10 L - 25 L
Till 19.07.2012
Sub-sector: MSME Micro Mfg2 with Inv. in P&M 10- 25L (20020)
Mode of Advance: ANY
After 19.07.2012
Sub-sector: MSME Micro Mfg2 with Inv. in P&M 10-25L (20020)
Mode of Advance: FA25R or AGR25 (Food & Agro Industries in rural & non-rural
areas with
investment in P&M 5-25 L)
5. Loan to Mfg Enterprise with inv. in P&M 25 L - 5Cr
Till 19.07.2012
Sub-sector: MSME Small Mfg1 (20030) or MSME Small Mfg2 (20035)
After 19.07.2012
Sub-sector: MSME Small Mfg1 (20030) or MSME Small Mfg2 (20035)
Mode of Advance: FA5CR or AGR5C (Food & Agro Industries in rural & non-rural
areas with
investment in P&M 25L-5 Cr)
6. Micro1 Service Enterprise with inv. in Eqp. upto 4 L
Till 19.07.2012
Sub-sector: MSME Micro Service1 Inv. In Equipments upto 4 lac (20001), Retail
Trade (70010)
Mode of Advance: Direct (DIRCT)
Purpose of Advance: OTHER THAN Retail Trade (RETTD)
b. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit 20 lac
Trade (70010)
Purpose of Advance: Retail Trade (RETTD)
Sub-sector: Prof & Self Emp (70030), Small Business (70020), Small Road & Water
Transport
(40010), Transport Others (40020)
Mode of Adv: Direct (DIRCT)

Sanction Limit: No limit
Trade (70010),
Prof & Self Emp (70030), Small Business (70020), Small Road & Water Transport
(40010),
Transport Others (40020)
Mode of Advance: OTHER THAN Direct (DIRCT)
After 19.07.2012
e. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit 5 Cr

Trade (70010),
(40010),
f. Entire outstanding
Trade (70010) ,
(40010),
7. Micro2 Service Enterprise with inv. in Eqp. 4L to 10L
Till 19.07.2012
Sub-sector: MSME Micro Service2 Inv. In Equipments upto 4 lac to 10 lac (20002)
Sub-sector: MSME Micro Service2 Inv. In Equipments 4 lac to 10 lac (20002)
Sub-sector: MSME Micro Service2 Inv. In Equipments upto 4 lac to 10 lac (20002)
After 19.07.2012
d. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit 5 Cr

Sub-sector: MSME Micro Service2 Inv. In Equipments 4 lac to 10 lac (20002)
Mode of Advance:Direct (DIRCT)
e. Entire outstanding

Sub-sector: MSME Micro Service2 Inv. In Equipments 4 lac to 10 lac(20002)
8. Small Service Enterprise with inv. in Eqp. 10L to 2 Cr

Till 19.07.2012
Sub-sector: MSME Small Service Inv. In Equipments 10 lac to 2 Cr (20003)
Sub-sector: MSME Micro Service2 Inv. In Equipments 10 lac to 2 Cr (20003)
Mode of Adv: OTHER THAN Direct (DIRCT) without any limit ceiling
After 19.07.2012
d. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit 5 Cr

9. Incremental Loans to Micro1 Service Enterprise with inv. in Eqp. upto 4 L

After 13.11.2013 and till 31.03.2014
a. Incremental Loans to accounts having Sanction Limit > 5 Cr and <=10 Cr
Sub-Sector: Small Road And Water Transport (40010), Transport Others(40020)

, Small
Business (70020), MSME-Micro Service1- Inv. In Equip. Up to 4 L (20001), Retail
Trade(70010),
Professional And Self Employed (70030)
Incremental Loan: Outstanding amount of loans as on the reporting date minus outstanding
amount of loans as on the base date, i.e., November 13, 2013.

10. Incremental Loans to Micro2 Service Enterprise with inv. in Eqp. 4L to 10L
After 13.11.2013 and before 31.03.2014

Sub-Sector: MSME-Micro Service 2-Inv. In Equip >=4L & <=10L (20002)
11. Incremental Loans to Small Service Enterprise with inv. in Eqp. 10L to 2 Cr
After 13.11.2013 and before 31.03.2014

Sub-Sector: MSME Small Serv- Inv in Equip >10 L & <=2 Cr (20003)

12. Incremental Loans to Medium Service Enterprises with inv in Eqp 2 Cr to 5 Cr
After 13.11.2013 and before 31.03.2014
a. Incremental Loans to accounts having Sanction Limit <=10 Cr

Sub-Sector: MSME-Medium Serv Inv in Equip >2CR & <=5CR (20004)
amount ofloans as on the base date, i.e., November 13, 2013.

13. Incremental Loans to Medium Mfg Enterp with inv. in P&M 5Cr to 10 Cr
After 13.11.2013 and before 31.03.2014
Sub-Sector: i) MSME Med Mfg Invest in P&M >5 CR & <=10 CR (20036) OR Medium Industries
(80010) ii)Agriculture (10010)
Mode of Adv: i) No condition
ii)F&A UNIT-RURAL AREA-INV. IN P&M > 5 CR <= 10 CR (FA10R)
F&A UNIT-NON RURAL AREA-INV.-P&M >5 CR <=10 CR (AGR10)
14. Micro Credit
a. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.50 thousand
Borrower Category: Tenant Farmer (AGTEF), Share Cropper (AGSHC), SHG
(SHGPS), JLG (JLG-A,JLG-B)
Sub-sector: OTHER THAN Agriculture (10010) & Micro Credit (90000)
Purpose of Adv: Loan to NBFC/NGO/MFI for onlending to Farmers (NBNGM)
b. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit 50 thousand
Sub-sector: Micro Credit (42-90000)
15. Loan to State Spnsored Organisation to SC/ST

a. Entire outstanding of loan where
Customer Constitution: OTHER THAN Individual (001), Joint (002),
Partnership (009), HUF (010), Proprietors (011), Others (999)
Mode of Adv: Indirect Adv thru State Sponsored Corporation-SC & ST (GTSSC or
GTSST)

16. Education Loan
a. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.10 lac
Sub-sector: Education in India (70070)
Scheme Code: TL- Education- Vidyalaksha (TLRED), TL-Education- Emi (TLEDU)
b. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.20 lac
Sub-sector: Education Abroad (70075)
Scheme Code: TL- Education- Vidyalaksha (TLRED), TL-Education- Emi (TLEDU)
17. Housing Loan
Till 19.07.2012
a. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.25 lac
Sub-sector:Housing (70050)
Mode of Adv: Direct (DIRCT), Direct Housing Festival Bonanza (DHFSB), Dir
Housing under Special rate (DIHRS)
Purpose of Adv: OTHER THAN House Repair in Rural & Semi-urban (HREPR),
House Repair in Metro & Urban (HREPU) , Gov Agency for dwelling unit/slum
cl/Rehab upto 5L (GDU5L), Non-Gov Agency for dwelling unit/Slum/Rehab upto 5L
Scheme Code: HBL to Public (TLPHL), HBL to Weaker Sector (TLRWH)
b. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.1 lac
Sub-sector:Housing (70050)
Purpose of Adv: House Repair in Rural & Semi-urban areas (HREPR)
Scheme Code: HBL to Public (TLPHL) , HBL to Weaker Sector (TLRWH)
c. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.2 lac
Sub-sector: Housing (70050)
Purpose of Adv: House Repair in Metro & Urban areas(HREPU)
Scheme Code:HBL to Public (TLPHL), HBL to Weaker Sector (TLRWH)
d. Entire outstanding of loan where
Purpose of Adv: Gov Agency for dwelling unit/slum cl/Rehab upto 5L per unit
(GDU5L), Non-Gov Agency for dwelling unit/Slum/Rehab upto 5L per unit.
e. Entire outstanding of loan where
Mode of Adv: Indirect Housing Finance thru Housing Finance Institute (IHHFI)
or Indirect Housing Finance thru HUDCO (IHHDC) or Indirect Housing Finance thru
HDFC (IHHDF)
After 19.07.2012
f. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.25 lac in Metro & Rs.15 lac in OTHER THAN

Metro area
Purpose of Adv: OTHER THAN House Repair in Rural & Semi-urban (HREPR),
House Repair in Metro & Urban (HREPU), Gov Agency for dwelling unit/slum cl/Rehab
upto 5L (GDU5L), Non-Gov Agency for dwelling unit/Slum/Rehab upto 5L.
g. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.2 lac
Purpose of Adv: House Repair in Rural & Semi-urban areas (HREPR)
h. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.5 lac
Purpose of Adv: House Repair in Metro & Urban areas (HREPU)
i. Entire outstanding
Mode of Adv: Indirect Housing Finance thru Housing Finance Institute (IHHFI),
Indirect Housing Finance thru HUDCO (IHHDC), Indirect Housing Finance thru HDFC
(IHHDF)
j. Entire outstanding
Mode of Adv: Direct (DIRCT), Direct Housing Festival Bonanza (DHFSB, DIHRS)
Purpose of Adv: Gov Agency for dwelling unit/slum cl/Rehab upto 5L per unit
(GDU5L), Gov Agency for dwelling unit/slum cl/Rehab upto 10L per unit (GDUTL),
Loan for Housing Project to Weaker Sector (50-HPWLG)
18. Other Priority Sector

Till 19.07.2012
a. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.50 thousand

Customer Constitution: Individual (001), Joint (002)
Sub-sector: Mirco Credit (90000)
Customer Constitution: SHG (016), JLG (017)
After 19.07.2012

c. Entire outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.50 thousand
Customer Constitution: Individual (001), Joint (002)
Customer Constitution: SHG (016), JLG (017)
Sub-sector: Agriculture (10010) OR Other Priority sector (70080)
Mode of Advance: General credit Card (GCC)
f. Entire outstanding
Sub-sector: Other Priority sector (70080)
Purpose of Advance: Solar Energy Lighting System (SLELS), Solar Water Heating
System (SRWHR)
g. Overdraft outstanding of loan up to limit Rs.50 thousand
Scheme Code: Saving Fund MITR (SBMIT), Saving Fund Basic deposit (SBBDA)
19. Weaker Section

Borrower Category: Small Farmer (AGRSF), Marginal Farmer (AGRMF), Landless
Labourer(AGRLL), Tenant Farmer (TNFRM), Share Cropper (SHCRP), Self Help
Group (SHGPS)and (DISPR)-LOAN TO DISTRESS PERSONS(OTHER THAN FARMERS)
OR
Free Code 7: SGSY, SJSRY, SLRS & SJSSY
OR
Caste: SC (002), ST(003)
OR
Interest rate Code: DRI
OR
Sanction Limit: up to Rs.50000
Borrower Category: Distressed Person other than Farmer (DISPR)
OR
Purpose of Adv: PNB Krishak Sathi to repay to Money Lender (9640- KRISA)
OR
Purpose of Adv: Artisan, Village & Cottage Industries (ARTHC)
OR
Sub-sector: Artisan & Handicrafts (20040), Village & Cottage Industries (20050)
OR
Scheme Code: Kalyani Credit Card (CCKLY)
OR
Gender: Female (F)

Scheme Code: OTHER THAN Kalyani Credit Card (CCKLY)
OTHER CBS CODES
20. Joint Liability Group Bhoomi heen Kisan (PSLB 89/2014)

In CUMM - Customer constitution - 017 - Joint Liability Group
In V-Detail - Borrower Type - AGRLL
21. Classification of Activity under MSME Service Sector (MSME 75/2014)
Activity undertaken Investment in Equipment in unit Category Sub Sector Code

Service Enterprises Upto 4 lakh Micro_Ser_1 20001
Above 4 lakh & up to 10 lakh Micro_Ser_2 20002
Above 10 lakh & up to 2 Cr. Small_Ser 20003
Above 2 Cr. & up to 5 Cr. Medium_Ser 20004
22. Advances to Business correspondent Agent for BCA work (MSME 24/2014)
Scheme Code, for TL TLBCA

Scheme Code, for OD ODBCA
Interest Rate Code BRATE
Occupation Code BCORP
Sector Code PRIOR
Sub Sector Code: Micro service -1 20001
24. Classification of Micro Enterprises sub sector code (MSME 33/2014)
Investment norms Subsector code

Micro Service Enterprises with investment in equipments upto Rs. 4 lakh 20001
Micro Service Enterprises with investment in equipments > Rs.4 L & <= Rs. 10 L 20002
Micro Manufacturing Enterprises with investment in P&M upto Rs.10 L 20010
Micro Manufacturing Enterprises with investment in P&M >10 L <= & 25 L 20020
25. a) Revised General Credit Card (GCC) Scheme Service Enterprises (MSME 58/2014)
Scheme Code CCGCC

Sector Code PRIOR
Sub Sector Code 20001- MSME(Micro Service 1) Investment In Equipment Upto 4L
20002- MSME(Micro Service 2) Investment In Equipment >4L &
<=10L
20010- MSME(Micro MFG1) Investment In P&M upto 10L
Mode of Advance GCC
Type of Advance In case of CC- 001,
In case of WCTL- 012
Guarantee Cover Code CGTSI
Interest Table Code MS50E- B.R + 1.25%
MS20E- B.R + 2.25%, as per ITD CBS
Circular No. 16/2014 dated 05.05.2014
Purpose of Advance, Borrower As per borrower and nature of his/her
Category Code, Industry Code activity.
and Occupation Code

b) Revised General Credit Card (GCC) Scheme Manufacturing Unit (MSME 58/2014)
Scheme Code CCGCC

Sector Code PRIOR
Sub Sector Code 20010 MSME(Micro Mfg_1) Investment in P&M upto 10 L
Mode of Advance GCC
Type of Advance In case of CC- 001,
In case of WCTL- 012
Guarantee Cover Code CGTSI
Purpose of Advance, Borrower As per borrower and nature of his/her
Category Code, Industry Code activity.
and Occupation Code
26. PNB Laghu Udyami Credit Card (PNBLUCC) - (MSME 50/2014)
SUB SECTOR SCHEME CODE BORRO.CAT. MODE OF ADV.
20001/ 20002/ 20003/ 10010/ CCOTH TRADR, SUTDR, MLUCC

20010/ 20020/ 20030/ 20035 PROF, ENTPR,
Based on investment in INDRY, HNDLM,
equipment/Plant & Machinery ZOTHR etc.
This list is illustrative
only
27. PNB Sanjeevni MSME Service Sector (MSME 58/2014)
Sector Code
Loan up to Rs. 5 crore PRIOR
Loan above Rs. 5 crore NONPR
Sub Sector Code
Investment in Equipment
Up to Rs.4 lakh Micro- service -1 20001
Above Rs.4 lakh and up to Rs.10 lakh - Micro service -2 20002
Above Rs.10 lakh and up to Rs.2 crore Small service 20003
Above Rs.2 crore and up to Rs.5 crore Medium service 20004
Scheme Codes
Term loan TLSAN
Overdraft ODSAN
Borrower category Code PROF
Occupation code DOCTR
28. PNB Weaver Credit Card PNBWCC Scheme (MSME Cir 53/2014)
(i) SECTOR CODE - PRIOR.

(ii) SUBSECTOR CODE
a) for units having investment upto Rs.5.00 lakh - 20010
b) for units having investment above Rs.5.00 lakh - 20020
(iii) MODE OF ADVANCE - WCC.

29. Manufacturing / Processing / Preserving units (other than Food & Agro industry)-MSME
58/2014
Investment in P &M in unit Enterprise Sub- Purpose of Advance

Category sector
code
Up to 10 Lakh Micro_mfg_1 20010 Codes as per purpose of Adv.
Above 10 Lakh & up to 25 Lakh Micro_mfg_2 20020 (Related to Manuf. Unit).
Above 25 Lakh & up to 1 Cr Small_mfg_1 20030 it should be other than RETTD,
Above 1 Cr. & up to 5 Cr. Small_mfg_2 20035 REPDS, SHWRM Because these
Above 5 Cr. & up to 10 Cr. Medium 20036 codes pertain to Trading (Service)
30. Manufacturing / Processing / Preserving units (Food & Agro industry)- MSME 58/2014
(a) (Loan sanctioned/renewed on/ after 20/07/2012)

Investment in P &M in unit Enterprise Sub- Purpose of Advance
Category sector
code
Up to 10 Lakh Micro_mfg_1 20010 PRCAG/PRCVG /PRCFR / DAIRY
Above 10 Lakh & up to 25 Lakh Micro_mfg_2 20020 (Processing of Agricultureproduce/
Above 25 Lakh & up to 1 Cr Small_mfg_1 20030 Vegeta ble/Fruit/Milk product)
Above 1 Cr. & up to 5 Cr. Small_mfg_2 20035
Above 5 Cr. & up to 10 Cr. Medium 20036
(b) (Loan sanctioned/renewed prior to 20/07/2012)

Category of Investment in P &M in Sub-sector Mode of Purpose of
borrower unit code Advance Advance
Individuals/SHG/JL Up to 10 Lakh 10010 FA10L PRCAG/PRCVG

G/Cooperatives in Above 10 Lakh & up to 25 10010 FA25R /PRCFR /
Rural Area Lakh DAIRY
Above 25 Lakh & up to 5 Cr 10010 FA5CR (Processing of
Above 5 Cr. & up to 10 Cr. 10010 FA10R Agriculturepro
Other than above Up to 10 Lakh. 10010 AG10L duce/ Vegeta
category Above 10 Lakh & up to 25 10010 AGR25 ble/Fruit/Milk
Lakh product)
Above 25 Lakh & up to 5 Cr 10010 AGR5C
Above 5 Cr. & up to 10 Cr. 10010 AGR10
31. Service Enterprises (other than borrowers engaged in Trading)

Activity Investment in equipment in unit Category Sub sector
Undertaken code
Service Enterprises Upto 4 lacs Micro_Ser_1 20001
Above 4 lacs & upto 10 lacs Micro_Ser_2 20002
Above 10 lacs and upto 2 crores Small_Ser 20003
Above 2 crore and upto 5 crores Medium_ser 20004
Following codes be also entered
Activity Borrower category code Occupation Code
Trading Activity TRADR/SUTDR/ STTRA/ TRADR
STBEN/ STPSE
Transport TRAOA/ TRAOP/ TRAOW TRAPT
PMEGP Appropriate codes as per activity & the Free Code 7- PMEGP
borrower type

32. Service Enterprises (Borrowers engaged in Trading)
Retail Trade loan accounts are identified based on Sub Sector and Purpose of Advance and
Borrower category codes. For Trading accounts, the Purpose of Advance codes should be
RETTD, REPDS, SHWRM along with proper Sub Sector , Borrower Category
codes as under:-
Investment in Category Borrower Sub Purpose of Advance

equipment per unit Of enterprises category Code Sector
code
Up to 4 Lakh Micro TRADR,SUTDR 20001 RETTD,REPDS,SHWRM
Above 4 Lakh & Micro TRADR,SUTDR 20002 RETTD,REPDS,SHWRM
up to 10 Lakh
Above 10 Lakh Small TRADR,SUTDR 20003 RETTD,REPDS,SHWRM
& up to 2 Cr.
Above 2 Cr. & up Medium TRADR,SUTDR 20004 RETTD,REPDS,SHWRM
to 5 Cr.
33. Advances against pledge of warehouse receipts issued by approved Collateral Managers
Type of Advance Classifica Category of Scheme code SRM Security

tion enterprises Register
Category maintenance e-
Primary security
Loans upto 50 lacs to
individual farmers AND
Loans upto 50 lakh
corporate
Loans to farmers (as MSME As per limit and CCOTH/DLWHR As per those given
defined above MSMED Act in table below
exceeding 50 lakh)
Loans to Micro, Small & MSME As per limit and CCOTH /
Medium enterprises MSMED Act DLWHR
including food and agro
processing units under
MSME i.e. loans to non
farmers, traders,
processors, arthiyas,
exporters/ importers,
irrespective of loan
amount
Other Advances-Not Large Industry
covered above
TABLE
Company Collateral code
NBHC WHRNB
SACML WHRSACML
NCMSL WHRNC
SSLL WHRSSL
MSWC WHRMSW
CWC WHRCWC
ANY OTHER WHREC
Due Date This is another important field, which must also be filled. Enter the expiry date of the
period for which advance is allowed against this particular warehouse receipt.
34. Scheme for financing to Traders PNB KUSHAL VYAPARI (MSME CIR 67/2014)
Investment in Category Borrower Sub Purpose of Advance

equipment per unit Of category Sector
enterprises Code code
Up to 4 Lakh Micro TRADR 20001 RETTD,REPDS,SHWRM
Above 4 Lakh & up to 10 Micro TRADR 20002 RETTD,REPDS,SHWRM
Lakh
Above 10 Lakh Small TRADR 20003 RETTD,REPDS,SHWRM
& up to 2 Cr.
Above 2 Cr. & up Medium TRADR 20004 RETTD,REPDS,SHWRM
to 5 Cr.
35. Scheme for financing to Traders PNB SUPER TRADE (MSME CIR 84/2014)
Investment in equipment per Category Borrower Sub Purpose of

unit Of enterprises category Sector Advance
Code code
Up to 4 Lakh Micro SUTDR 20001 RETTD,REPDS
Above 4 Lakh & up to 10 lakh Micro SUTDR 20002 RETTD,REPDS
Above 10 Lakh & up to 2 Cr. Small SUTDR 20003 RETTD,REPDS
Above 2 Cr. & up to 5 Cr. Medium SUTDR 20004 RETTD,REPDS
36. SCHEME FOR FINANCING SELF-EMPLOYED PROFESSIONALS HAVING PROFESSIONAL

QUALIFICATION TO PRACTICE THEIR PROFESSIONS PNB PROFESSIONAL
Name of Code Description

Code
Industry code A0014 AGRICULTURAL AND ANIMAL HUSBNDRY SERVICE ACTIVITIE
A0671 ACTIVITIES AUXILIARY TO FIN INTERMEDIATION,EXCEPT
A0672 ACTVITIES AUXILIARY TO INSURANCE AND PENSION FUNDI
A0742 ARCHITECTURAL,ENGG AND OTHER TECHNICAL ACTIVITIES
A0743 ADVERTISING
A0751 ADMIN OF THE STATE AND ECONOMIC AND SOCIAL
A0911 ACTIVITIES OF BUSINESS,EMPLOYERS AND PROFESSIONAL
A0912 ACTIVITIES OF TRADE UNIONS
A0919 ACTIVITIES OF OTHER MEMBERSHIP ORGANISATIONS
A0950 ACTIVITIES OF PRIVATE HOUSEHOLDS AS EMPLOYEES OF D
AIRPT AIRPORTS
AUT2W AUTOMOBILES(TWO WHEERLERS)
AUT4W AUTOMOBILES (FOUR WHEELERS)
AUTAN AUTOMOBILES (ANCILIARY UNITS)
AUTMB AUTOMOBILES (COMMERCIAL VEHICLES)
B0453 BUILDING INSTALLATION
B0454 BUILDING COMPLETION
B0749 BUSINESS ACTIVITIES NEC
BANKG BANKING
BEVRG BEVERAGE MANUFACTURING
BSCHL BUSINESS SCHOOLS
C0753 COMPULSORY SOCIAL SECURITY ACTIVITIES
CASFR CASTINGS & FORGINGS
CEMNT CEMENT & CEMENT PRODUCTS
CHEDP CHEMICALS & CHEMICALS PRODUCTS, DYES & PAINTS
CHEIN INORGANIC CHEMICALS
CHEOR ORGANIC CHEMICALS
CITES IT ENABLED SERVICES
COAL COAL
COMSW COMPUTER SOFTWARE
CONDR CONSUMER DURABLES
CONEL CONSUMER ELECTRONICS
CONST CONSTRUCTION
COPPR COPPER
COTNT COTTON TEXTILES
CVAVN CIVIL AVIATION
CYCLE BYCYCLES
DAIRY DAIRY
DRGPH DRUGS & PHARMACEUTICALS
E0103 EXTRACTION AND AGGLOMERATION OF PEAT
E0990 EXTRA TERRITORIAL ORGANIZATIONS AND BODIES
EDNIN EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS
EGCOL ENGINEERING COLLEGES
ELECT ELECTRICITYGENRN & TRANSM
ELEQP INDUTRY TYPE FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT
ELETR ELECTRONIC ENGINEERING
ENGG ENGINEERING OTHER THAN ELECTRONIC ENGG
ENGHE HEAVY ENGINEERING
ENGLI LIGHT ENGINEERING
ENTCM ENTERTAINMENT COMPLEX
F0012 FARMING OF ANIMALS
F0020 FORESTRY,LOGGING AND RELATED SERVICE ACTIVITIES
F0050 FISHING,OPERATION OF FISH HATCHERIES AND FISH FARM
FDPRS FOOD PROCESSING
FERT FERTILIZERS
FLMTV FILM INDUSTRY, TV SERIALS, AD FILMS/PROCESSING
FORLQ FOREIGN LIQOUR
FURSL FUR & SUBSTITUTE OF LEATHER
G0011 GROWING OF CROPS; MARKET GARDENING ; HORTICULTURE
G0013 GROWING OF CROPS COMBINED WITH FARMING OF ANIMALS
GASIN PETROLEUM GAS (PRODUCTION) INDUSTRY
GASMK PETROLEUM GAS (MARKETING)
GEMAJ GEMS & JEWELLERY
GLASS GLASS & GLASSWARE
H0015 HUNTING,TRAPPIND AND GAME PROPAGATION INCLUDING RE
H0721 HARDWARE CONSULTANCY
HOPTL HOSPITAL INDUSTRY TYPE CODE
HOTEL INDUSTRY TYPE FOR HOTEL INDUSTRY
I0612 INLAND WATER TRANSPORT
I0660 INSURANCE AND PENSION FUNDING, EXCEPT COMPULSORY S
INFCS INFRASTRUCTURECOLD STORAGE CONSTRUCTION
INFIP INFRASTRUCTUREINDUSTRIAL PARK/SEZ
INFPL INFRASTRUCTUREPIPLELINES (GAS/CRUDE OIL/PETROLEUM
INFRA INFRASTRUCTURE
INFST OTHERINFRASTRUCTURE
IRASL IRON & STEEL (CR/GP/GC)
IRNHR IRON & STEEL (HR COILS/SHEETS)
IRNOR IRON ORE
IRNPI IRON & STEEL (PIG IRON)
IRNSI IRON & STEEL (SPONGE IRON)
IRNSP IRON & STEEL (STEEL PRODUCTS)
JUTET JUTE TEXTILES
L0741 LEGAL,ACCOUNTING,BOOKKEEPING AND AUDIT ACTIVITIES
L0923 LIBRARY,ARCHIVES,MUSEUMS AND OTHER CULTURAL ACTIVI
LALRP LEATHER & LATHER PRODUCTS
M0102 MINING AND AGGLOMERATION OF LIGNITE
M0131 MINING OF IRON ORES
M0132 MINING OF NONFERROUS METAL ORES EXCEPT URANIUM AN
M0152 MANUFACTURE OF DAIRY PRODUCT
M0153 MANUFACTURE OF GRAIN MILL PRODUCTS,STARCHES AND ST
M0181 MANUFACTURE OF WEARING APPAREL,EXCEPT FUR APPAREL
M0231 MANUFACTURE OF COKE OVEN PRODUCTS
M0232 MANUFACTURE OF REFINED PETROLEUM PRODUCTS
M0243 MANUFACTURE OF MANMADE FIBERS
M0251 MANUFACTURE OF RUBBER PRODUCTS
M0269 MANUFACTURE OF NONMETALLIC MINERAL PRODUCTS NEC
M0291 MANUFACTURE OF GENERAL PURPOSE MACHINERY
M0293 MANUFACTURE OF DOMESTIC APPLIANCES,NEC
M0300 MANUFACTURE OF OFFICE,ACCOUNTING AND COMPUTING MAC
M0311 MANUFACTURE OF ELECTRIC MOTORS,GENERATORS AND TRAN
M0312 MANUFACTURE OF ELECTRICITY DISTRIBUTION AND CONTRO
M0313 MANUFACTURE OF INSULATED WIRE AND CABLE
M0314 MANUFACTURE OF ACCUMULATORS,PRIMARY CELLS AND PRIM
M0321 MANUFACTURE OF ELECTRONIC VALVES AND TUBES AND OTH
M0322 MANUFACTURE OF TELEVISION AND RADIO TRANSMITTERS A
M0323 MANUFACTURE OF TELEVISION AND RADIO RECEIVERS, SOU
M0331 MANUFACTURE OF MEDICAL APPLIANCES AND INSTRUMENTS
M0332 MANUFACTURE OF OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS AND PHOTOGRAPHI
M0333 MANUFACTURE OF WATCHES AND CLOCKS
M0352 MANUFCTURE OF RAILWAY AND TRAMWAY LOCOMOTIVES AND
M0353 MANUFACTURE OF AIRCRAFT AND SPACECRAFT
M0359 MANUFACTURE OF TRANSPORT AND EQUIPMENT NEC
M0361 MANUFACTURE OF FURNITURE
M0369 MANUFACTURING NEC
M0502 MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR OF MOTOR VEHICLES
M0651 MONETARY INTERMEDIATION
M0725 MAINTAINENCE AND REPAIR OF OFFICE,ACCOUNTING AND C
MACHN INDUSTRY TYPE CODE FOR MACHENERY
MDINS MEDICAL INSTITUES
MEALM METALALMUNIUM (PRIMARY)
METAL OTHER METAL & METAL PRODUCTS
MINGR GRANITE MINING
MINIG MINING & QUARRYING
N0521 NONSPECIALIZED RETAIL TRADE IN STORES
N0922 NEWS AGENCY ACTIVITIES
NBFAF NBFCASSET FINANCE COMPANIES
NBFIC NBFCINVESTMENT COMPANIES
NBFIF NBFCINFRASTRUCTURE FINANCE CO
NBFLC NBFCLOAN COMPANIES
NBFND NBFC NON DEPOSIT SYSTEMATICALLY IMPORTANT
NBFOT NBFC OTHERS
NFMET INDUSTRY TYPE FOR NON FERROUS METALS
NUCFL NUCLEAR FUEL
O0519 OTHER WHOLESALE
O0523 OTHER REATIL TRADE OF NEW GOODS IN SPECIALIZED STO
O0659 OTHER FINANCIAL INTERMEDIATION
O0930 OTHER SERVICE ACTIVITIES
O0999 OTHERS
OTHCH OTHER CHEMICAL
OTHFP OTHER FOOD PROCESSING
P0233 PROCESSING OF NUCLEAR FUEL
P0641 POST AND COURIER ACTIVITIES
P0752 PROVISION OF SERVICES TO THE COMMUNITY AS A WHOLE
PAINT PAINTS
PAPPP PAPER & PAPER PRODUCTS
PESAG PESTICIDES/AGROCHEMICALS INDUSTRY
PETMK OIL (PETROLEUM) MARKETING (DOWN STREAM)
PETRO PETROLEUM
PLAST PLASTIC INDUSTRY
POULT POULTRY
POWCP INFRASTRUCTUREPOWER(CAPTIVE POWER PLANTS)
POWER INFRASTRUCTURE POWER(CENTRAL UTILITIES/IPPS)
POWIP INFRASTRUCTUREPOWER (INDIVIDUAL POWER PRODUCERS)
POWLN POWER LICENCEES
POWSE POWER SEBS
POWTM INFRASTRUCTUREPOWER(POWER TRANSMISSION)
PRPUB PRINTING PUBLISHING ETC.
PRTCH PETRO CHEMICALS
Q0141 QUARRYING OF STONE,SAND AND CLAY
R0223 REPRODUCTION OF RECORDED MEDIA
R0371 RECYCLING OF METAL WASTE AND SCRAP
R0372 RECYCLING OF NONMETAL WASTE AND SCRAP
R0455 RENTING OF CONSTRUCTION OR DEMOLITION EQIPMENT WIT
R0505 RETAIL SALE OF AUTOMOTIVE FUEL
R0522 RETAIL SALE OF FOOD ,BEVERAGES AND TOBACCOIN SPECI
R0524 RETAIL SALE OF SECOND HAND GOODS IN STORES
R0525 RETAIL TRADE NOT IN STORES
R0526 REPAIR OF PERSONAL AND HOUSEHOLD GOODS
R0552 RESTAURANTS,BARS AND CANTEENS
R0711 RENTING OF TRANSPORT EQUIPMENT
R0712 RENTING OF OTHER MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT
R0713 RENTING OF PERSONAL AND HOUSEHOLD GOODS
R0731 RESEARCH AND EXPERIMENTAL DEV OF NATURAL SCIENCES
R0732 RESEARCH AND EXPERIMENTAL DEV OF SOCIAL SCIENCES
RDAPT INFRASTURE ROADS & PORTS
RICEM RICE MILLS
RLCOM COMMERCIAL REAL ESTATE
RLEST INDUSTRY TYPE FOR REAL ESTATES
RLSET INDUSTRY TYPE FOR REAL ESTATES
RUBRP RUBBER, RUBBER PRODUCTS & PLASTIC PRODUCTS
S0201 SAW MILLING AND PLANING OF WOOD
S0451 SITE PREPARATION
S0501 SALE OF MOTOR VEHICLES
S0503 SALE OF MOTOR VEHICLE PARTS AND ACCESSORIES
S0611 SEA AND COASTAL WATER TRANSPORT
S0630 SUPPORTING AND AUXILLARY TRANSPORT ACTIVITIES, ACT
S0853 SOCIAL WORK ACTIVITIES
S0900 SEWAGE AND REFUSE DISPOSAL,SANITATIONAND SIMILAR A
S0924 SPORTING AND OTHER RECREATIONAL ACTIVITIES
SHIPB SHIP BUILDING
SHIPS SHIPPING
SPBRK SHIP BREAKING
SUGAR SUGAR
T0601 TRANSPORT VIA RAILWAYS
T0603 TRANSPORT VIA PIPELINES
TEA TEA
TELCL TELECOMMUNICATION CELLULAR
TELCM INFRASTRUCTURE TELECOM
TELEQ TELECOM EQUIPMENTS
TEXRG TEXTILES (READYMADE GARMENTS)
TEXTO OTHER TEXTILES
TILCB TILES CEREMAIC/BUILDING
TOBCP TOBACCO & TOBACCO PRODUCTS
TOURM TOURISM
TRCTR TRACTORS
TRMTW TRANSMISSION TOWERS
TRNPT TRANSPORT (ROAD)
TYRES TYRES
U0960 UNDIFFRENCIATED GOODS PRODUCING ACTIVITIES OF PVT
U0970 UNDIFFRENCIATED SERVICEPRODUCING ACTIVITIES OF PV
V0852 VETERINARY ACTIVITIES
VGOVP VEG OIL & VANASPATI
VVPTE VEH, VEH PARTS & TPR EQUIP
W0511 WHOLESALE ON A FEE OR CONTRACT BASIS
W0512 WHOLESALE OF AGRICULTURAL RAW MATERIAL, LIVE ANIMA
W0513 WHOLESALE OF HOUSEHOLD GOODS
W0514 WHOLESALE OF NONAGRICULTURAL INTERMEDIATE PRODUCT
W0515 WHOLESALE OF MACHINERY,EQIUPMENT AND SUPPLIES
WATER WATER INDUSTRY
WOOD WOOD & WOOD PRODUCTS
WOODS INDUSTRY TYPE FOR WOOD AND WOOD PRODUCTS
ZOTHI OTHER INDUSTRIES
Purpose of APTMT MULTIFAMILY RESIDENTIAL BLDG./APARTMENT
Advance ARTHC ARTISANS,HANDICRAFTS, VILL. & COTTAGE INDUSTRIES
BIOGP BIOGAS PLANT
BUILD BUILDING CONST/PURCHASE
CEDND CONSTRUCTION OF EDU INSTT/SCHOOLS BY DEVELOPERS
CEDNS CONSTRUCTION OF EDU INSTT/SCHOOL BY SELF
CHLPT CHILLING PLANT
CMBLD MULTITENANTED COMMEERCIAL PREMISES
CNGKR RETROFITMENT OF CNG KIT
EQUIP EQUIPMNET PURCHASE
HOUSC HOUSE CONSTRUCTION
HTLCN HOTEL (CONSTRUCTION)
HTLSR HOTEL (SERVICES)
MACHP MACHINERY PURCHASE
MANUF MANUFACTURING ENTERPRISES
PSEMP PUMP SET / ELEC MOTOR ETC
RESSR RESTAURANT (SERVICES)
REPORT GENERATION IN CBS INDICATIVE LIST OF MENU OPTIONS

Sl. Menu Option Menu Description Module
No.
1 TDSIP TDS Inquiry & Print Term Deposit
2 ACCBAL Components of Account Balance Inquiry ALL
3 ACI Customer Accounts Inquiry ALL
4 ACLI/HACLI Account Ledger Inquiry ALL
5 ACS Account Selection ALL
6 ACSBIO A/c Shadow Balance Inquiry ALL
7 ACSP Account Selection & Print ALL
8 AFI Audit File Inquiry ALL
9 AFP Audit File Print ALL
10 AINTRPT Interest Report For Accounts ALL
11 AITINQ Account Interest Details Inquiry ALL
12 BKTI Bank Table Inquiry ALL
13 BR Balancing Report ALL
14 BRTI Branch Table Inquiry ALL
15 CTI Calendar Table Inquiry ALL
16 CUMI Customer Master Inquiry ALL
17 CUS Customer Selection ALL
18 EXCPRPT Exceptions Report ALL
19 FTI Financial Transactions Inquiry ALL
20 FTR Financial Transactions Inquiry & Report ALL
21 GSPI General Scheme Parameters Inquiry ALL
22 IOGLT Inquire on GL Transactions ALL
23 IOT Inquire on Transactions ALL
24 ISTR Inter Sol Transaction Report ALL
25 PNBREP Customised Statements for PNB ALL
26 PNBRPT Customised Reports for PNB ALL
27 PSP Pass Sheet Print ALL
28 RRCDI Reference Code Inquiry ALL
29 SIETR SIs Executed Today Report ALL
30 SII Standing Instructions Inquiry ALL
31 SIRP Standing Instructions Register Printing ALL

32 SPRG Stop Payment Register ALL
33 TEI Transactions Exceptions Inquiry ALL
34 TI Transactions Inquiry ALL
35 UNIVIEW Unified View Of Accounts ALL
36 BDR Review of Pending And Dishonoured Bills BILLS
37 BEHI Bills Events History Inquiry BILLS
38 BI Bills Inquiry BILLS
39 BICR Bills Interest Collected Report BILLS
40 BINTRPT Interest Report For Bills BILLS
41 BPMI Bills Parameter Master Inquiry BILLS
42 BRBPR Balancing Report - Bills Purchased BILLS
43 BRCR Balancing Report - Collection BILLS
44 BRRBPR Bills Register Report - Bills Purchased BILLS
45 BRRCR Bills Register Report - Collection BILLS
46 CABR Co-accepted Bills BILLS
47 CUBI Bills Inquiry BILLS
48 FBAIC Advance Interest Calculated BILLS
49 FBPADB List of Pending and Dishonored Bills BILLS
50 FI Fate Inquiry BILLS
51 ACTI Account Turnover Inquiry CC/OD
52 ACTODI Account TOD Inquiry CC/OD
53 ATOR A/Cs Turnover Report CC/OD
54 CULI Customer Unutilised Limit Inquiry CC/OD
55 LLIR Limit Liability Inquiry/Report CC/OD
56 TODCS TOD Criteria and Selection CC/OD
57 TODRP TOD Register Printing CC/OD
58 IMI Inventory Movement Inquiry CC/OD/CA/SB
59 IMR Inventory Movement Report CC/OD/CA/SB
60 ISI Inventory Inquiry, Split and Merge-EM CC/OD/CA/SB
61 ISIA Inventory Inquiry, Split and Merge CC/OD/CA/SB
62 ISR Inventory Status Report-EM CC/OD/CA/SB
63 ISRA Inventory Status Report CC/OD/CA/SB
64 ITI Instruments Table Inquiry CC/OD/CA/SB
65 LNDI Limit Node Details Inquiry CC/OD/DL/TL/PC/BILL
66 LNHTIR Limit Node History/Tran Inquiry/Report CC/OD/DL/TL/PC/BILL
67 LNI Limit Node Inquiry CC/OD/DL/TL/PC/BILL
68 LTL Limit Tree Lookup CC/OD/DL/TL/PC/BILL
69 INTSI Interest Slab Inquiry CC/OD/DL/TL/ PC ETC
70 INTTI Interest Table Inquiry CC/OD/DL/TL/ PC ETC
71 IOCLS Inquire On Clearing Transaction Sets CLEARING
72 OIQ Outward Clearing Instruments Inquiry CLEARING
73 REJREP Rejected Instruments Report/Advice CLEARING
74 ASTI Amount-slab Table Inquiry COMM/ CHARGES ETC
75 DDIC DD Credits Inquiry DD
76 DDID DD Debits Inquiry DD
77 DDII Specific DD Issued Inquiry DD
78 DDIP Specific DD Paid Inquiry DD
79 HII Hot Items Inquiry DD/TPO ETC
80 LAGI Loans General Inquiry DL/TL
81 LAODR Loans Overdue Demand eminder/Report DL/TL
82 LAOPI Loans Overdue Position Inquiry DL/TL
83 PARTINQ Inquiry on Partitioned Account DL/TL
84 PHINQ Inquiry on History of Partition A/c DL/TL
85 CUIR Customer Interest Report DL/TL/ CC/OD
86 SRL Security Register Lookup DL/TL/ CC/OD
87 SRMRPTS Security Register Module Reports DL/TL/ CC/OD
88 WIAAL What If Analysis of Account Liability DL/TL/ CC/OD
89 DEPINT Interest calculator for deposits FD
90 DEPMOD Deposit Modeling FD
91 FDOCD Fixed Deposits Opening Closure Details FD
92 GDET General Deposits Details FD
93 MDD Maturity Periodwise Dist of Deposits FD
94 ACDET Account Balance Details FD/RD
95 DTR Deposit Transactions Report FD/RD
96 RELACI Related Accounts Lookup For Deposits FD/RD
97 SDD Schemewise Distribution of Deposits FD/RD
98 TDSREP Cust-wise TDS Report(A/c Level Tax) FD/RD
99 TVSI Term Deposits Interest Slabs Inquiry FD/RD
100 CRNPOS Position Of Currency FOREIGN BILLS
101 ECMHIS ECM Purpose History Maintainance FOREIGN BILLS
102 FBBR Foreign Bills Balancing Register FOREIGN BILLS
103 FBDISCR FOREIGN BILL DISCREPANCY REPORT FOREIGN BILLS
104 FBDLNK Foreign Bills to be Delinked Statement FOREIGN BILLS
105 FBEF Bills of Entry Statement FOREIGN BILLS
106 FBENC Foreign Bills ENC Statement FOREIGN BILLS
107 FBHI Foreign Bills History Inquiry FOREIGN BILLS
108 FBI Foreign Bills Inquiry FOREIGN BILLS
109 FBICS Interest Collected on Foreign Bills FOREIGN BILLS
110 FBIR Import Register Report FOREIGN BILLS
111 FBOIB Statement of Overdue Import Bills FOREIGN BILLS
112 FBPMI FEX Bills Parameter Master Inquiry FOREIGN BILLS
113 FBPS Foreign Bills Purchased Subsidiary FOREIGN BILLS
114 FBRI FEX Bills Register Inquiry FOREIGN BILLS
115 FBSNC Foreign Bills SNC Statement FOREIGN BILLS
116 FBUBR Undrawn Balance Register FOREIGN BILLS
117 FCNPS Foreign Currency Purchase Sale Report FOREIGN BILLS
118 FDD Flow Amt-wise Distribution of Deposits FOREIGN BILLS
119 FWCLIAB F/C Liability Register FOREIGN BILLS
120 FWCODLST List of overdue and matured F/Cs FOREIGN BILLS
121 FXPSRG Purchase / Sale register printing FOREIGN BILLS
122 PLR Partywise Liability Register FOREIGN BILLS
123 PRRTL Ratelist Printing FOREIGN BILLS
124 RRETURN R-Return and Schedules Statements FOREIGN BILLS
125 RTHQRY Ratelist History Query FOREIGN BILLS
126 XOSSTMT XOS Statement FOREIGN BILLS
127 FWCHI Forward Contract History Inquiry FWD CONTRACTS
128 FWCQRY Query on forward contracts FWD CONTRACTS
129 FWCRG Forward booking register printing FWD CONTRACTS
130 GBM Govt. Business Moudle GOVT BUSINESS
131 DCEXPLST Report on Expiring Documentary Credits ILC/FLC
132 DCLIABRG Documentary Credits Liability Register ILC/FLC
133 DCQRY Query on Documentary Credits ILC/FLC
134 DCREG Documentary Credits Register Printing ILC/FLC
135 DCRPTS DC Reports and Advises ILC/FLC
136 DCSTMT Statement of Documentary Credit ILC/FLC
137 ACLPOA Office Account Ledgers Print INC/EXP/SUND/SUSP

138 BGLIMIT Guarantee LIMIT LG
139 BGMARGIN BG Margin Printing LG
140 GI Guarantee Inquiry LG
141 GILR Guarantees Issued cum Liabilty Register LG
142 GPI Guarantee Parameters Inquiry LG
143 PRTCON PRTCON : Print Consolidated Report P&L
144 DEFPC Default PC under WTPCG/PCG PC
145 EXPRPT Reports Of Export Orders PC
146 FBER Export Register Report PC
147 FBERC Foreign Bills Export Claim Report PC
148 PCARPT Reports Of PCA Accounts PC
149 PCLIALST Packing Credit Liability List PC
150 POVDPC Partywise Overdue Packing Credits PC
151 CIPPRPT Customer Interest Pref and Peg Report PC/CC/OD
152 RINTINQ Interest Inquiry For RPC Accounts RPC
153 RINTRPT Interest Report For RPC Disbursements RPC
154 RPCRPT Reports Of RPC Accounts RPC
155 ABMR Report of Accounts Below Min Balance SB/CA
156 SIMM StockInvest Maintenance STOCK INVEST
157 SIR StockInvest Reports STOCK INVEST
158 MSGOIRP Outstanding Items Report SUNDRY/SUSP ETC
159 MSOIRP Minor Subs Outstanding Items Rep SUNDRY/SUSP ETC
160 MSTRP Minor Subsidiaries Transaction Report SUNDRY/SUSP ETC
161 FAMSRPT Fixed asset management reports SFF/MCC
Important Report Menu in CBS
1. DAYRPT All Reports for Todays Date only (Live Server)
2. PNBRPT All Reports other than BOD Date (MIS Server)
3.PNBREP All Reports of MIS Server for onward submission to controlling office (MIS Server)
which were earlier prepared by branches
4.SENSRPT Sensitive Reports Branch DBA only on MIS Server
5.RAUDIT All Reports related to For audit purpose (MIS Server)
6.CTRPT Control reports for checking purpose (MIS Server)
7.OSMRPT Off Sight monitoring reports (MIS Server)
8.WKRPT Welcome Kit Reports
9.NPA REPORTS 1. NPAMGT, 2. NPAMIS, 3. NPADET, 4. LETGEN
REPORTS - ANNEXURE MENU
AINTRPT Interest Report For Accounts

AMLRPT Transactions Maintenance
APCHRPT Additional and Pending Charge Report
APCHRPT Additional and Pending Charge Report
ATMRPT REPORT FOR ATM SECTION
BCPRPT Customised Reports for PNB
BINTRPT Interest Report For Bills
BUIRPT BORPI Upload Inquiry Report
CBOTFRPT CBOTF e-BRC data for DGFT
CCRPT Customised Reports for Call Centre
CIPPRPT Customer Interest Pref and Peg Report
CTRPT CONTROL REPORTS
DAYRPT Customised Reports for PNB
DBCRPT DRAFT PAYMENT REPORTS
DPDRPT Delinquency Report Generation
DWRPT DIVIDEND WARRANT REPORTS
EASIRPT REPORTS FOR EASIEST
EBRPT EB Upload Report
EISRPT Employer Info For Salary Deduction
EXCPRPT Exceptions Report
EXPRPT Reports Of Export Orders
FEORPT Report for FEO user
FSQIRPT Missing File Sequence Inquiry Report
GBMRPT CUSTOMIZED GBM REPORTS FOR PNB
GLDRPT GOLD COIN REPORTS
GUFTRPT Financial Transactions Reports Menu
HORPT HO DIVISON REPORT
IBSRPT Internet Banking Reports
INFTRPT Financial Transactions Reports Menu
INSRPT INSURANCE REPROTS
LADRPT Transactions Maintenance
LAFIRPT Loan Future Installment/PDC Report
LKCHMRPT LKCHM Details
LKCMRPT LKCM Details
MBKRPT ALL Mobile Banking reports gen option
MCARPT Report for MCA21 menu option
MCRPT MIS - MORNING CHECKING REPORT
MPRPT ManualPoolsReport
MQTRPT MQT Undespatched Transactions Report
NFTRPT MQT Non Financial Transactions Report
ODBCHRPT Billing and Collection History
OSMRPT MONITORING PURPOSE REPORTS
OSRPT Transactions Maintenance
PCARPT Reports Of PCA Accounts
PCLRPT Transactions report
PNBRPT Customised Reports for PNB
PREEIRPT Pre EMI Period Status Report
PWAYRPT PWAY REPORT
RBDRPT Customised Reports for RBD
RCCRPT Customised Reports for PNB
RDARPT RUPEE DRAWING ARRANGEMENT REPORTS
RINTRPT Interest Report For RPC Disbursements
RMDRPT BASEL-2 REPORT
RPCRPT Reports Of RPC Accounts
RTGSRPT RTGS REPORTS
SCWRPT Shroff Cash Report
SENSRPT REPORTS IDENTIFIED SENSITIVE
TRDRPT TREASURY DIVISION REPORTS
VALDTRPT Outward Clearing Value Date Report
WKRPT WK BR REPORT
WTCRPT WTC Reports Menu
PNBREP PNB CUSTOMIZED REPORTS
RAUDIT CONTROL REPORTS
CARDREP DEBIT CARD RELATED REPORTS

RTGS / NEFT THROUGH HRTGS OPTION
Process Flow for RTGS

Use Menu option HRTGS
1. Function field :- The user can give inputs of A for Add, I for Inquiry, M for modification, V- for
verification and X- for Cancellation
2. Tran. Type :- C- for Cash & T for transfer type of transactions.
3. Sol ID :-The sol_id will be populated automatically in Add mode.
4. Paysys ID :- For RTGS the reference code will be RTGS
5. Message Type :- The message type will be R41.
Click Accept Button while creating a new transaction. The other fields UTR, Tran ID, Tran Date, Paysys
Tran. Ref. No. may be used for Inquiring, modifying, Verifying and Cancelling of transaction. Cancellation of
transaction can be done before verification of transaction only.
The following Screen will appear for R41 messages after pressing the Accept Button.
In the shown Screen the Message Status, Reject Reason Code, Rejection Reason field is protected. Fields,
which appears with Red Star where default values are not populated. These fields are mandatory field.
1. Message Priority :- The message priority should be in between of 12-99. There is no need to change
the message priority which is default populated.
2. Value Date :- Value date should be the BOD date.
Dr. A/c Id: - In case of transfer the user has to give the dr. a/c id.
Cr. A/c ID: - The system will automatically pick the RTGS Settlement A/c xxxxxx3211401B01 3.
Tran Amount: - The user has to input the transaction amount in this field .
4. Charge Event Id :- This will automatically populated (RTGS) R41
5. Charge A/c Id: - The account number from which charges are to be levied is required here. If
tran_type is C Cash, than charge A/c id must be cash in hand in India a/c of home sol.
6. Instmnt Type: - If the customer is making the payment through a cheque (CHQ), then only user
have to select cheque from the popup window. Instmnt no. and date also to be filled in this case
If it is a normal transfer transaction there is no need to fill anything in these fields.
7. Tran. Particular-( Non mandatory)
After pressing NEXT button the one more screen will appear for R41 message:
In the field Receiver Bank/Branch Code should be filled by the User.
Use menu option IFSCI to get help for Bank/Branch code.
8. Ordering customer name and address will be automatically displayed by the system, but user have to
check for the existence of any special character before going for submit.
After entering all the information the user may press Submit button to get Paysys Tran Ref No. which
should be noted for verification.
1. Verification: - The verification can be done through the same menu option HRTGS by other Users
by feeding the Paysys Tran Ref. No. in the last field.
RTGS CHARGES RELAXATION FOR INTERNET BANKING CUSTOMERS
The branch will run the menu option IBSCHG to enter the details for the relaxation in charges to be provided
to RTGS customers making the transaction through Internet Banking
S.NO Menu Description

1 A-Add To add details for the accounts that are allowed some relaxation in RTGS
charges while doing the RTGS transactions through Internet Banking.

2 I-Inquiry For inquiring existing records of such accounts.
3 V-Verify For verifying the entered details.
4 D-Delete To delete the records for the account holders from whom the relaxation facility
in RTGS charges has been withdrawn.
REPORTS FOR RTGS USERS

Use menu option RTGSPNB and Following reports are available :
1. RTGS - Inward Messages Report

2. RTGS - Inward Message Report [INFOSYS]
3. RTGS - Inward Error Message Report [INFOSYS]
4. RTGS - Outward Messages Report
4a. RTGS - Outward Messages Report-Pipe Separated
5. RTGS - Outward Message Report [INFOSYS]
6. RTGS - Outward Error Message Report [INFOSYS]
7. RTGS - SOL Wise Inward Messages Report
8. RTGS - SOL Wise Outward Messages Report
9. RTGS - Inward Messages(R41) - Sundry A/C (0062003171164)
9A. RTGS - Inward Messages(R41) - Sundry A/C (0062003171164) - Timewise
9B. RTGS - Inward Messages(R41) - Sundry A/C (0062003171164) - Timewise (Pipe Separated)
9C. RTGS - Inward Messages(R41) - PIRP (Pipe Separated)
10. RTGS - Report for Validating Name and Account number(Inward - R41)
11. RTGS - Report for Inward Messages not Processed by CBS For a Partcular Day
11A. RTGS - Report for Inward Messages not Processed by CBS For a Partcular Day - Timewise
11B. RTGS - Report for Inward Messages not Processed by CBS For a Partcular Day - Timewise (Pipe
Separated)
12. RTGS - Report for Failed/Unprocessed Outward Messages For a Partcular Day
13. RTGS - System Generated Printed Receipt For Customer
13a. RTGS - Inquiry on the Basis of UTR No. for INWARD RTGS
14. RTGS - Input File for Email Generation
15. RTGS - Account wise report Generation
15A.RTGS - Outward Messages Report account wise - Pipe Separated
15B.RTGS - Outward Messages Report account wise - Pipe Separated with Beneficiary Name and INFO
STATUS OF OUTWARD R41 and R42 MESSAGES
TRANSACTION STAGE STATUS

Customer Payment When the transaction is successfully Ready
Request posted
Customer Payment On successfully queuing the message to Transmitted

Request SFMS
SFMS Response If positive Processed

If negative Failed
Sender Settlement No Update on Transaction. A general No Update on Transaction. A
Notification report of all the Sender Settlement general report of all the Sender
notices is generated Settlement notices is generated
Inter-bank Payment When the transaction is successfully Ready

Request posted
Inter-bank Payment On successfully queuing the message to Transmitted
Request SFMS

If negative Failed
Sender Settlement No Update on Transaction. A general No Update on Transaction. A
Notification report of all the Sender Settlement general report of all the Sender
notices is generated Settlement notices is generated
Own Account Transfer When the transaction is successfully Ready

Request posted

If negative Failed
Own Account Transfer If positive System will post the second leg
Response If negative of the transaction debiting the
RBI account and crediting the
Settlement A/C
The message is marked as failed
STATUS OF INWARD MESSAGES
MESSAGE STATUS REMARKS

P PROCESSED Incoming credit list received will be processed and transaction will be
created as per message instruction. On successful creation of
messages status will be updated to Processed.
U- UNPROCESSED If posting failed then system will mark the status as U unprocessed.
This could happen because of improper customer account.
Suppose incoming messages is rejected because of invalid beneficiary

account ID, then user can change the account ID and accept the
A- ACCEPTED message through PIRP at BO PNB house Mumbai. In this case no
message will be generated and message status become A
J REJECTED If the incoming RTGS message has invalid account number, the
system automatically rejects the message and the message is sent in
the R42 format to the sending bank. The status in this case is J -
REJECTED
BULK UPLOADING OF RTGS FILE
USE MENU OPTION RTGSBULK

RTGSBULK (R41)
RTGSBULK (R42)
EXPLANATION OF VARIOUS FIELDS IN RTGSBULK MENU OPTION

Pays Sid This field requires the user to enter the ID of the payment system. Two options are available for
RTGS/NEFT transactions.
Message Type This field requires the type of message that is used for the payment. It is to be noted that
only R41, R42 (for RTGS transactions) types of message can be used in this field.
Trial/Post Flag This field requires the user to enter the flag as T(for Trial mode) or E(for Entermode).
Charges Event Id This field requires the Charge Event Id for the message. The system will deduct the
charges for RTGS transactions according to the Event Id entered in this field. All the transactions entered in a
single bulk upload file will be levied with the same charges as described by the Charge Event Id entered in
this field. If this field is blank then no event id shall be populated in messages which come in entered state
after upload.
Input File Name In this field the name of the input file has to be entered (TXT file).
Rename Input File This field has a default value of N in the RTGSBULK menu option. The value in this
field is to be N when upload is done in TRIAL mode and Y when upload is done for ENTER mode. This
prevents duplicate upload of the file in the system.
On completion of the upload there will be a report in the PR menu option which will have all the successfully
uploaded records . A second report also available which shows all the records which could not be uploaded
successfully with the reason for not getting uploaded. Users have to download these reports, kept in the file,
for future reference
FACILITY OF BULK VERIFICATION OF RTGS IN CBS

To facilitate Branch users a facility of Bulk Verification has been made available through menu option HRTGSV
in CBS.
User Guidelines for RTGS verification of Bulk Transactions

1. This verification is for the following type of outward messages :
R41 RTGS customer transactions.
2. Upload Verification procedure :
a) Menu option for Bulk verification is HRTGSV.
b) User should select RTGS.
c) User should enter start and end SD number.
d) User should enter user id of person who entered these transactions.
e) On submit, all the transaction with entered status, entered by that particular user (given in point d above)
and between the range of Ecs tran ref numbers entered in point c above will be listed for verification.
f) User has an option to select the option of verify/cancel for each of the listed entries. The entry canceled
here needs to be handled manually through existing HRTGS menu.
g) On submit, transactions will be verified and a success/failure report will be generated in the PR of the user.
h) Maximum number of transactions at a time At a time maximum 50 records can be displayed for
verification at a time.
RTGS BULK UPLOAD Reports
REPORTS Two reports are generated in the PR menu option
A) Success Report This report lists all the successful transactions.
B) Failure Report This report lists all the unsuccessful transactions with reasons for failure
Reports of upload
The branches have to generate the following report at the end of the day. This report gives almost all the
fields of the RTGS outward messages sent on a particular day.
RTGSPNB/15B - RTGS - Outward Messages Report account wise - Pipe Separated with Beneficiary
Name and INFO
KNOW STATUS OF MESSAGE

Msg_status field indicates the following
S Settled
F Failed
P Processed (failed)
The records of only S status are to be given to the customers for their record. The failed and processed
transactions will be credited back to the customers account the next day which need to be sent again.
The above report is pipe separated report.
Right click on the file to be converted and select open with excel
Click on the column header A then on Data tab and then on Text to Columns button.
Click on Next btton on the dialog box.
Check Other Check Box and type | (pipe) in the adjoining box then click Next
Click on BENEF_ACCT and then click on Text.
Click Finish.
IMPORTANT
At end of the day, cross check Customers hardcopy of RTGS sheets with the RTGSPNB 15B report and
ensure that all messages have been sent according to the hardcopy.
CHECKING THE MESSAGES RETURNED BY THE OTHER BANKS
On the next day, generate PNBRPT 9/92 in MIS server for the previous working day which will give all the
credit entries of an account. Check for any RTGS messages returned by other banks and if there are any
returns, intimate the customer along with the reasons for return.
In the case of RTGS return, the transaction will be like RTGS-RETURN-PUNBH14015080666-SHRI SALAS-R08
ACCOUNT. To know the reason for return, explode the transaction, note down the inward UTR No in the
REMARKS field inquire in HRTGS menu.
Branches can generate the following reports from MIS server for getting complete details of inward and
outward transactions of RTGS messages for a range of dates.
PNBRPT 21/8 RTGS - Account wise report Generation
NATIONAL ELECTRONIC FUND TRANSFER CONSOLIDATION GUIDELINES
Processing of Outward payment requests (N06) in CBS
1. The branch user selects the HRTGS menu option and selects the Paysys ID as NEFT and
Message type as N06 and enters the relevant data. This includes the information filled in
application form and the IFSC code as provided by the customer. The message is now in ENTERED
state.
2. On posting of the transaction the customer account is debited and a message is generated and
sent to QPH middleware server at HO ITD. This changes the status of the transaction as READY
for transmitting and is in queue. Thereafter, messages pass through the QPH server.
3. The N06 message generated from the branch that receives a funds transfer request from their
customer to a customer in different bank. All the N06 messages are to be sent to the NEFT
Server of the bank.
4. On transmitting the message to the QPH middleware server at ours, the message status will be
updated to T TRANSMITTED. QPH middleware servers processes the messages received
from CBS & sends them to NEFT servers for outward transmission to RBI.
5. The NEFT Server consolidates the NEFT messages received from all its branches and prepares
consolidated NEFT messages on regular basis and sends the same to the RBI NEFT centre. If the
response from the RBI NEFT centre is success, the status of the message is unchanged. If it is
returned by the beneficiary bank, the status changes to C. The status can be known inquiring
about the transaction in the HRTGS menu.
6. The unique number generated by the system for a given N06 shall be Paysys Tran. Ref. No.
displayed on HRTGS first screen, which can be given to the customer for any query with the
beneficiary bank.
7. As per RBI guidelines, destination banks may afford credit to the beneficiarys
account based solely on the account number as furnished by remitter / originating
bank in the message/ data file. The responsibility to provide correct inputs in the
payment instructions, particularly the beneficiary account number information, rests
with the remitter / originator. Hence, utmost care should be exercised while punching/
verifying the Beneficiary account Number.
The following accounting entries are passed by system for outward payments initiated
by branch:
Debit: Customers Account
Credit: NEFT sol-wise outward Settlement Account (<Sol-id>3211402D)

At the time of branch EOD:
Debit: NEFT sol-wise outward settlement Account (<sol-id>3211402D)
Credit: NEFT outward Settlement Account (0062003211402B)
A) Cash Remittances through NEFT-
in order to facilitate cash remittances through NEFT less than Rs. 50,000/- for persons who are not
having account with the originating bank, the originating banks are required to collect the full details of
remitters, including complete address and telephone number, etc., in order to comply with the Wire
Transfer Guidelines. These details need to be keyed in the Senders details field provided in NEFT outward
debit message with transaction code 50 for identification.
B) Remittances through cheque
Request for remittance of funds through NEFT/RTGS for credit to account maintained with other
banks is generally lodged at the account maintaining branch. Where a cheque is tendered at
Service SOL with the application for remittance of funds through NEFT/RTGS, such applications
would be examined by the Incumbent In-charge. While permitting the transaction he / she would
exercise DUE DILIGENCE and ensure that necessary procedural steps (e.g. using UV Lamp /
contacting account holder over registered Mobile Telephone Number, etc.) are taken to his / her
satisfaction to guard against any fraudulent activity.
C)NEFT initiated by customers through IBS-
Outward NEFT payments may also be initiated by customers themselves through Internet
Banking Services (IBS). The following accounting entry is passed by system for outward NEFT I
nitiated by customer through IBS:
Debit: Customers Account Credit: NEFT Outward (IBS) Settlement Account (0062003211402C)
At the time of central EOD:
Debit: NEFT Outward (IBS) Settlement Account (0062003211402C)
Credit: NEFT Settlement Account (0062003211402)
D)Positive confirmation to originating bank :
After successfully crediting the beneficiary account, the beneficiary bank sends Credit
Acknowledgement messages [N10 message] indicating credited to customers account to the
originating bank through its NEFT Service Centre. The bank, after receiving the positive
confirmation message from the beneficiary bank, initiates a mobile SMS to the originator to
convey the fate of the transaction. The SMS is sent at the Mobile Number registered in Finacle in
remitting customers account, for SMS alerts.
E) Rejection of Outward Payment Request (N06 Message):-
The N06 messages that are received by the NEFT application at the service center can be
rejected/rescheduled for various reasons such as:-
(i) From other bank (N02 Reject)
Inward rejection received from other banks i.e. System has received rejection message N02
(Reject) for the outgoing N06 transaction. System will reverse the transaction (by default reversal
will happen) and the system will update the corresponding N06 record message status from T-
TRANSMITTED to C-Rejection Received. Hence in HRTGS if for a given outgoing message N06
status is C then it indicates that this payment has not been settled at beneficiary bank.
(ii) Transaction on outward reject

Following transaction entry will be created on outward reject if beneficiary account is a valid
customer account:
Dr. NEFT Inward Settlement Account at BO: PNB House Mumbai (0062003211402A)
Cr. Customer Account
The reject reason code and rejection reason are displayed in HRTGS menu.
F) Inward payment requests (N02)
1. Whenever a message is received at the SFMS server for crediting a customer account it is
forwarded to the CBS. All inward messages are handled by CBS automatically other than
in case of exceptions (failed messages) requiring manual intervention (NIRS/PIRP Menu)
at NEFT/RTGS Cell, PNB House Mumbai.
2. The CBS would search for the requested customer account number with the mentioned
customer account number. In case of a valid message the beneficiary customer account
is credited. As per RBI guidelines, credit to the beneficiarys account is being
afforded based solely on the account number furnished by remitter /
originating bank in the message / data file. When the posting of the transaction
happen, the status of the message becomes P (processed). If posting to any
customers account in CBS fails, the status will be U-Unprocessed. After running menu
NIRS (by PNB House, Mumbai), the status U Unprocessed is changed to X Rejected.
PENAL INTEREST ON DELAYED NEFT
As per RBI Guidelines, In the event of any delay or loss on account of error, negligence or fraud
on the part of an employee of the destination bank in the completion of funds transfer pursuant
to receipt of payment instruction by the destination bank leading to delayed payment to the
beneficiary, the destination bank shall pay compensation at current RBI LAF Repo Rate plus two
percent (Repo rate + 2%) for the period of delay. In the event of delay in return of the funds
transfer instruction for any reason whatsoever, the destination bank shall refund that amount
together with interest at the RBI LAF Repo Rate plus two percent (Repo rate + 2%) till the date
of refund.
The system has been customized accordingly to automatically calculate and pay penal interest to beneficiary
accounts for delayed credits of NEFT payments.
i) Account <sol_id>1031306 - Penal Interest Paid on delayed NEFT has been opened at all the
branches for the purpose of paying penalty. A Batch job at Begin-of-Day identifies the delayed
credits of one day previous to current date.
ii) Branches have to run menu option PENALT, which will create transactions for the
entriespending for penalty payment for that branch. The beneficiary account will be credited by
debiting <sol_id>1031306 - Penal Interest Paid on delayed NEFT.
iii) The system will not allow the branch to execute ABH if there are pending entries for penalty
The following reports have been made available in CBS:
1. NEFTPNB 17: for generating report of NEFT - Penalty Interest Payment Pending
(sol-wise)
2. NEFTPNB 17A: for generating report of NEFT - Penalty Interest Paid for a Particular
Date (sol-wise)
FACILITY OF UPLOAD OF BULK TRANSACTIONS OF NEFT IN CBS (Menu RTGSBULK)
The user can upload the NEFT bulk transaction file using the PCUNIX and RTGSBULK menu options in CBS.
1. This upload is for the following three outward messages:
R41 RTGS customer transactions.
N06 NEFT customer transactions.
2. Only trial and entry mode are made available.
3. Upload shall make NEFT transactions in the ENTERED STATE. User has to verify each
transaction through HRTGS menu or through HRTGSV menu in lots of 50 transactions.
4. TIME WINDOW available for Upload is One hour before stipulated time set by RBI
5. The maximum number of messages to be uploaded in a single upload file is restricted to
250.
6. Handling of special characters, closed accounts, frozen accounts, restriction of sending of
message to other PNB branches is taken care of by the system.
7. System changes the name of the file which is uploaded. For this, a field Rename input file
is provided in the RTGSBULK menu option. The value in this field is to be N when upload
is done in trial mode and Y when upload is done for actual mode. This prevents
duplicate upload of the file in the system.
8. UPLOAD PROCEDURE:
1. Copy the upload file in the PC in the folder C:\UPLOAD.

2. Run PCUNIX menu in Finacle to transfer the file from PC to SERVER.
3. Run RTGSBULK menu to upload the file in
(T) Trial mode or Final (E) mode.
Running this menu in Final (E) mode will create the messages in ENTERED state.
4. Run HRTGS to verify the messages created through step 3 above. This will also create
transactions in POSTED State.
5. Run TM menu to verify the transactions created in step 4.
9. REPORTS Two reports are generated in the PR menu option:
i) Success Report This report lists all the successful transactions.

ii) Failure Report This report lists all the unsuccessful transactions with reasons for failure.
STATUS OF OUTGOING N06 MESSAGES (Outward Debit Message)
E-Entered When the transaction is initiated by branch user.

R-Ready Customer payment transaction is verified (posted) through HRTGS menu
option.
T-Transmitted Message has been successfully transmitted from branch to QPH
middleware at HO ITD ND.
G Settled Credit confirmation received from beneficiary bank confirming credit to
beneficiary a/c and/or SMS/Email sent to beneficiary
C- Rejection - Received Inward rejection received from other banks i.e. System has received
rejection message N02
(Reject) for this transaction. System will reverse the original transaction.
This will also be the status if non-rescheduling rejection message
receivedfrom RBI NEFT center (N03). In N03 Reject reason code &
Rejection reason fields will be blank in HRTGS menu and in N02 these
fields will be updated.
STATUS OF INCOMING MESSAGES

MESSAGE STATUS REMARKS
P PROCESSED Incoming credit list received will be processed and transactions will be

created as per message instruction. On successful creation of message
status will be updated to Processed.
U- UNPROCESSED If posting failed then system will mark the status as U unprocessed.
This could happen because of improper cust account.
A- ACCEPTED Suppose incoming message is rejected because of invalid beneficiary
account ID then user can change the account id and accept the message
through PIRP at BO PNB House Mumbai. In this case no messages will
be generated and message status become A.
X - TRANSMITTED ON This status indicates rejected messages have been transmitted to
REJECTION concerned NEFT sender branch. In this case outward N07 messages will
be created
REJECTION CODES FOR NEFT MESSAGES

R01 ACCOUNT CLOSED
R02 ACCOUNT TRANSFERRED
R03 ACCOUNT DOES NOT EXIST
R04 NO SUCH ACCOUNT TYPE
R05 BENEFICIARY NAME DIFFERES
R06 ACCOUNT HOLDER EXPIRED
R07 ACCOUNT UNDER ATTACHEMENT

R08 GARNISHI ORDER RECEIVED
R09 OPERATIONS SUSPENDED
R10 PARTY'S INSTRUCTIONS

R11 ANY OTHER REASON
R12 CREDIT TO NRI ACCOUNT
PROCESS FLOW
HRTGS menu option is used for making NEFT payments requested by the customer (N06).
User can Invoke menu option HRTGS.
1. Function field - The user can give inputs of A for Add, I for Inquiry, M for modification, V- for
verification and X- for Cancellation
2. Tran. Type - C- for Cash & T for transfer type of transactions.
3. Sol ID - The sol_id will be populated automatically in Add mode.
4. Paysys ID - For NEFT the reference code will be NEFT
5. Message Type - The message type will be N06.
Click Accept Button while creating a new transaction.
The other fields UTR, Tran ID, Tran Date, Paysys Tran. Ref. No. may be used for Inquiring,
modifying, Verifying and Canceling of transaction. Cancellation of transaction can be done before verification
of transaction only.
In the next Screen the Message Status, Reject Reason Code, Rejection Reason field is protected. It is
advisable to fill the fields, which appears with Red Star where default values are not populated.
1. Message Priority - The message priority should be in between of 12-99. There is no need to
change the message priority which is default populated.
2. Value Date - Value date should be the BOD date.
Dr. A/c Id - In case of transfer the user has to give the dr. a/c id.
Cr. A/c ID - System will automatically pick the NEFT Settlement A/c 0062003211402D in all
types of transaction.
3. Tran Amount - The user has to input the transaction amount in this field .
4. Charge Event Id - This will automatically populated (NEFTN06)
5. Charge A/c Id - The account number from which charges are to be levied is required here.
Please note that if tran_type is C Cash, than charge A/c id must be cash in
hand in India a/c of home sol.
6. Instmnt Type - If the customer is making the payment through a cheque (CHQ), then only user
have to select cheque from the popup window. Instmnt no. and date also to be
filled in this case . If it is a normal transfer transaction there is no need to fill
anything in these fields.
7. Tran . Particular ( Non mandatory) field Receiver Bank/Branch Code should be filled by the User.
The help to know the Bank/Branch code is available in menu option IFSCI. User
has to fill all the mandatory fields. Here ordering customer name and address will
be automatically displayed by the system, but user have to check for the
existence of any special character before going for submit.
Sender to receiver information :- This field is having line no. 1 to 6 for User to give information regarding
the transaction. The Sender to Receiver information should be written as per the following format :-
Line 1 :- /MESSAGE/<message part>

Line 2 :- //<message part>
Line 3 :- ///<message part>
Line4: ////<message part>
Line5:- /////<message part>
Line6:- //////<message part>
In any line total no. of characters should not go beyond 35 and also any of the special characters should not
be present. Even if any such character is present at the time of submit system will give error message. So
users have to remove those characters. After entering all the information the user may press Submit button
to get Paysys Tran Ref No. which should be noted for verification.
VERIFICATION -
Use menu option HRTGS by other Users by feeding the Paysys Tran Ref. No. in the last field.
NEFT commission shall be credited to a/c no. <sol_id> 2031603 (Income- Commission on NEFT) for
customer transactions.
a) Charges - how to apply / waive through event id :-

While Adding a transaction through HRTGS after accepting the first page, the second page has two fields
Charge Event ID and Charge A/c ID . The Charge Event Id name (NEFTN06) is automatically populated
with some other important fields and the charge a/c Id has to be given by the user if the charge has to be
taken else the user has to remove the Charge Event ID to skip the charges.
b) Inquiry of tran_id and UTR no. after verification: -
The UTR no. is generated as and when the entry part has been done, but the system shows only Paysys tran
ref. No. To know UTR no., user may use inquiry mode, GIVE PAYSYS TRAN REF. NO. and view the
particular transaction in HRTGS, Or at the time of verification the Utr No. is shown by the system at the top
right of the screen.
The tran_id is generated after the verification of the transaction only. The user may get the tran id (only after
verification) through inquiry mode after giving the paysys tran ref no. The Tran_id and UTR no. may be noted
by the user in the voucher for future reference of the transaction.
c) Report enabled for NEFT transactions:-

The user can get report of NEFT transaction invoking menu option NEFTPNB.
1. NEFT - Inward Messages Report

1A. NEFT - Inward Messages Report - Timewise
1B. NEFT - Inward Messages Report on ValueDate basis
1C. NEFT - Inward Messages Report - Timewise (Pipe Separated)
2. NEFT - Outward Messages Report-Timewise (Pipe Separated)
2A. NEFT - Outward Messages Report Timewise
3. NEFT - Solwise Inward Messages Report
4. NEFT - Solwise Outward Messages Report
5. NEFT - Inward Messages(N02) - Sundry A/C (0062003171164A)
5A. NEFT - Inward Messages(N02) - Sundry A/C (0062003171164A) - Timewise
6. NEFT - System Generated Printed Receipt For Customer
7. NEFT - Report for Validating Name and Account number(Inward - N02)
8. NEFT - Report for Inward Messages not Processed by CBS for a particular day
8A. NEFT - Report for Inward Messages not Processed by CBS for a particular day timewise
8B. NEFT - Report for Inward Messages not Processed by CBS for a particular day timewise (incl
valuedate)
9. NEFT - Messages with J and R status
9A. NEFT - Messages with N and M status
10. NIRP Transactions for a particular Date
11. NEFT - Message details on the basis of Tran Ref No.
12. IBSNEFT - Report for Inward Reject/Rescheduled Messages
13. NEFT - Report for Rescheduled N06 and N07 Messages
14. NEFT - Report for generating N10 Message from NEFT INWARD
15. NEFT Msgs Report - Account wise
15A.NEFT - Outward Messages Report account wise - Pipe Separated
15B.NEFT - Outward Messages Report account wise - Pipe Separated with Beneficiary name and INFO
15C.NEFT Msgs Report - Account wise - Pipe Separated
16. NEFT - Report of MCA21 transactions - Comma Separated
17. NEFT - Report of Penalty Interest Payment Pending (sol-wise)
17A.NEFT - Report of Penalty Interest Payment for a Particular Date (sol-wise)
18. NEFT - DETAILS OF NEFT A/Cs BETWEEN 2 GIVEN DATES FOR A GIVEN FREE TEXT2
HELPDESK
Branches can seek help with regard to any outward/inward messages through following mail
IDs.
neft@pnb.co.in
rtgs@pnb.co.in
Compilation - Rajesh Sharma, Sr. Faculty

Finacle Friendly A Handbook On Cbs

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

Finacle Friendly A Handbook On Cbs

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

ZONAL TRAINING CENTRE

36 TEG BAHADUE ROAD DEHRADUN

CCORE BANKING SOLUTION

Lead to resolve Lead to facilitate

Zonal Training Centre Dehradun [1]

Zonal Training Centre Dehradun [2]

Zonal Training Centre Dehradun [3]

PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION PHYSICAL DESCRIPTION

CUSTOMER ID CREATION STEP BY STEP PROCESS CCCCCCUSTOMER ID OF CUSTOMER ID EP

Capturing of KYC details:

Process guidelines to capture KYC data is as under:

Zonal Training Centre Dehradun [5]

Handling of KYC in Small Accounts:

ALLOTMENT OF UNIQUE CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION CODE [UCIC] FOR BANKS CUSTOMERS

CREATION OF CUST ID FOR OPENING OF ACCOUNT

Applicable for all type of customers:

i. All other details/relevant fields in CBS system to be filled in

Zonal Training Centre Dehradun [6]

CREATION OF CUSTOMER ID NUMBER OF CUSTOMER ID FOR SINGLE ACCOUNT:

S.No. Type of customer

a. 026 in case of Beneficial Owner

Code Description Code Description

Valid Identity proof documents:

Zonal Training Centre Dehradun [8]

Valid address proof documents:

Codes Document Description

001 AARMLC APPL. FOR ARMED Blank (Not to be filled)

Zonal Training Centre Dehradun [9]

ANREGA APPL. FOR NREGA

CAPTURE AREA CODE DETAILS OF THE CUSTOMERS

1. Branch user has to invoke menu option CUMM.

VERIFICATION OF CUSTOMER MASTER CREATION

MENU OPTION -- "CUMM - V"

SUSPENSION OF CUSTOMER WITHOUT ANY ACCOUNT NUMBER

Can be handled in two ways :

RISK CLASSIFICATION OF THE CUSTOMER AND UPDATION OF CUSTOMER IDENTIFICATION

a) Reports for generating pending records needs to be updated:

RISK CATEGORY CHANGE UPLOADING

Menu option: RISKUPL

a. A text file to be created with following data:

FLOW CHART FOR OPENING OF SF/CA ACCOUNT

STEP OPENING OF SF/CA - STEP BY STEP PROCESS

FOR--Passbook/Statement Valid values are P-Passbook, S-Statement, R-Deposit Receipt, B-

VERIFICATION OF ACCOUNT OPENING MENU OPTION -- "OAACAU"

SMALL ACCOUNT PRODUCT OPENING OF ACCOUNT SCHEME SBSML

If existing small account holder full fills

System will not allow to complete the

3. Transaction Maintenance TM:

Zonal Training Centre Dehradun [14]

WORK FLOW FOR ACCOUNT OPENING (ACOPN)

Zonal Training Centre Dehradun [15]

A : Add D : Delete M : Modify V : Verify I : Inquiry

Stipend to trainees- Welfare of SC/ST through Coaching

Stipend to trainees in LWE districts C00026

Zonal Training Centre Dehradun [17]

Function code values T Transfer, V - Verify, X Cancel.

ACCOUNT TRANSFER ACROSS SCHEME CODE MENU OPTION- ACXFRSC

Zonal Training Centre Dehradun [18]

ACCOUNT ATTACHED WITH MOBILE/PAN NUMBER

Menu option: MOPACINQ

1) MOBILE NUMBER BASED SEARCH

2) PAN NUMBER BASED SEARCH

RINGFENC in CBS for Ring Fencing the KYC non-compliant accounts.